Test Bank Introduction to General, Organic and Biochemistry, 12th Edition, Frederick A. Bettelheim,

Test Bank Introduction to General, Organic and Biochemistry, 12th Edition, Frederick A. Bettelheim, William H. Brown, Mary K. Campbell, Shawn O. Farrell, Omar Torres

Test Bank Introduction to General, Organic and Biochemistry, 12th Edition, Frederick A. Bettelheim, William H. Brown, Mary K. Campbell, Shawn O. Farrell, Omar Torres

Chapter 1 1. Which of the following is an example of matter? a. the light of a flame b. the sound of thunder c. the air you breathe d. None of these are matter.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following is not an example of matter? a. the air in your lungs b. the blood in your arteries c. the sunlight coming through the window d. None; all of these are matter.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following is a chemical property of water? a. Water vapor has no definite volume. b. Water has a density of 1000 kg/m3. c. Water reacts violently with potassium. d. Ice floats in water.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following is a chemical property of gold? a. characteristic color b. electrical conductivity c. lack of reactivity d. None; they are all physical properties.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following is not a physical property of copper? a. characteristic color b. density c. electrical conductivity d. tarnishing of copper ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 1 6. Which of the following is not a chemical change? a. rusting of an iron statue b. burning of paper c. curdling of milk d. evaporation of river water ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the following represents a physical change? a. stretching of a silver wire b. tarnishing of silver c. both stretching of a silver wire and tarnishing of silver d. neither stretching of a silver wire and tarnishing of silver ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 8. Which of the following represents a physical change? a. boiling of water b. decomposition of a dead organism c. both boiling of water and decomposition of a dead organism d. neither boiling of water or decomposition of a dead organism ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following represents a physical change? a. burning of fuel oil b. melting of ice c. both burning of fuel oil and melting of ice d. neither burning of fuel oil or melting of ice ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following is synonymous with "fact"? a. a hypothesis b. an observation that is reproducible c. an observation that is not reproducible d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.2 - THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 1 11. Which of the following is not true of a hypothesis? a. It is a tentative idea or explanation that cannot be disproved by an experiment. b. It is a tentative idea or explanation that cannot be proven by an experiment. c. It is a tentative idea that can either be proven or disproved by an experiment. d. It is a belief that is not based on facts and is asserted without any proof.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.2 - THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following best describes a scientific theory? a. It is just one of many ways of looking at things. b. It is a point of view that cannot be challenged. c. It is a widely accepted explanation of some phenomenon supported by a large amount of experimental data and is therefore definitely correct. d. It is a widely accepted explanation of some phenomenon supported by a large amount of experimental data, but it can be shown to be incorrect by a single experiment that yields results that contradict it.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.2 - THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. The area of Russia is approximately 17.1 million square miles. Which of the following correctly represents this number in scientific notation? a. 1.71 × 105 b. 1.71 × 106 c. 1.71 × 107 d. 1.71 × 108 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. During its orbit, the Earth's minimum distance from the sun is approximately 148 million kilometers. Which of the following correctly represents this number in scientific notation? a. 1.48 × 105 b. 1.48 × 106 c. 1.48 × 107 d. 1.48 × 108 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. In one second, light travels 2.998 × 108 meters. Which of the following is the correct way to write this in conventional notation? a. 0.00000002998 m/s b. 2,998,000 m/s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 1 c. 299,800,000 m/s d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. The population of the Earth at the end of 2018 was approximately 7.7 × 109 people. Which of the following is the correct way of representing this number? a. 7,700,000,000 people b. 77,000,000,000 people c. 77,000,000,000,000 people d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. The land surface area of the earth is approximately 1.49 × 108 km2. Which of the following is the correct way to write this in conventional notation? a. 0.00000000149 km2 b. 149,000,000 km2 c. 14,900,000,000 km2 d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Sometimes, the same word can have different meanings. In the United States the word billion means "a thousand million" but in Britain the word billion means "a million million." Which of the following corresponds to the "British billion"? a. 1 × 10–9 b. 1 × 10–6 c. 1 × 109 d. 1 × 1012 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. Nanoparticles have an approximate length of 0.1 × 10–10 meters. Which of the following is the correct way to write this in conventional notation? a. 0.00000000001 m b. 0.000000001 m c. 10,000,000 m d. 1,000,000,000 m Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 1 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Which of the following is the largest number? a. 3 × 10–2 b. 5 × 10 4 c. 3 × 10 3 d. 3.5 × 10–6 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following is the smallest number? a. 8 × 10–3 b. 6 × 10–4 c. 7 × 10–5 d. 9 × 10–6 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Given the calculation: 5.63 + 2.302 + 3.1 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 11.032 b. 11.03 c. 11.0 d. 11.1 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Given the calculation: 2.377 + 1.487 + 7.02 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 10.884 b. 10.89 c. 10.88 d. 10.9 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Given the calculation 5.63 + 2.302 – 3.1 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 4.83 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 1 b. 4.832 c. 4.9 d. 4.8 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Given the calculation: 10.44 – 6.778 – 2.1 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 1.55 b. 1.5 c. 1.56 d. 1.6 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. Given the calculation: 4.238 × 9.1 = ? What is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 38.5658 b. 38.57 c. 38.6 d. 39 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 27. Given the calculation: 1.987 × 6.02 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 11.96174 b. 11.96 c. 12.0 d. 12 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 28. Given the calculation: 25.34/5.98 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 4.2375 b. 4.238 c. 4.23 d. 4.24 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. Given the calculation: 34.343/14.123 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 1 a. 2.43171 b. 2.4317 c. 2.432 d. 2.43 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. Given the calculation: (2.33 × 107) × (6.7 × 105) = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 1.5611 × 1013 b. 1.6 × 1013 c. 1.56 × 1013 d. 2 × 1013 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. Given the calculation: (3.83 × 10 -3) × (7.777 × 10 7) = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 2.98 × 105 b. 2.978 × 105 c. 0.298 × 106 d. 0.2978 × 106 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Given the calculation: (12.02 × 1023)/22.00 = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 5.56 × 10–23 b. 5.55 × 10–23 c. 5.5 × 1022 d. 5.464 × 1022 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Given the calculation: (2.343 x 10–24)/(5.23 x 107) = ?, what is the answer reported to the correct number of significant figures? a. 1.225 × 1031 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 1 b. 1.22 × 1031 c. 4.48 × 10–32 d. 4.47 × 10–32 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.3 - REPORTING NUMBERS IN SCIENCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which metric prefix is commonly abbreviated using a Greek letter? a. mega b. micro c. milli d. nano ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 35. Which of the following is the correct order of lengths? a. mm > cm > m > km b. cm > km > nm > mm c. km > cm > mm > μm d. mm > m > cm > km ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following is the correct order of lengths? a. nm < mm < cm < μm b. cm < nm < μm < mm c. nm < μm < cm < m d. μm < nm < cm < mm ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. How many millimeters (mm) are there in 1 megameter (Mm)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–9 c. 1 × 109 d. 1 × 106 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 1 38. How many megameters (Mm) are there in 1 millimeter (mm)? a. 1 × 10–9 b. 1 × 10–6 c. 1 × 106 d. 1 × 109 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. How many nanoliters (nL) are there in 1 liter (L)? a. 1 × 10–12 b. 1 × 10–9 c. 1 × 109 d. 1 × 1012 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. How many liters (L) are there in 1 nanoliter (nL)? a. 1 × 10–9 b. 1 × 10–6 c. 1 × 106 d. 1 × 109 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. How many microliters (μL) are there in 1 kiloliter (kL)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–9 c. 1 × 109 d. 1 × 106 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. How many kiloliters (kL) are there in 1 microliter (μL)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–9 c. 1 × 109 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 1 d. 1 × 106 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. In the SI system of units, the cubic meter (m3) is the basic unit of volume. A volume of 1 m3 is equal to which of the following? a. 1 L b. 10 L c. 100 L d. 1000 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. A decimeter (dm) is 0.1 m. Sometimes, the volume of a liquid is specified in units of cubic decimeters. Which of the following volumes equals 1 cubic decimeter? a. 1 L b. 10 L c. 1 kL d. 100 L ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. In the SI system of units, the basic unit of volume is the cubic meter (m3). The cubic meter is equal to which of the following? a. 10–9 nL b. 109 nL c. 1012 nL d. 1027 nL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. The standard metric unit of volume, the liter, is equal to which of the following? a. 1 μm3 b. 109 μm3 c. 1015 μm3 d. 106 μm3 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 1 47. Which of the following is the correct order of masses? a. cg > mg > ng >kg b. cg > ng > kg > mg c. kg > cg > mg > ng d. mg > cg > ng > kg ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which of the following is the correct order of masses? a. cg < mg < Mg <μg b. cg < Mg < μg < mg c. μg < mg < cg < Mg d. μg < Mg < cg < mg ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. How many kilograms (kg) are there in 1 microgram (μg)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–9 c. 1 × 109 d. 1 × 106 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. How many micrograms (μg) are there in 1 kilogram (kg)? a. 1 × 10–9 b. 1 × 10–6 c. 1 × 106 d. 1 × 109 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. How many centigrams (cg) are there in 1 microgram (μg)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–4 c. 1 × 104 d. 1 × 10–2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 1 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. How many micrograms (μg) are there in 1 centigram (μg)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–4 c. 1 × 104 d. 1 × 10-2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. An intern made an error and gave a patient a dose of 60 mg rather than 600 μg of a drug. Which of the following is true? a. The patient received an overdose by a factor of 100. b. The patient received an overdose by a factor of 1000. c. The patient received an underdose by a factor of 100. d. The patient received an underdose by a factor of 1000.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. An intern made an error and gave a patient a dose of 600 μg rather than 60 mg of a drug. Which of the following is true? a. The patient received an overdose by a factor of 100. b. The patient received an overdose by a factor of 1000. c. The patient received an underdose by a factor of 100. d. The patient received an underdose by a factor of 1000.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 55. How many minutes are there in a 24-hour day? (Assume exactly 24 hours in a day.) a. 60 b. 1.44 × 103 c. 3.60 × 103 d. 8.64 × 104 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 56. How many seconds are there in two 24-hour days? (Assume exactly 24 hours in a day.)

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 1 a. 7.20 × 102 b. 1.73 × 105 c. 2.59 × 106 d. 8.64 × 104 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 57. How many minutes are in a 365-day year? (Assume exactly 24 hours in a day.) a. 8.760 × 103 b. 2.190 × 104 c. 5.256 × 105 d. 3.154 × 107 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 58. What temperature on the Kelvin scale is the same as normal body temperature 98.6°F? a. 371.6 K b. 310.0 K c. 119.9 K d. 137.0 K ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 59. Daytime temperatures in a desert can reach 50.0°C. What is this temperature on the Fahrenheit temperature scale? a. 323.0°F b. 122.0°F c. 150°F d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 60. The lowest temperature recorded on Pluto was -400°F. What is this temperature on the Celsius temperature scale? a. –273°C b. –240°C c. –340°C d. –288°C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 1 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. At what temperature do the temperatures on the Celsius and Fahrenheit scales have the same numerical value? a. –40 b. 0 c. 32 d. at no value ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 62. At what temperature do the temperatures on the Celsius and Kelvin scales have the same numerical value? a. –40 b. 0 c. 32 d. at no value ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 63. What Celsius temperature is the same as 86.0°F? a. 30.0°C b. 186.8°C c. 76.6°C d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 64. The boiling point of methanol is 65°C. What is this temperature on the Fahrenheit scale? a. 158°F b. 132°F c. 149°F d. 179°F ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 65. The boiling point of liquid oxygen is 90.2 K. What is this temperature on the Celsius scale? a. 363.2°C b. 171°C c. 25°C d. –182.8°C ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 1 TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 66. What is the metric length of the 200-yard dash? [1 inch = 2.54 cm (exactly)] a. 1830 cm b. 508 cm c. 183 m d. 508 m ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. The 20,000-meter run is a long-distance Olympic race. What is the approximate length of this run in feet? Round off your answer to three significant figures. [1 meter is equal 39.37 inches] a. 6.09 × 104 ft b. 6.562 × 104 ft c. 6.6 × 104 ft d. 6.56 × 104 ft ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. The length of an American football field is 250 yards. What is the approximate length of this field in meters? [1 meter is slightly longer than 39 inches] a. 2.286 km b. 9.75 km c. 228.6 m d. 9.75 m ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. A 100-mL beaker is a common piece of laboratory glassware. What is this volume in the English system of units? [1 quart = 0.946; 1 liter = 32 fl oz] a. 0.13 fl oz b. 33.8 qt c. 3.38 fl oz d. 1.3 qt ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 70. A certain automobile has an 15-gallon gas tank. What is the volume of this tank in liters? [1 gallon = 4 quarts; 1 quart = 0.946 liter] a. 5.7 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 1 b. 60 L c. 57 L d. 60.95 L ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 71. If you went to a cheese shop in Edam, Holland and wanted to buy approximately 2 pounds of Edam cheese, which of the following would you ask for? a. 90 g b. 0.91 kg c. 0.45 kg d. 9.1 kg ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 72. A Frenchman in New York wants to buy approximately 3 kg of potatoes. How much cheese should he ask for? [1 pound = 453.6 grams] a. 4 1/4 lb b. 7 1/2 lb c. 6.6 lb d. 6.0 lb ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 73. What is the mass of a half-pound hamburger in the metric system? [1 pound = 453.6 grams] a. 227 mg b. 227 g c. 0.5 kg d. 0.7814 kg ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 74. An object weighs 70.7 kg. What is the weight of this object in the English system? [1 pound = 453.6 grams] a. 32.07 pounds b. 155.86 pounds c. 1.56 pounds d. 524.3 pounds ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 1 75. If gasoline costs $3.79 per gallon, what is its cost per liter? [1 quart = 0.946 liter] a. 1.00 ȼ b. 100 ȼ c. 379 ȼ d. 739 ȼ ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 76. A particular model of hybrid car can travel 53.0 miles/gallon of gas. What is this fuel efficiency expressed in the metric system? [1 quart = 0.946 liter; 1 mile = 1.609 km] a. 8.71 km/liter b. 20.2 km/liter c. 22.5 km/liter d. 90 km/liter ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 77. A studio apartment in Paris has an area of 81.0 square meters. A New York apartment with which of the following areas has the roughly the same area as the Paris apartment? [1 meter = 1.094 yards] a. 900 square feet b. 886 square feet c. 775 square feet d. 872 square feet ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 78. If a 1.000 L bottle of champagne cost 134 Euros and the exchange rate is 1 Euro = $1.33 (US), what is the cost in dollars for 8.000 fluid ounces of this champagne? [1 fluid ounce = 29.57 mL] a. $5.26 b. $42.15 c. $47.09 d. $81.31 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 79. In Europe, the areas of apartments are typically listed in square meters (m2). If the area of an American apartment is 1.6 × 103 ft2, a Paris apartment with which of the following areas has roughly the same area as the New York apartment?

[1 meter = 1.094 yards] a. 120 m2 b. 178 m2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 1 c. 149 m2 d. 160 m2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 80. The area of Europe is 1.05 × 107 km2. Which of the following shapes has an area most nearly equal to the area of Europe? [1 mile = 1.609 km] a. a rectangle 2,000 miles by 1,000 miles b. a rectangle 2,000 miles by 1,500 miles c. a square 2,000 miles on a side d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 81. The unit of weight used for precious stones is the carat (1 carat = 200 mg, exactly). If a particular 1.25 carat diamond cost $7000.00, what is the cost of a collection of identical diamonds that weigh 1.00 ounce? [1 ounce = 28.35 grams] a. $28,320 b. $35,8700 c. $16,750 d. $793,800 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 82. At the 2008 Olympics, the Jamaican runner Usain Bolt ran the 100-meter dash in world record time of 9.69 seconds.

What is this speed in miles per hour?

[1 mile = 1.609 km] a. 2.31 mph b. 4.33 mph c. 23.1 mph d. 43.3 mph ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 83. At the 2008 Olympics, the Jamaican runner Usain Bolt ran the 200-meter dash in world record time of 19.30 seconds.

What is this speed in miles per hour? [1 mile = 1.609 km] a. 43.1 mph b. 23.2 mph c. 4.31 mph d. 2.32 mph ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 1 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 84. In a race, the winner ran the 100-meter dash in a world record time of 12.2 seconds. What is this speed in miles per hour?

[1 mile = 1.609 km] a. 2.28 mph b. 81.96 mph c. 18.34 mph d. 8.2 mph ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 85. In the Greece Olympics, a runner won the 10,000-meter run in 34 minutes, 2.1 seconds. What is this speed in miles per hour? [1 mile = 1.609 km] a. 1.38 mph b. 4.89 mph c. 13.8 mph d. 11.0 mph ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. The dimensions of a room are typically given in feet, but carpeting is sold by the square yard. How many square yards of carpet are required to cover the floor of a room that is 9 feet by 9 feet? a. 81 square yards b. 18 square yards c. 9 square yards d. 810 square yards ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. A can of soda has a volume of 402 mL. The area of a circle is given as A = r2, where r is the radius of the circle; the volume of the can is given by V = ( r2)h, where h is the height of the can. If a particular can has a height of 10.8 cm, what is the radius of the can? a. 3.44 mm b. 3.44 cm c. 11.85 cm d. 6.88 cm ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 88. The dimensions of a piece of wood are 3.4 meters x 10 cm x 175 mm. What is the volume of this piece of wood?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 1 a. 5.95 × 10–2 mm3 b. 5.95 × 103 cm3 c. 5.95 × 10–3 cm3 d. 5.95 × 10–2 m3 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 89. Which state of matter is highly compressible? a. solid b. liquid c. gas d. none of them ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. Which state of matter retains its volume but adapts its shape to that of its container? a. solid b. liquid c. gas d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. Which state of matter is essentially incompressible? a. solid b. liquid c. gas d. none of them ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Which of the following describes the compressibility of liquids? a. They are highly compressible. b. They are slightly compressible. c. They are virtually incompressible. d. Any of these, depending on the liquid.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 1 93. Dry ice is called dry ice because it passes directly from the solid state to the gaseous state (sublimes) under normal atmospheric conditions. Which of the following occurs during this transformation? a. The chemical composition of dry ice changes. b. The volume of the sample decreases. c. The volume of the sample remains the same. d. The volume of the sample increases.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following is true of ice, water, and steam? a. They are three different chemical substances. b. They are the same substance in different chemical states. c. They are the same substance in different physical states. d. They are the same substance in different chemical and physical states.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. Mercury is the only metal that is a liquid at room temperature. The density of mercury is 13.6 g/cm3. What is the mass, in pounds, of 1.00 quart of mercury? [1 liter = 1.057 quart; 1 pound = 453.6 grams] a. 0.0284 lb b. 28.4 lb c. 31.7 lb d. 35.3 lb ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 96. Xenon is a gas found in some automobile headlights. The density of xenon at room temperature and pressure is 5.37 g/L. What is the mass, in pounds, of 1.00 quart of xenon? [1 liter = 1.057 quart; 1 pound = 453.6 grams] a. 0.0112 lb b. 0.0125 lb c. 79.9 lb d. 89.3 lb ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 97. Which of the following is true of the relationship between density expressed in g/mL and specific gravity? a. They have different numerical values and different units. b. They have the same numerical value and the same units. c. They have the same numerical value, but their specific gravity is dimensionless. d. They have the same units but different numerical values.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 1 TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. The densities of the coinage metals (copper, silver, and gold) are as follows: copper = 8.95 g/cm3 silver = 12.59 g/cm3 gold = 19.32 g/cm3 A sample of material is found to weigh 15.12 grams and have a volume of 1.20 cm3. The sample could be which of the coinage metals? a. copper b. silver c. gold ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 99. An unknown substance has a mass of 56.8 g and a volume of 23.4 mL. What is the density of this unknown substance? a. 0.411 g/mL b. 2.34 g/mL c. 2.43 g/mL d. 2.50 g/mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 100. Aluminum has a density of 2.70 g/cm3. What volume is occupied by a block of aluminum that weighs 4.32 kg? a. 0.000625 cm3 b. 0.625 cm3 c. 1.60 cm3 d. 1.60 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 101. Titanium has a density of 4.54 g/cm3. What is the mass of 17.3 cm3 of titanium? a. 3.81 g b. 38.1 g c. 78.5 g d. 785 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 1 102. Iron has a density of 7.874 g/cm3. What is the mass of a rectangular block of iron with dimensions of 3.000 cm by 4.000 cm by 5.000 cm? a. 7.629 g b. 60.00 g c. 94.48 g d. 472.4 g ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 103. Iron has a density of 7.874 g/cm3. What is the volume of a block of iron that weighs 15.321 g? a. 0.008289 cm3 b. 0.5139 cm3 c. 1.946 cm3 d. 120.6 cm3 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 104. Which of the following is true about specific gravity of a material? a. It has units of g/mL. b. It is defined as the density of the material divided by the density of water. c. It has units of g/mL and it is defined as the density of the material divided by the density of water. d. It neither has units of g/mL nor is it defined as the density of the material divided by the density of water.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. If specific gravities were defined by reference to oil (density = 0.89 g/mL) rather than water (density = 1.0 g/mL) which of the following would be true? a. The specific densities of all the materials and substances would be larger than those listed in handbooks. b. The specific densities of all the materials and substances would be smaller than those listed in handbooks. c. The specific densities of some objects would be larger and of other objects would be smaller than those listed in handbooks. d. The specific densities of all the materials and substances listed in handbooks would not change.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 106. A particular material has a specific gravity of 1.04 at 20°C. As this material is heated from 20°C to 30°C, its volume increases faster than does the volume of water. Which of the following statements is true of the specific gravity of this material as it is heated to 30°C? a. Its specific gravity decreases. b. Its specific gravity increases.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 1 c. Its specific gravity remains the same. d. There is insufficient information to answer the question.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 107. What is the name of the instrument used to measure specific gravity? a. densitometer b. gravimeter c. hydrometer d. spectrometer ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which of the following is the formula used to calculate the kinetic energy of a moving object? a. KE. = ½mv b. KE. = ½mv2 c. KE = mv d. KE = mv2 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 109. Chemical energy is an example of which of the following? a. kinetic energy b. mechanical energy c. potential energy d. radiant energy ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 110. Nuclear energy is an example of which for the following? a. kinetic energy b. mechanical energy c. potential energy d. radiant energy ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 111. Which of the following is not a form of kinetic energy? a. chemical energy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 1 b. electrical energy c. light energy d. mechanical energy ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 112. Which of the following is a form of potential energy? a. chemical energy b. nuclear energy c. both chemical energy and nuclear energy d. neither chemical energy nor nuclear energy ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 113. Which of the following is true as a student slides down a water slide? a. kinetic energy decreases b. potential energy increases c. total energy increases d. none of the these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 114. Which of the following is true as a student slides down a water slide? a. kinetic energy increases b. potential energy decreases c. total energy remains constant d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 115. The law of conservation of energy states which of the following? a. Energy cannot be converted from one form to another. b. Kinetic energy is conserved. c. Potential energy is conserved. d. none of the these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. The law of conservation of energy states which of the following? a. Kinetic energy is conserved.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 1 b. Potential energy is conserved. c. The sum of kinetic energy and potential energy is conserved. d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Which of the following statements is true about a swinging pendulum? a. Its kinetic energy is greatest when it is vertical (at the midpoint of its swing). b. Its potential energy is greatest when it is vertical (at the midpoint of its swing). c. Its kinetic energy does not change as it swings. d. Its potential energy does not change as it swings.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. Which of the following statements is true about a swinging pendulum? a. Its kinetic energy is greatest when it is at the extreme (the highest point) of its swing. b. Its potential energy is greatest when it is at the extreme (the highest point) of its swing. c. Its kinetic energy does not change as it swings. d. Its potential energy does not change as it swings.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following objects has the largest kinetic energy? a. a 1.00-gram object moving at 1.0 cm/sec b. a 0.25-gram object moving at 2.0 cm/sec c. a 16.00-gram object moving at 0.25 cm/sec d. They all have the same kinetic energy.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. Which of the following statements is true regarding forms of energy? a. Both light and temperature are forms of energy. b. Neither light nor temperature is a form of energy. c. Light is a form of energy but temperature is not. d. Temperature is a form of energy but light is not.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 121. Which of the following is the smallest unit of length among the given units? a. centimeter Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 1 b. nanometer c. micrometer d. picometer ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. Which of the following is the largest unit of mass among the given units? a. kilogram b. megagram c. gigagram d. decigram ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. Which statement is true of the compressibility of solids, liquids, and gases? a. Liquids are more compressible than gases. b. Solids are more compressible than gases. c. Liquids are more compressible than solids. d. Solids are more compressible than liquids.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.6 - STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Which of these is not a chemical change? a. the cutting of plywood b. the digestion of food c. the baking of a chocolate cake d. the explosion of fireworks ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND THE STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 125. What happens when a spring is kept in the compressed state for some time? a. The potential energy of the spring increases. b. The kinetic energy of the spring increases. c. The potential energy of the spring remains constant. d. The kinetic energy of the spring remains constant.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.8 - DESCRIBING THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 126. Which of these is not an example of matter? a. the feathers of a bird Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 1 b. the light from a torch c. a muslin cloth d. a microscopic lens ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 127. How many yards make a kilometer? [1 inch = 2.54 cm] a. 994 yards b. 1,094 yards c. 1,294 yards d. 1,394 yards ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 128. Scientists consider 298 K to be room temperature. What is this temperature on the Fahrenheit scale? a. 87.73°F b. 362.73°F c. 76.73°F d. 349.73°F ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 129. How many kilometers (km) are there is 1 megameter (Mm)? a. 1 × 10–2 b. 1 × 10–3 c. 1 × 103 d. 1 × 102 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 130. How many kilojoules (kJ) are there in 1 joule (J)? a. 1 × 10–6 b. 1 × 10–3 c. 1 × 103 d. 1 × 106 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 1 131. The boiling point of liquid bromine is 132.44°F. What is this temperature on the Celsius scale? a. 55.8°C b. 65.2°C c. 60°C d. –34°C ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 132. Which of the following is not a part of the scientific method? a. testing a theory b. validating a hypothesis c. writing a pop-science book d. formulating a theory ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.2 - THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 133. Which of the following is a characteristic feature of matter? a. Matter has indefinite mass and definite volume. b. Matter has definite mass but does not occupy space. c. Matter has definite mass and occupies space. d. Matter has indefinite mass and indefinite volume.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.1 - CHEMISTRY AND STUDY OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 134. A jeweler offers a pure gold coin of 2 g to a customer. What is the volume of the coin? (Take the density of gold to be 19.3 g/cm3.) a. 0.404 cm3 b. 0.104 cm3 c. 9.65 cm3 d. 38.6 cm3 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 135. Consider the following piece of equipment found in a chemistry laboratory. This equipment could be used to measure:

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 1

a. mass b. volume c. length d. temperature ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 136. In determining the density of a liquid, the following measurement was made. How many significant figures are shown in this measurement?

a. 5 b. 4 c. 3 d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 137. The following measurement was made in determining the density of the liquid in the beaker. The volume of liquid in the beaker is 1.800 L. What is the density of this liquid?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 1

a. 0.8922 g/mL b. 1.118 g/mL c. 0.89 g/mL d. 1.1 g/mL e. 8.922 × 102 g/mL f. 1.118 × 10–3 g/mL ANSWER: a TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 138. If one were to measure the distance from the photographer taking this picture to the ocean shown in the background, which of the following units would be the most appropriate?

a. mm b. km c. cm d. nm ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 1 139. Consider the urinometer shown used to make a measurement at 25 °C. What is the density of the liquid shown at the same temperature?

a. 1.04 b. 1.04 g/mL c. 0.962 d. 0.962 g/mL e. The density cannot be determined from the given data.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 140. Which of the following would be the correct conversion factor to convert 25.0 mL to L? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 141. Which of the following conversion factors would not be needed in order to convert 75 mi/hr to m/s? a. b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 1 c. d. All these conversion factors would be needed.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.5 - UNIT CONVERSIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 142. Consider the separatory funnel shown below; it contains two liquids. Water is placed in the funnel along with one of the following liquids: diethyl ether, mineral oil, or dichloromethane. The funnel is then opened, and the bottom layer is drained into a beaker. For which combination would the water end up in the beaker? Density values are given in parentheses.

a. diethyl ether (0.713 g/mL) b. mineral oil (0.845 g/mL) c. dichloromethane (1.33 g/mL) d. both a and b ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.7 - DENSITY AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 143. Consider the following image. Which of the following would be appropriate units to use when measuring with this piece of equipment?

a. L b. mL c. cm3 d. either b or c ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 144. Which of the following would be the most appropriate unit to measure the diameter of an ant's leg?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 1 a. Gm b. m c. cm d. μm ANSWER: d TOPICS: 1.4 - MAKING MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 2 1. Which of the following Greek philosophers is most closely associated with the concept of an atom? a. Aristotle b. Democritus c. Plato d. Zeno ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.1 - COMPOSITION OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which Greek philosopher thought that matter was infinitely divisible? a. Aristotle b. Democritus c. Plato d. Zeno ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.1 - COMPOSITION OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which language is the word "atom" derived from? a. Arabic b. Greek c. Hebrew d. Latin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.1 - COMPOSITION OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following best compares Democritus’s view of matter and our current view? a. Both views are based on belief only. b. Both views are based on firm experimental evidence. c. The ancient view is based on thought only, but the current view is based on experimental evidence. d. Both views are based on a combination of thought and experimental evidence.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.1 - COMPOSITION OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. The symbols for the elements in the periodic table are derived from three languages. Which of the following is not one of those languages? a. English b. French c. German d. Latin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 2 6. Which of the following elements is named after a continent? a. As b. Au c. Eu d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following elements is named after a country? a. Fr b. Ge c. Po d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following elements is named after a city? a. B b. Be c. Bi d. Bk ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which of the following elements is named after a person? a. Er b. Fr c. Os d. Sg ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which of the following elements is named after a planet? a. As b. Er c. U d. V ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 2 11. Which of the following is not a proper symbol for an element? a. C b. Ca c. CO d. Co ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following statements describes a compound? a. A compound is a pure substance. b. A compound obeys the law of constant composition. c. A compound is both a pure substance and obeys the law of constant composition. d. A compound is neither a pure substance nor obeys the law of constant composition.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. Which of the following statements describes a mixture? a. The component elements of a mixture can be present in any mass ratio. b. Chemical techniques are required to separate the components of a mixture. c. The component elements of a mixture can be present in any mass ratio and chemical techniques are required to separate the components of a mixture. d. The component elements of a mixture cannot be present in any mass ratio and chemical techniques are not required to separate the components of a mixture.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. When a sample of a particular solid is examined under a microscope, clearly distinguishable black and yellow regions are observed. Which type of matter is this sample? a. a compound b. an element c. a homogeneous mixture d. a heterogeneous mixture ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 15. Zinc can be mixed in differing amounts with copper to form an alloy called brass. Which of the following is brass an example of? a. a compound b. an element c. a homogeneous mixture d. a heterogeneous mixture Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. When a strong magnet is brought near a sample that contains both iron and sulfur, the iron and the sulfur are separated from one another. Which type of matter is this sample? a. It is a compound. b. It is a homogeneous mixture. c. It is a heterogeneous mixture. d. The information given is not enough to answer this question.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. When a strong magnet is brought near a sample that contains both iron and sulfur, the iron and the sulfur are not separated from one another. Which type of matter is this sample? a. It is a compound. b. It is a homogeneous mixture. c. It is a heterogeneous mixture. d. The information given is not enough to answer this question.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 18. Sodium is a highly reactive metal and chlorine is a toxic gas. When they are mixed, they form sodium chloride, which is essential for life. Which of the following statements is true when sodium and chlorine are brought into contact with one another? a. They form a heterogeneous mixture. b. They form a homogenous mixture. c. They form a compound. d. They may form a heterogeneous or a homogeneous mixture depending on the conditions that prevail during the interaction.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. Aluminum and fluorine form a compound in which aluminum and fluorine atoms are present in the ratio 1:3. What is the correct formula for this compound? a. AF3 b. AlFl3 c. AlF3 d. Al(F2)3 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 2 20. Sodium chlorate, an ingredient in many common herbicides, has sodium, chlorine, and oxygen atoms in the ratio 1:1:3. What is the correct formula for sodium chlorate? a. NaCO3 b. SoClO3 c. NaClO3 d. SoCO 3 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Ammonium nitrate is a compound that is used in fertilizers and explosives. It has nitrogen, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms in the ratio 2:4:3. What is the correct formula for ammonium nitrate? a. N4H8O6 b. N2H4O3 c. NH2O1.5 d. N3H4O2 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Sodium bicarbonate has sodium, hydrogen, carbon, and oxygen atoms in the ratio 1:1:1:3. What is the correct formula for sodium bicarbonate? a. NaBiCO3 b. NaHCO3 c. SoHCO3 d. SoBiCO3 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.2 - CLASSIFYING MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following laws enables us to characterize a compound by a specific chemical formula? a. the law of conservation of energy b. the law of conservation of mass c. the law of constant composition d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following statements, which was a part of Dalton's atomic theory, was later proved to be false? a. All matter is made up of very tiny indivisible particles called atoms.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 2 b. In ordinary chemical reactions, no atom of any element disappears or is changed into an atom of another element. c. Compounds are formed by the chemical combination of two or more elements. d. A molecule is a tightly bound combination of two or more atoms that act as a single unit.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Which of the following elements occurs naturally in the monoatomic form under normal atmospheric conditions? a. oxygen b. fluorine c. hydrogen d. helium ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Several elements occur naturally as diatomic molecules under normal atmospheric conditions. Which of the following elements does not occur naturally as a diatomic molecule? a. chlorine b. hydrogen c. nitrogen d. sulfur ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. How many elements occur naturally as diatomic molecules? a. 0 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which element is present in the largest amount (by mass) in the human body? a. carbon b. hydrogen c. nitrogen d. oxygen ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 2 29. Which element is present in the largest amount (by number of atoms) in the human body? a. carbon b. hydrogen c. nitrogen d. oxygen ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which element accounts for nearly half the mass of the Earth's crust? a. carbon b. iron c. oxygen d. silicon ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.3 - POSTULATES OF DALTON'S ATOMIC THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. Which of the following subatomic particles are found in the nucleus? a. electrons b. neutrons c. protons d. protons and neutrons ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following statements correctly describes a proton? a. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is massive and has a +1 charge. b. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is massive and has a –1 charge. c. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is light and has a +1 charge. d. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is light and has a –1 charge.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following statements correctly describes an electron? a. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is massive and has a +1 charge. b. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is massive and has a –1 charge. c. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is light and has a +1 charge. d. On the scale of subatomic particles, it is light and has a –1 charge.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 2 34. Which of the following statements is true of neutrons? a. Neutrons carry a positive charge. b. Neutrons carry a negative charge. c. Neutrons do not carry an electrical charge. d. Neutrons do not have mass.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. What is the approximate mass of a proton? a. 12 g b. 1 g c. 12 amu d. 1 amu ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. What is the approximate mass of a neutron? a. 12 g b. 1 g c. 12 amu d. 1 amu ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. What is the approximate mass of an electron? a. 1 amu b. 1 g c. 0.0005 amu d. 0.0005 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Which element is currently used to define the atomic mass unit? a. hydrogen-1 b. carbon-12 c. oxygen-16 d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 2 39. Which of the following defines the mass number of an atom? a. the number of protons in the atom b. the number of neutrons in the atom c. the total number of protons and neutrons in the atom d. the total number of protons, neutrons, and electrons in the atom ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. Which of the following defines the atomic number of an atom? a. the number of protons in the atom b. the number of neutrons in the atom c. the total number of protons and neutrons in the atom d. the total number of protons, neutrons, and electrons in the atom ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. What is the mass number of an atom that is made up of 38 protons, 49 neutrons, and 38 electrons? a. 38 b. 49 c. 87 d. 125 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 42. What is the mass number of an atom that is made up of 27 protons, 32 neutrons, and 27 electrons? a. 89 b. 59 c. 32 d. 27 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 43. Which of the following statements best characterizes the isotopes of an element? a. They have different numbers of electrons. b. They have different numbers of neutrons. c. They have different numbers of protons. d. They have different numbers of protons, neutrons, and electrons.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 2 44. How many neutrons are present in a boron-10 atom? a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 45. Suppose a new element named questinium has two isotopes. These isotopes are Qu-297 (40.30%, 296.78 amu) and Qu-301 (59.70%, 300.88 amu). What is the atomic weight of questinium, reported to the correct number of significant digits? a. 299 amu b. 299.0 amu c. 299.12 amu d. 299.23 amu ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. Which of the following contains two species that have the same mass number? a. 14C and 14N b. 12C and 13C c. 14C and 14N and 12C and 13C d. Neither 14C and 14N nor 12C and 13C ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 47. Which of the following contains two species which are a pair of isotopes? a. 14C and 14N b. 12C and 13C c. both 14C and 14N and 12C and 13C d. neither 14C and 14N or 12C and 13C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. Which of the following is true of the atomic weight of an element? a. It is the weight of the heaviest isotope. b. It is the weight of the lightest isotope. c. It is the weight of the most abundant isotope. d. It is a weighted average obtained from the weights and abundances of the isotopes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 2 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following statements is true of the nucleus of an atom? a. The nucleus occupies only a tiny fraction of the total volume of the atom, and most of the mass of the atom is concentrated in its nucleus. b. The nucleus occupies a large fraction of the total volume of the atom, and most of the mass of the atom is concentrated in the region surrounding the nucleus. c. The nucleus occupies a large fraction of the total volume of the atom, and most of the mass of the atom is concentrated in its nucleus. d. The nucleus occupies only a tiny fraction of the total volume of the atom, and most of the mass of the atom is concentrated in the region surrounding the nucleus.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. If you could line up atoms of lead-208, approximately how many atoms are required to form a line 1 inch long? Note that an atom of lead-208 has a diameter of 1.6 x 10-10 m. a. 82 b. 208 c. 8.2 x 107 d. 1.6 x 1012 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 51. If you could line up the nuclei of lead-208, approximately how many nuclei are required to form a line 1 inch long?

Note that a nucleus of lead-208 has a diameter of 1.6 x 10-14 m. a. 82 b. 208 c. 8.2 x 107 d. 1.6 x 1012 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.4 - COMPOSITION OF ATOMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 52. What are the horizontal rows of the periodic table called? a. cycles b. periods c. families d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 2 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. What are the vertical columns of the periodic table called? a. families b. periods c. either families or periods d. neither families nor periods ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. What are the elements in the "A" columns of the periodic table called? a. main group elements b. inner transition elements c. transition elements d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. What are the elements in the "B" columns of the periodic table called? a. main group elements b. inner transition elements c. transition elements d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. Which column of the periodic table contains the alkali metals? a. 1A b. 2A c. 7A d. 8A ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Which column of the periodic table contains the halogens? a. 1A b. 4A c. 7A d. 8A ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 2 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following columns of the periodic table does not contain any metallic elements? a. 4A b. 5A c. 6A d. 7A ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Which of the following columns of the periodic table contains only gaseous elements? a. 5A b. 6A c. 7A d. 8A ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 60. Which of the following contains only transition metals? a. Ca, Cr, Fe, and Ni b. V, K, P, and B c. Cr, Mn, Ni, and Cu d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. Which of the following contains only metals? a. Na, Mg, Si, and P b. Al, Na, Li, and Be c. He, Al, Si, and Mg d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 62. Which of the following contains only nonmetals? a. C, Si, B, and Be b. P, B, Si, and Na c. F, Cl, He, and C d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 2 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 63. Which of the following is a metalloid? a. S b. Si c. Sn d. Sr ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 64. Which is the only nonmetal to appear on the left side of the periodic table? a. hydrogen b. helium c. carbon d. oxygen ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Which of the following sets of elements is not included in the main body of the periodic table and is shown separately at the bottom? a. halogens b. noble gases c. inner transition elements d. main group elements ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Which group of elements is characterized by the properties of ductility, malleability, and the ability to conduct heat and electricity? a. all elements b. metallic elements c. metalloid elements d. nonmetallic elements ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. Which of the following is formed when sodium reacts with water? a. NaH b. NaO c. Na2O d. NaOH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 2 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 68. Which of the following is formed when potassium reacts with water? a. KH b. KO c. KOH d. K2O ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. Which of the following statements is true? a. The boiling point of sodium is lower than that of potassium. b. The boiling point of lithium is lower than that of sodium. c. The boiling point of fluorine is lower than that of chlorine. d. The boiling point of neon is lower than that of helium.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 70. Why is strontium-90 an especially dangerous radioactive isotope? a. It has an exceptionally short half-life and rapidly settles to the ground when carried by winds. b. It has exceptionally intense radioactivity and is a cause of sudden death in cows. c. It is deposited in bones and teeth and is not readily eliminated from the human body. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. What is the name given to the lowest possible energy state of an electron? a. the zeroth state b. the bottom state c. the ground state d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. Which of the following sets of numbers could be used to designate the principal energy levels (shells) in an atom? a. –1, 0, 1, 2, and 3 b. 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 c. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following sets of alphabets is used to designate subshells? a. t, q, e, and g b. s, p, d, and f c. r, o, c, and e d. q, n, b, and d ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. How many electrons can be accommodated in the fourth shell of an atom? a. 2 b. 8 c. 18 d. 32 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. How many orbitals are there in the 4p subshell? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. How many orbitals are there in the 3d subshell? a. 3 b. 5 c. 7 d. 8 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. How many electrons can be accommodated in the 4p subshell? a. 4 b. 6 c. 8 d. 18 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 2 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. How many electrons can be accommodated in the 3d subshell? a. 3 b. 6 c. 10 d. 18 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. How many electrons can be accommodated in the 2d subshell? a. 2 b. 5 c. 10 d. None, there is no 2d subshell.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 80. Which of the following types of orbitals can hold a maximum of 10 electrons when filled? a. s b. p c. d d. f ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Which of the following types of orbitals comes in sets of seven? a. s b. p c. d d. f ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. If we consider the elements C, N, and O, which types of orbitals do these elements use in bonding? a. only s b. only p c. both s and p d. s, p, and d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. Which of the following statements describes an orbital? a. Orbitals fill in the order of increasing energy from lowest to highest. b. Each orbital can hold up to two electrons with opposite spins. c. When there is a set of orbitals of equal energy, each orbital becomes half-filled before any of them becomes completely filled. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. How are electrons distributed among orbitals of equal energy? a. The electrons will occupy the same orbital rather than separate orbitals and have opposite spins. b. The electrons will occupy the same orbital rather than separate orbitals and have like spins. c. The electrons will occupy different orbitals and have opposite spins. d. The electrons will occupy different orbitals and have like spins.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which of the following is true when comparing two electrons that are in different shells of an atom? a. The electron in the higher-numbered shell is closer to the nucleus and is easier to remove. b. The electron in the higher-numbered shell is closer to the nucleus and is harder to remove. c. The electron in the higher-numbered shell is farther from the nucleus and is easier to remove. d. The electron in the higher-numbered shell is farther from the nucleus and is harder to remove.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 86. Electrons can sometimes fill orbitals in manners that defy specified rules. If they do so, we say that the atom is in an excited state. Which of the following represents the excited state of an atom? a. 1s22s22p63s2 b. 1s22s22p63s13p1 c. both 1s22s22p63s2 and 1s22s22p63s13p1 d. neither 1s22s22p63s2 nor 1s22s22p63s13p1 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. Electrons can sometimes fill orbitals in manners that defy specified rules. If they do so, we say that the atom is in an excited state. Which of the following represents the excited state of an atom?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 2 a. 1s22s22px2 b. 1s22s12px12py12p z1 c. both 1s22s22px2 and 1s22s12px12p y12p z1 d. neither 1s22s22px2 nor 1s22s12p x12p y12p z1 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 88. Which of the following represents the correct order of filling orbitals? a. 1s, 2s, 3s, 2p, 3p, and 3d b. 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, and 3d c. 1s, 2p, 3d, 2s, 3s, and 3p d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 89. Which of the following correctly represents the electronic configuration of sulfur? a. 1s22s22p63s23p4 b. 1s22s22p63s23px23p y13p z1 c. [Ne]3s23p4 d. all of them ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 90. What is the maximum number of unpaired electrons in a Lewis dot structure? a. 1 b. 3 c. 4 d. 8 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. How many valence electrons are there in an oxygen atom? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 2 92. How many unpaired electrons are there in a carbon atom in its ground state? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. How many unpaired electrons are there in a nitrogen atom in its ground state? a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. How many unpaired electrons are there in an oxygen atom in its ground state? a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 8 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. How many unpaired electrons are there in a fluorine atom in its ground state? a. 1 b. 3 c. 5 d. 7 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. How many unpaired electrons are there in a boron atom in its ground state? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 2 97. Which of the following is the correct Lewis dot picture of the nitrogen atom? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. Which of the following is the correct Lewis dot picture of the oxygen atom? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following determines the number of valence electrons in an atom of a main group element? a. the element's atomic number b. the element's atomic weight c. the element's column number d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 100. Which statement is true of the electronic configurations of a family in the periodic table? a. The number of valence electrons is not equal to the group number. b. The number of valence electrons is equal to the group number.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 2 c. The valence electrons are always paired. d. The valence electrons are never paired.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. How many valence electrons are present in a carbon atom? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 102. In the regions of the periodic table associated with the main group elements, which type of orbitals are being filled? a. s only b. p only c. s or p d. d only ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. In the region of the periodic table associated with the transition elements, which type of orbitals are being filled? a. s b. p c. d d. f ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. In the region of the periodic table associated with the inner transition elements, which type of orbitals are being filled? a. s b. p c. d d. f ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. How many elements are there in period 2? a. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 2 b. 6 c. 8 d. 18 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. How many elements are there in period 3? a. 2 b. 6 c. 8 d. 18 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 107. How many elements are there in period 4? a. 2 b. 6 c. 8 d. 18 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.7 - ELECTRON CONFIGURATION AND THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which type of subatomic particle does an atom gain or lose to become an ion? a. An atom gains or loses protons. b. An atom gains or loses neutrons. c. An atom gains or loses electrons. d. It depends on the atom involved.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 109. Which of the following elements has the largest atoms? a. Al b. Mg c. Na d. None, they are all the same size.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. Which of the following elements has the smallest atoms? a. Al Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 2 b. Mg c. Na d. None, they are all the same size.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 111. Which of the following elements has the largest atoms? a. Rb b. K c. Na d. None, they are all the same size.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. Which of the following elements has the smallest atoms? a. Rb b. K c. Na d. None, they are all the same size.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 113. Which of the following elements has the largest atoms? a. Ca b. K c. Mg d. Na ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 114. Which of the following elements has the smallest atoms? a. Ca b. K c. Mg d. Na ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 115. Which of the following elements has the largest atoms? a. Cl Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 2 b. P c. S d. None, they are all the same size.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 116. Which of the following elements has the smallest atoms? a. Cl b. P c. S d. None, they are all the same size.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 117. What is the ionization energy of an atom? a. the energy released when an atom gains an electron b. the energy released when an atom loses an electron c. the energy required to add an electron to an atom d. the energy required to remove an electron from an atom ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. When potassium loses an electron to form K+, which electron is lost? a. 1s b. 2s c. 3s d. 4s ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 119. Which of the following is true of the ionization energy of elements? a. Ionization energy generally decreases as we move from left to right in the periodic table. b. Ionization energy generally increases as we move from top to bottom in the periodic table. c. Ionization energy generally increases as we move from left to right in the periodic table. d. Ionization energy generally remains the same as we move from top to bottom in the periodic table.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. In comparing sodium and potassium, which of the following statements is true?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 2 a. Sodium is more likely to lose an electron than potassium because sodium has a higher ionization energy than potassium. b. Sodium is more likely to lose an electron than potassium because sodium has a lower ionization energy than potassium. c. Sodium is less likely to lose an electron than potassium because sodium has a higher ionization energy than potassium. d. Sodium is less likely to lose an electron than potassium because sodium has a lower ionization energy than potassium.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 121. Which of the following gives the correct order of ionization energies? a. Li > Na > K > Rb b. Na < Mg < P < Cl c. both Li > Na > K > Rb and Na < Mg < P < CI d. neither Li > Na > K > Rb or Na < Mg < P < CI ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 122. Which of the following gives the correct order of ionization energies? a. Li < Na < K < Rb b. Na < Mg < P < Cl c. both Li < Na < K < Rb and Na < Mg < P < CI d. neither Li < Na < K < Rb or Na < Mg < P < CI ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 123. Which of the following gives the correct order of ionization energies? a. Li < Na < K < Rb b. Na > Mg > P > Cl c. both Li < Na < K < Rb and Na > Mg > P > CI d. neither Li < Na < K < Rb or Na > Mg > P > CI ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 124. Which of the following gives the correct order of ionization energies? a. Li > Na > K > Rb b. Na > Mg > P > Cl c. both Li > Na > K > Rb and Na > Mg > P > CI d. neither Li > Na > K > Rb or Na > Mg > P > CI ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 2 TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 125. Which of the following has the highest ionization energy? a. Br b. Cl c. F d. I ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 126. Which of the following has the lowest ionization energy? a. Br b. Cl c. F d. I ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 127. Which of the following has the highest ionization energy? a. Ba b. Ca c. Mg d. Sr ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 128. Which of the following has the lowest ionization energy? a. Ba b. Ca c. Mg d. Sr ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 129. Which of the following has the highest ionization energy? a. Cl b. F c. N d. O ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 2 TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 130. Which of the chemical elements has the highest ionization energy? a. F b. H c. He d. U ANSWER: c TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 131. How do ionization energies vary across a period from the left to the right of the periodic table? a. They consistently decrease. b. They consistently increase. c. They generally decrease, but there are some exceptions. d. They generally increase, but there are some exceptions.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 132. Which of the following statements correctly describes ionization energies? a. Ionization energies are always positive as the process of electron removal is always endothermic. b. Ionization energies generally increase as we go from top to bottom within a column of the periodic table. c. Ionization energies are always positive as the process of electron removal is always endothermic and ionization energies generally increase as we go from top to bottom within a column of the periodic table. d. Ionization energies are neither positive nor do they generally increase.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.8 - PERIODIC PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 133. Consider the periodic table given below.

Which number represents an element classified as an alkali metal? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 h. none of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 2 ANSWER: h TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 134. Consider the periodic table given below.

Which number represents an element classified as a metalloid? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 h. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 135. Consider the periodic table given below.

Which number represents an element classified as a noble gas? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 h. More than one is a noble gas.

ANSWER: h TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 136. Consider the periodic table given below.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 2

Which number represents an element classified as a transition metal? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 h. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 137. Consider the periodic table given below.

Which number represents the element with the largest atomic weight among the given elements? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 ANSWER: e TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 138. Consider the periodic table given below.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 2 Which number represents an element that is not classified as a main group element? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 h. All are main group elements.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 139. Consider the periodic table given below.

Which number represents the element with the smallest number of protons among the given elements? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 140. Consider the periodic table given below.

Of the elements numbered, which number represents the halogen with the highest melting point? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. 7 h. There is only one halogen numbered.

ANSWER: e TOPICS: 2.5 - THE PERIODIC TABLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 2 141. Consider the image given below.

Which of the following is the correct designation for the orbital? a. s b. px c. py d. pz e. d ANSWER: b TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 142. Which element has the following ground-state electron configuration?

a. Al b. Na c. B d. Ga e. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 2.6 - ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRONS IN AN ATOM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 3 1. How many main types of chemical bonds exist? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.3 - THE TWO MAJOR TYPES OF CHEMICAL BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following is true in general of all cations? a. A cation has an equal number of protons and electrons. b. A cation has fewer protons than electrons. c. A cation has more protons than electrons. d. A cation has more protons than neutrons.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following is generally true of all anions? a. An anion has an equal number of protons and electrons. b. An anion has fewer protons than electrons. c. An anion has more protons than electrons. d. An anion has more electrons than neutrons.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which is most likely true of an atom with six valence electrons? a. It will gain one electron. b. It will gain two electrons. c. It will lose one electron. d. It will lose two electrons.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which is most likely true of an atom with one valence electron? a. It will gain one electron. b. It will gain two electrons. c. It will lose one electron. d. It will lose two electrons.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of the following atoms is the least likely to form an ion? a. chlorine b. potassium c. xenon d. iron ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. To which of the following elements is the octet rule inapplicable? a. calcium b. chromium c. potassium d. magnesium ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 8. What is the valence shell electron configuration of all the noble gases except helium? a. ns2 b. ns2np3 c. ns2np6 d. np8 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following elements is the most likely to lose electrons to become a cation? a. Ar b. S c. I d. Mg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 3 10. Which of the following elements is the most likely to gain electrons to become an anion? a. Ar b. C c. I d. Mg ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 11. Which of the following occurs when a calcium atom is converted to Ca2+? a. The calcium atom gains two electrons and loses two protons. b. The calcium atom gains two electrons. c. The calcium atom loses two electrons and two protons. d. The calcium atom loses two electrons.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following occurs when an oxygen atom is converted to O2-? a. The oxygen atom gains two electrons and loses two protons. b. The oxygen atom gains two electrons. c. The oxygen atom loses two electrons and two protons. d. The oxygen loses two electrons.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. Which of the following ions has the same electronic configuration as argon? a. K+ b. Ca2+ c. both K+ and Ca2+ d. neither K+ or Ca2+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. Which of the following ions has the same electronic configuration as argon? a. K2+ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 3 b. Ca+ c. both K2+ and Ca+ d. neither K2+ or Ca+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. In what form is lithium administered when it is used as a drug in the treatment of manic depression? a. Lib. Li c. Li+ d. Li2+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. In what form is fluorine administered when it is used to prevent tooth decay? a. Fb. F c. F2 d. F+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.1 - THE OCTET RULE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. What is the name of the species formed when a potassium atom loses an electron? a. potassiate b. potasside c. potassium d. potassium ion ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. What is the name of the species formed when a chlorine atom gains an electron? a. chlorate b. chloride c. chlorine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 3 d. chloride ion ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. For which types of elements do we sometimes use the “ous/ic” system in naming ions? a. alkali metals b. halogens c. noble gases d. transition metals ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. In the “ous/ic” system, which species is named with the “ic” ending? a. the less negative anion b. the more negative anion c. the less positive cation d. the more positive cation ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. What is the common name of Cu+? a. copper ion b. cuprate ion c. cupric ion d. cuprous ion ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. What is the common name of Cu2+? a. copper ion b. cuprate ion c. cupric ion d. cuprous ion ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 3 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which of the following is the ferric ion? a. Fe+ b. Fe2+ c. Fe3+ d. Fe4+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. Which of the following is the ferrous ion? a. Fe+ b. Fe2+ c. Fe3+ d. Fe4+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following endings is generally associated with a monatomic anion? a. -ade b. -ate c. -ic d. -ide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. If the name of an ion ends in “ate,” what type of ion is it most likely to be? a. a monatomic anion b. a monatomic cation c. a polyatomic anion d. a polyatomic cation ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. The preferred name of HCO3- is hydrogen carbonate. What is the common name of this ion?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 3 a. bicarbonate b. dicarbonate c. bicarbide d. dicarbide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. The “ide” ending is usually, but not always, associated with monatomic anions. Which of the following polyatomic ions has a name that ends in “ide”? a. C2H3O2b. HPO42c. OHd. SO42ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Which of the following is true of polyatomic ions? a. All polyatomic ions are anions. b. All polyatomic ions are cations. c. The vast majority of polyatomic ions are anions. d. The vast majority of polyatomic ions are cations.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. What is the relationship between the nitrate ion and the nitrite ion? a. The nitrate ion has one less oxygen atom than does the nitrite ion, and both have the same charge. b. The nitrate ion has one more oxygen atom than does the nitrite ion, and both have the same charge. c. In addition to having one less oxygen atom than nitrite, nitrate also has a larger negative charge. d. In addition to having one more oxygen atom than nitrite, nitrate also has a larger negative charge.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.2 - NAMING ANIONS AND CATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. An ionic bond is associated with which of the following? a. interactions between nuclei b. equal sharing of electrons c. unequal sharing of electrons Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 3 d. the transfer of electrons ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. A covalent bond is associated with which of the following? a. interactions between nuclei b. the sharing of electrons c. the transfer of electrons d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which types of elements generally have high electronegativities? a. rare earth metals b. transition metals c. alkali metals d. halogens ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which types of elements generally have low electronegativities? a. alkali metals b. halogens c. metalloids d. nonmetals ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following elements is most electronegative? a. B b. C c. N d. O ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 3 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which halogen atom is most electronegative? a. bromine b. chlorine c. fluorine d. iodine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which pair of species is most likely to form an ionic bond? a. two electrically neutral species b. two oppositely charged species c. two negatively charged species d. two positively charged species ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Which of the following situations is most likely to result in the formation of a covalent bond? a. when an electrically positive species interacts with an electrically negative species b. when two nonmetallic elements interact to form a compound c. when two electrically negative species interact d. when two electrically positive species interact ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Which of the following statements is generally true about electronegativity trends in the Periodic Table? a. Electronegativity decreases as we move left to right and decreases as we move top to bottom. b. Electronegativity decreases as we move left to right and increases as we move top to bottom. c. Electronegativity increases as we move left to right and decreases as we move top to bottom. d. Electronegativity increases as we move left to right and increases as we move top to bottom.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.4 - AN IONIC BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. Which of the following occurs when an ionic bond is formed? a. Electrons are transferred from the more electronegative element to the less electronegative element. b. Electrons are transferred from the less electronegative element to the more electronegative element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 3 c. Electrons are shared equally. d. Electrons are shared unequally.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. Which of the following pairs of atoms is the most likely to form an ionic compound? a. sulfur and oxygen b. potassium and chlorine c. chlorine and nitrogen d. sodium and calcium ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. Under which of the following conditions is the A—B bond considered to be ionic? a. when A and B have the same electronegativity b. when the difference between the electronegativities of the atoms is 1.0 c. when the difference between the electronegativities of the atoms is 1.5 d. when the difference between the electronegativities of the atoms is 2.0 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following is true of ionic compounds? a. They are liquids at room temperature. b. They are solids in which individual molecules are present. c. They are solids in which both cations and anions are present. d. Depending on the compound, any of these may apply.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. What is the formula of the compound formed by potassium and chlorine? a. KCl b. K2Cl2 c. KCl4 d. K2Cl4 ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 3 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. What is the formula of the compound formed by calcium and fluorine? a. Ca3F b. CaF2 c. Ca3F3 d. Ca2F3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. What is the formula of the compound formed by iron(III) ion and oxygen? a. FeO b. FeO2 c. Fe2O3 d. Fe3O2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. What is the formula of the compound formed by barium and oxygen? a. Ba2O2 b. Ba2O c. BaO2 d. BaO ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. What is the correct way to write the formula of the compound formed by a hydrogen ion and a sulfate ion? a. H2(SO4)2 b. H2SO4 c. H(SO4)2 d. HSO4 ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

b 1 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 3 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 49. What is the correct way to write the formula of the compound formed by a calcium ion and a sulfate ion? a. Ca3(SO4)2 b. Ca2SO4 c. Ca2(SO4)2 d. CaSO4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. What is the formula of the compound formed by an ammonium ion and a carbonate ion? a. NH4CO3 b. NH4(CO3)2 c. (NH4)2CO3 d. (NH4)3CO3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. What is the correct name of MgO? a. monomagnesium monoxide b. magnesium monoxide c. magnesium oxide d. magnesium oxygen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. What is the correct name of BaI2? a. barium iodine b. barium iodide c. barium diiodide d. monobarium diiodide ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. What is the correct name of KCl? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 3 a. monopotassium monochloride b. potassium chlorine c. potassium chloride d. potassium ion chloride ion ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. What is the correct name of BaH2? a. monobarium dihydride b. barium dihydride c. barium hydrogen d. barium hydride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. AgCl is a chemical commonly used in photography. What is the correct name of AgCl? a. monosilver monochloride b. silver chloride c. silver chlorine d. silver monochlorine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. What is the correct formula of sodium fluoride? a. NaFI2 b. NaF c. Na2F d. Na2F2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. The term “limelight” is derived from the old name of calcium oxide. What is the formula of calcium oxide? a. CaO2 b. Ca2O c. CaO Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 3 d. Ca2O2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. What is the correct formula of aluminum oxide? a. AlO b. AlO2 c. Al2O d. Al2O3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. A tin compound used for electroplating steel has the formula SnCl2. What is the common name of this compound? a. stannic chloride b. stannous chloride c. tin chloride d. tin(II) chlorine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 60. A tin compound used for electroplating steel has the formula SnCl2. What is the systematic name of this compound? a. stannic chloride b. stannous chloride c. tin chloride d. tin(II) chloride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. What is the systematic name of the compound whose formula is FeCl2? a. ferric chloride b. ferrous chloride c. iron(II) chloride d. iron(II) chlorine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 3 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. What is the common name of the compound whose formula is FeCl2? a. iron chloride b. iron chlorine c. ferric chloride d. ferrous chloride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. The formula of a compound was found to be Fe2O3. What is the systematic name of this compound? a. iron oxide b. iron(II) oxide c. iron(III) oxide d. diiron trioxide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 64. The formula of a compound was found to be Fe2O3. What is the common name of this compound? a. iron oxide b. ferric oxide c. ferrous oxide d. diiron trioxide ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 65. What is the correct name of K2HPO4? a. dipotassium hydrogen phosphate b. potassium hydrogen phosphoxide c. potassium hydrogen phosphate d. potassium dihydrogen phosphate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. What is the correct name of NaHCO3?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 3 a. sodium hydride carbonate b. sodium hydrogen carboxide c. sodium hydrogen carbonate d. sodium hydrogen carbotrioxide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. What is the correct name of Al2(SO4)3? a. dialuminum trisulfate b. aluminum trisulfate c. aluminum sulfate d. aluminum sulfoxide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. What is the correct systematic name of FeCO3? a. ferric carbonate b. ferrous carbonate c. iron(I) carbonate d. iron(II) carbonate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. FeSO4 is commonly used as an iron supplement for dietary intake. Which of the following is the correct name of this compound? a. iron sulfate b. iron(II) sulfate c. iron(III) sulfate d. iron sulfur tetroxide ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 70. A compound used in the treatment of gout and manic depression has the formula Li2CO3. What is the name of this compound? a. dilithium carbonate b. lithium carbon trioxide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 3 c. lithium carbonate d. lithium carboxide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 71. What is the correct name of NH4NO3, a compound found in fertilizers? a. ammonia nitrate b. ammonium nitrate c. ammonia nitrite d. ammonium nitrite ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. Which of the following compounds is used as an antacid? a. NaHCO3 b. NaNO3 c. Na3PO4 d. Na2SO4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following compounds is used as a radiopaque medium for X-ray work? a. BaSO4 b. CaSO4 c. FeSO4 d. MgSO4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. Which electronegativity difference is associated with a nonpolar covalent bond? a. exactly 0 b. less than 0.5 c. between 0.5 and 1.9 d. greater than 1.9 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following bonds is the least polar? a. H—F b. H—Cl c. H—Br d. H—I ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 76. Which of the following bonds is the least polar? a. C—I b. C—Br c. C—Cl d. C—F ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 77. In which of the following cases is a polar covalent bond formed? a. when an electron is transferred from one atom to another b. when the electrons of a bond are shared equally by the two atoms c. when the electrons of a bond are shared unequally by the two atoms d. when a metallic element forms a bond with a nonmetallic element ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. Which Greek letter is used to denote the spatial distribution of charge in a polar bond? a. alpha, α b. beta, β c. gamma, γ d. delta, δ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 3 79. How many electrons are associated with a single bond? a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 80. How many electrons are associated with a double bond? a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 6 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. How many electrons are associated with a triple bond? a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Formaldehyde has the chemical formula CH2O. How many electrons must be shown in the Lewis structure of formaldehyde? a. 4 b. 8 c. 12 d. 16 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. Formaldehyde has the chemical formula CH2O. How many nonbonding electrons must be shown in the Lewis structure of formaldehyde? a. 0 b. 4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 3 c. 8 d. 12 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. An ammonium ion has the formula NH 4+. How many electrons must be shown in the Lewis structure of the ammonium ion? a. 4 b. 5 c. 8 d. 9 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. The toxic gas hydrogen cyanide has the formula HCN. How many electrons must be shown in the Lewis structure of hydrogen cyanide? a. 2 b. 6 c. 10 d. 12 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 86. The toxic gas hydrogen cyanide has the formula HCN. How many nonbonding electrons must be shown in the Lewis structure of hydrogen cyanide? a. 2 b. 6 c. 10 d. 12 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 87. How many nonbonding electrons are present in a molecule of water? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. An ammonium ion has the formula NH 4+. How many nonbonding electrons must be shown in the Lewis structure of the ammonium ion? a. 0 b. 4 c. 8 d. 9 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. How many bonds does a carbon atom typically form? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Ethylene has the formula C2H4. Which of the following is a correct description of ethylene? a. Ethylene has only single bonds. b. Ethylene has one double bond. c. Ethylene has one triple bond. d. None of these is correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Acetylene has the formula C2H2. Which of the following is a correct description of acetylene? a. Acetylene has only single bonds. b. Acetylene has one double bond. c. Acetylene has one triple bond. d. None of these is correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 3 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. The toxic gas hydrogen cyanide has the formula HCN. Which of the following is a correct description of hydrogen cyanide? a. HCN has only single bonds. b. HCN has one single bond and one double bond. c. HCN has one single bond and one triple bond. d. None of these is correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. In a Lewis structure, which of the following atoms can have more than eight electrons associated with it? a. C b. F c. P d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. In a Lewis structure, which of the following atoms can have more than eight electrons associated with it? a. C b. H c. Be d. S ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. When we name a binary covalent compound, which of the following is true? a. The element that has more atoms in the molecule is named first. b. We name the elements in alphabetical order. c. We name the less electronegative element first. d. We name the more electronegative element first.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. Laughing gas, sometimes called nitrous oxide, has the formula N2O. What is the proper chemical name of nitrous oxide?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 3 a. nitrogen oxide b. nitrogen dioxide c. dinitrogen oxide d. dinitrogen oxygen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 97. What is the name of NO2? a. nitrogen oxide b. nitrogen oxygen c. nitrogen dioxide d. nitrous oxide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. What is the correct chemical name of a compound with the formula N2O3? a. nitrogen oxide b. nitrogen trioxide c. nitrogen ozide d. dinitrogen trioxide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. What is the name of SCl2? a. sulfur chloride b. sulfur chlorine c. monosulfur chloride d. sulfur dichloride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 100. What is the systematic name of CS2? a. carbon disulfur b. carbon sulfide c. carbon(IV) sulfide d. carbon disulfide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. What is the correct name of XeF4? a. xenon fluoride b. xenon difluoride c. xenon tetrafluoride d. xenon hexafluoride ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following is the correct formula of dinitrogen trioxide? a. O2N3 b. O3N2 c. N2O3 d. N3O2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. Which of the following is the correct formula of dinitrogen pentoxide? a. O2N5 b. O5N2 c. N2O5 d. N5O2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following statements is true of nitric oxide, NO? a. NO contains an unpaired electron. b. NO contains five paired electrons. c. NO is emitted from rancid food. d. All of these are false.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 3 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. Which of the following symbols is used to denote that two or more representations of a species are resonance structures? a. → b. ← c. ⇌ d. ↔ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Which of the following is true of the individual resonance structures that contribute to a resonance hybrid? a. Each resonance structure actually exists. b. Each resonance structure is more stable than the resonance hybrid. c. In going from one resonance structure to another, the electrons move from one location to another. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 107. Which of the following is false regarding the individual resonance structures that contribute to a resonance hybrid? a. The resonance structures of each resonance hybrid exist in equilibrium with each other. b. Each resonance structure is less stable than is the resonance hybrid. c. The resonance structures of a resonance hybrid differ only in the position of valence electrons. d. The position of all atomic nuclei is the same in all the resonance structures of a resonance hybrid.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 108. Which of the following is true in the carbonate ion, CO32−? a. The carbon atom does not have an octet. b. The ion has 22 valence electrons. c. The electrons are constantly moving from one bond location to another. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 3 109. Which of the following is true in the carbonate ion, CO 32−? a. All of the carbon to oxygen bonds are equivalent. b. The carbon atom does not have an octet. c. The carbon atoms form two single bonds and one double bond. d. The electrons are constantly moving from one bond location to another.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. A student is attempting to draw several resonance structures for CO2. Which of the following is allowed? a. changing the connectivity of the nuclei b. changing the positions of valence electrons c. changing the compound to CO and O2 gases d. changing the connectivity of the O—O bond ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 111. A student is attempting to draw several resonance structures for a species. Which of the following is allowed? a. changing the number of valence electrons b. changing the positions of valence electrons c. changing the number of protons and neutrons d. changing the position of the atomic nuclei ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 112. A student is attempting to draw several resonance structures for a species. Which of the following is allowed? a. changing the number of protons and neutrons b. changing the number of paired and unpaired electrons c. replacing an atom with its isotope d. changing the position of paired electrons ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.8 - RESONANCE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 113. What bond angle is most closely associated with a tetrahedral distribution of electron density? a. 90° b. 109.5° c. 120° Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 3 d. 180° ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. What bond angle is most closely associated with a trigonal planar distribution of electron density? a. 90° b. 109.5° c. 120° d. 180° ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. What bond angle is most closely associated with a linear distribution of electron density? a. 90° b. 109.5° c. 120° d. 180° ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Which of the following molecules is best described as having a nearly tetrahedral distribution of electron density? a. BeCl2 b. OF2 c. SnCl2 d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 117. In which of the following molecules does the carbon atom have a nearly trigonal planar distribution of electron density? a. C2H2 b. C2H4 c. C2H6 d. none of these ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 3 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. In which of the following molecules does the carbon atom have a linear distribution of electron density? a. C2H2 b. C2H4 c. C2H6 d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. In which of the following molecules does the carbon atom have a nearly tetrahedral distribution of electron density? a. C2H2 b. C2H4 c. C2H6 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. What is the observed value of the H—N—H bond angle in ammonia, NH3? a. 109.5° b. 107.3° c. 120.0° d. 90.0° ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 121. What is the measure of the H—O—H bond angle in water, H2O? a. 109.5° b. 120.0° c. 104.5° d. 90.0° ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 3 122. Which of the following describes how a double bond is treated in the VSEPR model? a. as two single bonds b. as two nonbonding pairs c. as a single region of electron density d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.9 - PREDICTING BOND ANGLES IN COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. Which of the following molecules has the greatest polarity? a. H2O b. CH4 c. C2H2 d. CO2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Which of the following molecules is not polar? a. BCl3 b. NH3 c. HF d. C2H5OH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 125. Which of the following molecules is polar? a. CCl4 b. CH2Cl2 c. CH4 d. CO2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 126. Which of the following molecules is not polar?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 3 a. CH3Cl b. CH2Cl2 c. CCl4 d. CHCl3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 127. Which of the following molecules is polar? a. CH3COOH b. HCN c. both of them d. neither of them ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 128. Which of the following molecules is nonpolar? a. HCOOH b. C6H5COOH c. C6H5OH d. None, they are all polar.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 129. Which of the following molecules is polar? a. CH3—CH3 b. CH2Cl—CH2Cl c. CHCl2—CHCl2 d. CHCl2—CH2Cl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 130. Which of the following molecules is not polar? a. NH3 b. HF Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 3 c. O2 d. CH3CN ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 131. Which of the following is true of the molecule O=C=S? a. O=C=S is nonpolar because it contains only double bonds. b. O=C=S is nonpolar because it is linear. c. O=C=S is polar because it has a bent shape. d. O=C=S is polar because the polarities of the O=C and C=S do not cancel.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 132. A student discussing bond polarity and molecular polarity in alcohols made the following statements: (i) In methanol, CH3OH, the H—O bond is less polar than the C—O bond. (ii) Ethanol, CH3CH2OH, the alcohol of alcoholic beverages, has at least one polar bond, a net dipole, and is a polar molecule.

Which of the above statements is(are) true? a. only statement (i) b. only statement (ii) c. both statement (i) and statement (ii) d. neither statement (i) nor statement (ii) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.10 - DETERMINING IF A MOLECULE IS POLAR KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 133. Examine the following image representing the structure of a compound.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 3 What is the most likely type of bonding in this compound? a. ionic b. nonpolar covalent c. polar covalent d. electropositive ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 134. Examine the following image representing the structure of a compound.

Which of the following is a possible formula of the compound represented in the image? a. KBr b. SO c. NO d. ICl ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 135. Examine the following image representing the structure of a compound.

If the smaller spheres represent K+ and the larger spheres represent Cl−, then what is the name of this compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 3 a. potassium dichloride b. dipotassium chloride c. monopotassium dichloride d. potassium chloride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 136. Examine the following image representing the structure of a compound.

If the larger spheres represent SO 42−, then which of the following may the smaller spheres represent? a. K+ b. O2− c. Mg2+ d. Al3+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.5 - NAMING IONIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 137. The following represents carbonic acid, an important part of the buffer system in blood.

How many total valence electrons were used in constructing this structure? a. 24 b. 12 c. 17 d. 22 e. none of these ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 3 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 138. The following represents carbonic acid, an important part of the buffer system in blood.

How many polar bonds are represented in this structure? a. 5 b. 3 c. 2 d. None of the bonds are polar.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 139. The following represents carbonic acid, an important part of the buffer system in blood.

How many single covalent bonds are represented in this structure? a. 6 b. 5 c. 4 d. 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 140. The following represents carbonic acid, an important part of the buffer system in blood.

How many nonbonding electrons are present in this structure? a. 3 b. 6 c. 12 d. The are no nonbonding electrons.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.6 - A COVALENT BOND KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 141. Consider the following Lewis structure.

What is the correct name of this compound? a. monphosphorus pentachloride b. phosphorus chloride c. phosphorus pentachloride d. pentaphosphorus chloride e. phophorus pentachlorine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 142. Consider the following Lewis structure.

Which of the following correctly characterizes this compound? a. All atoms obey the octet rule. b. Forty valence electrons are represented. c. The central atom is from period 4. d. It contains a metalloid and a nonmetal. e. None of these are true of this compound.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 3.7 - NAMING BINARY COVALENT COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 4 1. Which of the following is analogous to the reactants in a chemical reaction? a. a baked cake b. the flour, eggs, and chocolate used to bake a cake c. a baked cake and the flour, eggs, and chocolate used to bake a cake d. neither a baked cake or the flour, eggs, and chocolate used to bake a cake ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.1 - THE CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 2. To which of the following is the term molecular weight applicable? a. ionic compounds b. covalent compounds c. both ionic and covalent compounds d. neither ionic or covalent compounds ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 3. To which of the following is the term formula weight applicable? a. ionic compounds b. covalent compounds c. both ionic and covalent compounds d. neither ionic or covalent compounds ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following is the correct unit for formula weight? a. atomic mass units b. grams c. ounces d. pounds ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 5. What is the molecular weight of ibuprofen, C13H18O2? a. 29.0 amu b. 206.3 amu c. 289.4 amu Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 4 d. 377.7 amu ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 6. What is the molecular weight of sucrose, C12H22O11? a. 180.2 amu b. 319.6 amu c. 342.3 amu d. 360.4 amu ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 7. What is the formula weight of barium phosphate, Ba3(PO4)2? a. 232.3 amu b. 537.9 amu c. 559.6 amu d. 601.9 amu ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 8. What is the formula weight of aluminum sulfate, Al2(SO4)3? a. 75.1 amu b. 150.2 amu c. 342.2 amu d. 369.7 amu ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 9. What is the formula weight of ammonium carbonate, (NH4)2CO3? a. 78.1 amu b. 96.1 amu c. 108.4 amu d. 138.2 amu ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 4 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 10. Which of the following compounds has the largest formula weight? a. KCl b. NaCl c. MgF2 d. BF3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 11. Which of the following compounds has the largest formula weight? a. aluminum acetate b. calcium acetate c. potassium acetate d. sodium acetate ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.5 - FORMULA WEIGHTS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 12. The mass of an atom of 12C is exactly 12 atomic mass units. Which of the following describes a mole of 12C atoms? a. a sample that weighs exactly 12 atomic mass units b. a sample that contains 6.02 × 1023 atoms of 12C c. a sample that weighs exactly 12 atomic mass units and a sample that contains 6.02 x 1023 atoms of 12C d. neither a sample that weighs exactly 12 atomic mass units or a sample that contains 6.02 x 1023 atoms of 12C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 13. How many joules make a kilocalorie? a. 2,184 joules b. 3,184 joules c. 4,184 joules d. 5,184 joules ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 14. What is the molar mass of water, H2O? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 4 a. 17.01 g b. 18.02 g c. 17.01 amu d. 18.02 amu ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 15. What is the molar mass of glucose, C6H12O6? a. 60.05 amu b. 180.2 amu c. 60.05 g d. 180.2 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 16. How many molecules are present in one mole of water, H2O? a 1.66 × 10–24 b 3.00 × 10–23 c 3.24 × 1023 d 6.02 × 1023 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 17. How many molecules are present in one mole of glucose, C6H12O6? a 6.92 ×10–26 b 3.34 × 1021 c 6.02 × 1023 d 1.44 × 1025 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 18. A person drinks 1.50 × 103 g of water, H2O, per day. How many moles is this? a. 0.0120 b. 8.33 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 4 c. 83.3 d. 1.20 × 102 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 19. How many moles of marble, CaCO3, are there in a 275-g piece of marble? a 4.57 × 10–22 b. 0.364 c. 2.75 d. 275 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 20. If you need a sample of 2.84 mol of Na2S, then how many grams of Na2S do you need? a. 0.00451 g b. 2.84 g c. 78.1 g d. 222 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 21. How much does a sample of 5.75 mol diethyl ether, C4H10O, weigh? a. 5.75 g b. 12.9 g c. 74.1 d. 426 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 22. How many hydrogen atoms are there in 2.50 mol of C6H12O6? a. 2.50 b. 12.0 c 1.51 × 1024 d 1.81 × 1025 ANSWER:

d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 4 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 23. How many oxygen atoms are present in 5.20 mol of Al2(SO4)3? a. 62.4 b 3.76 × 1025 c 9.39 × 1024 d 3.13 × 1024 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 24. How many moles of hydrogen atoms are there in 2.50 mol of C6H12O6? a. 2.50 b. 30.0 c 1.51 × 1024 d 1.81 × 1025 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 25. How many moles of oxygen atoms are present in 5.20 mol of Al2(SO4)3? a. 15.6 b. 20.8 c. 62.4 d 3.76 × 1025 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 26. 0.789 mol of a particular substance weighs 142 g. What is the molar mass of this substance? a. 0.00556 g b. 0.00556 amu c. 180 g d. 180 amu ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 4 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 27. 0.117 mol of a particular substance weighs 21.9 g. What is the molar mass of this substance? a. 187 g b. 187 amu c. 0.00534 g d. 0.00534 amu ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 28. The molecular weight of cholesterol is 710 amu. What is the mass of one molecule of cholesterol? a. 1.18 × 10–21 g b. 0.00141 g c. 710 g d. 8.48 × 1020 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 29. The molecular weight of ethylene glycol is 62.0 amu. What is the mass of one molecule of ethylene glycol? a. 9.70 × 1021 g b. 62.0 g c. 0.0161 g d. 1.03 × 10–22 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 30. A certain protein has a molar mass of 2.38 × 105 g. What is the mass of one molecule of this protein? a. 3.95 × 10–19 g b. 4.20 × 10–6 g c. 2.38 × 105 g d. 2.53 × 1018 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 31. The molar mass of gold is approximately 197 g. What is the approximate mass of one atom of gold?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 4 a. 3.06 × 1021 g b. 197 g c. 5.08 × 10–3 g d. 3.27 × 10–22 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 32. You have a sample of 3.01 × 1023 atoms of silver. How much does this sample weigh? a. 0.0500 g b. 2.00 g c. 53.9 g d. 107.9 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 33. You have a sample of 1.204 × 1024 atoms of gold. How much does this sample weigh? a. 2.000 g b. 98.5 g c. 197.0 g d. 394.0 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 34. A typical deposit of cholesterol, C27H46O, in an artery has a mass of 3.90 mg. How many molecules of cholesterol are present in this deposit? a 6.07 × 1021 b 6.07 × 1018 c. 0.00390 d 1.65 × 10–22 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 35. A serving of a particular fruit dessert contains 20.0 g of sugar. If all the sugar is sucrose, C12H22O11, how many molecules of sugar are present in this serving? a. 0.0584 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 4 b. 17.1 c. 3.52 × 1022 d. 1.03 × 1025 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 36. The atomic weight of copper is greater than that of chromium. Which of the following statements is true provided you have a 10-g sample of each of these metals? a. You have fewer atoms of copper than of chromium. b. You have an equal number of copper and chromium atoms. c. You have more atoms of copper than of chromium. d. There is insufficient information to determine which statement is true.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: ANALYZE 37. The atomic weight of copper is less than that of silver. Which of the following statements is true provided you have a 10-g sample of each of these metals? a. You have fewer atoms of copper than of silver. b. You have an equal number of copper and silver atoms. c. You have more atoms of copper than of silver. d. There is insufficient information to determine which statement is true.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: ANALYZE 38. The atomic weight of platinum is less than that of gold. Which of the following statements is true provided you have a 10-g sample of each of these metals? a. You have fewer atoms of platinum than of gold. b. You have an equal number of platinum and gold atoms. c. You have more atoms of platinum than of gold. d. There is insufficient information to determine which statement is true.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: ANALYZE 39. Which of the following is true of a chemical reaction? a. In a chemical reaction, the number of moles of product always equals the number of moles of reactants. b. In a chemical reaction, the mass of the products always equals the mass of the starting materials that have reacted.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 4 c. In a chemical reaction, the number of moles of product always equals the number of moles of reactants, and the mass of products always equals the mass of the starting materials that have reacted. d. In a chemical reaction, the number of moles of product does not always equal the number of moles of reactants, and the mass of products does not always equal the mass of the starting materials that have reacted.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 40. A 900-g iron block is initially at 5°C. Heat of 5,000 cal is added to it. What is the final temperature of the iron block?

The specific heat of iron is 0.11 cal/g·°C. a. 45.5°C b. 50.5°C c. 55.5°C d. 60.5°C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 41. The temperature of an unknown substance weighing 500 grams rises by 30°C when 2,000 cal of heat is added to it.

What is the specific heat of this substance? a. 0.033 cal/g·°C b. 0.133 cal/g·°C c. 0.233 cal/g·°C d. 0.433 cal/g·°C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 42. Which of the following is the correct set of integer coefficients for the balanced equation?

CO2(g) + H2O(l) → C6H12O6(aq) + O2(g) a. 1, 1, 1, 1 b. 3, 3, 6, 6 c. 6, 3, 3, 6 d. 6, 6, 1, 6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 43. Which of the following is the correct set of integer coefficients for the balanced equation?

C6H14(g) + O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(g) a. 1, 1, 1, 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 4 b. 1, 3, 6, 7 c. 1, 9.5, 6, 7 d. 2, 19, 12, 14 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 44. Which of the following is the correct set of integer coefficients for the balanced equation?

C5H12(g) + O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(g) a. 1, 5, 5, 6 b. 1, 8, 5, 6 c. 5, 1, 8, 6 d. 5, 12, 2, 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 45. Which of the following is the correct set of integer coefficients for the balanced equation?

C3H8(g) + O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(g) a. 3, 8, 1, 2 b. 1, 5, 3, 4 c. 1, 5, 4, 3 d. 4, 3, 2, 1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 46. Which of the following statements is true of the balanced equation 3H2(g) + N2(g) → 2NH3(g)? a. Three grams of hydrogen react with one gram of nitrogen to form two grams of ammonia. b. Three moles of hydrogen react with one mole of nitrogen to form two moles of ammonia. c. Three moles of hydrogen react with one gram of nitrogen to form two grams of ammonia, and three moles of hydrogen react with one mole of nitrogen to form two moles of ammonia. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 47. Which of the following statements is true of the balanced equation N2(g) + 2O2(g) → 2NO2(g)? a. One mole of nitrogen reacts with two moles of oxygen to form two moles of nitrogen dioxide. b. One gram of nitrogen reacts with two grams of oxygen to form two grams of nitrogen dioxide.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 4 c. One mole of nitrogen reacts with two moles of oxygen to form two moles of nitrogen dioxide, and one gram of nitrogen reacts with two grams of oxygen to form two grams of nitrogen dioxide. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 48. The reaction of nitric acid, HNO3(aq), with calcium carbonate, CaCO3(s), produces calcium nitrate, carbon dioxide, and water. Which of the following is the correct balanced equation for this reaction? a. HNO3(aq) + CaCO3(s) → CaNO3(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) b. 2HNO3(aq) + CaCO3(s) → CaNO3(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) c. HNO3(aq) + CaCO3(s) → Ca(NO3)2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) d. 2HNO3(aq) + CaCO3(s) → Ca(NO3)2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 49. Sodium sulfite, Na2SO3(aq), is added to wine as an antioxidant as it reacts with the oxygen in the air to form sodium sulfate, Na2SO4(aq). Which of the following is the balanced equation for this reaction? a. Na2SO3(aq) + O(g) → Na2SO4(aq) b. Na2SO3(aq) + 2O(g) → Na2SO4(aq) c. 2Na2SO3(aq) + O2(g) → 2Na2SO4(aq) d. Na2SO3(aq) + O2(g) → Na2SO4(aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 50. In a blast furnace, coke, which is solid carbon, reacts with O2(g) to form carbon monoxide. The carbon monoxide then reacts with Fe2O3(s) to produce solid iron and carbon dioxide. Which of the following is the balanced equation for this combined process? a. 2Fe2O3(s) + 3C(s) + 3O2(g) → 2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g) b. 2Fe2O3(s) + 2C(s) + 3O2(g) → 4Fe(s) + 2CO2(g) c. 2Fe2O3(s) + 6C(s) + 3O2(g) → 4Fe(s) + 6CO2(g) d. 2Fe2O3(s) + C(s) + 3O2(g) → Fe(s) + CO2(g) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 4 51. In a blast furnace, coke, which is solid carbon, reacts with O2(g) to form carbon monoxide. The carbon monoxide then reacts with Fe2O3(s) to produce solid iron and carbon dioxide. Which of the following is the balanced equation for the reaction of carbon monoxide with Fe2O3(s)? a. 2Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) → 2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g) b. 2Fe2O3(s) + 2CO(g) → 4Fe(s) + 2CO2(g) c. 2Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) → 4Fe(s) + 3CO2(g) d. Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) → 2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 52. The products of the reaction of phosphoric acid, H3PO4(aq), and solid magnesium hydroxide, Mg(OH)2(s), are aqueous magnesium phosphate and water. What is the balanced equation for this reaction? a. H3PO4(aq) + Mg(OH)2(s) → MgPO4(aq) + H2O(l) b. 2H3PO4(aq) + Mg(OH)2(s) → Mg(PO4)2(aq) + 2H2O(l) c. 3H3PO4(aq) + 2Mg(OH)2(s) → Mg2(PO4)3(aq) + 2H2O(l) d. 2H3PO4(aq) + 3Mg(OH)2(s) → Mg3(PO4)2(aq) + 6H2O(l) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 53. Which of the following is true regarding mass relationships in a chemical reaction? a. To determine mass relationships in a chemical reaction, you first need to know the balanced chemical equation for the reaction. b. To convert from grams to moles and vice versa, you need to use Avogadro’s number as a conversion factor. c. To determine mass relationships in a chemical reaction, you first need to know the balanced chemical equation for the reaction, and to convert from grams to moles and vice versa, you need to use Avogadro's number as a conversion factor. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 54. Which of the following is true of specific heat? a. Specific heat is a chemical property. b. All substances have the same specific heat. c. Specific heat is the amount of heat needed to change the state of 1 g of a substance from solid to liquid. d. Specific heat is the amount of heat needed to raise the temperature of 1 g of a substance by 1°C. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 4 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 55. Which of the following can be determined using only the coefficients of the balanced chemical equation for the reaction N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g)? a. the number of molecules of NH3 obtained if 4.2 mol of N2 react completely to form NH3 b. the number of moles of NH3 obtained if 4.2 mol of N2 react completely to form NH3 c. the number of molecules of NH3 obtained if 4.2 mol of N2 react completely to form NH3, and the number of moles of NH3 obtained if 4.2 mol of N2 react completely to form NH3. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 56. Which of the following is a form of energy? a. heat b. temperature c. volume d. mass ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following is the SI unit for heat? a. calorie b. kilocalorie c. joule d. watt ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 58. In the industrial synthesis of acetic acid, methanol is made to react with carbon monoxide. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: CH3OH(g) + CO(g) → CH3COOH(l) If methanol is present in excess, how many moles of CO(g) are required to produce 16.6 moles of acetic acid? a. 8.30 b. 16.6 c. 28.0 d. 33.2 ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 4 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 59. Ethanol is produced industrially by the acid-catalyzed reaction of ethylene with water. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: C2H4(g) + H2O(g) → C2H5OH(l) If water is present in excess, how many moles of ethanol can be produced from 7.24 mol of ethylene? a. 7.24 b. 14.5 c. 28.0 d. 46.0 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 60. In the industrial synthesis of acetic acid, methanol is made to react with carbon monoxide. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: CH3OH(g) + CO(g) → CH3COOH(l) How many grams of CO(g) are required to produce 16.6 mol of acetic acid? a. 16.6 g b. 33.2 g c. 465 g d. 996 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 61. Ethanol is produced industrially by the acid-catalyzed reaction of ethylene with water. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: C2H4(g) + H2O(g) → C2H5OH(l) If water is present in excess, how many grams of ethanol can be produced from 7.24 mol of ethylene? a. 7.24 g b. 14.5 g c. 203 g d. 334 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 62. In the industrial synthesis of acetic acid, methanol is made to react with carbon monoxide. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: CH3OH(g) + CO(g) → CH3COOH(l) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 4 How many grams of CO(g) are required to produce 49.4 g of acetic acid? a. 23.0 g b. 28.0 g c. 60.1 g d. 88.1 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 63. Ethanol is produced industrially by the acid-catalyzed reaction of ethylene with water. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: C2H4(g) + H2O(g) → C2H5OH(l) If water is present in excess, how many grams of ethanol can be produced from 42.7 g of ethylene? a. 42.7 g b. 46.1 g c. 70.1 g d. 92.2 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 64. Given the reaction 2HgO(s) → 2Hg(l) + O2(g), what weight of elemental mercury will be obtained by the decomposition of 0.125 mol of HgO? a. 13.5 g b. 25.0 g c. 27.0 g d. 50.0 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 65. Given the reaction 2HgO(s) → 2Hg(l) + O2(g), what weight of elemental mercury will be obtained by the decomposition of 94.5 g of HgO? a. 43.8 g b. 78.5 g c. 87.5 g d. 175 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 4 66. O2 can be produced by the reaction 2KClO3(s) → KCl(s) + 3O2(g). In one experiment, 0.312 g of O2 was formed.

How much KClO3 was decomposed? a. 0.484 g b. 0.797 g c. 1.19 g d. 1.79 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 67. O2 can be produced by the reaction 2KClO3(s) → 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g). In one experiment, 0.312 g of O2 was formed.

How much KCl was produced? a. 0.484 g b. 0.797 g c. 1.19 g d. 1.79 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 68. Lime, CaO, is produced by the reaction CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g). What weight of CaO is obtained by the decomposition of 38.7 g of CaCO3? a. 15.5 g b. 17.0 g c. 21.7 g d. 23.2 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 69. Lime, CaO, is produced by the reaction CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g). What weight of CO2 is obtained by the decomposition of 38.7 g of CaCO3? a. 15.5 g b. 17.0 g c. 21.7 g d. 23.2 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 4 70. The balanced equation for burning octane is 2C8H18(g) + 25O2(g) → 18H2O(g) + 16CO2(g). What weight of oxygen is required to completely burn 19.8 g of octane? a. 28.1 g b. 34.7 g c. 69.5 g d. 139 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 71. The balanced equation for burning octane is 2C8H18(g) + 25O2(g) → 18H2O(g) + 16CO2(g). What weight of H2O is produced by completely burning 19.8 g of octane? a. 28.1 g b. 34.7 g c. 69.5 g d. 139 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 72. In an experiment, acetic acid is produced by mixing 5 moles of methanol with 2 moles of carbon monoxide. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: CH3OH(l) + CO(g) → CH3COOH(l) What is the number of moles of acetic acid produced? a. 2 b. 3 c. 5 d. 10 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 73. In an experiment, ammonia is produced by mixing 3 moles of nitrogen gas with 6 moles of hydrogen gas. The balanced equation for this reaction is as follows: N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g) What is the number of moles of ammonia produced? a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 6 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 4 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 74. When solutions of AgNO3 and NaCl react, the balanced molecular equation is as follows: AgNO3(aq) + NaCl(aq) → AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq) How much AgCl is produced when 3.10 g of AgNO3 and 3.10 g of NaCl react? a. 1.55 g b. 2.62 g c. 4.17 g d. 6.20 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 75. When solutions of AgNO3 and NaCl react, the balanced molecular equation is as follows: AgNO3(aq) + NaCl(aq) → AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq) How much AgCl is produced when 3.10 g of AgNO3 and 0.600 g of NaCl react? a. 1.47 g b. 2.23 g c. 2.62 g d. 3.70 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 76. When solutions of AgNO3 and NaOH react, the balanced molecular equation is as follows: 2AgNO3(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Ag2O(s) + 2NaNO3(aq) + H2O(l) How much Ag2O is produced when 0.200 g of AgNO3 and 0.200 g of NaOH react? a. 0.127 g b. 0.136 g c. 0.273 g d. 0.400 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 77. When solutions of AgNO3 and NaOH react, the balanced molecular equation is as follows: 2AgNO3(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Ag2O(s) + 2NaNO3(aq) + H2O(l) How much Ag2O is produced when 2.00 g of AgNO3 and 0.300 g of NaOH react? a. 0.869 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 4 b. 1.43 g c. 1.74 g d. 2.30 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 78. When solutions of H2SO4 and NaOH react, the balanced molecular equation is as follows: H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) How much Na2SO4 is obtained when 4.00 g of H2SO4 reacts with 4.00 g of NaOH? a. 2.98 g b. 5.80 g c. 7.10 g d. 8.00 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 79. When solutions of H2SO4 and NaOH react, the balanced molecular equation is as follows: H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l) How much Na2SO4 is obtained when 4.00 g of H2SO4 reacts with 2.00 g of NaOH? a. 0.650 g b. 2.98 g c. 3.55 g d. 4.20 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 80. In a particular experiment to prepare a compound, the theoretical yield is 34.7 g. If the actual yield is 31.2 g, what is the percent yield? a. 0.899% b. 11.1% c. 89.9% d. 93.0% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 81. Diethyl ether can be made from ethanol. The reaction is as follows: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 4 2C2H5OH(l) → (C2H5)2O(l) + H2O(l) In one experiment, 46.0 g of ethanol yielded 34.7 g of diethyl ether. What was the percent yield in this experiment? a. 62.1% b. 80.4% c. 93.8% d. 97.0% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 82. In an experiment to prepare aspirin, the percent yield was 94.3%. If the actual yield was 124.3 g, what was the theoretical yield for this experiment? a. 94.3 g b. 117 g c. 132 g d. 234 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 83. The synthesis of a certain drug can be carried out with 91.7% yield. In one experiment, 14.8 g of the drug was obtained. What was the theoretical yield for this experiment? a. 13.6 g b. 15.8 g c. 16.1 g d. 16.9 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 84. Diethyl ether can be made from ethanol. The reaction is as follows: 2C2H5OH(l) → (C2H5)2O(l) + H2O(l) The percent yield of diethyl ether in one experiment was 94.0% and the actual yield was 68.6 g. How much ethanol did the chemist use in this experiment? a. 45.4 g b. 73.0 g c. 80.2 g d. 90.7 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 4 85. Ethyl chloride is prepared by the reaction of ethane with chlorine according to the following reaction: 2C2H6(g) + Cl2(g) → 2C2H5Cl(l) + HCl(g) The percent yield of ethyl chloride in one experiment was 96.3% and the actual yield was 74.4 g. How much ethylene did the chemist use in this experiment? a. 36.0 g b. 38.7 g c. 70.9 g d. 77.3 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 86. The synthesis of a certain drug requires three steps. The percent yield for the steps are 95.2%, 91.4%, and 93.8%, respectively. What is the overall percent yield? a. 81.6% b. 87.0% c. 89.3% d. 91.4% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 87. The synthesis of a certain drug requires four steps. The first three steps were relatively easy with percent yields of 97.1%, 94.3%, and 92.8%, respectively. However, the last step was very difficult, with a percent yield of 72.7%. What was the overall percent yield? a. 27. 9% b. 61.8% c. 72.7% d. 85.0% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.7 - CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS IN CHEMICAL REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 88. A black precipitate of copper sulfide, CuS, is formed when a solution of Cu(II) chloride, CuCl2, is added to a solution of potassium sulfide, K2S. Which of the following is the molecular equation for this reaction? a. CuCl2(aq) + K2S(aq) → CuS(s) + 2KCl(aq) b. Cu2+(aq) + Cl22–(aq) + K22+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) + K22+(aq) + Cl22–(aq) c. Cu2+(aq) + 2Cl-–(aq) + 2K+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) + 2K+(aq) + 2Cl– (aq) d. Cu2+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 4 POINTS: TOPICS:

1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 89. A black precipitate of copper sulfide, CuS, is formed when a solution of Cu(II) chloride, CuCl2, is added to a solution of potassium sulfide, K2S. Which of the following ionic equations for this reaction includes the spectator ions as well? a. CuCl2(aq) + K2S(aq) → CuS(s) + 2KCl(aq) b. Cu2+(aq) + Cl22–(aq) + K 22+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) + K 22+(aq) + Cl 22–(aq) c. Cu2+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) + 2K+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) + 2K+(aq) + 2Cl– (aq) d. Cu2+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

c 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 90. A black precipitate of copper sulfide, CuS, is formed when a solution of Cu(II) chloride, CuCl2, is added to a solution of potassium sulfide, K2S. Which of the following is the net ionic equation for this reaction? a. CuCl2(aq) + K2S(aq) → CuS(s) + 2KCl(aq) b. Cu2+(aq) + Cl22–(aq) + K 22+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) + K 22+(aq) + Cl 22–(aq) c. Cu2+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) + 2K+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) + 2K+(aq) + 2Cl– (aq) d. Cu2+(aq) + S2–(aq) → CuS(s) ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

d 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 91. A white precipitate of lead chloride, PbCl2, is formed when a solution of ammonium chloride, NH4Cl, is added to a solution of lead(II) nitrate, Pb(NO3)2. Which of the following ionic equations for this reaction includes the spectator ions as well? a. 2NH4Cl(aq) + Pb(NO3)2(aq) → PbCl2(s) + 2NH4NO3(aq) b. NH4+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) + Pb2+(aq) + 2NO3–(aq) → PbCl2(s) + 2NH4+(aq) + 2NO3–(aq) c. Pb2+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) → PbCl2(s) d. Pb2+(aq) + Cl22–(aq) → PbCl2(s) ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

b 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 4 92. A white precipitate of lead chloride, PbCl2, is formed when a solution of ammonium chloride, NH4Cl, is added to a solution of lead(II) nitrate, Pb(NO3)2. Which of the following is the net ionic equation for this reaction? a. 2NH4Cl(aq) + Pb(NO3)2(aq) → PbCl2(s) + 2NH4NO3(aq) b. 2NH4+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) + Pb2+(aq) + 2NO3–(aq) →PbCl2(s) + 2NH 4+(aq) + 2NO 3–(aq) c. Pb2+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) → PbCl2(s) d. Pb2+(aq) + Cl22–(aq) → PbCl2(s) ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

c 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 93. Which of the following compounds is insoluble in water? a. CaCO3 b. CaCl2 c. Ca(NO3)2 d. Ca(C2H3O2)2 ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

a 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following compounds is soluble in water? a. AgCl b. AgBr c. AgI d. AgC2H3O2 ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

d 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 95. Which of the following sulfides is soluble in water? a. Ag2S b. FeS c. K2S d. PbS ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 4 TOPICS:

4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 96. Which of the following anions always forms soluble compounds? a. NO3– b. OH– c. SO42– d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 97. Which of the following anions always forms soluble compounds? a. CH3COO– b. PO42– c. S2– d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 98. Which of the following ions always forms soluble compounds? a. Na+ b. NH4+ c. CH3COO– d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following represents the correct set of spectator ions in the equation Cu2+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq) + 2K+(aq) + S2– (aq) → CuS(s) + 2K+(aq) + 2Cl–(aq)? a. Cu2+, Cl– b. K+, Cl– c. K+, S2– Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 4 d. Cu2+, S2– ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

b 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 100. Which of the following is true of spectator ions? a. Spectator ions form solids that are insoluble in water. b. Spectator ions form gases that escape the reaction mixtures. c. One spectator ion oxidizes the other spectator ion. d. Spectator ions do not participate in a reaction.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 101. Which of the following is true of acetate salts and nitrate salts? a. All acetate salts are soluble, but all nitrate salts are insoluble. b. All nitrate salts are soluble, but all acetate salts are insoluble. c. All acetate salts and all nitrate salts are soluble. d. All acetate salts and all nitrate salts are insoluble.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following is true of carbonate salts and phosphate salts? a. Most carbonate salts are soluble, but most phosphate salts are insoluble. b. Most phosphate salts are soluble, but most carbonate salts are insoluble. c. Most carbonate salts and most phosphate salts are soluble. d. Most carbonate salts and most phosphate salts are insoluble.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 103. Which of the following is oxidation? a. loss of electrons b. loss of hydrogen c. gain of oxygen d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following is reduction? a. gain of electrons b. loss of hydrogen c. gain of oxygen d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 105. The temperature of an unknown substance weighing 2,500 grams rises by 100°C when 30,000 cal of heat is added to it. What is the specific heat of this substance? a. 0.12 cal/g·°C b. 0.37 cal/g·°C c. 0.62 cal/g·°C d. 0.87 cal/g·°C ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 106. A substance weighing 1 kg is initially at 25°C. Heat of 11,000 cal of is added to it. What is the final temperature of the substance? The specific heat of the substance is 0.20 cal/g·°C. a. 60°C b. 80°C c. 100°C d. 120°C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 107. Which of the following definitions of oxidation is generally most useful when dealing with ionic materials? a. Oxidation is the gain of oxygen. b. Oxidation is the loss of electrons. c. Oxidation is the loss of hydrogen. d. None; these are all equally useful.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 4 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 108. Which of the following definitions of reduction is generally most useful when dealing with ionic materials? a. Reduction is the gain of electrons. b. Reduction is the gain of hydrogen. c. Reduction is the loss of oxygen. d. None; these are all equally useful.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 109. Which species is oxidized in the reaction Pb(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → Pb2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)? a. Pb(s) b. Ag+(aq) c. Pb2+(aq) d. Ag(s) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 110. Which species is reduced in the reaction Pb(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → Pb2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)? a. Pb(s) b. Ag+(aq) c. Pb2+(aq) d. Ag(s) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 111. Which species is oxidized in the reaction CH2O(g) + O2(g) → 2HCOOH(g)? a. CH2O(g) b. O2(g) c. HCOOH(g) d. H2O(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 4 112. Which species is reduced in the reaction CH2O(g) + O2(g) → 2HCOOH(g)? a. CH2O(g) b. O2(g) c. HCOOH(g) d. H2O(g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 113. Which species is the oxidizing agent in the reaction Pb(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → Pb2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)? a. Pb(s) b. Ag+(aq) c. Pb2+(aq) d. Ag(s) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 114. Which species is the reducing agent in the reaction Pb(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → Pb2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)? a. Pb(s) b. Ag+(aq) c. Pb2+(aq) d. Ag(s) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 115. Which species is the oxidizing agent in the reaction CH2O(g) + O2(g) → HCOOH(g) + H2O(g)? a. CH2O(g) b. O2(g) c. HCOOH(g) d. H2O(g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 116. Which species is the reducing agent in the reaction CH2O(g) + O2(g) → 2HCOOH(g)?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 4 a. CH2O(g) b. O2(g) c. HCOOH(g) d. H2O(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 117. Wine turns sour because of the conversion of ethanol, C2H5OH, to acetic acid, HC2H3O2. Which of the following happens to ethanol in this reaction? a. It is reduced. b. It is oxidized. c. It is both oxidized and reduced. d. It is neither oxidized nor reduced.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 118. Solutions of sugars such as glucose react with Ag+(aq) to produce Ag(s). Which of the following happens to glucose in this reaction? a. It is reduced. b. It is oxidized. c. It is both oxidized and reduced. d. It is neither oxidized nor reduced.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 119. Solutions of sugars such as glucose react with Ag+(aq) to produce Ag(s). As which of the following agents does glucose function in this reaction? a. the reducing agent b. the oxidizing agent c. both the reducing agent and the oxidizing agent d. neither the oxidizing agent nor the reducing agent ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 120. Which of the following is true of a voltaic cell? a. The anode is the negative electrode and is the place where reduction occurs.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 4 b. The anode is the negative electrode and is the place where oxidation occurs. c. The cathode is the negative electrode and is the place where reduction occurs. d. The cathode is the negative electrode and is the place where oxidation occurs.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 121. Which of the following is true of a voltaic cell? a. The anode is the positive electrode and is the place where reduction occurs. b. The anode is the positive electrode and is the place where oxidation occurs. c. The cathode is the positive electrode and is the place where reduction occurs. d. The cathode is the positive electrode and is the place where oxidation occurs.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 122. Which of the following are the products of the incomplete combustion of a hydrocarbon such as methane, CH4, or propane, C3H8? a. CO(g) + H2O(g) b. CO(g) + H2O2(l) c. CO2(g) + H2O(g) d. CO2(g) + H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 123. Which of the following is true of respiration? a. It is the conversion of iron to iron oxide. b. It is the conversion of colored compounds to colorless compounds. c. It is the production of energy in humans and animals. d. It is the generation of electricity in a voltaic cell.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 124. Which of the following is true of most bleaches? a. They are reducing agents. b. They are oxidizing agents. c. They are both reducing agents and oxidizing agents.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 4 d. They are neither reducing agents nor oxidizing agents.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 125. Which of the following is true? a. An endothermic reaction is one that gives off heat. b. An endothermic reaction is one that absorbs heat. c. An endothermic reaction is one that both gives off heat and absorbs heat. d. An endothermic reaction is one that neither gives off heat nor absorbs heat.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 126. Which of the following is true of all combustion reactions? a. They are always endothermic. b. They always produce carbon dioxide. c. They are always endothermic and they always produce carbon dioxide. d. They are not always endothermic and they do not always produce carbon dioxide.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 127. Which of the following is true of all combustion reactions? a. They are always exothermic. b. They always produce carbon dioxide. c. They are always exothermic and they always produce carbon dioxide. d. They are not always exothermic and they do not always produce carbon dioxide.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 128. How many calories are required to heat 830 g of aluminum from 20°C to 250°C? The specific heat of aluminum is 0.22 cal/g·°C. a. 46,650 cal b. 41,998 cal c. 3,652 cal d. 2,283 cal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 4 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 129. How many calories are required to heat 520 g of copper from 30°C to 800°C? The specific heat of copper is 0.092 cal/g·°C. a. 38,272 cal b. 36,837 cal c. 1,435 cal d. 1,276 cal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.8 - DESCRIBING HEAT AND THE WAYS IN WHICH IT IS TRANSFERRED KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 130. The combustion of one mole of propane, C3H8, releases 531 kcal of heat. How much heat is released by the combustion of 1.20 moles of propane? a. 443 kcal b. 584 kcal c. 637 kcal d. 690 kcal ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 131. The combustion of one mole of propane, C3H8, releases 531 kcal of heat. How much heat is released by the combustion of 4.40 g of propane? a. 53.1 kcal b. 531 kcal c. 5.31 × 103 kcal d. 5.31 × 104 kcal ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 132. The metabolism of one mole of glucose, C6H12O6, releases 670 kcal of heat. How much heat is released by the combustion of 0.300 moles of glucose? a. 186 kcal b. 201 kcal c. 2.23 × 103 kcal d. 2.41 × 103 kcal ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

b 1 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 4 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 133. The metabolism of one mole of glucose, C6H12O6, releases 6.70 × 102 kcal of heat. How much heat is released by the combustion of 50.0 g of glucose? a. 186 kcal b. 201 kcal c. 2.23 × 103 kcal d. 2.41 × 103 kcal ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 134. Examine the reaction taking place in the beaker in the image.

Which of the following is most likely occurring in the beaker? a. a precipitate forming b. a metal being oxidized c. a metal being reduced d. a salt dissolving ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 135. Examine the reaction taking place in the beaker in the image.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 4

Which of the following might be the product being formed in the beaker? a. KNO3(s) b. AgCl(s) c. Zn(s) d. Pb2+(aq) ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

b 1 4.3 - PREDICTING WHETHER IONS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION WILL REACT WITH EACH OTHER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 136. Consider the batteries shown in the image.

Which of the following is true of batteries? a. Batteries are also known as voltaic cells. b. Oxidation reactions occur in batteries. c. Reduction reactions occur in batteries. d. Batteries contain a reducing agent. e. Batteries contain an oxidizing agent. f. All of these are true.

ANSWER: f POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 4 137. Consider the batteries shown in the image.

Which type of reaction occurs inside these batteries? a. combustion b. precipitation c. reduction d. oxidation e. both reduction and oxidation f. either reduction or oxidation ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 138. Assume each of the containers in the image contains Avogadro’s number of molecules of the substance pictured.

Which of the following correctly describes each container? a. Each contains the same mass. b. Each contains the same volume. c. Each contains the same number of moles. d. Each contains the same number of atoms e. Each contains the same number of moles and the same number of atoms.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

Chapter 4 TOPICS: 4.6 - THE MOLE AND CALCULATING MASS RELATIONSHIPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 139. The image shows several types of burners used in chemistry laboratories.

Which of the following is true irrespective of whether the burners use natural gas, propane, or butane as fuel? a. The reactions are classified as combustion reactions. b. The reactions are classified as redox reactions. c. The reactions are classified as exothermic. d. All of these statements are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.9 - HEAT OF REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 140. These burners use butane (C4H10), which reacts with oxygen to form carbon dioxide and water. How many moles of oxygen are used in the balanced equation for the reaction? a. 6 b. 8 c. 10 d. 13 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.2 - BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 141. Consider the following representation of a voltaic cell.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

Chapter 4

This voltaic cell is represented by the following reaction: Mg(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Cu(s) + Mg2+(aq) What is the identity of the “Metal” shown in the diagram? a. Mg b. Cu c. Mg2+ d. Cu2+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 142. Consider the following representation of a voltaic cell.

This voltaic cell is represented by the following reaction: Mg(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Cu(s) + Mg2+(aq) What is the identity of the ion in the solution shown in the diagram? a. Mg b. Cu Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

Chapter 4 c. Mg2+ d. Cu2+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 143. Consider the following representation of a voltaic cell.

This voltaic cell is represented by the following reaction: Mg(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Cu(s) + Mg2+(aq) What is the oxidizing agent in this reaction? a. Mg b. Cu c. Mg2+ d. Cu2+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 144. Consider the following representation of a voltaic cell.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

Chapter 4

This voltaic cell is represented by the following reaction: Mg(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Cu(s) + Mg2+(aq) Which of the following is true of the Mg(s) shown in the reaction representing the voltaic cell? a. It is the anode of the cell. b. It is the place where reduction occurs. c. It functions as the oxidizing agent. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 4.4 - OXIDATION AND REDUCTION REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

Chapter 5 1. Which of the following directly determine the physical state of a substance at a given temperature? a. covalent bonds b. intermolecular forces c. intramolecular forces d. nuclear forces ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following increases as temperature increases? a. kinetic energy b. intermolecular attractive forces c. molecular weight d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which state of matter has the weakest attractive forces between its molecules? a. A solid has the weakest attractive forces between its molecules. b. A liquid has the weakest attractive forces between its molecules. c. A gas has the weakest attractive forces between its molecules. d. The attractive forces between the molecules are the same for all the states of matter.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following leads to an increase in the kinetic energy of a molecule? a. an increase in surface area b. an increase in temperature c. an increase in density d. an increase in intermolecular attractive forces ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which physical state of matter is represented by the following model?

a. solid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 5 b. liquid c. gas ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 6. When the state of a substance changes from A to B as represented by the given models, which of the following statements is true?

a. The velocity of the molecules increases. b. The strength of the intermolecular forces increases. c. The kinetic energy of the molecules decreases. d. The strength of the intermolecular force increases and the kinetic energy of the molecules decreases.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. The temperature of a substance is decreased to a low value. Which of the following models would represent this substance at the lowered temperature?

a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.1 - INTRODUCTION TO THE THREE STATES OF MATTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 8. A gas occupies a volume of 6 L at 3 atm pressure. Calculate the volume of the gas when the pressure increases to 9 atm at the same temperature. a. 0.5 L b. 1 L c. 4 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 5 d. 2 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 9. At constant pressure, the temperature of a 3 L liquid is 56°C. Calculate the temperature if the volume of the liquid changes to 5 L. a. 93 K b. 548 K c. 349°C d. 440°C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 10. Which of the following units can be used to measure air pressure? a. atmospheres b. millimeters of Hg c. torr d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 11. Which of the following is not a unit of pressure? a. millimeters of Hg b. pascals c. torr d. hertz ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following instruments is used to measure the pressure of a gas sample in a container? a. an altimeter b. a barometer c. a manometer d. a thermometer ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following instruments is used to measure atmospheric pressure? a. an altimeter b. a barometer Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 5 c. a manometer d. a thermometer ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. What is the average pressure of the atmosphere at sea level? a. 760 mm Hg b. 35.92 in. Hg c. 780 torr d. 760 bars ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following is the SI unit of pressure? a. bars b. atmospheres c. torr d. pascal ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.2 - GAS PRESSURE AND MEASUREMENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Which of the following laws relates the volume and the pressure of a gas when temperature is kept constant? a. Avogadro's law b. Boyle's law c. Charles's law d. Dalton's law ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following laws relates the volume and the temperature of a gas when pressure is kept constant? a. Avogadro's law b. Boyle's law c. Charles's law d. Dalton's law ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following laws relates the pressure and the temperature of a gas when volume is kept constant? a. Boyle's law b. Charles's law Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 5 c. Dalton's law d. Gay-Lussac's law ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. Which of the following gas laws is related to the process of respiration? a. Avogadro's law b. Boyle's law c. Charles's law d. Dalton's law ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of Boyle's law? a. P1V2 = P2V1 b. P1V1 = P2V2 c. P1/T2 = P2/T1 d. P1/T1 = P2/T2 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of Boyle's law? a. P1/V2 = P2/V1 b. P1/V1 = P2/V2 c. P1/T2 = P2/T1 d. P1/T1 = P2/T2 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following is true if the mercury level is the same on both sides of the J tube in a manometer? a. The gas pressure is higher than the atmospheric pressure. b. The gas pressure is lower than the atmospheric pressure. c. The gas pressure is equal to the atmospheric pressure. d. The volume of the gas is directly proportional to atmospheric pressure.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of Charles's law?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 5 a. P1/V2 = P2/V1 b. P1/V1 = P2/V2 c. V1/T2 = V2/T1 d. V1/T1 = V2/T2 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of Charles's law? a. P1V2 = P2V1 b. P1V1 = P2V2 c. V1T2 = V2T1 d. V1T1 = V2T2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of Gay-Lussac's law? a. P1/V2 = P2/V1 b. P1/V1 = P2/V2 c. P1/T2 = P2/T1 d. P1/T1 = P2/T2 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of Gay-Lussac's law? a. P1V2 = P2V1 b. P1V1 = P2V2 c. P1T2 = P2T1 d. P1T1 = P2T2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 27. At constant temperature, the pressure on a 6.0 L sample of gas is increased from 1.0 atm to 2.0 atm. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 0.33 L b. 0.67 L c. 1.5 L d. 3.0 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 5 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 28. At constant temperature, the pressure on a 6.0 L sample of a gas is reduced from 2.0 atm to 1.0 atm. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 0.083 L b. 0.33 L c. 3.0 L d. 12 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. At constant temperature, the pressure on a 10.0 L sample of gas is changed from 1.00 atm to 1140 torr. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 0.00877 L b. 6.67 L c. 15.0 L d. 114 L ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 30. At constant temperature, the pressure on a 10.0 L sample of gas is changed from 1140 torr to 1.00 atm. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 0.00877 L b. 6.67 L c. 15.0 L d. 114 L ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 31. At constant pressure, the temperature of a 4.00 L sample of gas is increased from 300 K to 400 K. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 0.188 L b. 0.300 L c. 3.33 L d. 5.33 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 32. At constant pressure, the temperature of a 4.00 L sample of gas is decreased from 400 K to 300 K. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 5 a. 0.188 L b. 0.333 L c. 3.00 L d. 5.33 L ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 33. At constant pressure, the temperature of a 4.00 L sample of gas is increased from 25°C to 50°C. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 2.00 L b. 3.69 L c. 4.34 L d. 8.00 L ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 34. At constant pressure, the temperature of a 4.0 L sample of gas is decreased from 50°C to 25°C. Calculate the new volume of the gas sample. a. 2.00 L b. 3.69 L c. 4.34 L d. 8.00 L ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 35. The temperature of a 6.5 L sample of a gas at constant pressure is 50°C. Calculate the temperature when the volume of the gas sample increases to 6.8 L. a. 358°C b. 338°C c. 358 K d. 338 K ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 36. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of the combined gas law? a. P1V2/T1 = P2V1/T2 b. P1V2/T2 = P2V1/T1 c. P1V1/T2 = P2V2/T1 d. P1V1/T1 = P2V2/T2 ANSWER:

d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 5 TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of the combined gas law? a. P1V2T1 = P2V1T2 b. P1V2T2 = P2V1T1 c. P1V1T2 = P2V2T1 d. P1V1T1 = P2V2T2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Suppose a balloon is filled so that its volume is 2.00 L when the pressure is 750 torr and the temperature is 24°C. What is the volume of the balloon when it rises to an elevation where the pressure is 375 torr and the temperature is 12°C? a. 0.261 L b. 0.500 L c. 2.00 L d. 3.84 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 39. Suppose a balloon is filled so that its volume is 2.00 L when the pressure is 1.10 atm and the temperature is 300 K. What is the volume of the balloon when it rises to an elevation where the pressure is 418 mm Hg and the temperature is 200 K? a. 3.30 L b. 2.67 L c. 0.375 L d. 0.303 L ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 40. What will happen when the temperature of a gas is increased from 20°C to 40°C at constant pressure? a. The volume of the gas will double. b. The volume of the gas will decrease by half. c. The volume of the gas will decrease slightly. d. The volume of the gas will increase slightly.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 41. What will happen when the temperature of a gas is increased from 20 K to 40 K at constant pressure? a. The volume of the gas will double.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 5 b. The volume of the gas will decrease by half. c. The volume of the gas will decrease slightly. d. The volume of the gas will increase slightly.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 42. What will happen when the temperature of a gas is decreased from 60°C to 30°C at constant pressure? a. The volume of the gas will double. b. The volume of the gas will decrease by half. c. The volume of the gas will decrease slightly. d. The volume of the gas will increase slightly.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 43. What will happen when the temperature of a gas is decreased from 60 K to 30 K at constant pressure? a. The volume of the gas will double. b. The volume of the gas will decrease by half. c. The volume of the gas will decrease slightly. d. The volume of the gas will increase slightly.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 44. A gas expands from an initial volume of 20.5 L at 0.92 atm and 23°C to a final volume of 34.6 L. During the expansion, the gas cools to 12°C. Calculate the final pressure of the gas. a. 0.28 atm b. 0.52 atm c. 0.57 atm d. 1.9 atm ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 45. In which of the following laws is volume maintained as a constant? a. Charles's law b. Avogadro's law c. Gay-Lussac's law d. Boyle's law ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.3 - THE BEHAVIOR OF GASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 5 46. Which of the following laws relates the volume and the number of molecules of a gas when temperature and pressure are kept constant? a. Avogadro's law b. Boyle's law c. Charles's law d. Dalton's law ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. A sample of carbon dioxide occupies 22.4 L at STP. Which of the following statements is true of the sample? a. The sample contains 6.02 × 1023 atoms of carbon. b. The sample contains 6.02 × 1023 atoms of oxygen. c. The sample contains 6.02 × 1023 molecules of carbon dioxide. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 48. What volume does one mole of oxygen gas occupy at a temperature of 273 K and at a pressure of 1.00 atm? a. 30.4 L b. 30 L c. 22.4 L d. 20 L ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. A student has three samples of gases that have equal volume. The three gases are O2, CO2, and NH3; all the gases are at the same temperature and pressure. Which of the following samples contains the largest number of molecules? a. O2 contains the largest number of molecules. b. CO2 contains the largest number of molecules. c. NH3 contains the largest number of molecules. d. All three gas samples contain an equal number of molecules.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. A student has three samples of gases that have equal volume. The three gases are O2, CO2, and NH3; all the gases are at the same temperature and pressure. Which of the following sample contains the largest number of atoms? a. O2 contains the largest number of atoms. b. CO2 contains the largest number of atoms. c. NH3 contains the largest number of atoms.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 5 d. All three gas samples contain an equal number of atoms.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which of the following is the correct unit for the ideal gas law constant, R? a. L/mol b. L·atm−1·mol c. L·atm·mol−1·K−1 d. L·atm·mol·K ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Calculate the volume occupied by an 8-g sample of molecular oxygen at STP. a. 5.60 L b. 11.2 L c. 22.4 L d. 44.8 L ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 53. If an 8-g sample of molecular oxygen at 1.00 atm pressure occupies 3.00 L, calculate the temperature of the sample. a. 146°C b. 146 K c. 73°C d. 73 K ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. If a 7-g sample of molecular nitrogen occupies 2.50 L at 10°C, calculate the pressure of the sample. a. 1.28 atm b. 2.32 atm c. 2.56 atm d. 4.65 atm ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 55. Which of the following are measures of standard temperature and pressure? a. 0°C and 1 atm b. 0°F and 1 atm Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 5 c. 0 K and 1 atm d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. Which of the following are measures of standard temperature and pressure? a. 0°C and 1 atm b. 32°F and 1 atm c. 273 K and 1 atm d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of the ideal gas law? a. PV = n/RT b. PV = nRT c. V = nP/RT d. PV = RT/n ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following is a mathematical representation of the ideal gas law? a. PVRT = n b. PV/RT = n c. VRT/P = n d. n = RT/PV ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. If 2 mol of NO gas occupies 10.0 L at 295 K, what is the pressure of the gas in atmospheres? a. 0.206 atm b. 2.42 atm c. 4.84 atm d. 9.33 atm ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 60. A certain quantity of neon gas is under 1.05 atm pressure at 303 K in a 10.0 L vessel. How many moles of neon are present in the neon gas? a. 0.222 mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 5 b. 0.402 mol c. 0.422 mol d. 2.37 mol ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. An unknown amount of He gas occupies 30.5 L at 2.00 atm pressure and 300 K. Calculate the weight of the gas in the container. a. 2.48 g b. 4.95 g c. 9.91 g d. 19.8 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.4 - AVOGADRO'S LAW AND THE IDEAL GAS LAW KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 62. Which of the following might correspond to the O2 pressure in a hyperbaric chamber? a. 160 torr b. 760 torr c. 1600 torr d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Which of the following laws applies only to mixtures of gases? a. Avogadro's law b. Boyle's law c. Charles's law d. Dalton's law ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. A closed flask contains 0.25 mol of O2 that exerts a pressure of 0.50 atm. Calculate the partial pressure of oxygen when 0.75 mol of CO2 is added to the container. a. 0.50 atm b. 1.0 atm c. 1.5 atm d. 2.0 atm ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 5 65. A tank contains N2 at 2.5 atm and O2 at 1.5 atm. An unknown quantity of CO2 is added until the total pressure within the tank is 5.5 atm. Calculate the partial pressure of CO2 in the tank. a. 5.5 atm b. 3.5 atm c. 1.5 atm d. 2.5 atm ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 66. Dry air is 78.08% nitrogen, 20.95% oxygen and 0.93% argon with the 0.04% consisting of other gases. Calculate the partial pressure of nitrogen in dry air when the atmospheric pressure is 760 torr. a. 78.08 torr b. 166.6 torr c. 593.4 torr d. 760.0 torr ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. Dry air is 78.08% nitrogen, 20.95% oxygen, and 0.93% argon with the 0.04% consisting of other gases. Calculate the partial pressure of oxygen in dry air when the atmospheric pressure is 760 torr. a. 20.95 torr b. 159.2 torr c. 600.8 torr d. 760.0 torr ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. A vessel under 2.015 atm pressure containing nitrogen and water vapor has a total pressure of 2.015 atm. The partial pressure of N2 is 1.908 atm. Calculate the partial pressure of the water vapor. a. 0.107 atm b. 1.908 atm c. 2.015 atm d. 3.923 atm ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. A vessel containing CO2 and H2O has a pressure of 2.502 atm. The partial pressure of CO2 is 1.980 atm. Calculate the partial pressure of H2O in the vessel. a. 0.522 atm b. 0.955 atm Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 5 c. 1.204 atm d. 4.482 atm ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.5 - DALTON'S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 70. Which of the following is not true of the kinetic molecular theory? a. The average kinetic energy of gas particles is proportional to the temperature in kelvins. b. Gas molecules are assumed to have no volume. c. Gas pressure is caused by collisions between gas molecules and the container walls. d. The pressure of a gas sample reduces as the number of collisions per unit time increases.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.6 - THE KINETIC MOLECULAR THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. Which of the following increases when the number of collisions per unit time increases for a gas in a container? a. volume b. density c. pressure d. attractive force between the molecules ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.6 - THE KINETIC MOLECULAR THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following is not true of the kinetic molecular theory? a. Gas molecules are assumed to have no volume. b. Gas pressure is caused by collisions between gas molecules and the container walls. c. When gas molecules collide, they stick together. d. None, all of these are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.6 - THE KINETIC MOLECULAR THEORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. Which of the following is the strongest intermolecular interaction? a. Covalent bonding b. Dipole–dipole interactions c. London dispersion forces d. Hydrogen bonding ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. Which of the following is usually the weakest intermolecular interaction in small molecules? a. Covalent bonding b. Dipole–dipole interactions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 5 c. London dispersion forces d. Hydrogen bonding ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following influences the strength of London dispersion forces? a. the number of electrons b. the size of molecules c. the shape of molecules d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. What is condensation? a. It is the change of a substance from the liquid state to the gaseous state. b. It is the change of a substance from the solid state to the liquid state. c. It is the change of a substance from the liquid state to the solid state. d. It is the change of a substance from the gaseous state to the liquid state.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. What is solidification? a. It is the change of a substance from the liquid state to the solid state. b. It is the change of a substance from the gaseous state to the liquid state. c. It is the change of a substance from the liquid state to the gaseous state. d. It is the change of a substance from the solid state to the liquid state.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Which type of intermolecular attraction exists between molecules? a. Covalent bonding b. Dipole–dipole interactions c. London dispersion forces d. Hydrogen bonding ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Which of the following is true of hydrogen bonding? a. Compounds that contain H—O, H—F, or H—N bonds show hydrogen bonding. b. Compounds that contain H—S, H—Cl, or H—P bonds show hydrogen bonding.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 5 c. Both of these are true. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. Which of the following is not an example of an intermolecular attractive force? a. Covalent bonding b. Dipole–dipole interactions c. London dispersion forces d. Hydrogen bonding ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 81. Which of the following molecules can have only London dispersion forces? a. CH4 b. CO2 c. both CH4 and CO2 d. neither CH4 or CO2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 82. Which of the following molecules can have only London dispersion forces? a. CH4 b. CO c. Both CH4 and CO d. Neither CH4 or CO ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. Which of the following molecules can have dipole–dipole interactions? a. C4H10 b. C3H6O c. both C4H10 and C3H6O d. neither C4H10 or C3H6O ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 5 84. Which of the following molecules can have dipole–dipole interactions? a. CH4 b. CO2 c. both CH4 and CO2 d. neither CH4 or CO2 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which of the following molecules can engage in hydrogen bonding? a. NH3 b. H2O c. HF d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 86. Which of the following molecules can engage in hydrogen bonding? a. HF b. HCl c. HBr d. HI ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 87. Which of the following molecules cannot engage in hydrogen bonding? a. CH4 b. NH3 c. H2O d. all of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following molecules cannot engage in hydrogen bonding? a. SiH4 b. PH3 c. H2S d. all of these ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 5 TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following pairs of molecules can engage in hydrogen bonding? a. water and methanol b. methane and propane c. water, methanol, methane, and propane d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following pairs engages in hydrogen bonding? a. water with acetone (CH3COCH3) b. water with butane (CH3CH2CH2CH3) c. water with acetone (CH3COCH3) and water with butane (CH3CH2CH2CH3) d. neither of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following pairs does not engage in hydrogen bonding? a. H2O and NH3 b. H2O and H2O c. NH3 and NH3 d. They all engage in hydrogen bonding.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following factors is affected by hydrogen bonding in molecules? a. the boiling point of water b. the expansion of water upon freezing c. the boiling point of water and the expansion of water upon freezing d. neither the boiling point of water or the expansion of water upon freezing ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. Which of the following intermolecular forces are found between the temporary induced positive end of a dipole and the temporary induced negative end of another temporary dipole? a. London dispersion forces b. Hydrogen bonds c. Covalent bonds Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 5 d. Dipole–dipole interactions ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.7 - TYPES OF INTERMOLECULAR ATTRACTIVE FORCES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following best describes the relationship of molecules in a liquid with those in a gas at the same temperature? a. Molecules in the liquid are much closer together than those in the gas. b. Molecules in the liquid have less kinetic energy than those in the gas. c. Molecules in the liquid are much closer together than those in the gas and have less kinetic energy than those in the gas. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. Identify the correct statement. a. Liquids can be easily compressed. b. Liquids have many large empty spaces between their molecules. c. The density of a liquid is much greater than that of a gas. d. When the distance between molecules increases, gas condenses to a liquid.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. At what point is the vapor pressure of a liquid measured? a. When molecules escape from the liquid more rapidly than they are recaptured by the liquid. b. When molecules are recaptured by the liquid more rapidly than they escape from the liquid. c. When molecules escape and are recaptured at the same rate. d. When the liquid totally converts to vapor.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 97. Which of the following relates to the term "vapor pressure of a liquid"? a. the pressure exerted by a liquid on the walls of a container b. the partial pressure exerted by a gas in equilibrium with its liquid form in a closed system c. the pressure exerted by a liquid on the walls of a container and the partial pressure exerted by a gas in equilibrium with its liquid in a closed system d. none of these are true ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. How does the vapor pressure of a liquid change when the temperature of the liquid increases?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 5 a. The vapor pressure decreases. b. The vapor pressure increases. c. The vapor pressure remains the same. d. Whether the vapor pressure increases or decreases depends on the nature of the liquid.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following factors affects the vapor pressure of a liquid? a. the mass of the sample b. the shape of the sample c. the temperature of the sample d. the volume of the sample ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 100. Chloroform has a normal boiling point of 61.7°C. Which of the following is true? a. At any temperature, the vapor pressure of chloroform is greater than that of water. b. Chloroform is less volatile than water. c. At any temperature, the vapor pressure of chloroform is greater than that of water and chloroform is less volatile than water. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. Chloroform has a normal boiling point of 61.7°C. Which of the following is true? a. At any temperature, the vapor pressure of chloroform is less than that of water. b. Chloroform is more volatile than water. c. At any temperature, the vapor pressure of chloroform is less than that of water, and chloroform is more volatile than water. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. The normal boiling point of acetic acid is 117.9°C. Which of the following is true? a. The vapor pressure of acetic acid at 100°C is greater than 760 torr. b. The vapor pressure of acetic acid at 100°C is equal to 760 torr. c. The vapor pressure of acetic acid at 100°C is less than 760 torr. d. There is insufficient information to answer the question.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 5 103. Which of the following does not affect the boiling point of a liquid? a. the number of sites for intermolecular interactions b. the shape of the liquid molecules c. the types of intermolecular forces between the liquid molecules d. All of these affect the boiling point.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following statements is true of vapor pressure? a. It is the energy required to increase the surface area of a liquid. b. It is the partial pressure of a gas in equilibrium with its liquid form in a closed container. c. It decreases as the temperature of a liquid increases. d. It causes a drop of a liquid to minimize its surface area.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 5.8 - THE BEHAVIOR OF LIQUIDS AT THE MOLECULAR LEVEL KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 6 1. Which of the following is a synonym of the term "solution"? a. compound b. element c. heterogeneous mixture d. homogeneous mixture ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.1 - INTRODUCTION TO MIXTURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following is a solution? a. blood plasma b. cigarette smoke c. milk d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.1 - INTRODUCTION TO MIXTURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following are intermediates between homogenous and heterogeneous mixtures? a. alloys b. suspensions c. plastics d. solutions ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.1 - INTRODUCTION TO MIXTURES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following cannot serve as a solvent in a solution? a. a gas b. a liquid c. a solid d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following cannot serve as a solute in a solution? a. a gas b. a liquid c. a solid d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 6 6. To which of the following solvent–solute combinations does the term "alloy" apply? a. liquid–solid b. liquid–liquid c. solid–solid d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the following combinations will always result in a solution? a. gas + gas b. liquid + liquid c. solid + solid d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 8. Which of the following terms is used to refer to a gas dissolved in a liquid? a. concentrate b. precipitate c. solute d. solvent ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which term is used to refer to the liquid component of a solid-in-liquid solution? a. concentrate b. dissolver c. solute d. solvent ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which term is used to refer to the solid component of a solid-in-liquid solution? a. concentrate b. precipitate c. solute d. solvent ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 6 11. What is the solute when alcohol is dissolved in water? a. the alcohol b. the water c. the compound present in a larger amount d. the compound present in a smaller amount ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.2 - THE MOST COMMON TYPES OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 12. A chemist has a sample that is known to be a solution. Which of the following processes can be used to separate the components of the solution? a. distillation b. filtration c. distillation and filtration d. neither distillation or filtration ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.3 - THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 13. A chemist has a sample that is known to be a solution. Which of the following processes can be used to separate the components of the solution? a. chromatography b. filtration c. either chromatography or filtration d. neither chromatography or filtration ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.3 - THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 14. A chemist has a sample that is known to be a solution. Which of the following processes can be used to separate the components of the solution? a. chromatography b. distillation c. either chromatography or distillation d. neither chromatography or distillation ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.3 - THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 15. Rainwater is naturally slightly acidic. Which gas causes this? a. N2 b. O2 c. CO2 d. NH3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 6 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.3 - THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 16. Which of the following is true of a solution? a. The components of a solution can be separated by filtration. b. The components of a solution separate on standing. c. The separation of a solution into its components is a chemical change. d. The separation of a solution into its components is a physical change.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.3 - THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 17. When a certain clear red-brown liquid is distilled, we recover a clear liquid and a red-brown solid. What can be said about the red-brown liquid? a. It is an element. b. It is a compound. c. It is a solution. d. We cannot determine if it is an element, a compound, or a solution.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.3 - THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLUTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 18. A beaker of salt water contains some solid salt at the bottom. What type of solution is in the beaker? a. It is a saturated solution. b. It is a supersaturated solution. c. It is an unsaturated solution. d. We cannot tell if it is a saturated, a supersaturated, or an unsaturated solution.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 19. A student is preparing a sugar–water solution to make rock candy. When the student continues to add sugar to the solution, the sugar dissolves. Which kind of solution is the student preparing? a. The student is preparing a saturated solution. b. The student is preparing a supersaturated solution. c. The student is preparing an unsaturated solution. d. We cannot tell if the student is preparing a saturated, a supersaturated, or an unsaturated solution.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 20. A student is preparing a sugar–water solution to make rock candy. When the student continues to add sugar to the solution, no additional sugar dissolves. Which kind of solution is the student preparing? a. The student is preparing a saturated solution.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 6 b. The student is preparing a supersaturated solution. c. The student is preparing an unsaturated solution. d. We cannot tell if the student is preparing a saturated, a supersaturated, or an unsaturated solution.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 21. What is the solubility of table salt in water at 30°C? a. 16.2 g per 100.0 g of water b. 26.2 g per 100.0 g of water c. 36.2 g per 100.0 g of water d. 46.2 g per 100.0 g of water ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 22. To which of the following solvent–solute combinations does the term "miscible" apply? a. liquid–gas b. liquid–liquid c. liquid–solid d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following pairs of liquids is miscible in all proportions? a. ethanol and water b. ethanol and oil c. gasoline and water d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following properties does the expression "like dissolves like" generally refer to when considering the solubility of a solute in a solvent? a. formula weight b. molecular shape c. both formula weight and molecular shape d. neither formula weight or molecular shape ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 6 25. Which of the following properties does the expression "like dissolves like" generally refer to when considering the solubility of a solute in a solvent? a. formula weight b. molecular polarity c. both formula weight and molecular polarity d. neither formula weight or molecular polarity ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 26. For which of the following types of compounds is water generally a good solvent? a. ionic compounds b. polar compounds c. both ionic and polar compounds d. neither ionic or polar compounds ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 27. For which of the following types of compounds is water generally a good solvent? a. nonpolar compounds b. polar compounds c. both nonpolar and polar compounds d. neither nonpolar or polar compounds ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 28. Which of the following is true regarding the solubility of liquids and solids in solutions? a. Solubility always decreases as temperature increases. b. Solubility always increases as temperature increases. c. Solubility usually decreases as temperature increases. d. Solubility usually increases as temperature increases.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 29. Which of the following is true regarding the solubility of gases in liquids? a. Solubility decreases as temperature increases. b. Solubility increases as temperature increases. c. Solubility is unaffected by changes in temperature.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 6 30. Which of the following is true regarding the solubility of liquids and solids? a. Pressure has virtually no effect on the solubility of liquids or solids. b. Solubility always decreases as pressure decreases. c. Solubility always increases as pressure decreases. d. Solubility usually decreases as pressure decreases.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 31. Which statement is true of the solubility of a gas in a liquid? a. The solubility of the gas in the liquid always decreases as pressure increases. b. The solubility of the gas in the liquid always increases as pressure increases. c. The solubility of the gas in the liquid usually decreases as pressure increases. d. The solubility of the gas in the liquid usually increases as pressure increases.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following laws describes the relationship between pressure and the solubility of gases in liquids? a. Avogadro's law b. Boyle's law c. Dalton's law d. Henry's law ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following solvents can dissolve appreciable amounts of sugar? a. benzene (C6H6) b. water c. both benzene (C6H6) and water d. neither benzene (C6H6) ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which of the following is soluble in water? a. benzene b. gasoline c. sodium chloride d. carbon tetrachloride ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 6 35. For which of the following types of molecules is water likely to be a poor solvent? a. molecules that can form hydrogen bonds with water b. nonpolar molecules c. polar molecules d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 36. To which of the following does thermal pollution generally refer? a. the decrease in the O2 content of warm water as compared with cold water b. the increase in the O2 content of cold water as compared with warm water c. both the decrease in the O2 content of warm water as compared with cold water, and the increase in the O2 content of cold water as compared with warm water d. neither the decrease in the O2 content of warm water as compared with cold water, and the increase in the O2 content of cold water as compared with warm water ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following gases is associated with the bends? a. CO2 b. NO2 c. N2 d. O2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 38. Which of the following terms can be used to quantitatively describe the concentration of a solution? a. parts per million b. percent concentration c. molarity d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 39. 500 mL of salt water is prepared by dissolving 20 g of salt in water. What is the %(w/v) of this solution? a. 0.04% b. 0.4% c. 4.0% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 6 d. 40.0% ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 40. A salt water solution is 3.0%(w/w). How much of salt is there in a sample that weighs 250 g? a. 1.2 g b. 1.5 g c. 3.0 g d. 7.5 g ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 41. What is the mass of salt in a 400-gram sample of salt water that is 1.50%(w/w)? a. 1.50 g b. 2.67 g c. 3.00 g d. 6.00 g ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 42. What is the %(w/w) of a salt solution prepared by dissolving 7.5 g of salt in 242.5 g of water? a. 0.030% b. 0.30% c. 0.75% d. 3.0% ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 43. A glycine solution is 2.50%(w/w). How much of glycine is there in a sample that has a mass of 250.0 g? a. 1.25 g b. 5.00 g c. 6.25 g d. 12.5 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 44. What is the mass of glycine in a 400-g sample of a solution that is 2.5%(w/w)? a. 1.0 g b. 2.5 g c. 10.0 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 6 d. 25.0 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 45. 400 g of salt solution is prepared by dissolving 30 g of salt in water. What is the %(w/w) of this solution? a. 0.075% b. 7.5% c. 0.069% d. 6.9% ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 46. A solution is prepared by dissolving 7.7 g of lithium iodide, LiI, in enough water to make 400.0 mL of solution. What is the %(w/v) of LiI? a. 0.96% b. 1.9% c. 3.9% d. 7.7% ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 47. Saline solutions (NaCl in water) used to deliver intravenous drugs are 0.89%(w/v). What mass of NaCl is found in 500.0 mL of such a solution? a. 0.45 g b. 0.89 g c. 4.5 g d. 8.9 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 48. The label on a 750-mL bottle of wine states that its alcohol content is 12%(v/v). What volume of alcohol is present in the bottle? a. 9.0 mL b. 90.0 mL c. 120 mL d. 180 mL ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 49. A 750-mL bottle of vodka is labeled as 60 proof. What is its alcohol content?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 6 a. 113.0 mL b. 225.0 mL c. 450.0 mL d. 600.0 mL ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 50. A bottle of vodka is labeled as 60 proof. What is its alcohol content in terms of (v/v)%? a. 7.5% b. 15% c. 30.0% d. 60.0% ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 51. Which of the following is the definition of molarity? a. moles of solute/1000 grams of solvent b. moles of solute/liter of solution c. moles of solute/liter of solvent d. moles of solvent/1000 grams of solute ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 52. If we know the solute mass and the molarity of a solution, which other concentration unit can we readily determine without needing any other measurement? a. (w/w)% b. (w/v)% c. (v/v)% d. all of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following concentration units can be used when only the masses of the solute and the solution are known? a. %(w/w) b. %(w/v) c. %(v/v) d. M ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 6 54. Which laboratory equipment is best suited to prepare 100 mL of a 0.2 M solution of sodium chloride? a. a 50-mL volumetric flask b. a 100-mL volumetric flask c. a 50-mL volumetric pipet d. a 100-mL volumetric pipet ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 55. What happens to a solution post dilution? a. The number of moles of solute increases. b. The number of moles of solute decreases. c. The number of moles of solvent increases. d. The number of moles of solvent decreases.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the following does not change in a solution post dilution? a. the number of moles of solvent b. the number of moles of solute c. the volume of the solution d. the molarity of the solution ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 57. For which of the following types of solutions is the concentration unit %(v/v) used? a. solid in solid b. liquid in liquid c. solid in liquid d. gas in gas ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 58. Which of the following concentration units will not change if a solution is heated? a. %(w/w) b. %(w/v) c. both %(w/w) and %(w/v) d. neither %(w/w) or %(w/v) ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 6 59. Which of the following concentration units will not change if a solution is heated? a. molarity b. %(w/v) c. both molarity and %(w/v) d. neither molarity or %(w/v) ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 60. A typical sample of brass is 67%(w/w) copper and 33%(w/w) zinc. How many moles of zinc are dissolved in 67 grams of copper? a. 0.33 mol b. 0.50 mol c. 0.67 mol d. 1.0 mol ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 61. A typical sample of brass is 67%(w/w) copper and 33%(w/w) zinc and has a density of 8.40 g/mL. What is the molarity of this solution? a. 33 M b. 42 M c. 88 M d. 67 M ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 62. If we wish to prepare 250.0 mL of 0.200 M BaCl2 solution, how much of solid BaCl2 is needed? a. 4.17 g b. 5.21 g c. 10.4 g d. 20.8 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 63. If we wish to prepare a 0.50 M solution of NaCl, how much of water should we add to 1.0 mole of NaCl? a. We need to add 2.0 mol of water. b. We need to add 2.0 L of water. c. We need to add 2.0 × 103 g of water. d. We need to add enough water to make 2.0 L of solution.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 6 TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 64. A solution is prepared by dissolving 3.50 grams of NH4Cl in enough water to make 250.0 mL of solution. What is the concentration of this solution? a. 0.0327 M b. 0.0654 M c. 0.131 M d. 0.262 M ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 65. A solution is prepared by dissolving 4.40 g of KSCN in enough water to make 340.0 mL of solution. What is the concentration of the solution? a. 0.0440 M b. 0.0543 M c. 0.119 M d. 0.133 M ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 66. What is the mass of NaCl in a 0.500-L bottle of 2.00 M NaCl? a. 29.3 g b. 58.5 g c. 117 g d. 234 g ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 67. What is the mass of BaCl2 in a 0.250-L bottle of 0.200 M BaCl2? a. 5.21 g b. 10.4 g c. 41.7 g d. 52.1 g ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 68. A particular wine contains 0.0100 M NaHSO3 as a preservative. What is the mass of NaHSO3 in a 750-mL bottle of the wine? a. 0.39 g b. 0.70 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 6 c. 0.78 g d. 1.5 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 69. Which of the following is a colligative property? a. molarity b. percent concentration c. parts per million d. osmotic pressure ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 70. How many moles of solute are contained in 500.0 mL of 0.50 M KCl? a. 0.25 b. 0.50 c. 1.0 d. 2.0 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 71. A solution of iodine in carbon tetrachloride is 0.100 M. How much of carbon tetrachloride must be added to 50.0 mL of this solution to reduce the concentration to 0.0250 M? (Assume volumes are additive.) a. 50.0 mL b. 100.0 mL c. 150.0 mL d. 200.0 mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 72. A solution of acetic acid is labeled 15%(w/v). How much of water must be added to 30.0 mL of this solution to reduce the concentration to 5.0%(w/v)? (Assume volumes are additive.) a. 30.0 mL b. 60.0 mL c. 90.0 mL d. 120.0 mL ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 6 73. A saline solution is 5.00%(w/v). How much of water must be added to 50.0 mL of this solution to reduce the concentration of the solution to 1.0%(w/v)? (Assume volumes are additive.) a. 50.0 mL b. 100.0 mL c. 200.0 mL d. 250.0 mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 74. What volume of 12.0 M HCl must be used to make 300.0 mL of 0.600 M HCl? a. 1.50 mL b. 2.40 mL c. 15.0 mL d. 24.0 mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 75. Assuming that the volumes are additive, what volume of water must be added to 35.0 mL of 12.0 M HCl to make a 3.00 M solution? a. 70.0 mL b. 87.5 mL c. 105 mL d. 140 mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 76. A stockroom attendant has a 15.0%(w/v) solution of KOH. What volume of this solution should she use if she needs to prepare 20.0 mL of a 10.0%(w/v) solution? a. 6.67 mL b. 7.50 mL c. 13.3 mL d. 15.0 mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 77. Assuming that the volumes are additive, what volume of water must be added to 35.0 mL of 15.0%(w/v) KOH to make a 10.0%(w/v) solution? a. 15.0 mL b. 17.5 mL c. 23.3 mL d. 52.5 mL Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 6 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 78. Which of the following is the equivalent of 13 mg of arsenic in 1 kg of drinking water? a. 0.13 ppm arsenic b. 1.3 ppm arsenic c. 13.0 ppm arsenic d. 130.0 ppm arsenic ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 79. The concentration of lead in a water sample is found to be 3 ppb. To which of the following is this equivalent? a. 0.003 mg lead per 1 kg of water b. 0.03 mg lead per 1 kg of water c. 0.3 mg lead per 1 kg of water d. 3.0 mg lead per 1 kg of water ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 80. A solution has a concentration of 15 ppm. Which of the following is another way to describe the concentration of this solution? a. 0.015 ppb b. 0.15 ppb c. 1500 ppb d. 15000 ppb ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 81. Which of the following is equivalent to the unit 1 ppm? a. 1000 ppb b. 0.0001%(w/w) c. both 1000 ppb and 0.0001%(w/w) d. neither 1000 ppb or 0.0001%(w/w) ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 82. Which of these properties makes water a good solvent? a. low boiling point b. high specific heat c. high surface tension Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 6 d. hydrogen bonding ability ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 83. To which of the following is the term "water of hydration" applied? a. the water molecules required to dissolve a solid b. the water molecules associated with ions in solution c. the water molecules present in the crystals of a solid d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 84. Which of the following is true of the formula weights of a substance that exists in both anhydrous and hydrated forms? a. They have the same formula weight. b. The hydrated form always has a lower formula weight. c. The hydrated form always has a higher formula weight. d. We cannot make any general statement about the formula weights of the two forms.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 85. What is the molar mass of CuSO4·5H2O? a. 90.0 g/mol b. 177.6 g/mol c. 159.6 g/mol d. 249.6 g/mol ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 86. Which of the following is associated with gout? a. anhydrous calcium sulfate b. anhydrous sodium urate c. calcium sulfate dihydrate d. sodium urate monohydrate ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 87. Which of the following is a description of an anhydrous salt? a. a salt that is insoluble in water b. a salt that is soluble in water c. a salt with no water incorporated in its crystal structure Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 6 d. a salt with water incorporated in its crystal structure ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following is a description of a hydrated salt? a. a salt that is insoluble in water b. a salt that is soluble in water c. a salt with no water incorporated in its crystal structure d. a salt with water incorporated in its crystal structure ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following is true of hygroscopic crystals? a. They are anhydrous crystals that become hydrated upon standing in air. b. They are hydrated crystals that become anhydrous upon standing in air. c. They are anhydrous crystals that continue to remain the same even when exposed to air. d. They are hydrated crystals that continue to remain the same even when exposed to air.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following is true of electrolytes? a. All electrolytes have mobile ions. b. All electrolytes contain equal numbers of cations and anions. c. All electrolytes have mobile ions and contain numbers of cations and anions. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following is true of electrolytes? a. All electrolytes dissolve only in water and no other polar liquid. b. All electrolytes contain equal numbers of cations and anions. c. All electrolytes dissolve only in water and no other polar liquid and contain equal numbers of cations and anions. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following is true of electrolytes? a. All electrolytes dissolve only in water and no other polar liquid. b. All electrolytes contain cations and anions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 6 c. All electrolytes dissolve only in water and no other polar liquid and contain cations and anions. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 93. Which of the following happens when NaCl dissolves in water? a. The chloride ions attract the negative poles of water molecules. b. Sodium and chloride ions form covalent bonds with water molecules. c. The sodium ions attract the negative poles of water molecules. d. The sodium ions attract the positive poles of water molecules.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following is true of electrodes? a. The anode is the positive electrode. b. The cathode is the negative electrode. c. The anode is the positive electrode and the cathode is the negative electrode. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 95. Which of the following is true of electrodes? a. The anode is the negative electrode. b. The cathode is the positive electrode. c. The anode is the negative electrode and the cathode is the positive electrode. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 96. Which ions among Cl–, Na+, NH4+, and NO3– will move toward an anode? a. only the chloride ions b. only the sodium ions c. both the chloride and nitrate ions d. both the sodium and ammonium ions ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 97. Which ions among Cl–, Na+, NH4+, and NO3– will move toward a cathode? a. only the chloride ions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 6 b. only the sodium ions c. both the chloride and nitrate ions d. both the sodium and ammonium ions ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 98. Which of the following is true of all strong electrolytes? a. All of them are insoluble in water. b. All of them completely dissociate into ions. c. All of them are insoluble in water and all of them completely dissociate into ions. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following is a weak electrolyte? a. KCl b. CH3COOH c. both KCI and CH3COOH d. neither KCI or CH3COOH ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 100. Which of the following is a weak electrolyte? a. NaCl b. CH3COOH c. both NaCI and CH3COOH d. neither NaCI or CH3COOH ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 101. Which of the following solutions has a higher electrical conductance? a. 0.1 M NaCl b. 0.2 M NaCl c. Both 0.1 M NaCI and 0.2 M NaCI ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 102. Which of the following solutions will have the highest electrical conductance?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 6 a. 0.1 M NaCl b. 0.1 M BaCl2 c. 0.1 M AlCl3 d. All of these will have the same electrical conductance.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 103. Which of the following is true of electrolytes? a. Strong electrolytes dissociate completely into ions. b. Strong electrolytes dissociate partially into ions. c. Weak electrolytes dissociate completely into ions. d. Strong electrolytes do not conduct electricity.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following will have the highest electrical conductance? a. 0.1 M NaCl b. 0.2 M NaCl c. 0.3 M CH3COOH d. 0.4 M CH3COOH ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 105. Which of the following will have the highest electrical conductance? a. 0.1 M KCl b. 0.2 M KCl c. 0.1 M CH3COOH d. 0.2 M CH3COOH ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 106. Which of the following takes place when HCl(g) dissolves in water? a. HCl(g) reacts with water. b. The resulting solution is a strong electrolyte. c. HCI(g) reacts with water and the resulting solution is a strong electrolyte. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 6 107. What happens when glucose, C6H12O6, dissolves in water? a. It dissociates into ions. b. It forms covalent bonds with water. c. It forms hydrogen bonds with water. d. None of these are correct as it does not dissolve in water.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 108. What happens when methanol, CH3OH, dissolves in water? a. It dissociates into ions. b. It forms covalent bonds with water. c. It forms hydrogen bonds with water. d. None of these are correct as it does not dissolve in water.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.6 - WATER AS A GOOD SOLVENT KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 109. Which of the following statements is true? a. Suspensions are homogeneous. b. Solutions are heterogeneous. c. Colloids are borderline homogeneous. d. Colloids are always transparent.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 110. What is the maximum diameter of solute particles in a true solution? a. 1 pm b. 1 nm c. 1 fm d. 1 mm ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 111. Which statement is true of the stabilities of colloidal systems and suspensions? a. Colloidal systems are stable, but suspensions are not. b. Suspensions are stable, but colloidal systems are not. c. Both colloidal systems and suspensions are stable. d. Both colloidal systems and suspensions are unstable.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 6 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 112. Which of the following is true of colloidal particles? a. They are smaller than 1 nm. b. They scatter light. c. They are smaller than 1 nm and they scatter light d. None of these are true ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 113. Which of the following is an example of a colloid in which a gas is dispersed in a liquid? a. butter b. marshmallows c. mayonnaise d. whipped cream ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 114. Which of the following is an example of a colloid in which a liquid is dispersed in a liquid? a. butter b. marshmallows c. mayonnaise d. whipped cream ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 115. Which of the following is an example of a colloid in which a solid is dispersed in a liquid? a. cheese b. mayonnaise c. smoke d. jelly ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 116. Which of the following factors causes colloidal particles to remain in solution without settling? a. Colloidal particles and solvent molecules are of the same size. b. Colloidal particles have large solvation layers. c. Colloidal particles and solvent molecules are of the same size and colloidal particles have large solvation layers. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 6 TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 117. Which of the following factors causes colloidal particles to remain in solution without settling? a. Colloidal particles acquire charges on their large surface areas. b. Colloidal particles have large solvation layers. c. Colloidal particles acquire charges on their large surface areas and have large solvation layers. d. None of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 118. Which of the following techniques can be used to decrease the stability of an aqueous colloidal dispersion? a. the addition of a solvent that has a great affinity for water b. the addition of an electrolyte c. the addition of a solvent that has a great affinity for water and the addition of an electrolyte d. neither of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following techniques can be used to decrease the stability of an aqueous colloidal dispersion? a. the addition of an electrolyte b. the dilution of the system by the addition of water c. both the addition of an electrolyte and the dilution of the system by the addition of water d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.7 - COLLOIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 120. Which of the following will have the lowest freezing point? a. 0.1 M NaCl will have the lowest freezing point. b. 0.1 M BaCl2 will have the lowest freezing point. c. 0.1 M AlCl3 will have the lowest freezing point. d. All of these will have the same freezing point.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 121. Which of the following will have the lowest freezing point? a. 0.1 M ethylene glycol, C2H6O2, will have the lowest freezing point. b. 0.1 M glucose, C6H12O6, will have the lowest freezing point. c. 0.1 M sucrose, C12H22O11, will have the lowest freezing point. d. All of these will have the same freezing point.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 6 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 122. Which of the following will have the lowest freezing point? a. 0.2 M acetic acid, CH3COOH, will have the lowest freezing point. b. 0.1 M potassium sulfate, K2SO4, will have the lowest freezing point. c. 0.2 M ethylene glycol, C2H6O2, will have the lowest freezing point. d. All of these will have the same freezing point.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 123. A solution contains 1.0 g of solute dissolved in 100 mL of water. Which of the following solutes will cause the solution to have the lowest freezing point? a. Ribose, C5H10O5, will cause the solution to have the lowest freezing point. b. Glucose, C6H12O6, will cause the solution to have the lowest freezing point. c. Sucrose, C12H22O11, will cause the solution to have the lowest freezing point. d. All of these will cause the solution to have the same freezing point.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 124. A solution is prepared by dissolving 215 grams of methanol, CH3OH, in 1000.0 grams of water. What is the freezing point of the solution? (The freezing point depression constant for water is 1.86°C/mole solute in 1000 g of water.) a. –6.72°C b. –12.5°C c. –25.0°C d. –40.3°C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 125. A solution is prepared by dissolving 53.5 grams of ammonium chloride, NH4Cl, in 4000.0 grams of water. What is the freezing point of the solution? (The freezing point depression constant for water is 1.86°C/mole solute in 1000 g of water.) a. –0.37°C b. –0.47°C c. –0.93°C d. –1.86°C ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 6 126. A solution is prepared by dissolving 104.1 grams of barium chloride, BaCl2 in 1000.0 grams of water. What is the freezing point of the solution? (The freezing point depression constant for water is 1.86°C/mole solute in 1000 g of water.) a. –1.86°C b. –2.79°C c. –3.72°C d. –5.58°C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 127. A solution is prepared by dissolving 215 grams of methanol, CH3OH, in 1000.0 grams of water. What is the boiling point of the solution? (The boiling point elevation constant for water is 0.512°C/mole solute in 1000 g of water.) a. 93.0°C b. 96.5°C c. 103.5°C d. 107.0°C ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 128. A solution is prepared by dissolving 53.5 grams of ammonium chloride, NH4Cl, in 4000.0 grams of water. What is the boiling point of the solution? (The boiling point elevation constant for water is 0.512°C/mole solute in 1000 g of water.) a. 100.13°C b. 100.26°C c. 100.39°C d. 100.52°C ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 129. A solution is prepared by dissolving 104.1 grams of barium chloride, BaCl2, in 1000.0 grams of water. What is the boiling point of the solution? (The boiling point elevation constant for water is 0.512°C/mole solute in 1000 g of water.) a. 100.26°C b. 100.52°C c. 100.78°C d. 101.04°C ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 130. Which of the following solutions has the highest osmolarity? a. 0.1 M NaCl has the highest osmolarity. b. 0.1 M BaCl2 has the highest osmolarity.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 6 c. 0.1 M AlCl3 has the highest osmolarity. d. All of these have the same osmolarity.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 131. Which of the following solutions has the highest osmolarity? a. 0.20 M NaCl has the highest osmolarity. b. 0.15 M BaCl2 has the highest osmolarity. c. 0.10 M AlCl3 has the highest osmolarity. d. All of these have the same osmolarity.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 132. What is the osmolarity of a 3.3%(w/v) Na3PO4 solution? a. 0.20 osmol b. 0.40 osmol c. 0.80 osmol d. 1.6 osmol ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 133. A solution 1.0 g of solute dissolved in 100 mL of water. Which of the following solutes will cause the solution to have the highest osmolarity? a. Ribose, C5H10O5, will cause the solution to have the highest osmolarity. b. Glucose, C6H12O6, will cause the solution to have the highest osmolarity. c. Sucrose, C12H22O11, will cause the solution to have the highest osmolarity. d. All of these will cause the solution to have the same osmolarity.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 134. Which of the following aqueous solutions will have the highest osmolarity? a. 0.1 M ethylene glycol, C2H6O2, has the highest osmolarity. b. 0.1 M glucose, C6H12O6, has the highest osmolarity. c. 0.1 M sucrose, C12H22O11, has the highest osmolarity. d. All of these have the same osmolarity.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 6 135. Which of the following occurs when red blood cells are placed in a hypertonic solution? a. crenation b. hemolysis c. reverse osmosis d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 136. Which of the following occurs when red blood cells are placed in a hypotonic solution? a. crenation b. hemolysis c. reverse osmosis d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 137. Which of the following occurs when red blood cells are placed in an isotonic solution? a. crenation b. hemolysis c. reverse osmosis d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 138. Which of the following is associated with the desalinization of water? a. crenation b. hemolysis c. reverse osmosis d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 139. Which of the following solutions is isotonic with a 0.15 M NaCl solution? a. 0.15 M glucose, C6H12O6 b. 0.30 M glucose, C6H12O6 c. 0.10 M aluminum chloride, AlCl3 d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 6 140. Which of the following solutions of glucose, C6H12O6, is isotonic with a 0.15 M NaCl solution? a. 0.15% b. 0.55% c. 1.5% d. 5.5% ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 141. Which of the following aqueous solutions of Na2SO4 is isotonic with a 0.15 M NaCl solution? a. 0.05 M b. 0.10 M c. 0.15 M d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 142. Which of the following aqueous solutions of Na2SO4 is hypotonic with a 0.15 M NaCl solution? a. 0.05 M b. 0.10 M c. 0.15 M d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 143. Which of the following aqueous solutions of Na2SO4 is hypertonic with a 0.15 M NaCl solution? a. 0.05 M b. 0.10 M c. 0.15 M d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 144. Isotonic saline is 0.89% NaCl (w/v). Suppose you want to prepare 1.0 L of isotonic solution of KCl. What mass of KCl would you need? a. 8.9 g b. 11 g c. 23 g d. 75 g ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 6 TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 145. Isotonic saline is 0.89% NaCl (w/v). Suppose you want to prepare 1.0 L of isotonic solution of NH4Cl. What mass of NH4Cl would you need? a. 1.6 g b. 8.1 g c. 8.9 g d. 54 g ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 146. Which of the following is true when comparing a dialysis membrane with an osmotic semipermeable membrane? a. Both membranes allow solute particles to pass through. b. An osmotic semipermeable membrane has larger openings than a dialysis membrane. c. Both membranes allow solute particles to pass through and an osmotic semipermeable membrane has larger openings than a dialysis membrane. d. None of these.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 147. Which of the following is true when comparing a dialysis membrane with an osmotic semipermeable membrane? a. Both membranes allow solvent particles to pass through. b. An osmotic semipermeable membrane has larger openings than a dialysis membrane. c. Both membranes allow solvent particles to pass through and an osmotic semipermeable membrane has larger openings than a dialysis membrane. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 148. Which of the following can pass through a dialysis membrane? a. colloidal particles b. macromolecules c. small solute molecules d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 149. Which of the following is true of colligative properties? a. They depend only on the number of solute particles. b. They depend on the nature of the solute particles.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 6 c. They depend only on the number of solvent particles. d. They depend on the nature of the solvent particles.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 150. What is the approximate residual concentration of salt in the drinking water produced by the reverse osmosis of sea water? a. 0 ppm b. 40 ppm c. 400 ppm d. 4000 ppm ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 151. Why is the osmotic pressure of the dialysis solution adjusted in hemodialysis? a. to prevent the loss of Na+ from blood b. to prevent the loss of glucose from blood c. to prevent the loss of Na+ and glucose from blood d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.8 - COLLIGATIVE PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 152. Consider the following image of a separatory funnel. Which of the following correctly describes the contents of the

funnel?

a. The two liquids are insoluble in each other. b. The two liquids are miscible. c. The mixture is homogeneous. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 6 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 153. Consider the following image of a separatory funnel. Which of the following correctly describes the contents of the funnel?

a. Both liquids are nonpolar. b. Both liquids are polar. c. One liquid is polar, and the other liquid is nonpolar. d. It is impossible to determine the liquids' polarities from the given data.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 154. Consider the following image of a separatory funnel. If the liquid at the bottom layer is water, then which of the following liquids will be present at the top layer in the separatory funnel?

a. carbon tetrachloride b. gasoline c. benzene d. carbon tetrachloride or benzene e. carbon tetrachloride, gasoline, or benzene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 6 155. Consider the following graph. Approximately what mass of A will dissolve in 100 mL of water at 75°C?

Substance

Temperature (°C)

A A A B B B C C C

10 75 80 10 75 80 10 75 80

Approximate Solubility (g/100 mL H2O) Between 10 and 20 Between 50 and 60 Between 50 and 60 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30

a. 25 g b. 40 g c. 55 g d. 70 g ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 156. Consider the following graph. Which substance is the most soluble in 100 mL of water at 10°C?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 6

Substance

Temperature (°C)

A A A B B B C C C

10 75 80 10 75 80 10 75 80

Approximate Solubility (g/100 mL H2O) Between 10 and 20 Between 50 and 60 Between 50 and 60 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30

a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 157. Consider the following graph. Which substance is the most soluble in 100 mL of water at 80°C?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 6 Substance

Temperature (°C)

A A A B B B C C C

10 75 80 10 75 80 10 75 80

Approximate Solubility (g/100 mL H2O) Between 10 and 20 Between 50 and 60 Between 50 and 60 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30

a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 158. Consider the following graph. Which substance exhibits solubility behavior that is similar to that of a gas?

Substance A A A B B B C C C

Temperature (°C)

10 75 80 10 75 80 10 75 80 a. Substance A exhibits a similar solubility behavior. b. Substance B exhibits a similar solubility behavior. c. Substance C exhibits a similar solubility behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Approximate Solubility (g/100 mL H2O) Between 10 and 20 Between 50 and 60 Between 50 and 60 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 30 and 40 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30 Between 20 and 30

Page 36

Chapter 6 d. None of these substances exhibit a similar solubility behavior.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.4 - FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 159. The following photograph shows the laboratory apparatus required for preparing an aqueous solution of the hypothetical compound AB (150.5 g/mol). Which letter indicates the solute?

a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 160. The following photograph shows the laboratory apparatus required for preparing an aqueous solution of the hypothetical compound AB (150.5 g/mol). Which letter indicates the solvent?

a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 161. The following photograph shows the laboratory apparatus required for preparing an aqueous solution of the hypothetical compound AB (150.5 g/mol). What will be the molarity of the solution when the preparation is complete?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

Chapter 6

a. 51.0 M b. 0.00510 M c. 0.339 M d. 0.00339 M ANSWER: c TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 162. The following photograph shows the laboratory apparatus required for preparing an aqueous solution of the hypothetical compound AB (150.5 g/mol). If the volume of the volumetric flask had been 500.0 mL instead of 100.0 mL and the amount of AB had been 25.5 g, how would the molarity of the resulting solution have been affected?

a. It would have increased by a factor of 5. b. It would have decreased by a factor of 5. c. It would have increased by a factor of 10. d. It would have decreased by a factor of 10. e. It would have remained unchanged.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 163. The following photograph shows the laboratory apparatus required for preparing an aqueous solution of the hypothetical compound AB (150.5 g/mol). Which of the following correctly describes the process followed during the preparation of the solution?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

Chapter 6

a. 5.10 g of AB is dissolved in 100.0 mL of water, and the solution is thoroughly mixed. b. 5.10 g of AB is dissolved in water, and enough water is added to produce 100.0 mL of solution. c. 5.10 g of AB is dissolved in 94.90 mL of water, and the solution is thoroughly mixed. d. 5.10 g of AB is dissolved in water, and enough water is added to produce 105.1 mL of solution.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 6.5 - THE MOST COMMON UNITS FOR CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

Chapter 7 1. Which of the following best describes the rates of chemical reactions? a. Most chemical reactions occur very slowly. b. Most chemical reactions occur at moderate rates. c. Most chemical reactions occur very rapidly. d. Chemical reactions have a wide range of rates, from extremely fast to extremely slow.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following is the study of the rates of chemical reactions? a. kinetics b. stoichiometry c. thermodynamics d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following units can used to describe the rate of a chemical reaction? a. (mol·L)/min b. (mol/L)/min c. 1/(mol·L·min) d. (mol·L)·min ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. For the reaction A + B → 2C, which of the following best describes how we can measure the reaction rate? a. The rate can be measured by measuring how fast A is produced. b. The rate can be measured by measuring how fast C is produced. c. The rate can be measured by measuring how fast B is produced. d. The rate can be measured by measuring how fast C is consumed.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following statements is true of the reaction A + B → 2C? a. B is consumed at the same rate that A is consumed. b. C is produced at the same rate A is consumed. c. C is produced at the same rate B is consumed. d. B is produced at the same rate A is consumed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 7 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of the following statements is true of the reaction A + B → 2C? a. B is consumed at the same rate that A is consumed. b. C is produced at twice the rate A is consumed. c. B is consumed at the same rate that A is consumed and C is produced at twice the rate A is consumed. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. For the reaction 2C → A + B, 0.02 mol of A is formed during the first 15 seconds of the reaction. Assuming that the rate of reaction remains constant for 2 min, which of the following statements is true? a. After 2 min, 0.16 mol of B was produced. b. After 2 min, 0.16 mol of C was consumed. c. After 2 min, 0.16 mol of B was produced and .16 mol of C was consumed. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 8. For the reaction 2C → A + B, 0.02 mol of A is formed during the first 15 seconds of the reaction. Assuming that the rate of reaction remains constant for 2 min, which of the following statements is true? a. After 2 min, 0.16 mol of B was produced. b. After 2 min, 0.32 mol of C was consumed. c. After 2 min, 0.16 mol of B was produced and .32 mol of C was consumed. d. None of these.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 9. Which of the following is true of the rates of most chemical reactions? a. The initial rate cannot be measured. b. The initial rate is faster than the rate later in time. c. The initial rate is the same as the rate later in time. d. The initial rate is slower than the rate later in time.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 7 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 10. For the reaction 2HgO(s) → 2Hg(l) + O2(g), we measure the evolution of gas to determine the rate of reaction. At the beginning of the reaction (at 0 min), 0.070 L of O2 is present. After 15 min, the volume of O2 is 0.40 L. What is the rate of reaction? a. 0.022 L/min b. 0.033 L/min c. 0.23 L/min d. 0.33 L/min ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.1 - MEASURING REACTION RATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 11. Which of the following is true of effective collisions? a. The number of effective collisions decreases as the temperature increases. b. The number of effective collisions determines the rate of a reaction. c. The number of effective collisions is independent of the orientation of the molecules. d. The number of effective collisions determines the phases of the reactants.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following is not true of effective collisions? a. The number of effective collisions does not affect the reaction rate. b. The number of effective collisions increases as the temperature increases. c. The number of effective collisions is dependent on the orientation of the molecules. d. The number of effective collisions is dependent on the overall frequency of collisions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. Many molecular collisions do not result in chemical reactions. Why? a. The colliding molecules are not the correct chemicals. b. The colliding molecules do not have sufficient energy. c. The colliding molecules do not have the correct orientations. d. All of these are reasons many molecular collisions do not result in chemical reactions.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. Why will increasing the temperature of a reaction speed up the reaction?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 7 a. because the activation energy for the reaction is lowered b. because the heat of reaction is increased c. because there are more effective collisions between molecules d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. For which of the following reactions is it important that the species collide with the correct orientation? a. 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) b. HCl(g) + H2O(l) → H3O+(aq) + Cl–(aq) c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. For which of the following reactions is it important that the species collide with the correct orientation? a. HCl(g) + H2O(l) → H2O+(aq) + Cl–(aq) b. Ag+(aq) + Cl–(aq) → AgCl(s) c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. For which of the following reactions is it important that the species collide with the correct orientation? a. 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l) b. HCl(g) + H2O(l) → H2O+(aq) + Cl–(aq) c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.2 - MOLECULAR COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following is not true of activation energy? a. Decreasing the activation energy decreases the reaction rate. b. Decreasing the activation energy increases the reaction rate. c. The activation energy is the minimum energy required for a reaction to occur.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 7 d. The activation energy of an endothermic reaction is positive.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. Which of the following is true of activation energy? a. Reactions with low activation energies are rapid. b. The activation energy for an exothermic reaction is negative. c. The activation energy is the energy difference between the reactants and the products. d. Reactions with low activation energies have lower number of effective collisions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. In an energy diagram for a chemical reaction, what species represents the highest energy? a. the catalyst b. the products c. the reactants d. the transition state ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Given that the reaction C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) is exothermic, which of the following is true of the reaction CO2(g) → C(s) + O2(g)? a. Its activation energy is lower than that of C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g). b. Its activation energy is the same as that of C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g). c. Its activation energy is higher than that of C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g). d. There is no relationship between its activation energy and that of C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g).

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 22. Given that the reaction 2Na2O (s) → 4Na(s) + 2O2(g) is endothermic, which of the following is true of the reaction 4Na(s) + 2O2(g) → 2Na2O(s)? a. Its activation energy is lower than that of 2Na2O(s) → 4Na(s) + 2O2(g). b. Its activation energy is the same as that of 2Na2O(s) → 4Na(s) + 2O2(g). c. Its activation energy is higher than that of 2Na2O(s) → 4Na(s) + 2O2(g).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 7 d. There is no relationship between its activation energy and that of 2Na2O(s) → 4Na(s) + 2O2(g).

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 23. In an energy diagram for an exothermic chemical reaction, which of the following is true? a. The energy of the products is lower than that of the reactants. b. The energy of the transition state is higher than that of the reactants. c. The energy of the products is lower than that of the reactants and the energy of the transition state is higher than that of the reactants. d. None of these.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. In an energy diagram for an endothermic chemical reaction, which of the following is true? a. The energy of the products is lower than that of the reactants. b. The energy of the transition state is higher than that of the reactants. c. The energy of the products is lower that that of the reactants and the energy of the transition state is higher than that of the reactants. d. None of these.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Consider a reaction such as A2(g) + B2(g) → 2AB(g). What can we say about the mechanism of the reaction? a. If the reaction is fast, it occurs in a single step. b. If the reaction is fast, it occurs in multiple steps. c. If the reaction is slow, it occurs in multiple steps. d. We must examine each case individually.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. The reaction H2O2(l) + 3I–(aq) + 2 H+(aq) → I3–(aq) + 2H2O(aq) occurs very rapidly. Based on this observation alone, what can we say about this reaction? a. The reaction probably occurs as a single fast step. b. The reaction probably occurs as a series of steps, each of which is fast. c. The reaction is endothermic. d. The reaction is exothermic.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 7 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 27. Which of the following is true of most multistep reactions? a. Most of them involve the participation of only two reactant molecules. b. They are all endothermic reactions. c. They are all exothermic reactions. d. The rate of reaction is usually determined by the slowest step.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 28. In a particular chemical reaction, two bonds are broken and no bonds are formed. Based on this information alone, which of the following is true? a. The reaction has a high activation energy. b. The reaction is endothermic. c. The reaction is exothermic. d. We cannot determine which of the statements is true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. In a particular chemical reaction, three bonds are broken and four bonds are formed. Based on this information alone, which of the following is true? a. The reaction has a high activation energy. b. The reaction is endothermic. c. The reaction is exothermic. d. We cannot determine which of the statements is true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 30. In a particular chemical reaction, four bonds are broken and three bonds are formed. Based only on this information, which of the following is true? a. The reaction has a high activation energy. b. The reaction is endothermic. c. The reaction is exothermic. d. We cannot determine which of the statements is true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 7 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 31. If a reaction occurs very rapidly even at a relatively low temperature, which of the following is true? a. The reaction is endothermic. b. The reaction is exothermic. c. The reaction has a low activation energy. d. The reaction must be a single-step reaction.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following accounts for the fact that reactions between ions in solution are usually very fast? a. Ionic bonds are weak. b. No covalent bonds need to be broken for a reaction to occur. c. Reactions between ions are always endothermic. d. Reactions between ions are always exothermic.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Potassium hydroxide and phosphorus pentachloride react to form potassium phosphate and potassium chloride. Which of the following will result in the fastest reaction between potassium hydroxide and phosphorus pentachloride? a. Crystals of the two reactants are placed in a mortar and are ground. b. Large crystals of the two reactants are placed in contact with one another. c. Powdered samples of the two reactants are mixed together. d. Solutions of the two reactants are mixed together.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 34. Solid sodium chloride and solid silver nitrate react to form sodium nitrate and silver chloride. The reaction is extremely slow. However, if the sodium chloride and silver nitrate are first dissolved in water and the two solutions are mixed, the reaction occurs very rapidly. Which of the following explains the difference in reaction rates? a. Ions in solution have high mobility, and ions of opposite charges are attracted to each other. b. The concentration of ions in solution is greater than the concentration of ions in the solid. c. Sodium chloride solution does not react with solid silver nitrate. d. Silver nitrate solution does not react with solid sodium chloride.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 7 35. If a chemist wishes to react a solid with a liquid, which of the following will be the least effective in speeding up the reaction? a. adding more liquid reactant b. grinding the solid to a form a powder c. dissolving the solid and the liquid in a solvent d. using the frozen form of the liquid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 36. If a chemist wishes to react a solid with a liquid, which of the following will be the most effective in speeding up the reaction? a. adding more liquid reactant b. grinding the solid to a form a powder c. placing a large crystal of the solid in a beaker containing the liquid reactant d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 37. The rate of reaction for the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide to yield water and oxygen is represented by the following equation: Rate = k[H2O2]. Which of the following is indicated by this equation? a. The rate of the reaction is unaffected by the concentration of O2. b. The rate of the reaction will increase with the increasing concentration of H2O2. c. The rate of the reaction will decrease with the increasing concentration of O2. d. None of these are indicated by the equation.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 38. Which of the following does not result from increasing the temperature of a reaction? a. The fraction of effective collisions increases. b. The concentrations of the reactants increase. c. There are more collisions. d. None, all of these are a result of increasing the temperature.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 7 39. How does the rate of reaction change as the concentration of the product increases over the course of a reaction? a. The rate of reaction always decreases. b. The rate of reaction usually decreases. c. The rate of reaction always increases. d. The rate of reaction usually increases.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. How does the rate of reaction change when the reactant is used up over the course of a reaction? a. The rate of reaction always decreases. b. The rate of reaction usually decreases. c. The rate of reaction always increases. d. The rate of reaction usually increases.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. If a particular reactant is involved in the slowest step of a multistep reaction, then what will be the effect of increasing its concentration? a. The reaction rate will decrease. b. The reaction rate will increase. c. The reaction rate will be unaffected.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. What is the effect of increasing the temperature at which a reaction is carried out? a. In all cases, the rate of reaction decreases. b. In virtually all cases, the rate of reaction decreases. c. In all cases, the rate of reaction increases. d. In virtually all cases, the rate of reaction increases.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. What is the effect of decreasing the temperature at which a reaction is carried out? a. In all cases, the rate of reaction decreases. b. In virtually all cases, the rate of reaction decreases. c. In all cases, the rate of reaction increases. d. In virtually all cases, the rate of reaction increases.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 7 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. The temperature effect on reaction rate is the result of which of the following? a. At higher temperatures, there are more collisions. b. At higher temperatures, a larger fraction of the collisions are effective collisions. c. At higher temperatures, there are more collisions and a larger fraction of the collisions are effective collisions. d. None of these.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. A particular chemical reaction carried out at 30°C takes 4 hours. Approximately how long will it take to carry out the reaction at 60°C? a. 0.5 hour b. 1 hour c. 4 hours d. 8 hours ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 46. A particular chemical reaction carried out at 60°C takes 4 hours. Approximately how long will it take to carry out the reaction at 30°C? a. 0.5 hour b. 8 hours c. 4 hours d. 16 hours ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. In a certain chemical reaction, 1.00 g of product is produced in 15 min when the reaction is carried out at 20°C. Assuming that there is sufficient starting material available, approximately how much product will be produced in the same length of time if the reaction is carried out in a boiling water bath at 100°C? a. 2.00 g b. 16.0 g c. 64.0 g d. 256 g ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 7 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. Which of the following is the best definition of a catalyst? a. A catalyst is a substance that speeds up the rate of a chemical reaction till its concentration is reduced to zero. b. A catalyst is a substance that speeds up the rate of a chemical reaction without participating in the reaction. c. A catalyst is a substance that speeds up the rate of a chemical reaction without being consumed during the reaction. d. All of these are equally good definitions.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. The term "heterogeneous catalyst" means which of the following? a. a catalyst that does not have uniform composition b. a catalyst that is of a different phase from the reactants c. a catalyst that gets consumed completely in the course of the reaction d. a catalyst that changes its composition in the course of the reaction ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. A catalyst speeds up a chemical reaction as a result of which of the following? a. It provides an alternate pathway with a lower activation energy. b. It increases the number of collisions among reacting molecules. c. It makes the reaction more endothermic. d. It makes the reaction more exothermic.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. A catalyst speeds up a chemical reaction as a result of which of the following? a. It increases the number of collisions among reacting molecules. b. It makes the reaction more endothermic. c. It makes the reaction more exothermic. d. It provides an alternative reaction pathway.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 7 52. A catalyst speeds up a chemical reaction as a result of which of the following? a. It increases the number of collisions between reacting molecules. b. It makes the reaction more endothermic. c. It makes the reaction more exothermic. d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following is true of fevers? a. An increase in body temperature never has beneficial effects. b. A 1°C increase in temperature is a protective mechanism. c. A 5°C increase in temperature is never fatal. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. Drug manufacturers use which of the following when making timed-release drugs? a. control of the thickness of a drug coating b. control of the size of drugs c. control of the thickness of a drug coating and the size of drugs d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 55. What is the purpose of the enteric coating of aspirin? a. to control time release of the drug in the stomach b. to ensure drug release before the drug reaches the stomach c. to ensure drug release in the stomach d. to ensure drug release in the intestine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 56. Which of the following statements is true of a reversible reaction? a. All reversible reactions are exothermic. b. All reversible reactions are endothermic. c. When we mix the reactants together, one or more of the reactants will be completely used up. d. When we mix the reactants together, none of the reactants will be completely used up.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 7 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 57. Which of the following is true of a reversible reaction? a. Equilibrium can only be reached by mixing the starting materials. b. Equilibrium can only be reached by mixing the products. c. Equilibrium can only be reached by mixing specific amounts of starting materials and products. d. Equilibrium will always be reached as time progresses.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. Which of the following is an example of an equilibrium situation? a. an unsaturated solution b. a saturated solution c. a supersaturated solution d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Which of the following is true of a reaction that has reached equilibrium? a. The reactants have been completely converted to products. b. The rate of the forward reaction is faster than the rate of the reverse reaction. c. The rate of the forward reaction is equal to the rate of the reverse reaction. d. The rate of the forward reaction is slower than the rate of the reverse reaction.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 60. Consider a sample of water in a closed, rigid container. Which of the following will indicate that the given physical process has reached equilibrium? a. The mass of the container remains constant. b. The vapor pressure in the container remains constant. c. The volume of water in the container increases from its original level. d. All of these indicate that the reaction has reached equilibrium.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 7 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Consider a sample of water in a closed container. When the physical process has reached equilibrium, what can we say about any specific water molecule? a. If it was present in the liquid phase, then it will always remain in the liquid phase. b. If it was present in the vapor phase, then it will always remain in the vapor phase. c. It will sometimes be in the liquid phase and sometimes be in the vapor phase. d. If it was present in the liquid phase, then it will always remain in the liquid phase, and if it was present in the vapor phase, then it will always remain in the vapor phase.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following symbols is used to denote a reversible reaction? a. → b. ← c. ⇌ d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. In writing the equilibrium constant expression, we use square brackets. What does the notation [A] represent? a. the mass of A b. the number of moles of A c. the molar concentration of A d. the valency of A ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. In an equilibrium constant expression, what does the notation [A]3 represent? a. [A] + [A] + [A] b. 1/([A] + [A] + [A]) c. [A] × [A] × [A] d. 1/([A] × [A] × [A]) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Which of the following must we know to write the equilibrium constant for a chemical reaction?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 7 a. the balanced chemical equation for the reaction b. the rate at which the reaction occurs c. the diameter of the vessel in which the reaction occurs d. the activation energy of the reaction ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. For the reaction a. K = [H2]2 [O2]/[H2O]

, which of the following is the equilibrium constant expression?

b. K = [H2O]2/[H2]2 [O2] c. K = [H2O]2/[H2][O2] d. K = [H2]2[O2]/[H2O]2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. For the reaction a. K = [H2][N2]/[NH3]

, which of the following is the equilibrium constant expression?

b. K = [NH3]/[H2][N2] c. K = [H2]3[N2]/[NH3]2 d. K = [NH3]2/[H2]3[N2] ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. Acetic acid is the active ingredient in vinegar. In a solution of acetic acid, the following equilibrium is established.

The equilibrium constant for this reaction is 1.5 × 10–5. What is the equilibrium constant for the following reaction? a 1.8 × 10–5 b 4.2 × 10–3 c 6.6 × 104 d 3.1 × 109 ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

c 1 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 7 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. Suppose that the equilibrium constant for the chemical reaction is 2.8 x 107.

What is the equilibrium constant for the following reaction? a. 3.6 × 10–8 b. 2.1 × 10–4 c. 4.8 × 103 d. 3.3 × 107 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 70. Suppose the equilibrium constant for the chemical reaction is 3.3 × 107.

What is the equilibrium constant for the following reaction? a 1.99 × 10–5 b 4.3 × 10–8 c 3.3 × 107 d 1.09 × 1015 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 71. For the reaction equilibrium is established at 25°C when [NOCl] = 2.1 M, [NO] = 1.2 M, and [Cl2] = 0.30 M. What is the equilibrium constant for this reaction? a. 0.098 b. 0.18 c. 5.4 d 1.0 × 101 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 7 72. For the reaction equilibrium is established at 25°C when [NOCl] = 2.6 M, [NO] = 0.34 M, and [Cl2] = 1.4 M. What is the equilibrium constant for this reaction? a. 0.099 b. 0.18 c. 5.4 d. 42.2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 73. For the reaction equilibrium is established at 472°C when [H2] =0.0400 M, [N2] = 0.0200 M, and [NH3] = 1.074 × 10–7M. What is the equilibrium constant for this reaction? a 4.69 × 10–4 b 9.012 × 10–9 c 6.21 × 10–10 d 7.41 × 10–11 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 74. For the reaction equilibrium is established at 472°C when [H2] = 0.0400 M, [N2] = 0.0200 M, and [NH3] = 1.074 × 10–8M. What is the equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction? a 3.72 × 103 b 1.109 × 1011 c 1.39 × 109 d 6.94 × 1010 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 75. Which of the following can be the equilibrium constant for a reaction that proceeds very far in the direction of the products? a. 2 × 10–15 b. 2 × 10–2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 7 c. 2× 102 d. 2 × 1015 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 76. Which of the following can be the equilibrium constant for a reaction that does not yield a significant concentration of products? a. 4 × 10–1 b. 1 × 10–2 c. 1 × 102 d. 1 × 10–15 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 77. Which of the following are generally included when writing an equilibrium constant expression? a. masses of pure liquids b. masses of pure solids c. concentrations of catalysts in solutions d. concentrations of pure gases in solutions ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 78. Which of the following will not change the numerical value of the equilibrium constant of a particular reaction? a. increasing the concentration of reactants b. increasing the concentration of products c. increasing the temperature d. increasing the concentration of reactants and increasing the concentration of products ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Which of the following will change the numerical value of the equilibrium constant of a particular reaction? a. increasing the concentration of the products b. increasing the temperature c. increasing the concentration of the reactants d. increasing the concentration of the catalysts Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 7 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. Which of the following will change the numerical value of the equilibrium constant of a particular reaction? a. increasing the concentration of the reactants b. increasing the concentration of the products c. increasing the concentration of the reactants and the products d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 81. Which of the following is the equilibrium constant expression for the reverse reaction of the following reaction? a. K = [CH3COOH][C2H5OH]/[CH3COOC2H5][H2O] b. K = [CH3COOC2H5][H2O]/[CH3COOH][C2H5OH] c. K = [CH3COOH][C2H5OH]/[CH3COOC2H5] d. K = [CH3COOC2H5]/[CH3COOH][C2H5OH] ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 82. A particular reaction has an equilibrium constant of 1 × 1020. Which of the following best describes the relationship between the equilibrium constant and the reaction rate? a. Because the equilibrium constant is large, the reaction proceeds rapidly. b. There is no relationship between the size of the equilibrium constant and the rate of the reaction. c. Because the equilibrium constant is large, the reaction proceeds rapidly, and there is no relationship between the size of the equilibrium constant and the rate of the reaction. d. None of these.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. A particular reaction has an equilibrium constant of 1 x 10–15. Which of the following best describes the relationship between the equilibrium constant and the reaction rate? a. Because the equilibrium constant is small, the reaction proceeds slowly. b. There is no relationship between the size of the equilibrium constant and the rate of the reaction. c. Because the equilibrium constant is small, the reaction proceeds slowly, and there is no relationship between the size of the equilibrium constant and the rate of the reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 7 d. None of these.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.6 - THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. To which of the following systems does Le Chatelier’s principle apply? a. a system in which the reaction is moving in the forward direction b. a system in which the reaction is moving in the reverse direction c. a system that has reached equilibrium d. a system that is about to reach equilibrium ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. What is the effect of adding CH3COOH(g) to a container in which the reaction has reached equilibrium? a. The reaction will shift in the forward direction. b. The reaction will shift in the reverse direction. c. There will be no effect. d. The reaction will reach quasi-equilibrium.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. What is the effect of adding CH3COOC2H5(g)to a container in which the following reaction has reached equilibrium?

a. The reaction will shift from the left to the right. b. The reaction will shift from the right to the left. c. There will be no effect. d. Whether the reaction will shift to the left or the right depends on the initial temperature.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. How does a decrease in temperature affect an exothermic reaction that has not reached equilibrium? a. The rate of reaction slows, and less product is formed. b. The rate of reaction slows, but more product is formed. c. The rate of reaction speeds up, but less product is formed. d. The rate of reaction speeds up, and more product is formed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 7 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 88. How does a decrease in temperature affect an endothermic reaction that has not reached equilibrium? a. The rate of reaction slows, and less product is formed. b. The rate of reaction slows, but more product is formed. c. The rate of reaction speeds up, but less product is formed. d. The rate of reaction speeds up, and more product is formed.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 89. If the exothermic reaction has reached equilibrium, what is the effect of reducing the temperature of the reaction vessel? a. The reaction will shift from the left to the right. b. The reaction will shift from the right to the left. c. There will be no effect. d. Whether the reaction will shift to the left or the right depends on the initial temperature.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 90. If the endothermic reaction has reached equilibrium, what is the effect of raising the temperature of the reaction vessel? a. The reaction will shift from the left to the right. b. The reaction will shift from the right to the left. c. There will be no further reaction. d. Whether the reaction will shift to the left or the right depends on the initial temperature.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 91. For the exothermic reaction making which of the following changes will ensure that the reaction will not shift either to the left or to the right? a. adding H2 and N2 and removing NH3 b. adding H2 and lowering the temperature Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 7 c. adding H2 and raising the temperature d. adding H2 and decreasing the volume of the beaker ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 92. For the exothermic reaction making which of the following changes will ensure that the reaction will not shift either to the left or to the right? a. removing NH3 and adding H2 and N2 b. removing NH3 and lowering the temperature c. removing NH3 and raising the temperature d. removing NH3 and decreasing the volume of the beaker ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 93. For the exothermic reaction making which of the following changes will ensure that the reaction will not shift either to the left or to the right? a. raising the temperature and adding NH3 b. lowering the temperature and removing NH3 c. raising the temperature and adding NH3 and lowering the temperature and removing NH3 d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 94. When considering the effect of a catalyst on a system that has not reached equilibrium, which of the following is true? a. The addition of a catalyst has absolutely no effect on the reaction. b. The addition of a catalyst speeds up the forward reaction. c. The addition of a catalyst speeds up the reverse reaction. d. The addition of a catalyst causes the system to reach equilibrium faster.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 95. Which of the following is not true of the catalyst of a reaction? a. It causes a system to reach equilibrium slower than if the reaction were uncatalyzed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 7 b. The quantity of the catalyst remains the same before and after the reaction. c. It has no effect on the equilibrium constant for the reaction. d. Any of the these, as it depends on the reaction involved.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.7 - LE CHATELIER’S PRINCIPLE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Consider the following energy diagram for a reaction.

Which of the following is a correct interpretation of the graph? a. The energy of the products is less than that of the reactants, so the reaction is endothermic. b. The energy of the products is greater than that of the reactants, so the reaction is endothermic. c. The energy of the products is less than that of the reactants, so the reaction is exothermic. d. The energy of the products is greater than that of the reactants, so the reaction is exothermic.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 97. Consider the following energy diagram for a reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 7

Which letter represents the activation energy of the reaction? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. E ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 98. Consider the following energy diagram for a reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 7 Which letter represents the net energy change of the reaction? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. E ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 99. Consider the following energy diagram for a reaction.

Which letter represents the transition state? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. E ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 100. Consider the following energy diagram for a reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 7

If a catalyst were added to the reaction represented, which of the following would change position? a. A b. B c. C d. D and A e. B and C ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.4 - RATE OF A CHEMICAL REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 101. In the reaction of HCl with water:

The following species forms.

In the given energy diagram, which letter represents this species? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. E ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.3 - ACTIVATION ENERGY AND REACTION RATE Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 7 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 102. Consider the following graph.

The graph is based on data collected from the following reaction.

At what point on the graph does the rate of the forward reaction equal the rate of the reverse reaction? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. The point of intersection of A and B ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 103. Consider the following graph.

The graph is based on data collected from the following reaction.

Which curve on the graph represents the change in concentration of CH3COOC2H5 for the forward reaction?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 7 a. A b. B c. It is not possible to show the production of water.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 104. Consider the following graph.

The graph is based on data collected from the following reaction.

If Curve B presently represents C2H5OH, how would the graph change if this line represented CH3COOH? a. The slope of the line would greater. b. The slope of the line would be less. c. The line would be the same. d. This condition cannot be predicted.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 7.5 - EQUILIBRIUM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 8 1. Which of the following ions does an acid produce according to the original Arrhenius definition of an acid? a. H+ b. OH− c. H2O d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following ions does a base produce according to the original Arrhenius definition of a base? a. H+ b. OH− c. H2O d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following is the correct name for the ion H3O+? a. heavy water b. hydrogen ion c. hydronium ion d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following is the correct name for the ion H+? a. hydrogen ion b. proton c. hydrogen ion and proton d. neither hydrogen ion or proton ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following occurs when hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water to form hydrochloric acid? a. H2O+(aq) and O2− (aq) are formed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 8 b. H3O+(aq) and Cl−(aq) are formed. c. H+(aq) and OH−(aq) are formed. d. There is no reaction, and HCl molecules remain unchanged.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of the following species is not present in the solution when hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water? a. NaCl−(aq) b. H3O+(aq) c. Cl−(aq) d. None, they are all present.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the following occurs when NaOH is dissolved in water to form a basic solution? a. A complex between NaOH and Cl is formed. b. NaOH breaks up to form Na+(aq), H+(aq), and O2−(aq). c. NaOH breaks up to form Na+(aq) and OH−(aq). d. The water molecule loses an H+.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 8. Which of the following species is not present in the solution when solid sodium hydroxide is dissolved in water? a. NaOH(aq) b. Na+(aq) c. OH−(aq) d. None, they are all present.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following species is not present in the solution when solid sodium hydroxide is dissolved in water? a. H2O(l) b. Na+(aq) c. OH−(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 8 d. None, they are all present.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following occurs when the weak base ammonia (NH3) is dissolved in water? a. Ammonia molecules react with water to form Na+(aq) and OH−(aq). b. Ammonia molecules react with water to form NH 4+(aq) and OH−(aq). c. Ammonia molecules react with water to form H3O+(aq) and NO 2−(aq). d. Ammonia molecules react with water to form H3O+(aq) and Na+(aq).

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.1 - ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 11. Why does the label ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) on a bottle give a false impression about the bottle’s contents? a. There is a large amount of NH 4+(aq) but only a small amount of OH−(aq). b. There is a small amount of NH 4+(aq) but a large amount of OH−(aq). c. There is a large amount of NH3(aq) but only a small amount of OH−(aq). d. None of these, the label accurately describes the contents.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong acid? a. H3BO3 b. HCl c. both H3BO3 and HCI d. neither H3BO3 or HCI ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong acid? a. HNO3 b. H2SO4 c. both HNO3 and H2SO4 d. neither HNO3 or H2SO4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 8 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong base? a. LiOH b. KOH c. both LiOH and KOH d. neither LiOH or KOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong base? a. Ba(OH)2 b. NH3 c. both Ba(OH)2 and NH3 d. neither Ba(OH)2 or NH3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 16. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong acid? a. 0.001 M HCl b. 3.0 M HCl c. both 0.001 M HCI and 3.0 HCI d. neither 0.001 M HCI or 3.0 HCI ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 17. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong acid? a. 0.001 M HCl b. 3.0 M CH3COOH c. both 0.001 M HCI and 3.0 M CH3COOH d. neither 0.001 M HCI or 3.0 M CH3COOH ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

a 1 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 8 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 18. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong base? a. 0.001 M KOH b. 3.0 M KOH c. both 0.001 M KOH and 3.0 M KOH d. neither 0.001 M KOH or 3.0 M KOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 19. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong base? a. 0.001 M KOH b 3.0 M NH3 c. both 0.001 M KOH and 3.0 M NH3 d. neither 0.001 M KOH or 3.0 M NH3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 20. Which of the following acids is found in gastric fluid? a. acetic b. hydrochloric c. nitric d. sulfuric ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 21. Which of the following acids has long been used as a test for proteins? a. acetic b. boric c. nitric d. sulfuric ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 22. Which of the following acids produces ions that play an important role in biochemistry? a. acetic Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 8 b. boric c. nitric d. phosphoric ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 23. Which base is an important starting material in the manufacture of fertilizers? a. LiOH b. Mg(OH)2 c. NaOH d. NH3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 24. Which base is sometimes used as a laxative? a. LiOH b. Mg(OH)2 c. NaOH d. NH3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong electrolyte? a. 0.001 M HCl b. 3.0 M HCl c. both 0.001 M HCI and 3.0 M HCI d. neither 0.001 M HCI or 3.0 M HCI ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 26. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong electrolyte? a. 0.001 M HCl b. 3.0 M CH3COOH c. both 0.001 M HCI and 3.0 M CH3COOH d. neither 0.001 M HCI or 3.0 M CH3COOH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 8 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 27. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong electrolyte? a. 0.001 M KOH b. 3.0 M KOH c. both 0.001 M KOH and 3.0 M KOH d. neither 0.001 M KOH or 3.0 M KOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 28. Which of the following can be characterized as a strong electrolyte? a. 0.001 M KOH b 3.0 M NH3 c. both 0.001 M KOH and 3.0 M NH3 d. neither 0.001 M KOH or 3.0 M NH3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.2 - DEFINING THE STRENGTH OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 29. Which of the following is the Brønsted–Lowry definition of an acid? a. a hydroxide ion acceptor b. a proton acceptor c. a proton donor d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following is the Brønsted–Lowry definition of a base? a. a hydroxide ion acceptor b. a proton acceptor c. a proton donor d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 8 31. Which of the following is the conjugate base of water? a. H3O+ b. NaOH c. OH− d. O2− ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 32. Which of the following is the conjugate acid of water? a. HCl b. H3O+ c. NH4+ d. OH− ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 33. Which of the following is the conjugate acid of ammonia, NH3? a. H+ b. H3O+ c. NH2− d. NH4+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 34. Which of the following is not an acid? a. H3O+ b. H2CO3 c. H2PO4− d. None, they are all acids.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 35. Which of the following is not a base?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 8 a. PO43− b. OH− c. NH3 d. None, they are all bases.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following is a diprotic acid? a. HCl b. HNO3 c. H2SO4 d. H3PO4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following is a triprotic acid? a. HCl b. HNO3 c. H2SO4 d. H3PO4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 38. Which of the following is a monoprotic acid? a. H2CO3 b. H2SO4 c. H3PO4 d. HNO3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 39. How many protons can be lost by acetic acid, CH3COOH? a. 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 8 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following is the conjugate base of acetic acid (CH3COOH)? a. H3O+ b. CH3COOH2+ c. CH3COO− d. OH− ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 41. Which of the following is true of the bicarbonate ion (HCO 3−)? a. It can only lose a proton. b. It can only accept a proton. c. It can either accept or lose a proton. d. It can neither accept nor lose a proton.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following species can be characterized as amphiprotic? a. H2O b. HCO3− c. HPO42− d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following species is not amphiprotic? a. C2H5O− b. HPO42− c. HCO3− Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 8 d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 44. Which of the following is the conjugate acid of H2PO 4−? a. H3PO4 b. HPO42− c. PO43− d. H3O+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 45. Which of the following is the conjugate acid of HPO 42−? a. H3PO4 b. H2PO4− c. PO43− d. H3O+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 46. Which of the following is the conjugate acid of PO 43−? a. H3PO4 b. H2PO4− c. HPO42− d. H3O+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following is the conjugate base of H3PO4? a. H2PO4− b. HPO42− c. PO43− Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 8 d. OH− ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 48. Which of the following is the conjugate base of H2PO 4−? a. H3PO4 b. HPO42− c. PO43− d. OH− ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following is the conjugate base of HPO 42−? a. H3PO4 b. H2PO4− c. PO43− d. OH− ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following acids has the strongest conjugate base? a. CH3COOH b. C6H5OH c. H2SO4 d. H3PO4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which of the following acids has the weakest conjugate base? a. CH3COOH b. C6H5OH c. H2SO4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 8 d. H3PO4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following bases has the strongest conjugate acid? a. CH3COO− b. C6H5O− c. HSO4− d. H2PO4− ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following bases has the weakest conjugate acid? a. CH3COO− b. C6H5O− c. HSO4− d. H2PO4− ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 54. Which of the following statements best describes the acid–base relationship? a. As acid strengths increase, conjugate base strengths increase. b. As acid strengths increase, conjugate base strengths decrease. c. As acid strengths increase, conjugate base strengths increase and decrease d. None of these.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 55. Which of the following statements best describes the acid–base relationship? a. As acid strengths decrease, conjugate base strengths increase. b. As base strengths decrease, conjugate acid strengths decrease. c. As acid strengths decrease, conjugate base strengths increase and conjugate acid strengths decrease. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 8 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the following statements best describes the acid–base relationship? a. As acid strengths increase, conjugate base strengths increase. b. As base strengths increase, conjugate acid strengths increase. c. As acid strengths increase, conjugate base strengths and conjugate acid strengths increase d. None of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 57. What is the name of the acid that dissociates to give the cyanide ion, CN−? a. cyanic acid b. cyanidic acid c. cyanous d. hydrocyanic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 58. What is the name of the acid that dissociates to give the nitrite ion, NO2−? a. hydronitric acid b. nitric acid c. hyponitrous acid d. nitrous acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 59. What is the name of the acid that dissociates to give the nitrate ion, NO3−? a. hydronitric acid b. nitric acid c. hyponitrous acid d. nitrous acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 8 60. Sulfites, salts of the anion SO 32−, are found in wines as preservatives. The acid associated with the sulfite ion is H2SO3. What is the name of H2SO3? a. hydrosulfuric acid b. hydrosulfurous acid c. sulfuric acid d. sulfurous acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.3 - CONJUGATE ACID–BASE PAIRS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 61. Which of the following is true of the position of equilibrium in an acid–base reaction? a. The position of equilibrium lies on the side of the weaker acid and weaker base. b. The position of equilibrium lies on the side of the stronger acid and stronger base. c. The position of equilibrium lies on the side of the weaker acid and stronger base. d. The position of equilibrium lies on the side of the stronger acid and weaker base.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following is the stronger acid in the acid–base equilibrium H3O+ + I− ⇋ H2O + HI? a. H3O+ b. I− c. H2O d. HI ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 63. Which of the following is the stronger base in the acid–base equilibrium H3O+ + I− ⇋ H2O + HI? a. H3O+ b. I− c. H2O d. HI ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 64. Which of the following is true of the position of the equilibrium established when HCl is dissolved in water? a. It lies to the left as the weaker acid and the weaker base are present on the left.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 8 b. It lies to the left as the stronger acid and the stronger base are present on the left. c. It lies to the right as the weaker acid and the weaker base are present on the right. d. It lies to the right as the stronger acid and the stronger base are present on the right.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 65. Which of the following is true of the position of the equilibrium established when acetic acid is dissolved in water as represented below?

CH3COOH(aq) + H2O ⇋ CH3COO−(aq) + H3O+(aq) a. It lies to the left as the weaker acid and the weaker base are present on the left. b. It lies to the left as the stronger acid and the stronger base are present on the left. c. It lies to the right as the weaker acid and the weaker base are present on the right. d. It lies to the right as the stronger acid and the stronger base are present on the right.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 66. Which of the following is true of the position of the equilibrium established when acetate ions react with hydrogen sulfide as represented below?

CH3COO− + H2S ⇋ CH3COOH + HS− a. It lies to the left as the weaker acid and the weaker base are present on the left. b. It lies to the left as the stronger acid and the stronger base are present on the left. c. It lies to the right as the weaker acid and the weaker base are present on the right. d. It lies to the right as the stronger acid and the stronger base are present on the right.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 67. Which of the following represents the correct set of major species that are present in the solution when acetic acid (CH3COOH) reacts with ammonia (NH3)? a. acetic acid, CH3COOH, and ammonia, NH3 b. acetic acid, CH3COOH, and ammonium ion, NH4+ c. acetate ion, CH3COO−, and ammonia, NH3 d. acetate ion, CH3COO−, and ammonium ion, NH4+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 8 68. Ammonia, NH3, is a stronger base than the acetate ion, CH3COO−. Which of the following represents the correct set of species that are present in the solution in the largest amounts when acetic acid (CH3COOH) reacts with ammonia (NH3)? a. acetic acid, CH3COOH, and ammonia, NH3 b. acetic acid, CH3COOH, and ammonium ion, NH 4+ c. acetate ion, CH3COO−, and ammonia, NH3 d. acetate ion, CH3COO−, and ammonium ion, NH 4+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 69. Hydrocyanic acid (HCN) is a weaker acid than ammonium ion (NH 4+). Which of the following represents the correct set of major species that are present in the solution when hydrocyanic acid (HCN) reacts with ammonia (NH3)? a. hydrocyanic acid, HCN, and ammonia, NH3 b. hydrocyanic acid, HCN, and ammonium ion, NH 4+ c. cyanide ion, CN−, and ammonia, NH3 d. cyanide ion, CN−, and ammonium ion, NH 4+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 70. Cyanide ion, CN−, is a stronger base than ammonia, NH3. Which of the following represents the correct set of species that are present in the solution in the largest amounts when ammonia (NH3) reacts with hydrocyanic acid (HCN)? a. hydrocyanic acid, HCN, and ammonia, NH3 b. hydrocyanic acid, HCN, and ammonium ion, NH 4+ c. cyanide ion, CN−, and ammonia, NH3 d. cyanide ion, CN−, and ammonium ion, NH 4+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 71. What are the two acids in the following reaction?

NH4+(aq) + HPO4 2− ⇋ NH3 + H2PO4 − a. NH4+ and HPO42− b. NH4+ and NH3 c. HPO42− and H2PO4− d. NH4+ and H2PO4− Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 8 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 72. Consider the following hypothetical acid–base reaction.

A(aq) + B(aq) ⇋ C(aq) + D(aq) (weaker acid + weaker base ⇋ stronger acid + stronger base) Which of the following statements is true of this reaction? a. The position of the equilibrium favors the forward reaction. b. The position of the equilibrium favors the reverse reaction. c. Neither the forward nor the reverse reaction is favored at equilibrium. d. The position of equilibrium cannot be predicted from the given data.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.4 - THE POSITION OF EQUILIBRIUM IN AN ACID–BASE REACTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 73. Which factor do we use to determine the stronger acid when comparing the strengths of two weak acids? a. the formula weights of the acids b. the numbers of protons that the acids can lose c. the values of the acid dissociation constant d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which factor do we use to determine the stronger acid when comparing the strengths of two weak acids? a. the formula weights of the acids b. the numbers of protons that the acids can lose c. the pKa values of the acids d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 75. Which factor(s) do we use to determine the stronger acid when comparing the strengths of two weak acids? a. the values of the acid dissociation constant b. the pKa values of the acids c. the values of the acid dissociation constant and the pKa values of the acids d. none of these ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 8 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 76. Which of the following is true when comparing two acids? a. The stronger acid has the larger Ka. b. The stronger acid has the larger pKa. c. The stronger acid has the larger Ka and the larger pKa d. None of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 77. Which of the following is true when comparing two acids? a. The stronger acid has the larger Ka. b. The stronger acid has the smaller pKa. c. The stronger acid has the larger Ka and the smaller pKa d. None of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 78. Which of the following is true when comparing two acids? a. The stronger acid has the smaller Ka. b. The stronger acid has the larger pKa. c. The stronger acid has the smaller Ka and the larger pKa d. None of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 79. The Ka of boric acid is 7.3 × 10−10. What is the pKa of boric acid? a. −9.14 b. −4.86 c. 4.86 d. 9.14 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 8 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 80. The Ka of lactic acid is 8.4 × 10−4. What is the pKa of lactic acid? a. –10.92 b. –3.08 c. 3.08 d. 10.92 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 81. The pKa of hydrocyanic acid is 9.31. What is the Ka of hydrocyanic acid? a 1.3 × 10−24 b 1.3 × 10−10 c 4.9 × 10−10 d 2.0 × 109 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 82. The pKa of formic acid is 3.75. What is the Ka of formic acid? a 1.8 × 10−18 b 5.6 × 10−11 c 1.8 × 10−4 d 5.6 × 103 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 83. Given the following information, which of these acids is the strongest?

Ka of boric acid is 7.3 × 10−10. pKa of acetic acid is 4.75.

Ka of lactic acid is 8.4 × 10−4. pKa of phenol is 9.89. a. acetic acid b. formic acid c. lactic acid d. phenol ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 8 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 84. Given the following information, which of these acids is the weakest?

Ka of boric acid is 7.3 × 10−10. pKa of acetic acid is 4.75.

Ka of lactic acid is 8.4 × 10−4. pKa of phenol is 9.89. a. acetic acid b. formic acid c. lactic acid d. phenol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 85. Hydrofluoric acid, HF, is a weak acid. Which of the following is the correct expression for the Ka of hydrofluoric acid? a. [H3O+][HF]/[F−] b. [HF]/[ H3O+][F−] c. [H3O+][F−]/[HF] d. [HF][F−]/[ H3O+] ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 86. Hydrocyanic acid, HCN, is a weak acid. Which of the following is the correct expression for the Ka of hydrocyanic acid? a. [H3O+][HCN]/[CN−] b. [H3O+][CN−]/[HCN] c. [HCN]/[ H3O+][CN−] d. [HCN][CN−]/[ H3O+] ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.5 - ACID IONIZATION CONSTANTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 87. What is the reaction between an acid and a base known as? a. neutralization Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 8 b. precipitation c. redox d. single displacement ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following is true of a neutralization reaction? a. The product has acidic properties. b. The product has basic properties. c. The product has neither acidic nor basic properties. d. The product has weakly acidic properties.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 89. What type of reaction occurs when an acid reacts with an active metal? a. double displacement b. neutralization c. precipitation d. redox ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following occurs when an acid reacts with an active metal? a. The metal is oxidized. b. H+ is reduced. c. The metal is oxidized and H+ is reduced. d. None of these.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following occurs when an acid reacts with an active metal? a. The metal is reduced. b. The water is oxidized. c. The metal is reduced and the water is oxidized. d. None of these.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 8 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following represents the correct set of products formed when a metal oxide reacts with a strong acid? a. metallic ion + H2(g) b. soluble salt + H2O(l) c. solid metal + H2(g) d. solid metal + H2O(g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 93. Lime (CaO) is insoluble in water. Which of the following substances will it dissolve in? a. HCl(aq) b. NaOH(aq) c. Ca(OH)2(aq) d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following gases is produced when an acid reacts with an active metal? a. CO2(g) b. H(g) c. H2(g) d. H2O(g) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 95. Which of the following substances will react with an acid to produce a gas? a. Al(s) b. Na2CO3(aq) c. both Al(s) and Na2CO3(aq) d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 8 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 96. Which of the following substances will react with an acid to produce a gas? a. NaOH(aq) b. Na2CO3(aq) c. both NaOH(aq) and Na2CO3(aq) d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 97. Which of the following is the net ionic equation for the reaction of the strong acid HCl with the strong base NaOH? a. H3O+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + Na+(aq) + OH−(aq) → Na+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + 2H2O(l) b. HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) c. H3O+(aq) + OH−(aq) → 2H2O(l) d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 98. Which of the following is the net ionic equation for the reaction of magnesium oxide (MgO) with the strong acid HCl? a. 2HCl(aq) + MgO(s) → MgCl2(aq) + H2O(l) b. 2H3O+(aq) + MgO(s) → 3H2O(l) + Mg2+(aq) c. 2H3O+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + Mg2+(aq) + O2−(aq) → Mg2+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + 3H2O(l) d. 2OH−(aq) + Cl−(aq) + Mg2+(aq) → Mg2+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + O2−(aq) + H2O(l) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 99. Which of the following is the net ionic equation for the reaction of the strong acid HCl with the weak base NH3? a. H3O+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq) + Cl−(aq) + H2O(l) b. H3O+(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq) + H2O(l) c. HCl(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4Cl(aq) d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 8 100. Which of the following is the correct set of products formed when an acid reacts with a metal hydroxide? a. salt and water b. salt and carbon dioxide c. salt and hydrogen d. salt and carbon monoxide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 101. Which of the following is found in both baking soda and baking powder? a. NaHCO3(s) b. KH2PO4(s) c. both NaHCO3(s) and KH2PO4(s) d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 102. Which of the following is found in baking powder but not in baking soda? a. NaHCO3(s) b. KH2PO4(s) c. both NaHCO3(s) and KH2PO4(s) d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 103. Which of the following is formed when a strong acid reacts with methylamine, CH3NH2? a. CH3NH3 b. CH3NH3+ c. (CH3)2NH2+ d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 104. Which of the following is the correct set of products formed when a strong acid reacts with a bicarbonate? a. salt and water Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 8 b. carbon dioxide and water c. salt and hydrogen d. carbon dioxide and hydrogen ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 105. What type of reaction occurs in the stomach when an antacid is consumed to relieve heartburn caused by excess stomach acidity? a. double displacement b. neutralization c. precipitation d. redox ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 106. Which of the following is the correct expression for the Kw of water? a. [H3O+][OH−]/[H2O] b. [H2O]/[ H3O+][OH−] c. [H3O+][OH−]/[H2O]2 d. [H3O+][OH−] ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 107. Which of the following is the numerical value of the Kw of pure water at room temperature? a 1.0 × 10−14 b 1.0 × 10−7 c 1.0 × 107 d 1.0 × 1014 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 108. What is the concentration of hydronium ions in pure water at room temperature? a. 1.0 × 10−14 M b. 1.0 × 10−7 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 8 c. 1.0 × 107 M d. 1.0 × 1014 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 109. What is the concentration of hydroxide ions in pure water at room temperature? a. 1.0 × 10−14 M b. 1.0 × 10−7 M c. 1.0 × 107 M d. 1.0 × 1014 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 110. Which of the following is true of pure water? a. [H3O+] < [OH−] b. [H3O+] = [OH−] c. [H3O+] > [OH−] d. [H3O+][OH−] = 1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 111. In an aqueous solution, [H3O+] is 1.0 × 10−6 M. What is [OH−]? a. 1.0 × 10−9 M b. 1.0 × 10−8 M c. 1.0 × 10−6 M d. 1.0 × 108 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 112. In an aqueous solution, [H3O+] is 2.0 × 10−6 M. What is [OH−]? a. 5.0 × 10−9 M b. 1.0 × 10−7 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 8 c. 2.0 × 10− 6 M d. 1.0 × 108 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 113. In an aqueous solution, [OH−] is 1.0 × 10−6 M. What is [H+]? a. 1.0 × 10−9 M b. 1.0 × 10−8 M c. 1.0 × 10− 6 M d. 1.0 × 108 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 114. In an aqueous solution, [OH−] is 2.0 × 10−6 M. What is [H+]? a. 5.0 × 10−9 M b. 1.0 × 10−7 M c. 2.0 × 10−6 M d. 1.0 × 108 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.7 - ACIDIC AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF PURE WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 115. Which of the following is the formula used to calculate the pH of a solution? a. log[H3O+] b. log[H3O+] c. –log[H3O+] d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 116. Which of the following is the relationship between pH and pOH? a. pH × pOH = 14 b. pH/pOH = 14 c. pH + pOH = 14 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 8 d. pH – pOH = 14 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 117. Which of the following pH values corresponds to a highly acidic solution? a. 2.8 b. 6.8 c. 7.2 d. 11.2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 118. Which of the following pH values corresponds to a slightly acidic solution? a. 2.8 b. 6.8 c. 7.2 d. 11.2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 – pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 119. Which of the following pH values corresponds to a highly basic solution? a. 2.8 b. 6.8 c. 7.2 d. 11.2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 120. Which of the following pH values corresponds to a slightly basic solution? a. 2.8 b. 6.8 c. 7.2 d. 11.2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 8 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 121. A solution has a pH of 5.4. What is its pOH? a. –8.6 b. –5.4 c. 5.4 d. 8.6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 122. A solution has a pH of 7.4. What is its pOH? a. –6.6 b. –7.4 c. 7.4 d. 6.6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 123. A solution has a pOH of 5.4. What is its pH? 8.6 a. –8.6 b. –5.4 c. 5.4 d. 8.6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 124. A solution has a pOH of 7.4. What is its pH? a. –6.6 b. –7.4 c. 7.4 d. 6.6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 125. An ammonia solution has a pH of 8.30. What is its [H3O+]? a. 5.0 × 10−23 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 8 b. 2.0 × 10−6 M c. 5.0 × 10−9 M d. 2.0 × 108 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 126. A sodium hydroxide solution has a pH of 11.40. What is its [H3O+]? a. 4.0 × 10−26 M b. 4.0 × 10−12 M c. 2.5 × 10−3 M d. 2.5 × 1011 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 127. An HCl solution has a pH of 3.10. What is its [H3O+]? a. 7.9 × 10−18 M b. 1.3 × 10−11 M c. 7.9 × 10−4 M d. 1.3 × 103 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 128. An acetic acid solution has a pH of 5.80. What is its [H3O+]? a. 1.6 × 10−20 M b. 6.3 × 10−9 M c. 1.6 × 10−6 M d. 6.3 × 105 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 129. An ammonia solution has a pH of 8.30. What is its [OH−]? a. 5.0 × 10−23 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 8 b. 2.0 × 10−6 M c. 5.0 × 10−9 M d. 2.0 × 108 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 130. A sodium hydroxide solution has a pH of 11.40. What is its [OH−]? a. 4.0 × 10−26 M b. 4.0 × 10−12 M c. 2.5 × 10−3 M d. 2.5 × 1011 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 131. An HCl solution has a pH of 3.10. What is its [OH−]? a. 7.9 × 10−18 M b. 1.3 × 10−11 M c. 7.9 × 10 4 M d. 1.3 × 103 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 132. An acetic acid solution has a pH of 5.80. What is its [OH−]? a. 1.6 × 10−20 M b. 6.3 × 10−9 M c. 1.6 × 10− 6 M d. 6.3 × 105 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 133. Which of the following is not true of pH indicators? a. They all change color at pH = 7.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 8 b. Their colors are different in acidic solutions and in basic solutions. c. They can be papers that have been soaked in specific compounds. d. None of these, all the statements are true.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 134. Which of the following color changes can be observed when excess sodium hydroxide is added to acetic acid and phenolphthalein is used as an indicator? a. from colorless to pink b. from red to yellow c. from pink to colorless d. from yellow to red ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 135. Which of the following is true of the indicator methyl orange? a. It is orange in acidic solutions. b. It is orange in neutral solutions. c. It is orange in neutral solutions. d. It changes color from red to yellow.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 136. Which of the following body fluids is always basic? a. pancreatic fluid b. saliva c. urine d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 137. Which of the following is true of all titrations? a. They are acid–base reactions. b. The chemicals react in a 1:1 ratio. c. The reaction must be rapid and complete. d. All of these are true.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 8 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 138. Which of the following is true of the equivalence point of an acid–base titration?

It is the point where a pH indicator changes color. a. It is the point where equal volumes of the reactants have been used. b. It is the point where the acid and base have been added in proper stoichiometric amounts. c. It is the point where a pH indicator changes color. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 139. Which of the following is true of the end point of an acid–base titration? a. It is the point where equal volumes of acid and base have been used. b. It is the point where the acid and base have been added in proper stoichiometric amounts. c. It is the point where a pH indicator changes color. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 140. Which of the following situations is most desirable when carrying out a titration? a. The equivalence point is reached before the end point. b. The equivalence point corresponds to the end point. c. The equivalence point is reached after the end point. d. All of these are equally acceptable.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 141. Which of the following must be known while carrying out a titration? a. the concentrations of all the reactants b. the stoichiometric ratio of the reactants c. the concentrations of all the reactants and the stoichiometric ratio of the reactants d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 8 142. Which of the following must be known while carrying out a titration? a. the concentrations of all the reactants except one b. the stoichiometric ratio of the reactants c. the volumes of all the reactants d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 143. Which of the following is true of titrations? a. Titrations are used to determine the acidity of a solution. b. Titrations are used to determine the basicity of a solution. c. Titrations are used to determine the concentration of only acidic solutions. d. Titrations are used to determine the concentration of both acidic and basic solutions.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 144. Which of the following solutions will require the most NaOH in a titration experiment? a. 25 mL of 0.500 M HCOOH b. 25 mL of 0.500 M H2SO4 c. 25 mL of 0.500 M H3PO4 d. 25 mL of 0.500 M HCl ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 145. Which of the following can be observed when phenolphthalein is added to a sulfuric acid solution? a. The solution remains colorless. b. The solution turns pink. c. The solution turns blue. d. The solution turns green.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 146. Which of the following solutions will require the most NaOH in a titration experiment? a. 25 mL of 0.5 M HCl b. 25 mL of 0.5 M HCOOH c. 25 mL of 0.5 M HC2H3O2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 8 d. They all require the same amount.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 147. Which of the following solutions will require the most NaOH in a titration experiment? Assume complete neutralization. a. 25 mL of 0.500 M HC2H3O2 b. 25 mL of 0.250 M H2SO4 c. 25 mL of 0.167 M H3PO4 d. They all require the same amount.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 148. In a particular titration experiment, a 25.0-mL sample of an unknown monoprotic acid required 30.0 mL of 0.200 M NaOH for the end point to be reached. Which of the following can be determined from the information given here? a. the identity of the acid sample b. the pH of the acid sample c. the strength of the acid sample d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 149. In a particular titration experiment, a 25.0-mL sample of an unknown monoprotic acid required 30.0 mL of 0.200 M NaOH for the end point to be reached. What is the concentration of the acid? a. 0.120 M b. 0.167 M c. 0.240 M d. 0.333 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 150. In a particular titration experiment, a 25.0-mL sample of an unknown diprotic acid required 30.0 mL of 0.200 M NaOH for the end point to be reached. What is the concentration of the acid? a. 0.120 M b. 0.167 M c. 0.240 M d. 0.333 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

Chapter 8 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 151. In a particular titration experiment, a 30.0-mL sample of an unknown monoprotic acid required 25.0 mL of 0.200 M NaOH for the end point to be reached. What is the concentration of the acid? a. 0.120 M b. 0.167 M c. 0.240 M d. 0.333 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 152. Which of the following is true of pH? a. It is a measure of the acid and base concentration of a neutral solution. b. It is a measure of the acid concentration of a solution. c. It is a measure of the base concentration of a solution. d. It is a measure of the overall acidity or basicity of a solution.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 153. A student doing a titration of HNO3 with sodium hydroxide wants to use methyl orange as an indicator. Methyl orange changes color at pH = 3.7. Which of the following will be true of this experiment? a. The concentration of HNO3 reported will be too high. b. The concentration of HNO3 reported will be too low. c. The concentration of HNO3 will be reported correctly. d. The experiment cannot be done at all.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 154. A student doing a titration of HNO3 with sodium hydroxide wants to use Clayton yellow as an indicator. Clayton yellow changes color at pH = 12.7. Which of the following will be true of this experiment? a. The concentration of HNO3 reported will be too high. b. The concentration of HNO3 reported will be too low. c. The concentration of HNO3 will be reported correctly. d. The experiment cannot be done at all.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

Chapter 8 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.9 - USING TITRATIONS TO CALCULATE CONCENTRATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 155. What do buffers consist of? a. equal molar amounts of a weak acid and a salt of the weak acid b. equal amounts of a strong acid and a salt of the strong acid c. equal molar amounts of a strong base and a salt of the strong base d. equal amounts of a strong acid and a strong base ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 156. Which of the following is characteristic of a buffer? a. The pH will go down significantly when H3O+ is added to a buffer. b. The pH will go down very slightly when H3O+ is added to a buffer. c. The pH will go up significantly when H3O+ is added to a buffer. d. The pH will go up very slightly when H3O+ is added to a buffer.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 157. Which of the following is characteristic of a buffer? a. The pH will go down significantly when OH− is added to a buffer. b. The pH will go down very slightly when OH− is added to a buffer. c. The pH will go up significantly when OH− is added to a buffer. d. The pH will go up very slightly when OH− is added to a buffer.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 158. Which of the following solutions can function as a buffer? a. a solution containing HCl and NaCl b. a solution containing NaOH and NaCl c. a solution containing HC2H3O2 and NaC2H3O2 d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

Chapter 8 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 159. Which of the following solutions can function as a buffer? a. a solution containing HCl and NaCl b. a solution containing NaOH and NaCl c. a solution containing H2SO4 and NaHSO4 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 160. Which of the following solutions can function as a buffer? a. a solution containing HC2H3O2 and NaC2H3O2 b. a solution containing H2CO3 and NaHCO3 c. a solution containing NH3 and NH4Cl d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 161. Which of the following solutions can function as a buffer? a. a solution containing HCl and NaCl b. a solution containing NaOH and NaCl c. a solution containing NH3 and NH4Cl d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 162. Which of the following is always true of a buffer prepared using equal concentrations of an acid and its conjugate base? a. pH = 7 b. pH = pKa c. pH > 7 d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

Chapter 8 163. Which of the following is true of a buffer solution prepared by mixing equal concentrations of an acid and its conjugate base? a. The buffer capacity depends on the concentration of the acid and the base. b. The pH of the solution is equal to the pKa of the conjugate base. c. The buffer capacity depends on the concentration of the acid and the base, and the pH of the solution is equal to the pKa of the conjugate base. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 164. Which of the following will determine the pH of a buffer made using acetic acid and sodium acetate? a. the amount of water present b. the amount of C2H3O2− present c. the amount of HC2H3O2 produced d. the ratio of [C2H3O2−]/[HC2H3O2] ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 165. Which of the following must be increased in order to decrease the pH of a buffer made using acetic acid and sodium acetate? a. the amount of water present b. [C2H3O2−] c. [HC2H3O2] d. the ratio of [C2H3O2−]/[HC2H3O2] ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 166. Which of the following must be increased in order to increase the pH of a buffer made using acetic acid and sodium acetate? a. the amount of water present b. [C2H3O2−] c. [HC2H3O2] d. both [C2H3O2−] and [HC2H3O2] ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

Chapter 8 167. Which of the following buffers will have the best buffer capacity? a. a solution containing 0.2 M HC2H3O2 and 0.2 M NaC2H3O2 b. a solution containing 0.2 M HC2H3O2 and 0.2 M NaC2H3O2 c. a solution containing 0.2 M HC2H3O2 and 0.2 M NaC2H3O2 d. They all have the same buffer capacity.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 168. Which of the following must be increased in order to decrease the buffer capacity of a buffer made using acetic acid and sodium acetate? a. the amount of water present b. [C2H3O2−] c. [HC2H3O2] d. the ratio of [C2H3O2−]/[HC2H3O2] ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 169. Which of the following buffers is present in human blood? a. H2CO3/HCO3− b. H2PO4−/HPO42− c. both H2CO3/HCO3- and H2PO 4-/HPO 42d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 170. Which of the following buffers is present in human blood? a. HC2H3O2/C2H3O2− b. H2PO4−/HPO42− c. both HC2H3O2/C2H3O2- and H2PO4-/HPO42d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

Chapter 8 171. Which of the following buffers is present in human blood? a. H2CO3/HCO3− b. HC2H3O2/C2H3O2− c. both H2CO3/HCO3- and HC2H3O2/C 2H 3O 2d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 172. Which of the following species is present in the most important buffering system of human blood? a. CH3COO− b. HCO − 3

c. H2PO4− d. HPO42− ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 173. Which of the following appears in the numerator of the fractional term of the Henderson–Hasselbalch equation? a. the weight of the conjugate base b. the weight of the weak acid c. the concentration of the conjugate base d. the concentration of the weak acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 174. Which of the following appears in the denominator of the fractional term of the Henderson–Hasselbalch equation? a. the weight of the conjugate base b. the weight of the weak acid c. the concentration of the conjugate base d. the concentration of the weak acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 175. Which of the following buffers will have the lowest pH? a. A solution containing 0.10 M HC2H3O2 and 0.10 M NaC2H3O2 will have the lowest pH. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 42

Chapter 8 b. A solution containing 0.20 M HC2H3O2 and 0.20 M NaC2H3O2 will have the lowest pH. c. A solution containing 0.30 M HC2H3O2 and 0.30 M NaC2H3O2 will have the lowest pH. d. They all will have the same pH. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 176. Which of the following buffers will have the lowest pH? a. A solution containing 0.20 M HC2H3O2 and 0.20 M NaC2H3O2 will have the lowest pH. b. A solution containing 0.25 M HC2H3O2 and 0.15 M NaC2H3O2 will have the lowest pH. c. A solution containing 0.15 M HC2H3O2 and 0.25 M NaC2H3O2 will have the lowest pH. d. They all will have the same pH. ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 177. Which of the following buffers will have the highest pH? a. A solution containing 0.20 M HC2H3O2 and 0.20 M NaC2H3O2 will have the highest pH. b. A solution containing 0.25 M HC2H3O2 and 0.15 M NaC2H3O2 will have the highest pH. c. A solution containing 0.15 M HC2H3O2 and 0.25 M NaC2H3O2 will have the highest pH. d. They all will have the same pH. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 178. The pKa of acetic acid (HC2H3O2) is 4.75. What is the pH of a buffer in which [HC2H3O2] = 0.20 M and [NaC2H3O2] = 2.0 M? a. 3.75 b. 4.75 c. 5.75 d. 7.00 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 179. The pKa of acetic acid (HC2H3O2) is 4.75. What is the pH of a buffer in which [HC2H3O2] = 2.0 M and [NaC2H3O2] = 0.20 M? a. 3.75 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 43

Chapter 8 b. 4.75 c. 5.75 d. 7.00 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 180. The pKa of lactic acid is 3.86. What is the pH of a buffer in which the lactic acid concentration is 0.20 M and the sodium lactate concentration is 2.0 M? a. 2.86 b. 3.86 c. 4.86 d. 7.00 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 181. The pKa of lactic acid is 3.86. What is the pH of a buffer in which the lactic acid concentration is 2.0 M and the sodium lactate concentration is 0.50 M? a. 2.86 b. 3.26 c. 4.46 d. 4.86 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 182. Which of the following is a cause of respiratory acidosis? a. a poor diet b. hyperventilation c. hypoventilation d. intense exercise ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 183. Which of the following acids is associated with metabolic acidosis? a. citric acid b. formic acid c. lactic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 44

Chapter 8 d. phosphoric acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 184. Which of the following is a cause of alkalosis? a. a poor diet b. hyperventilation c. hypoventilation d. intense exercise ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 185. Why is inducing alkalosis just before a race advantageous to a sprinter? a. It increases the respiratory rate. b. It strengthens the leg muscles. c. The sprinter can neutralize more lactic acid. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.11 - CALCULATING THE pH OF A BUFFER KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 186. What is a shortcoming of the original buffers made from simple weak acids and bases? a. Their pH sometimes changes too much as the temperature changes. b. Their pH sometimes changes too much upon dilution. c. They often permeate cells in solution and change cell chemistry. d. All of these are true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.12 - TRIS, HEPES, AND OTHER BIOCHEMICAL BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 187. Which of the following is present in buffers that do not readily permeate cell membranes? a. only anions b. only cations c. only neutral molecules d. zwitterions ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.12 - TRIS, HEPES, AND OTHER BIOCHEMICAL BUFFERS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 45

Chapter 8 KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 188. Which of the following is true about buffers such as HEPES, TRIS, and MOPS? a. The Henderson–Hasselbalch equation applies to them. b. They consist of simple weak acids and bases. c. They are less resistant to changes in temperature than are other buffers. d. We can use them interchangeably because they all have the same pKa. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.12 - TRIS, HEPES, AND OTHER BIOCHEMICAL BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 189. The pKa of HEPES is 7.55. What is the pH of a buffer prepared by mixing 200.0 mL of 0.20 M HEPES in its acid form with 100.0 mL of 0.20 M HEPES in its basic form? a. 6.55 b. 7.25 c. 7.85 d. 8.55 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.12 - TRIS, HEPES, AND OTHER BIOCHEMICAL BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 190. Examine the activity series given below.

Where are the strongest reducing agents located in the given activity series? a. They are located near the top of the series. b. They are located near the middle of the series. c. They are located near the bottom of the series. d. The strength of a reducing agent depends on the substance being reduced.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 46

Chapter 8 191. Examine the activity series given below.

Which of the following elements would be the least likely to release hydrogen gas (H2) upon reaction with water or acid? a. Ag b. Ni c. Al d. Mg ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 192. Examine the activity series given below.

What are the products of the following reaction based on the given activity series?

Cu(s) + 2H+(aq) → a. Cu2+ is the only product. b. H2 is the only product. c. H3O+ is the only product. d. Both Cu2+ and H2 are the products. e. No reaction occurs in this case.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 47

Chapter 8 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.6 - PROPERTIES OF ACIDS AND BASES KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 193. Examine the following image.

Which of the following substances might be present in the beaker? a. 0.10 M HCl b 0.10 M NH3 c. 0.10 M KOH d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 194. Examine the following image.

How would the solution in the beaker be classified? a. basic b. acidic c. neutral ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 195. Examine the following image.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 48

Chapter 8

Which of the following pH values would be about 100 times more acidic than the pH shown in the image? a. 2.33 b. 6.33 c. 0.33 d. 4.43 e. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.8 - pH AND pOH KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 196. Examine the following image. Assume the solution in the beaker is a buffer solution.

What will be the pH of the resulting solution when 0.01 mol of NaOH is added to this solution? a. 2.13 b. 6.14 c. 4.23 d. 4.43 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 197. Examine the following image. Assume the solution in the beaker is a buffer solution.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 49

Chapter 8

What will be the pH of the resulting solution when 0.01 mol of HCl is added to this solution? a. 2.13 b. 6.14 c. 4.23 d. 4.43 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY 198. Examine the following image. Assume the solution in the beaker is a buffer solution.

What is the pOH of the solution in the beaker? a. 9.67 b. 14.00 c 2.13 × 10−10 d 4.68 × 10−5 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 8.10 - BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 50

Chapter 9 1. Who among the following scientists discovered radioactivity? a. H. Becquerel b. M. Curie c. A. Einstein d. E. Rutherford ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.1 - DISCOVERY OF RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Identify the product formed by the beta decay of

.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 3. In which of the following elements was radioactivity first observed? a. sodium b. radium c. radon d. uranium ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.1 - DISCOVERY OF RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Who among the following scientists discovered X-rays? a. H. Becquerel b. M. Curie c. A. Einstein d. W. Roentgen ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.1 - DISCOVERY OF RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. In which year was Becquerel awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics along with Pierre Curie and Marie Curie? a. 1910 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 9 b. 1905 c. 1900 d. 1903 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.1 - DISCOVERY OF RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 6. Which of the following Greek letters is not commonly applied to a form of radioactivity? a. α b. β c. γ d. δ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following forms of radiation consists of positively charged particles? a. α b. β c. γ d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 8. Which of the following forms of radiation consists of negatively charged particles? a. α b. β c. γ d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following forms of radiation is electrically neutral? a. α b. β c. γ d. none of these ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following is a form of electromagnetic radiation? a. α b. β c. γ d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 11. Which of the following forms of radiation consists of a hydrogen nucleus? a. α b. β c. γ d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following rays consist of helium nuclei? a. α rays b. β rays c. γ rays d. β+ rays ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 13. Which of the following rays have the heaviest particles? a. α rays b. β rays c. γ rays d. β+ rays ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 9 14. Which of the following rays are the least penetrating? a. α rays b. β rays c. γ rays d. β+ rays ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. Which of the following rays are the most penetrating? a. α rays b. β rays c. γ rays d. β+ rays ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. What is the speed of light? a. 3.0 × 108 cm/hour b. 3.0 × 108 m/s c. 3.0 × 108 mm/s d. 3.0 × 108 mm/hour ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following equations represents the relationship between the wavelength (λ) and frequency (v) of electromagnetic radiation? a. λ = cν b. λ = c/ν c. λ = ν/c d. λ = 1/cν ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following equations represents the relationship between the wavelength (λ) and frequency (ν) of electromagnetic radiation?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 9 a. ν =cλ b. ν =λ/c c. ν =c/λ d. ν =1/cλ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. Which of the following is the correct order of the frequencies of the electromagnetic spectrum? a. radio > infrared > ultraviolet b. radio > ultraviolet > infrared c. ultraviolet > infrared > radio d. ultraviolet > radio > infrared ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Identify the charge carried by beta (β) particles. a. 0 b. +2 c. -1 d. -3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following is the correct order of the wavelengths of the electromagnetic spectrum? a. radio > infrared > ultraviolet b. radio > ultraviolet > infrared c. ultraviolet > infrared > radio d. ultraviolet > radio > infrared ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following statements is true of electromagnetic radiation? a. All electromagnetic radiations have equal energy. b. As the frequency of radiation increases, the energy of the radiation decreases. c. As the frequency of radiation increases, the energy of the radiation increases. d. None of these statements are true.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 9 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following statements is true of electromagnetic radiation? a. All electromagnetic radiations have equal energy. b. As the wavelength of radiation increases, the energy of the radiation decreases. c. As the wavelength of radiation increases, the energy of the radiation increases. d. None of these statements are true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following terms refers to a packet of electromagnetic radiation? a. proton b. electron c. neutron d. photon ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Which part of the atom is radioactivity associated with? a. the core electrons b. the entire atom c. the nucleus d. the valence electrons ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. Which of the following hydrogen isotopes is radioactive? a. b. c. d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 9 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following Greek letters is used to represent wavelength? a. ν b. θ c. γ d. λ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which of the following Greek letters is used to represent frequency? a. δ b. γ c. ν d. λ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Which statement is true of the wavelength of an electromagnetic radiation? a. It refers to the number of wave crests that pass a given point in one second. b. It is directly proportional to the frequency of the electromagnetic radiation. c. It is directly proportional to the speed of light in vacuum. d. It refers to the distance between two successive wave crests in an electromagnetic radiation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which statement is true of the frequency of an electromagnetic radiation? a. It is directly proportional to the speed of light in vacuum. b. It refers to the distance between two successive wave crests in an electromagnetic radiation. c. It refers to the number of wave crests that pass a given point in one second. d. The lower the frequency of a wave, the shorter the wavelength.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. Which of the following is a non-SI unit of energy that is frequently used in nuclear chemistry? a. the joule b. the electron volt Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 9 c. the kilogram d. the ampere ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.2 - DEFINING RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following statements is true of artificially created isotopes? a. All artificially created isotopes are stable. b. All artificially created isotopes are unstable. c. Most artificially created isotopes are stable. d. Most artificially created isotopes are unstable.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following symbols represents a positron? a. β− b. c. β+ d. λ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following radioactive emissions leads to transmutation in radioactive isotopes? a. α emission b. γ emission c. both a emission and y emission d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following radioactive emissions leads to transmutation in radioactive isotopes? a. β emission b. γ emission c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 36. Which of the following radioactive emissions does not lead to transmutation in radioactive isotopes? a. α emission b. β emission c. γ emission d. None of these radioactive emissions lead to transmutation in radioactive isotopes.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 37. What happens to the atomic number of an element when an α particle is emitted from its nucleus? a. The atomic number increases. b. The atomic number decreases. c. The atomic number does not change.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 38. What happens to the mass number of an element when an α particle is emitted from its nucleus? a. The mass number increases. b. The mass number decreases. c. The mass number does not change.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Identify the product formed when a.

emits a β particle.

b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 9 40. Identify the product formed when

emits a β particle.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 41. Tritium

is a β emitter. Identify the product formed when

emits a β particle.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 42. Identify the product formed when phosphorus-32 undergoes beta decay. a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 43. Identify the symbol used to represent a positron. a. b. c. d.

ANSWER:

d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. A radioisotope with atomic number Z emits an α particle. Identify the atomic number of the radioisotope formed by the α emission. a. Z − 2 b. Z + 4 c. Z − 4 d. Z + 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. A radioisotope with mass number A emits an α particle. Identify the mass number of the radioisotope formed by the α emission. a. A − 4 b. A − 2 c. A d. A + 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 46. Polonium-210 is an α emitter. Identify the element formed when

emits an α particle.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 47. Thorium-223 is an α emitter. Identify the element formed when

emits an α particle?

a. b. c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 9 d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. A radioisotope with atomic number Z emits a positron. Identify the atomic number of the radioisotope formed by the positron emission. a. Z − 2 b. Z − 1 c. Z + 1 d. Z + 2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. A radioisotope with mass number A emits a positron. Identify the mass number of the radioisotope formed by the positron emission. a. A − 2 b. A − 1 c. A d. A + 1 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. Arsenic-74 is a positron emitter. Identify the element formed when a.

emits a positron.

b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 51. Which of the following radioisotopes is formed when

emits a positron?

a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 9 b. c. d.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 52. Which of the following isotopes undergoes positron decay to form 24Cr? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 53. Identify the element formed when

emits γ radiation.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. Identify the element formed when a.

emits γ radiation.

b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 9 55. A radioisotope with atomic number Z undergoes electron capture. Identify the atomic number of the radioisotope formed by the electron capture. a. Z − 2 b. Z − 1 c. Z + 1 d. Z + 2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Identify the element formed when

decays by electron capture.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 57. Identify the element formed when a.

decays by electron capture.

b. c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 58. Identify the element formed when

decays by electron capture.

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER:

b

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 59. Identify the element formed when carbon undergoes beta decay. a. sodium b. oxygen c. argon d. nitrogen ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 60. Which of the following affects the half-life of a radioactive sample? a. the age of the sample b. the size of the sample c. the temperature of the sample d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Identify the percentage of a radioactive sample that remains after four half-lives. a. 25.0% b. 12.5% c. 6.25% d. 3.13% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Identify the percentage of a radioactive sample that remains after five half-lives. a. 6.25% b. 3.13% c. 1.56% d. 0.781% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 9 63. Barium-122 has a half-life of 2 minutes. If 10.0 g of Ba-122 is produced in a nuclear reactor, identify the quantity of Ba-122 that will remain 10 minutes after production ceases. a. 2.50 g b. 1.25 g c. 0.625 g d. 0.313 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 64. Which of the following is true of a radioisotope undergoing beta emission? a. Its mass number decreases by four units, and its atomic number decreases by two units. b. Its mass number decreases by one unit, but the atomic number remains the same. c. Its mass number remains the same, but its atomic number decreases by one unit. d. Its mass number remains the same, but its atomic number increases by one unit.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Krypton-85 has a half-life of 10 years. Identify the percentage of Kr-85 produced from the Chernobyl accident in 1986 that still remains radioactive in 2010. a. 25 % b. 12 % c. 6 % d. 3 % ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. The half-life of iodine-131 is 8 days. If a medical treatment involves a dose of 100. mg of iodine-131, how much of the isotope remains after 16 days? a. 12.5 mg b. 25 mg c. 50.5 mg d. 75 mg ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. The half-life of iodine-131 is 8 days. If a medical treatment involves a dose of 400 mg of iodine-131, how much of the isotope remains after 32 days?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 9 a. 200 mg b. 100 mg c. 50 mg d. 25 mg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. Strontium-90 is a dangerous isotope because strontium is chemically similar to calcium and is easily incorporated into bones. Sr-90 has a half-life of 28.1 years. If a person ingests 100 mg of Sr-90, identify the amount that is left in the person’s body after 56.2 years. a. 75.5 mg b. 50 mg c. 25 mg d. 12.5 mg ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. Which of the following particles is emitted during alpha decay? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 70. Which of the following statements is true of a radioisotope that undergoes electron capture? a. Its mass number decreases by four units, and its atomic number decreases by two units. b. Its mass number remains the same, but its atomic number increases by one unit. c. Its mass number remains the same, but its atomic number decreases by one unit. d. Its mass number and atomic number remain the same, and only its energy changes.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. Which of the following statements is true of a radioisotope undergoing electron capture? a. A neutron is converted to a proton and an electron.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 9 b. The radioisotope does not undergo transmutation and only the energy changes. c. An electron reacts with a proton to form a neutron. d. An electron is absorbed into the nucleus, and an alpha particle is emitted from the radioisotope.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.3 - NUCLEUS AND RADIOACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following isotopes can be used by geologists to date rocks? a. C-14 b. I-131 c. Sr-90 d. U-238 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. What particle is emitted from an element when it undergoes beta decay? a. γ b. c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which property of a radioactive element is exploited to detect radioactivity? a. its charge b. its ionizing ability c. its mass d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 75. Which type of radiation emitted by C-14 has a half-life of 5730 years? a. beta radiation b. alpha radiation c. gamma radiation d. positron radiation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 9 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. Which of the following physical measurements helps characterize ionizing radiation? a. the energy of emitted particles b. the intensity of ionizing radiation c. the energy of emitted particles and the intensity of ionizing radiation d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. Identify a radiation detector that contains a gas. a. a Geiger-Müller counter b. a scintillation counter c. both a Geiger-Muller counter and a scintillation counter d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. Identify a radiation detector that contains a phosphor. a. a Geiger-Müller counter b. a proportional counter c. a scintillation counter d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Which of the following is the SI unit of radiation activity? a. the becquerel b. the curie c. the millicurie d. the roentgen ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 9 80. Which of the following correctly relates the becquerel to the curie? a. 3.7 × 1010 Bq = 1 Ci b. 3.7 × 107 Bq = 1 Ci c. 2.7 × 10-8 Bq = 1 Ci d. 2.7 × 10-11 Bq = 1 Ci ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 81. What is the half-life of uranium-238? a. 3.8 days b. 2.8 minutes c. 4 × 109 years d. 28.1 years ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 82. A radioactive isotope in a 9.0-mL vial has an intensity of 300 mCi. How much of the liquid should be injected into a patient to deliver a dose of 50 mCi? a. 0.9 mL b. 1.5 mL c. 3.0 mL d. 4.5 mL ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 83. If the intensity of radiation at a distance of 1.0 m from a source is 300 mCi, then what is the intensity of the radiation at a distance of 3.0 m from the source? a. 100. mCi b. 33 mCi c. 9.0 × 102 mCi d. 2.7 Ci ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 84. If the intensity of radiation at a distance of 3.0 cm from a source is 300 mCi, then what is the intensity at a distance of 1.0 cm from the source?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 9 a. 10. mCi b. 33 mCi c. 9.0 × 102 mCi d. 2.7 Ci ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 85. A radiation detector that is located 2.0 m from a radiation source indicates a radiation intensity of 100 mCi. What would the radiation intensity be if the detector was 4.0 m from the source? a. 25 mCi b. 50. mCi c. 2.0 × 102 mCi d. 4.0 × 102 mCi ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. A radiation detector located 2.0 m from a radiation source indicates a radiation intensity of 100 mCi. Identify the radiation intensity if the detector is placed at a distance of 1.0 m from the source. a. 25 mCi b. 50 mCi c. 200 mCi d. 400 mCi ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. Which of the following properties of radiation affects its penetrating power? a. energy b. mass c. both energy and mass d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. Why is the radioisotope I-131 useful in medical imaging or therapy? a. It helps visualize the areas of the brain involved in visual processing. b. It is preferentially taken up by the thyroid gland.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 9 c. It emits alpha radiation. d. It emits positron radiation.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following gives the correct order of the penetrating power of radiation? a. α > β > γ b. β > α > γ c. β > γ > α d. γ > β > α ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following types of radiation can be stopped by ordinary clothing? a. α b. β c. γ d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following types of radiation can completely pass through the body? a. α b. β c. γ d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which material is most commonly used to shield ourselves from radioactive materials? a. glass b. iron c. lead d. paper ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 9 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. When alpha, beta, and gamma radiations interact with matter, are knocked out, forming positively charged ions. a. protons b. neutrons c. electrons d. positrons ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following units measures the energy delivered by a radiation source? a. the curie b. the rad c. the roentgen d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. One becquerel equals a 3.7 × 10-4

dps.

b. 2 c. 1 d 3.7 × 1010 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Which unit is a measure of the radiation absorbed by body tissues from a radiation dose? a. the curie b. the rad c. the roentgen d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. Which unit is a measure of the effect of radiation when a person absorbs 1 roentgen?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 9 a. the curie b. the rad c. the rem d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Which SI unit is used to measure the radiation absorbed by body tissues from a radiation dose? a. the curie b. the gray c. the roentgen d. all of them ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 99. Which of the following is the correct relationship between the units rad and gray? a. 1 Gy = 100 rad b. 1 Gy = 1000 rad c. 1 Gy = 0.01 rad d. 1 Gy = 0.001 rad ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. Which of the following is the correct relationship between the units rad and the gray? a. 1 rad = 100 Gy b. 1 rad = 1000 Gy c. 1 rad = 0.01 Gy d. 1 rad = 0.001 Gy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 101. Which of the following has the highest absorbed dose of "soft'' radiations such as X-rays? a. bone b. muscle c. muscle d. They all have the same absorbed dose.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 9 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 102. For high energy photons, which of these have the lowest absorption? a. bone b. muscle c. water d. None, they all have the same absorption.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 103. Exposure to 1.0 roentgen of which of the following types of radiation causes the formation of the most ions? a. α b. β c. γ d. They all form the same number of ions.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 104. Which of the following is the most dangerous form of radiation? a. α b. β c. γ d. They are all equally dangerous.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 105. Which of the following is a measure of the effect of radiation on biological material? a. the curie b. the gray c. the rad d. the sievert ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 9 106. Absorption of 1.0 rad of which of the following types of radiation will result in the greatest tissue damage? a. α b. β c. λ d. None, they all result in the same amount of damage.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 107. Which of the following conversion factors relates the rem to the sievert? a. 1 rem = 100 Sv b. 1 rem = 1000 Sv c. 1 rem = 0.01 Sv d. 1 rem = 0.001 Sv ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 108. Which of the following conversion factors relates the rem to the sievert? a. 1 Sv = 100 rem b. 1 Sv = 1000 rem c. 1 Sv = 0.01 rem d. 1 Sv = 0.001 rem ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 109. A single whole-body exposure to what dose of radiation will almost invariably lead to a person’s death in a relatively short time? a. 25 rem b. 100 rem c. 300 rem d. 600 rem ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. Which of the following is most easily damaged by exposure to radiation? a. bacteria b. human tissue c. viruses Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 9 d. They are all equally easily damaged.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 111. Which of the following is most resistant to damage by exposure to radiation? a. bacteria b. human tissue c. viruses d. They are all equally easily damaged.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. Which of the following units is equal to 3.7 × 104 dps? a. 1 Ci b. 1 mCi c. 1 Bq d. 1 µCi ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 113. One roentgen is the amount of radiation that produces ions having an energy of a. 2.58 × 10−4 C/kg

.

b. 1 × 10−3 rem c. 3.7 × 104 dps d. 100 rad ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. From which of the following sources do humans receive the most radiation exposure? a. artificial radiation sources b. atmospheric radon c. cosmic rays d. nuclear power plants ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 9 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 115. Which of the following radioisotopes is used to monitor thyroid function? a. C-14 b. H-3 c. I-131 d. P-32 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Which of the following radioisotopes is used to deliver radiation to cancer cells in the body? a. C-14 b. Co-60 c. I-131 d. P-32 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Identify a diagnostic technique that uses radiation from a radioisotope. a. CT b. MRI c. PET d. ultrasound ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. Which of the following radioisotopes is used in PET scans? a. H-3 b. C-11 c. C-14 d. P-32 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following radioisotopes is used in PET scans? a. C-14 b. F-18 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 9 c. H-3 d. P-32 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. Which of the following radioisotopes is used to scan for bone diseases? a. C-14 b. F-18 c. Sr-81 d. I-131 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 121. Which isotope of carbon is frequently incorporated into drugs during the drug testing phase? a. C-11 b. C-12 c. C-13 d. C-14 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. Which of the following radioisotopes, which is an α emitter, is implanted in the prostate as seeds to treat prostate cancer? a. C-14 b. Co-60 c. I-125 d. P-32 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. Which of the following radioisotopes, an α emitter used in the treatment of prostate cancer, is delivered using a monoclonal antibody? a. Ac-225 b. Co-60 c. I-125 d. P-32 ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Which of the following elements is usually studied for medical imaging by MRI scans? a. carbon b. hydrogen c. cobalt d. oxygen ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 125. Which free radical is formed in tissues by the interaction of water with high-energy radiation? a. hydronium b. hydroxide c. hydrogen d. hydroxyl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 126. What is the SI unit associated with the rad? a. the sievert (Sv) b. the coulomb (C) c. the gray (Gy) d. the becquerel (Bq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.6 - RADIATION DOSIMETRY AND HUMAN HEALTH KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 127. Which of the following elements is used as fuel in a nuclear fusion reaction? a. helium b. hydrogen c. iron d. uranium ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 128. Which of the following statements is true of nuclear fusion?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 9 a. The mass of the products is greater than the mass of the reactants, and energy is absorbed. b. The mass of the products is greater than the mass of the reactants, and energy is released. c. The mass of the products is less than the mass of the reactants, and energy is absorbed. d. The mass of the products is less than the mass of the reactants, and energy is released.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 129. Which of the following equations correctly describes the relationship between mass and energy when mass is converted to energy? a. E = mc b. E = 2mc c. E = 2mc2 d. E = mc2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 130. Which of the following is true of transuranium elements? a. Some of these elements are stable, while the other elements are unstable. b. They are all stable. c. They are all unstable but have long half-lives. d. They are all unstable, and most have short half-lives.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 131. When is bombarded with produced by this reaction. a.

a new element and six neutrons are produced. Identify the new element

b. c. d.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 9 132. When is bombarded with element is produced by this reaction? a.

a new element and four neutrons are produced. What isotope of the new

b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 133. Which of the following elements was named after Glenn Seaborg? a. element 100 b. element 106 c. element 108 d. element 110 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.8 - NUCLEAR FUSION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 134. Which of the following occurs during an uncontrolled fission chain reaction? a. A heavy nucleus is broken into smaller nuclei. b. More neutrons are produced than are consumed. c. A heavy nucleus is broken into smaller nuclei and more neutrons are produced than are consumed. d. None of these.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 135. Which of the following processes is observed when uranium-235 is bombarded with a neutron? a. nuclear fission b. positron emission c. nuclear fusion d. electron capture ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 9 136. Which of the following statements is true of nuclear fission? a. The mass of the products is greater than the mass of the reactants, and energy is absorbed. b. The mass of the products is greater than the mass of the reactants, and energy is released. c. The mass of the products is less than the mass of the reactants, and energy is absorbed. d. The mass of the products is less than the mass of the reactants, and energy is released.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 137. Which of the following elements is not likely to be produced by nuclear fission? a. Ba b. H c. Kr d. Sr ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 138. Why is boron used in nuclear reactors? a. Boron absorbs neutrons to help control the rate of reaction. b. Boron is the fissionable fuel used in nuclear power plants. c. Boron isotopes provide neutrons for bombarding the fissionable material. d. None of these is correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 139. Boron-10 can absorb neutrons and is therefore used in control rods for nuclear reactors. After B-10 absorbs a neutron, it emits an α particle. Which isotope is produced as a result of neutron absorption followed by α emission? a. B-11 b. Be-7 c. C-11 d. Li-7 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 140. Which of the following is true of nuclear fission reactions? a. Boron control rods help absorb excess uranium-235 produced during the fission reaction. b. The energy produced by fission reactions is used to generate electricity. c. Nuclear fission involves the controlled combination of two large nuclei with the absorption of energy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 9 d. Each nuclear fission reaction generates six neutrons.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 141. Approximately what percentage of the electricity produced in the United States comes from nuclear energy? a. 5% b. 20% c. 35% d. 55% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 142. At which of the following sites did a fission reactor accident occur? a. Hanford b. Indian Point c. Oak Ridge d. Three Mile Island ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 143. Nuclear wastes are stored both at the sites of power plants and at special facilities maintained by the Department of Energy. What is the approximate amount of waste stored on site at power plants? a. 500 metric tons b. 5000 metric tons c. 50,000 metric tons d. 500,000 metric tons ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 144. According to the text, the U.S. federal government has given its approval for a new nuclear waste storage site. In which state will this storage site be located? a. Arizona b. Montana c. Nevada d. Wyoming ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 9 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 145. Which of the following is a long-term problem associated with properly functioning nuclear reactors? a. the danger of nuclear meltdown b. radioactive fallout c. storage of radioactive fission products d. thermal pollution ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 146. Examine the following graph for a particular isotope.

What is the half-life of this isotope? a. 8 days b. 16 days c. 24 days d. 32 days ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 147. Examine the following graph for a particular isotope.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 9

After 24 days, approximately how much of the sample is left? a. 5 g b. 2.5 g c. 1.25 g d. 0.313 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 148. Examine the following graph for a particular isotope.

A change in which of the following conditions would change the shape of this curve? a. amount of sample b. temperature c. pressure d. None of these conditions affect the shape of the curve.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.4 - NUCLEAR HALF-LIFE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 149. Which of the following is true of MRI imaging?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

Chapter 9 a. It is based on the property that certain isotopes, when injected into the body, emit positrons that can be detected in the body. b. Diseased and damaged tissues often yield the same image as healthy tissues. c. Cells exposed to radiations from MRIs often develop harmful mutations. d. It is based on the absorption of energy when certain nuclei are excited by a strong magnetic field. e. It involves ingesting a radioactive isotope and measuring the radiation intensity emitted by different regions in the body.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.7 - NUCLEAR MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 150. Examine the following figure.

Which line represents an alpha particle? a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 151. Examine the following figure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

Chapter 9 Line A B C

Can Penetrate Paper Yes Yes Yes

Can Penetrate 0.5-cm Lead No Yes Yes

Can Penetrate 10-cm Lead No No Yes

An isotope of technetium used in nuclear medicine undergoes the following reaction. Which line represents the type of radiation released during the reaction?

a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 152. Examine the following figure.

Line Can Penetrate Paper Can Penetrate 0.5-cm Lead Can Penetrate 10-cm Lead A Yes No No B Yes Yes No C Yes Yes Yes Which of the lines represents radiation with the largest energy range? a. A b. B c. C ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 153. Examine the following figure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

Chapter 9

Line A B C

Can Penetrate Paper Yes Yes Yes

Can Penetrate 0.5-cm Lead No Yes Yes

Can Penetrate 10-cm Lead No No Yes

Which line represents the type of radiation involved in PET scans using a. A b. B c. C d.

None of the lines since

is a positron emitter.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.5 - DETECTING AND MEASURING NUCLEAR RADIATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 154. Consider the following image.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

Chapter 9

Which of the following statements is true of the reaction represented in the sketch? a. It is a nuclear fission reaction. b. It is a chain reaction. c. It produces energy for generating electricity. d. All of these are true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 155. Consider the following image.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

Chapter 9

Which of the following is characteristic of the reaction shown in the image? a. It is an endothermic reaction. b. It is controlled by neutron absorption. c. It produces little or no waste. d. All of these characterize the reaction.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 9.9 - NUCLEAR FISSION AND ATOMIC ENERGY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

Chapter 10 1. Which element accounts for the largest percentage of the Earth's crust? a. iron b. nitrogen c. oxygen d. silicon ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following statements about organic chemistry is false? a. Organic chemistry involves the study of compounds that contain carbon. b. Organic compounds cannot be synthesized in the laboratory. c. The most common elements found in organic compounds are carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxygen. d. Organic and inorganic compounds obey different natural laws.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 3. How do inorganic compounds differ from organic compounds? a. Inorganic compounds form covalent bonds, whereas organic compounds form ionic bonds. b. Inorganic compounds are solids with low melting points, whereas organic compounds are solids with high melting points. c. Inorganic compounds are insoluble in water, whereas organic compounds are soluble in water. d. Inorganic compounds conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions, whereas organic compounds do not conduct electricity in their aqueous solutions.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following statements regarding urea is incorrect? a. Urea is an organic compound found in urine. b. Urea can be synthesized using inorganic compounds. c. Urea contains a carbonyl group attached to two amino groups. d. Urea is a protein made up of two amino acids.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following statements is generally true of most organic compounds? a. Bonding in organic compounds is almost entirely covalent in nature. b. Aqueous solutions of organic compounds do not conduct electricity.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 10 c. Bonding in organic compounds is almost entirely covalent in nature, and aqueous solutions of organic compounds do not conduct electricity. d. None of these.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of the following is a property of most organic compounds? a. Organic compounds are typically high-melting solids. b. All organic compounds are soluble in water. c. Organic compounds are typically high-melting solids and all organic compounds are soluble in water. d. None of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY? KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the following is true of organic compounds? a. Most organic compounds are gases, liquids, or low-melting solids. b. Approximately 5% of all known compounds are organic compounds. c. Most organic compounds are gases, liquids, or low-melting solids, and approximately 5% of all known compounds are organic compounds. d. None of these, ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 8. Which of the following chemicals in its pure natural form will have properties different from its pure synthetic form? a. ethanol b. Taxol c. vitamin C d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.2 - OBTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 9. A chemist has two pure samples of an organic compound, one of which is obtained from a natural source and one of which is synthesized in the laboratory. Which of the following properties can be used to identify the synthetic sample? a. boiling point b. formula weight c. solubility d. none of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 10 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.2 - OBTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following statements is true of organic compounds? a. Only naturally occurring compounds are considered organic compounds. b. Natural vitamin C has a higher boiling point than synthetic vitamin C. c. Valium, Zoloft, and Prozac are examples of naturally occurring organic compounds. d. Natural gas, petroleum, and coal are natural sources of organic compounds.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.2 - OBTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 11. Which of the following statements about Taxol is false? a. The bark of a single 100-year-old yew tree yields only about 1 gram of Taxol. b. Taxol is effective in treating certain ovarian and breast cancers. c. Synthetic Taxol and naturally obtained Taxol have the same properties. d. None of these statements are false.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.2 - OBTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following statements about Taxol is false? a. Taxol is extracted from the bark of the Pacific yew. b. Taxol and paclitaxel are two different but related anticancer drugs. c. Taxol has been successfully synthesized by chemists. d. Taxol inhibits cell division by preventing the disassembly of microtubules.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.2 - OBTAINING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 13. What is the valency of each carbon atom in an ethylene molecule? a. 5 b. 4 c. 8 d. 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 10 14. If the bond angles at a carbon atom are 109.5°, then how many groups are distributed around the carbon atom? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 15. If the bond angles at a carbon atom are 120°, then how many groups are distributed around the carbon atom? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 16. If the bond angles at a carbon atom are 180°, then how many groups are distributed around the carbon atom? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 17. In organic compounds, which of the following elements forms three covalent bonds and has one unshared pair of electrons? a. carbon b. hydrogen c. nitrogen d. oxygen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 18. In organic compounds, which of the following elements forms two covalent bonds and has two unshared pairs of electrons? a. carbon b. hydrogen Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 10 c. nitrogen d. oxygen ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 19. What is the bond angle at the carbon atom of a methane molecule? a. 180o b. 120o c. 109.5o d. 90o ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 20. The chemical formula of methylamine is CH3NH2. How many valence electrons are associated with a molecule of methylamine? a. 7 b. 8 c. 12 d. 14 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 21. The chemical formula of methylamine is CH3NH2. How many unshared electron pairs are associated with a molecule of methylamine? a. 1 b. 2 c. 8 d. 14 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 22. The chemical formula of methanol is CH3OH. How many unshared electron pairs are associated with a molecule of methanol? a. 1 b. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 10 c. 4 d. 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 23. The chemical formula of acetylene is C2H2. How many valence electrons are associated with a molecule of acetylene? a. 4 b. 5 c. 8 d. 10 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 24. The chemical formula of hydrogen cyanide is HCN. How many valence electrons are associated with a molecule of hydrogen cyanide? a. 4 b. 6 c. 10 d. 14 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 25. The chemical formula of hydrogen cyanide is HCN. How many unshared electrons are associated with a molecule of hydrogen cyanide? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 10 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.3 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 26. Which of the following functional groups does not contain a carbonyl group? a. ester b. alcohol c. aldehyde d. ketone ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 10 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following classes of organic compounds has a functional group consisting of an oxygen atom bonded to a hydrogen atom? a. alcohols b. aldehydes c. amines d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 28. Which of the following classes of organic compounds has a functional group consisting of an oxygen atom bonded to a hydrogen atom? a. aldehydes b. carboxylic acids c. ketones d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 29. Which of the following organic compounds must have at least two oxygen atoms in its functional groups? a. ethyl alcohol b. acetamide c. acetic acid d. acetone ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 30. Which of the following classes of organic compounds must have at least two oxygen atoms in its functional groups? a. carboxylic acids b. carboxylic esters c. carboxylic acids and esters d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 10 31. Which of the following organic compounds must have at least two oxygen atoms in its functional groups? a. carboxylic esters b. ketones c. carboxylic esters and ketones d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 32. Which of the following bonds links different amino acids in a protein? a. amide bond b. amine bond c. amido bond d. imine bond ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following atoms is connected to the carbonyl group of an amide? a. nitrogen b. oxygen c. sulphur d. hydrogen ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 34. Identify the correct statement about tertiary alcohols. a. The carbon bearing the hydroxyl group has three carbon atoms bonded to it. b. The carbon bearing the hydroxyl group has two carbon atoms bonded to it. c. The carbon bearing the hydroxyl group has four carbon atoms bonded to it. d. The carbon bearing the hydroxyl group has five carbon atoms bonded to it.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 35. What is the functional group present in a formaldehyde molecule? a. carbonyl b. carboxyl c. hydroxyl Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 10 d. amide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 36. What is the difference between the carbonyl carbons in acetaldehyde and acetone? a. The carbonyl carbon is bonded to two carbon atoms in acetaldehyde, whereas the carbonyl carbon is bonded to three carbon atoms in acetone. b. The carbonyl carbon is bonded to one carbon atom in acetaldehyde, whereas the carbonyl carbon is bonded to three carbon atoms in acetone. c. The carbonyl carbon is bonded to one carbon atom in acetaldehyde, whereas the carbonyl carbon is bonded to two carbon atoms in acetone. d. The carbonyl carbon is bonded to two carbon atoms in acetaldehyde, whereas the carbonyl carbon is bonded to one carbon atom in acetone.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following compounds has the following functional group?

a. carboxylic acids b. aldehydes c. carboxylic esters d. ketones ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 38. Amino acids are molecules that contain both an amino group and a carboxyl group. Which elements are present in all amino acids? a. C and H b. C, H, and N c. C, H, and O d. C, H, N, and O ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 39. Identify a correct statement about functional groups in organic compounds. a. In a tertiary amine, the nitrogen is bonded to two carbon atoms.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 10 b. Methyl acetate is an example of an ester. c. In acetic acid, the carbonyl group is attached to a hydrogen atom. d. In 1-propanol, the hydroxyl group is attached to an octahedral carbon atom.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 40. Of the four alcohols with the molecular formula C4H10O, how many are primary alcohols? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 41. How many amines have the molecular formula C3H9N? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 42. How many aldehydes have the molecular formula C4H8O? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 43. How many secondary amines have the molecular formula C4H11N? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 10 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 44. How many ketones have the molecular formula C5H10O? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 45. How many carboxylic acids have the molecular formula C4H8O2? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 46. How many carboxylic esters have the molecular formula C3H6O2? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY 47. Which of the following is an example of a secondary alcohol? a. CH3OH b. CH3CH2OH c. CH3CH2CH2OH d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 10 48. Which of the following is an example of a secondary alcohol? a. CH3OH b.

c. CH3CH2OH d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 49. Which of the following is an example of a tertiary alcohol? a. CH3OH b. CH3CH2OH c. CH3CH2CH2OH d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following is an example of a primary amine? a. CH3NH2 b. CH3CH2NH2 c. CH3CH2CH2NH2 d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 51. Which of the following is an example of a secondary amine? a. CH3NH2 b. CH3CH2NH2 c. CH3CH2CH2NH2 d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 10 52. Which of the following is an example of a secondary amine? a. CH3NH2 b. CH3CH2NH2 c. CH3CH2NHCH3 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following is an example of a tertiary amine? a. CH3NH2 b. CH3CH2NH2 c. CH3CH2CH2NH2 d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 54. Which of the following is an example of a secondary amine? a. CH3CH2NH2 b. CH3CH2CH2NHCH3 c.

d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following is an example of a primary amine? a. CH3NH2 b. c.

d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 10 56. Which of the following is an example of a tertiary amine? a. CH3NH2 b. c.

d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 57. Which of the following is an example of an aldehyde? a. CH3COOH b. CH3CH2OH c. CH3CHO d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following is an example of a ketone? a. CH3CH2OH b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following is an example of a carboxylic acid? a. b. c.

both

and

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 10 d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 60. Which of the following is an example of a carboxylic acid? a. b. c.

both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUP KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 61. Which of the following is an example of a carboxylic ester? a. CH3CH2OH b. c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 62. Which of the following is an example of a carboxylic ester? a. b. c.

both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 10 63. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick model given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Which functional group does this compound contain? a. ketone b. aldehyde c. ester d. alcohol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 64. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick model given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

What is the bond angle at the carbon atom bonded to the oxygen atom? a. 109.5° b. 120° c. 180° d. 90° ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 65. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick model given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Which of the following compounds contains the same functional group as in this molecule?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 10

a. acetone b. acetaldehyde c. pentane d. acetylene e. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: UNDERSTAND 66. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick models given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Which of the following ball-and-stick models represents a secondary amine? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 67. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick models given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 10

Which of the following ball-and-stick models represents an ester? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 68. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick models given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Which of the following ball-and-stick models represents a secondary alcohol? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. none of these ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 69. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick models given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 10

Which of the following ball-and-stick models represents a derivative of a carboxylic acid? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 70. Answer the following questions based on the ball-and-stick models given below. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Which of the following ball-and-stick models has a carbonyl functional group? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 71. A ball-and-stick model of an organic compound has been provided below. Which of the following ball-and-stick models has the same functional group as that of this model? Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 10

a. A b. B c. C d. D e. none of these ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 10.4 - FUNCTIONAL GROUPS KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 11 1. Which type of hydrocarbons are alkanes? a. heterocyclic b. aromatic c. saturated d. unsaturated ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Why are alkanes called saturated hydrocarbons? a. because alkanes are used as solvents for most organic compounds b. because alkanes are highly reactive organic compounds c. because alkanes contain only carbon–carbon single bonds d. because alkanes are found in animal fats and plant oils ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which of the following compounds contains only carbon–carbon single bonds? a. ethane b. ethylene c. benzene d. acetylene ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following compounds contains a carbon–carbon double bond? a. ethane b. ethylene c. methylene d. acetylene ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following compounds contains a carbon–carbon triple bond? a. ethane b. ethylene c. methylene d. acetylene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 11 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 6. Which of the following compounds contain one or more benzene-like ring structures? a. alkanes b. alkenes c. alkynes d. arenes ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. What is the name given to a —CH2— group? a. methane b. methoxy c. methylene d. methyl ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Unbranched hydrocarbons are also called straight-chain hydrocarbons. Which of the following is true of unbranched hydrocarbons? a. The C—C—C bond angle is 180° in unbranched hydrocarbons. b. Each carbon atom is connected to not more than two other carbon atoms. c. The C-C-C bond angle is 180o in unbranched hydrocarbons and each carbon atom is connected to not more than two other carbon atoms. d. None of these.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. What is the H—C—H bond angle in a methane molecule? a. 104° b. 120° c. 105.9° d. 109.5° ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 11 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which of the following is the molecular formula of hexane? a. C6H6 b. C6H10 c. C6H14 d. C6H16 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. Which of the following is the molecular formula of heptane? a. C5H12 b. C6H14 c. C7H16 d. C8H18 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following is the molecular formula of nonane? a. C9H22 b. C9H20 c. C9H21 d. C9H18 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following hydrocarbons contains the maximum number of carbon atoms? a. butane b. pentane c. ethane d. propane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 11 14. Decane is an alkane having ten carbon atoms in its carbon chain. What is the total number of hydrogen atoms in decane? a. 12 b. 24 c. 22 d. 18 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Octane is an alkane having eight carbon atoms in its carbon chain. What is the total number of hydrogen atoms in octane? a. 22 b. 16 c. 18 d. 20 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Which of the following compounds is an alkane? a. C5H10 b. C6H10 c. C7H18 d. C8H18 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 17. Which of the following is the molecular formula of heptane? a. C7H12 b. C7H16 c. C7H22 d. C7H14 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 11 18. Which of the following represents the molecular formula of a noncyclic alkane? a. C5H10 b. C6H12 c. C4H8 d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which of the following represents the molecular formula of an alkane? a. C10H32 b. C10H40 c. C10H42 d. C10H22 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. Which of the following correctly describes the relationship between butane and 2-methylpropane? a. They have the same molecular formula. b. They have the same chemical properties. c. They have the same physical properties. d. All of these are true.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. What is the molecular formula of the following compound?

a. C8H20 b. C8H16 c. C8H17 d. C8H18 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 11 22. Which of the following compounds are constitutional isomers?

a. (i) and (ii) b. (i) and (iii) c. (ii) and (iii) d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 23. Hexane and 2-methylpentane are constitutional isomers. Which of the following statements is true of these isomers? a. Hexane and 2-methylpentane have the same melting point. b. Hexane and 2-methylpentane have the same boiling point. c. Hexane and 2-methylpentane have the same molecular formula. d. Hexane and 2-methylpentane have the same molecular structure.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following compounds are representations of the same molecule? (i) CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 (ii) (iii)

a. only (i) and (ii) b. only (i) and (iii) c. only (ii) and (iii) d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 25. Which of the following are constitutional isomers? (i) CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 (ii)

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 11 (iii)

a. only (i) and (ii) b. only (i) and (iii) c. only (ii) and (iii) d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 26. Which of the following are representations of the same molecule? (i) CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 (ii) (iii)

a. only (i) and (ii) b. only (i) and (iii) c. only (ii) and (iii) d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 27. Which of the following are constitutional isomers? (i) CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 (ii) (iii)

a. only (i) and (ii) b. only (i) and (iii) c. only (ii) and (iii) d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 28. Which of the following is a constitutional isomer of butane? a. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 11 b. c.

d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. Which of the following is a constitutional isomer of hexane? a. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 b.

c.

both CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 and d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 30. Which of the following is a constitutional isomer of hexane? a.

b. c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 31. How many constitutional isomers have the molecular formula C6H14?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 11 a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.3 - CONSTITUTIONAL ISOMERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 32. Which of the following is the correct IUPAC rule for naming an alkyl group? a. The suffix -yl is added to the name of the parent hydrocarbon. b. The suffix -ane is replaced with the suffix -yl. c. The suffix -ane is replaced with the suffix -anyl. d. The suffix -yl is inserted before the suffix -ane.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following is true of a hydrocarbon with a branched chain? a. The longest chain of carbon atoms is the parent chain, and its name becomes the root name. b. The shortest chain of carbon atoms is the parent chain, and its name becomes the root name. c. The longest chain of carbon atoms is the parent chain, and its name becomes the root name and the shortest chain of carbon atoms is the parent chain, and its name becomes the root name. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following compounds among 2,3-dimethylpentane, 3-ethylpentane, and 3-methylhexane are constitutional isomers of heptane? a. only 2,3-dimethylpentane and 3-ethylpentane b. only 2,3-dimethylpentane and 3-methylhexane c. only 3-ethylpentane and 3-methylhexane d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 35. Of the given compounds, which compound is not a constitutional isomer of the other three compounds?

2,3-dimethylpentane, 3-ethylpentane, 2,2-dimethylbutane, and 3-methylhexane a. 2,3-dimethylpentane b. 3-methylhexane Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 11 c. 3-ethylpentane d. 2,2-dimethylbutane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 36. How many different substituent groups can be obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from ethane? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 37. How many different substituent groups can be obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from propane? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 38. How many different substituent groups can be obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from butane? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. How is a butyl group formed? a. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of butane b. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of butane c. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of 2-methylpropane d. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of 2-methylpropane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 11 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. How is a isobutyl group formed? a. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of butane b. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of butane c. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of 2-methylpropane d. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of 2-methylpropane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. How is a sec-butyl group formed? a. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of butane b. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of butane c. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of 2-methylpropane d. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of 2-methylpropane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. How is a tert-butyl group formed? a. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of butane b. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of butane c. by removing a hydrogen atom from the first carbon of 2-methylpropane d. by removing a hydrogen atom from the second carbon of 2-methylpropane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. When deriving an IUPAC name, which of the following prefixes should be ignored during the alphabetizing of substituents? a. dib. secc. trid. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 11 44. When deriving an IUPAC name, which of the following prefixes should not be ignored during the alphabetizing of substituents? a. iso b. dic. secd. All of these should be ignored.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 1-methylhexane b. 2-ethylhexane c. 3-propylhexane d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 1-methylpentane b. 2-ethylpentane c. 3-ethylpentane d. None, they are all incorrect.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 47. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 2-ethylpropane b. 2-ethylbutane c. 2-ethylpentane d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. Which of the following is the correct line-angle structure for 3-ethylheptane? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 11 b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 49. What is the correct IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. 2,2-dimethylhexane b. 2,2-dimethylpentane c. 1,1,1-trimethylbutane d. 4,4,4-trimethylbutane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 50. Which is the correct IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. 2,2-diethylpentane b. 4-ethyl-4-methylhexane c. 4-methyl-4-ethylhexane d. 3-ethyl-3-methylhexane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 51. Which of the following line-angle structures is 4-isopropyloctane? a. b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 11 c.

d.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 52. What is the correct IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. 3,3-diethyl-6-methylheptane b. isododecane c. 3,3-dimethyl-6-ethylheptane d. 1,1,1-triethyl-4-methylpentane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 53. What is the common name of 2-methylbutane? a. isopentane b. neopentane c. 2-methylisopropane d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. Pentane and 2-methylbutane have a third constitutional isomer called neopentane. What is the IUPAC name of neopentane? a. 2,2-dimethylpropane b. 2-methylisobutane c. 2-ethylpropane d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 11 55. Students were shown the structure of an alkane and were asked to write the IUPAC name of the alkane for an exam.

Of the following answers that were given, which answer corresponds to the correct IUPAC name of a compound? a. 2-ethyl-2-methylbutane b. 2,2-dimethylbutane c. 2,2-diethylbutane d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 56. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 2-ethyl-3-methylpentane b. 2,2-dimethylpentane c. 2,2-diethylpentane d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 57. A student named a compound 2-methyl-2-ethylbutane. Although this name correctly represents the connectivity of the compound, it is not a valid IUPAC name. What is the correct IUPAC name of this compound? a. 2-ethyl-2-methylbutane b. 3,3-dimethylpentane c. 2,2-diethylpropane d. 2,2-dimethylpentane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 58. A student named a compound 2,2-diethylpentane. Although this name correctly represents the connectivity of the compound, it is not a valid IUPAC name. What is the correct IUPAC name of this compound? a. 3-ethyl-3-methylhexane b. 3-methyl-3-propylpentane c. 2-ethyl-2-propylbutane d. 4,4-diethylpentane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 59. What is the IUPAC name of the given compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 11

a. 2-ethyl-2-methylpropane b. 2,2-dimethylbutane c. 3,3-dimethylbutane d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 60. What is the IUPAC name of the given compound?

a. 4-ethyl-4-methyloctane b. 3-methyl-3-propylheptane c. 2-ethyl-2-propylhexane d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. What is the IUPAC name of the given compound?

a. 2-isopropyl-2,3-dimethylpentane b. 2-sec-butyl-2-isopropylpropane c. 2,3,3,4-tetramethylhexane d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 62. What is the IUPAC name of the given compound?

a. 2-sec-butyl-2-propylbutane Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 11 b. 4-ethyl-3,4-dimethylheptane c. 3,4-dimethyl-3-propylhexane d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 63. Which of the following compounds has isohexane as the common name? a. CH3(CH2)4CH3 b.

c. CH3(CH2)2CH(CH3)2 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 64. What is the most abundant alkane present in natural gas? a. butane b. propane c. ethane d. methane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Which of the following ring sizes of cycloalkanes are found in abundance in nature? a. 3 and 4 carbon atom rings b. 4 and 5 carbon atom rings c. 5 and 6 carbon atom rings d. 6 and 7 carbon atom rings ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.6 - CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. Which of the following hydrocarbons is a gas? a. methane b. hexane c. nonane d. pentane Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 11 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.6 - CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2-propylcyclohexane b. isopropylcyclohexane c. 1-propylhexane d. propylcyclohexane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.6 - CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1,1-dipropylcyclohexane b. 1-isopropyl-1-propylcyclohexane c. isopropylpropylcyclohexane d. 1,1-isopropylbutylcyclohexane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.6 - CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. diethylcyclopentane b. butylcyclopentane c. 1,1-diethylcyclopentane d. 1,1-diethylcyclohexane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.6 - CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 70. Which of the following is true of cyclobutane? a. It is a five-membered cyclic hydrocarbon.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 11 b. It has one carbon–carbon double bond. c. It is a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon. d. It is a four-membered, open-chain hydrocarbon.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.6 - CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. Why do alkanes have different conformations? a. because they have free rotation about their C—H bonds b. because they have free rotation about their C—C bonds c. because they have restricted rotation about their C—H bonds d. because they have highly reactive C—C bonds ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following is true of the different conformations of a cycloalkane? a. They are constitutional isomers of one another. b. They are obtained by rotation about the carbon–carbon bonds. c. They are obtained by the formation of new carbon–carbon bonds. d. They are equally stable.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. Which of the following is the most stable conformation of cyclopentane? a. boat b. chair c. envelope d. twist ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. Which of the following is the most stable conformation of cyclohexane? a. boat b. chair c. envelope d. twist ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 11 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following is true of the C—H axial bonds in cyclohexane? a. There are five C—H axial bonds in cyclohexane. b. The C—H axial bonds are oriented parallel to the imaginary axis of the ring. c. The C—H axial bonds are positioned on the same side of the ring. d. All C—H axial bonds point downward.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. Which of the following is true of the C—H equatorial bonds in cyclohexane? a. Each carbon atom of the ring is bonded to two hydrogen atoms at equatorial positions. b. The C—H equatorial bonds are oriented perpendicular to the imaginary axis of the ring. c. The C—H equatorial bonds are positioned on the same side of the ring. d. All C—H equatorial bonds point upward.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. What is the bond angle in cyclopentane? a. 109.5° b. 108.5° c. 90° d. 180° ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Which of the following is true when there is a methyl group bonded to cyclohexane? a. The methyl group will orient itself in the axial position. b. The methyl group will orient itself in the equatorial position. c. The methyl group first orients itself in the equatorial position then changes to the axial position. d. The methyl group first orients itself in the axial position then changes to the equatorial position.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 11 79. Which of the following is a correct statement about the conformation given below?

a. The ethyl and methyl groups are in the axial positions. b. All three alkyl substituents are in equatorial positions. c. The ethyl group is in an axial position, whereas the methyl group and propyl groups are in equatorial positions. d. The ethyl and methyl groups are in equatorial positions, whereas the propyl group is in an axial position.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 80. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 1-methyl-4-ethylcyclohexane b. cis-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane c. cis-1,1,2-trimethylcyclohexane d. 1-methyl-1-ethylcyclobutane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 81. Which of the following IUPAC names is incorrect? a. methylcyclohexane b. cis-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane c. cis-1,1,2-trimethylcyclohexane d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 82. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. cis-1,5-diethylcyclopentane b. trans-1,2-diethylcyclpentane c. cis-1,2-diethylcyclopentane d. trans-1,5-diethylcyclopentane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 11 83. Which of the following molecules can exist as cis-trans isomers? a. 1,1-dimethylcyclobutane b. 1,2-dimethylcyclobutane c. both 1,1-dimethylcyclobutane and 1,2-dimethylcyclobutane d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 84. Which of the following molecules can exist as cis-trans isomers? a. 1,1,2-trimethylcyclobutane b. 1,3-dimethylcyclobutane c. both 1,1,2-trimethylcyclobutane and 1,3-dimethylcyclobutane d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 85. Which of the following molecules can exist as cis-trans isomers? a. 1-ethyl-2-methylcyclohexane b. 1-ethyl-1-methylcyclohexane c. both 1-ethyl-2-methylcyclohexane and 1-ethyl-1-methylcyclohexane d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. Which of the following molecules have the trans configuration?

a. (i) and (ii) b. (i) and (iii) c. only (ii) d. only (i) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 11

a. cis-1-ethyl-3-methylcyclohexane b. cis-1-methyl-3-ethylcyclohexane c. trans-1-ethyl-3-methylcyclohexane d. trans-1-methyl-3-ethylcyclohexane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 88. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. cis-1,3-dimethylcyclopentane b. cis-1,4-dimethylcyclopentane c. trans-1,3-dimethylcyclopentane d. trans-1,4-dimethylcyclopentane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 89. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. cis-1-methyl-3-ethylcyclopentane b. cis-1-ethyl-3-methylcyclopentane c. trans-1-methyl-3-ethylcyclopentane d. trans-1-ethyl-3-methylcyclopentane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 90. What is the correct structure for trans-1,2-dimethylcyclopropane? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 11 b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 91. How many stereocenters does 1,2-dimethylcyclopentane have? a. two b. one c. three d. nine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. How are the following two compounds related to each other?

a. They are stereoisomers of each other. b. They are constitutional isomers of each other. c. They are functional isomers of each other. d. They are enantiomers of each other.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.8 - CIS-TRANS ISOMERISM IN CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 93. Which of the following has the highest boiling point? a. heptane b. hexane c. octane d. octane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 11 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following has the lowest boiling point? a. heptane b. hexane c. octane d. nonane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. Which of the following has the highest melting point? a. decane b. hexane c. octane d. nonane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Which of the following has the lowest melting point? a. decane b. pentane c. octane d. nonane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. Which of the following is a liquid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure? a. butane b. ethane c. propane d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Which of the following is a gas at room temperature and atmospheric pressure? a. butane Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 11 b. hexane c. pentane d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 99. Which of the following straight chain alkanes is a solid at room temperature? a. C10H22 b. C6H14 c. C27H56 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. Which of the following straight-chain alkanes is denser that water? a. C6H14 b. C20H42 c. C40H82 d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 101. Which of the following is true of pentane and 2-methylbutane? a. They have the same molecular formula. b. They have the same boiling point. c. They have the same molecular formula and the same boiling point. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following is true of heptane and 2,2,3-trimethylbutane? a. They have the same melting point. b. They have the same boiling point. c. They have the same melting and boiling point. d. None of these.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 11 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. Which isomer of hexane has the highest boiling point? a. 3-methylpentane b. 2-methylpentane c. 2,2-dimethylbutane d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 104. Which isomer of hexane has the lowest boiling point? a. 3-methylpentane b. 2-methylpentane c. 2,2-dimethylbutane d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 105. Which of the following has the highest boiling point? a. 2,2,4-triethylpentane b. nonane c. 2,2-dimethylbutane d. 3-methylpentane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Which of the following has the lowest boiling point? a. 2,3-dimethylbutane b. hexane c. 2-methylpentane d. 3-methylpentane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 11 107. Which of the following is soluble in water? a. methane b. octane c. pentane d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 108. Which of the following will be insoluble in water? a. ethane b. octane c. pentane d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 109. Which of the following will float on water? a. decane b. hexane c. octane d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 110. Which of the following is not soluble in hexane? a. toluene b. butane c. water d. methane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.9 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 111. Which of the following is not a chemical property of alkanes? a. Alkanes are highly reactive. b. The oxidation of alkanes is known as combustion. c. Alkanes react with halogens to form haloalkanes. d. Heat is released when alkanes are oxidized.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 11 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. What are the products obtained from the complete oxidation of propane? a. CO2 and O2 b. CO2 and O3 c. C and O2 d. H2O and CO2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 113. What are the products obtained from the complete oxidation of methane? a. CO2 and O2 b. CO2 and H2O c. CO and O2 d. H2O and O2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. Which product is formed when equal moles of methane and chlorine gas react in the presence of light? a. CH3Cl2 b. CHCl3 c. CH3Cl d. CHCl ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. Which by-product is obtained from the reaction of methane with chlorine gas in the presence of light? a. Cl b. CH2Cl c. HCl d. CHCl ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 11 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Which product is obtained when trichloromethane reacts with chlorine gas in the presence of light? a. Cl2 b. CCl4 c. CHCl d. CH2Cl ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. The production of chloromethane by the reaction of methane gas with chlorine gas is an example of which type of reaction? a. oxidation b. reduction c. substitution d. combustion ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 118. Which of the following best describes the experimental conditions under which an alkane can be chlorinated or brominated? a. in the dark at room temperature b. only at room temperature c. only in the dark at a low temperature d. at room temperature upon exposure to light ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.10 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following atmospheric entities is affected when exposed to Freons? a. carbon dioxide b. carbon monoxide c. oxygen d. ozone ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.11 - SOME IMPORTANT HALOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 11 120. Which of the following statements is true? a. Carbon tetrachloride was once widely used as a degreaser. b. Carbon tetrachloride is both toxic and carcinogenic. c. Dichloromethane is currently a widely used organic solvent. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.11 - SOME IMPORTANT HALOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 121. Which of the following Freons has an atmospheric lifetime of 45 years? a. CFC-11 b. CFC-12 c. CFC-113 d. CFC-22 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.11 - SOME IMPORTANT HALOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 122. Which of the following Freons has an atmospheric lifetime of 100 years? a. CFC-11 b. CFC-113 c. CFC-12 d. CFC-22 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.11 - SOME IMPORTANT HALOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 123. Which of the following is a false statement about the applications of chlorofluorocarbons? a. They are used as solvents to remove waxes from millings. b. They are used as solvents to prepare surfaces for coatings. c. They are used as solvents to remove protective coatings. d. They are used as solvents to dissolve polar compounds.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.11 - SOME IMPORTANT HALOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 124. Which of the following refrigerant gases is the greatest contributor to global warming? a. CFC-113 b. CFC-12 c. CFC-11 d. CFC-22 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 11 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.11 - SOME IMPORTANT HALOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 125. During the refining of petroleum, which of the following is the least volatile fraction of the fractional distillation tower? a. kerosene b. lubricating oil c. asphalt d. fuel oil ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 126. Which pair of petroleum derivates is the least volatile fraction extracted from a fractional distillation tower? a. asphalt and lubricating oil b. fuel oil and kerosene c. fuel oil and gasoline d. gasoline and kerosene ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 127. In the context of refining petroleum, which of the following is the most volatile fraction of the fractional distillation tower? a. asphalt b. lubricating oil c. fuel oil d. gasoline ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 128. What is the typical size of hydrocarbons found in gasoline? a. C5 to C12 b. C12 to C16 c. C15 to C18 d. > C20 ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 11 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 129. What is the typical size of hydrocarbons found in lubricating oil? a. C5 to C12 b. C12 to C16 c. C15 to C18 d. C16 to C20 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 130. Which of the following line-angle formulas represents butane? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 131. Identify the given alkane. a. heptane b. hexane c. pentane d. octane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 132. Which of the following statements is false? a. Petroleum was formed by the decomposition of marine plants and animals. b. Petroleum is refined using fractional distillation. c. Short-chain hydrocarbons derived from petroleum are used to produce asphalt. d. Diesel is derived from a higher boiling fraction of petroleum than gasoline.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.5 - OBTAINING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 11 133. Which of the following statements about butane's conformation is false? a. Butane can exist in an infinite number of possible conformations. b. At any given time, most butane molecules exist in the most crowded conformation. c. Butane can change from one conformation to another by the rotation of its C—C single bonds. d. All of these statements are false.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 134. Consider the following ball-and-stick model.

Which of the following is another way of representing the given structure? a. C5H10 b. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 c.

d. All the structures are accurate representations.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 135. Which of the following is true of an alkane's line-angle formula? a. A line represents a carbon–carbon bond. b. A vertex represents a hydrogen atom. c. A line ending in space represents a methylene group. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 136. Consider the following ball-and-stick model.

Which of the following represents a constitutional isomer of the compound shown above?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 11 a. methylpropane b. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 c.

d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.2 - WRITING STRUCTURAL FORMULAS OF ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 137. Consider the following ball-and-stick model.

If the hydrogen atom indicated by the arrow is replaced by a butyl group, what will be the name of the resulting compound? a. decane b. nonane c. octane d. None of these are correct names for the resulting compound.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 138. Consider the following ball-and-stick model.

If the hydrogen atom indicated by the arrow is replaced by a propyl group, what will be the name of the resulting compound? a. 2-propylpentane b. 4-methylheptane c. octane d. None of these are correct names for the resulting compound.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 11 139. Consider the following ball-and-stick model.

If the hydrogen atom indicated by the arrow is removed, what will be the name of the alkyl group formed? a. isopropyl b. butyl c. sec-butyl d. tert-butyl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.4 - NAMING ALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 140. Consider the following ball-and-stick model that shows the top view of a compound.

Which of the following is not a representation of this compound? a.

b.

c.

d. All of these are representations of the compound.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

Chapter 11 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 141. Identify a correct statement about the chair conformation of cyclohexane.

a. 1, 3, and 4 represent axial positions, whereas 2 and 5 represent equatorial positions. b. 1, 3, and 4 represent equatorial positions, whereas 2 and 5 represent axial positions. c. All the hydrogen atoms represent equatorial positions. d. All the hydrogen atoms represent axial positions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 142. What do the two representations have in common?

a. Both represent cis isomers of 1,2-dimethylcyclohexane. b. Both represent cis isomers of 1,2-dimethylcyclopentane. c. Both represent trans isomers of 1,2-dimethylcyclohexane. d. Both represent trans isomers of 1,2-dimethylcyclopentane ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 11.7 - SHAPES OF ALKANES AND CYCLOALKANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

Chapter 12 1. Which of the following is a characteristic of alkenes? a. the presence of one or more carbon–carbon double bonds b. the presence of one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds c. the presence of a hydroxyl group d. the presence of a ring system ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following is a characteristic of alkynes? a. the presence of one or more carbon–carbon double bonds b. the presence of one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds c. the presence of cis-trans isomers d. the presence of a ring system ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which class of compounds are not widespread in nature and have little importance in biochemistry? a. alkanes b. alkenes c. alkynes d. arenes ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following is the most common method used to manufacture ethylene? a. the polymerization of hydrocarbons b. the thermal cracking of hydrocarbons c. the condensation of hydrocarbons d. the biological degradation of hydrocarbons ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Given an alkane, an alkene, and an alkyne, each of which contains two carbon atoms, which compound will contain the greatest number of hydrogen atoms? a. the alkane b. the alkene c. the alkyne d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 12 6. Given an alkane, an alkene, and an alkyne, each of which contains two carbon atoms, which compound will contain the fewest number of hydrogen atoms? a. the alkane b. the alkene c. the alkyne d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. To which class of compounds do alkenes and alkynes containing only carbon and hydrogen belong? a. halogenated compounds b. alcoholic compounds c. aromatic compounds d. unsaturated compounds ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. What is the observed H—C—C bond angle in ethylene? a. 180° b. 90° c. 109.5° d. 121.7° ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which compound derived from natural gas is a starting material for the production of ethylene? a. acetylene b. benzene c. ethane d. methane ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which of the following is true of ethylene? a. It is not an important industrial chemical. b. It is present in large amounts in natural gas. c. It is formed by the catalytic hydrogenation of ethane. d. It is produced by heating ethane to around 800–900°C. ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.1 - INTRODUCTION TO ALKENES AND ALKYNES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 12 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. In which of the following hydrocarbons is the bond angle about the carbon atom approximately 120°? a. alkanes b. alkenes c. alkynes d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following is true of the six atoms in ethylene? a. The hydrogens on either side of the carbon–carbon double bond lie in different planes. b. The carbon and hydrogen atoms lie in the same plane. c. The carbon and hydrogen atoms bond to form a tetrahedral molecule. d. The two carbon atoms lie in one plane, and the four hydrogen atoms lie in another plane.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following compounds have cis-trans isomers because they lack free rotation about their carbon–carbon bonds? a. alkanes b. alkenes c. alkynes d. haloalkanes ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. In alkenes, there are four groups bonded to the carbons that constitute the carbon–carbon double bond. Which of the following situations produces cis-trans isomerism? a. when all four groups are the same b. when one double-bonded carbon is bonded to two identical groups and the other double-bonded carbon is bonded to two other identical groups c. when three of the four groups are the same, but the fourth group is different d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. In alkenes, there are four groups bonded to the carbons that constitute the carbon–carbon double bond. Which of the following situations produces cis-trans isomerism? a. when all four groups are the same b. when the two groups bonded to each carbon atom are different from one another c. when three of the four groups in an alkene are the same, but the fourth group is different Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 12 d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. Which of the following structural features is never associated with cis-trans isomerism? a. double bonds b. ring systems c. triple bonds d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following characteristics is associated with the presence of cis-trans isomerism? a. the presence of double bonds b. the presence of ring systems c. the presence of both double bonds and ring systems d. the absence of both double bonds and ring systems ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following is true of cis and trans isomers? a. They have the same structural connectivity. b. They have the same physical properties. c. They have the same structural connectivity and the same physical properties. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which of the following is true of the IUPAC system of naming alkenes? a. The alkene is named based on the longest carbon chain that contains the double bond. b. The position of the double bond is always given the highest possible number. c. The position and identity of substituents determine the number associated with the position of the double bond. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Which of the following is true of the IUPAC system of naming alkenes? a. The alkene is always named based on the shortest carbon chain in a branched structure. b. The position of the double bond is always given the highest possible number.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 12 c. The position and identity of substituents determine the number associated with the position of the double bond. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following is true of the IUPAC system of naming alkenes? a. The alkene is always named based on the shortest carbon chain in a branched structure. b. The position of the double bond is always given the lowest possible number. c. The position and identity of substituents determine the number associated with the position of the double bond. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following is true of ethylene and acetylene? a. Ethylene contains more carbon atoms than acetylene does. b. Ethylene has a carbon–carbon double bond, and acetylene has a carbon–carbon triple bond. c. Ethylene and acetylene are the IUPAC names of two-carbon compounds. d. Ethylene and acetylene belong to a single class of compounds called alkenes.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following is not a correct IUPAC name for an alkene? a. 2-methyl-1-butene b. 2-methyl-2-butene c. 2-methyl-3-butene d. None, these are all correct IUPAC names.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following is not a correct IUPAC name for an alkene? a. 1-methyl-1-butene b. 2-methyl-1-butene c. 3-methyl-1-butene d. 2-methyl-2-butene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Which of the following is not a correct IUPAC name for an alkene?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 12 a. 2-methyl-1-butene b. 2-methyl-2-butene c. 3-methyl-1-butene d. None, these are all correct IUPAC names.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. What is the correct IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. 2,2-dimethyl-4-pentene b. 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentene c. 4,4-dimethyl-1-pentene d. isoheptene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 27. A student named a particular compound 2-propyl-1-butene. Assuming that the student's choice actually corresponded to the correct distribution of the double bond and the substituents, what is the correct IUPAC name for this compound? a. 2-propyl-1-butene b. 2-ethyl-1-pentene c. 3-methyl-2-pentene d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 28. A student named a particular compound 2-ethyl-3-methyl-2-butene. Assuming that the student's choice actually corresponded to the correct distribution of the double bond and the substituents, what is the correct IUPAC name for this compound? a. 2-ethyl-3-methyl-2-butene b. 3,4-dimethyl-3-pentene c. 2,3-dimethyl-2-pentene d. 2,3-dimethyl-1-pentene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. A student wanted to use the branched groups, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl when naming alkenes but was told not to. What is the correct IUPAC name for the compound the student called isobutylethene? a. 4-methyl-1-pentene b. 3-methyl-1-pentene c. 3,3-dimethyl-1-butene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 12 d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 30. A student wanted to use the branched groups, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl when naming alkenes but was told not to. What is the correct IUPAC name for the compound the student called sec-butylethene? a. 4-methyl-1-pentene b. 3-methyl-1-pentene c. 3,3-dimethyl-1-butene d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 31. What is the correct IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. 2-methyl-3-propyl-2-butene b. 1,1,2-trimethyl-1-pentene c. 2,3-dimethyl-2-hexene d. 4,5-dimethyl-4-hexene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 32. What is the name of the lightest hydrocarbon that has cis and trans isomers? a. 1-butene b. 2-butene c. 1,2-dimethylcyclopropane d. propene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Cis-trans isomers exist for which of the following molecules, all of which have the molecular formula C3H5Br? a. 1-bromopropene b. 2-bromopropene c. 3-bromopropene d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 12 34. Cis-trans isomers do not exist for which of the following compounds, all of which have the molecular formula C3H4Br2? a. 1,1-dibromopropene b. 1,2-dibromopropene c. 1,3-dibromopropene d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following compounds with the molecular formula C5H10 has cis and trans isomers? a. 2-methyl-1-butene b. 3-methyl-1-butene c. 2-pentene d. 1-pentene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 36. Cis-trans isomers exist for which of the following molecules, all of which have the molecular formula C5H10? a. 1-pentene b. 2-methyl-1-butene c. 3-methyl-1-butene d. 1,2-dimethylcyclopropane ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following structures corresponds to cis-3-methyl-2-hexene? a. b. c.

d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 38. Which of the following compounds with the molecular formula C6H12 has cis and trans isomers? a. 2-methyl-1-pentene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 12 b. 2-methyl-2-pentene c. 3-methyl-2-pentene d. cyclohexane ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Which of the following compounds with the molecular formula C6H12 does not have cis and trans isomers? a. 4-methyl-2-pentene b. 2-methyl-1-pentene c. 3-methyl-2-pentene d. None, they all have cis isomers.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. What is the correct IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. trans-3-propyl-3-hexene b. cis-3-propyl-3-hexene c. trans-4-ethyl-3-heptene d. cis-4-ethyl-3-heptene ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 41. What is the configuration of each of the given alkenes?

a. (i) cis (ii) cis b. (i) trans (ii) trans c. (i) cis (ii) trans d. (i) trans (ii) cis ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following molecules with the molecular formula C5H8 has stereoisomers? a. 1,3-pentadiene b. 1,4-pentadiene c. 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 12 d. 3-methyl-1,3-butadiene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Including cis-trans isomers, how many stereoisomers are possible for an alkene that has the molecular formula C4H8? a. 2 b. 6 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. Including cis-trans isomers, how many different stereoisomers are possible for an alkene that has the molecular formula C5H10? a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. Which of the following strategies is used while naming a cycloalkene? a. The substituents are numbered first, and the numbering is continued in the direction where the double bond gets the lowest possible number. b. The cyclic ring is broken down at one of the positions of the double bond, and the numbering is done as with the alkenes. c. The double bond is numbered 1 and 2 in the direction where a substituent gets the lowest possible number. d. The double bond is numbered 1 and 2 in the direction where a substituent gets the highest possible number.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. What is the IUPAC name of the following molecule?

a. 2,2-diethylcyclopentene b. 1,1-dimethylcyclopentene c. 1,2-dimethylcyclopentene d. 1,3-dimethylcyclopentene ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 12 TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following is not a correct IUPAC name? a. 3-methylcyclopentene b. 4-methylcyclopentene c. 5-methylcyclopentene d. 1-methylcyclopentene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 48. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 4-ethyl-1-methylcyclohexene b. 5-ethyl-2-methylcyclohexene c. 1-methyl-4-ethylcyclohexene d. 5-methyl-2-ethylcyclohexene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following is not a correct IUPAC name? a. cis-2,3-dimethylcyclopentene b. cis-3,4-dimethylcyclopentene c. cis-3,5-dimethylcyclopentene d. trans-3,4-dimethylcyclopentene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following reagents is used to convert cyclohexene to 1-iodo-cyclohexane? a. hydrogen peroxide b. iodine in dichloromethane c. hydrogen iodide d. nitric acid in sulfuric acid ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. How many stereoisomers are possible for 1,4-heptadiene? a. 2 b. 4 c. 7 d. 8 ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 12 TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. How many stereoisomers are possible for 2,4-heptadiene? a. 2 b. 4 c. 7 d. 8 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. How many stereoisomers are possible for 1,4,7-octatriene? a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. 16 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 54. How many stereoisomers are possible for 1,4,6-octatriene? a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. 16 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 55. In which of the following compounds is free rotation about all bonds possible? a. 2-butene b. cyclobutane c. butane d. butyne ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the following is true of the noncyclic portion of vitamin A? a. It contains 4 double bonds, all in the cis configuration. b. It contains 4 double bonds, all in the trans configuration. c. It contains 4 double bonds that alternate as cis, trans, cis, and trans. d. It contains 4 double bonds that alternate as trans, cis, trans, and cis.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 12 TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following is true of 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene? a. It contains two double bonds adjacent to each other. b. It contains four cis-trans isomers. c. It does not exhibit cis-trans isomerism. d. It contains a C—C—C bond angle equal to 109°.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.3 - NAMING ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. Which of the following attractive forces are found among the molecules of alkenes and alkynes? a. electromagnetic forces b. London dispersion forces c. nuclear forces d. strong ionic forces ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.4 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Identify the similarity between the following two molecules.

a. Both are cis isomers. b. Both have the same boiling point. c. Both have the same melting point. d. Both undergo hydrogenation reactions.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 60. Why is the C—C—C bond angle in propene 124.7° instead of the predicted angle of 120°?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 12 a. because of the presence of a tetrahedral structure b. because of the presence of two trans methyl groups c. because of the interaction between the methyl group and the double-bonded carbon d. because of free rotation about the double-bonded carbons ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Which of the following statements is true of the solubility of alkenes? a. All alkenes are soluble in water. b. Long chain alkenes are soluble in water, but short chain alkenes are insoluble. c. Long chain alkenes are insoluble in water, but short chain alkenes are soluble. d. All alkenes are soluble in alkanes.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.4 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following is true of the given compound?

a. It is the simplest alkene. b. It is an alkyne. c. It has at least one bond angle close to 120°. d. It has free rotation about all its bonds.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 63. Consider the given molecule.

Which of the following is a characteristic of the given molecule? a. It is an alkene. b. It is a cis isomer. c. It is the stereoisomer of the following molecule.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 12

d. All of these are characteristics of this compound.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. Consider the alkyne counterpart of the following compound.

Which of the following would characterize this alkyne? a. C4H10 b. c.

d. C2H2 e. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.2 - STRUCTURES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Examine the following reaction.

Which of the following describes this reaction? a. It involves a secondary carbocation. b. A represents the nucleophile. c. B represents the electrophile. d. It involves the formation of a new carbon–carbon bond. e. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Consider the substance represented by the following model.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 12

The physical properties of this substance would most closely represent the corresponding member of which functional group class? a. an alkyne b. an alcohol c. an aldehyde d. a carboxylic acid ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.4 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKENES AND ALKYNES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. Which of the following products is formed when the given substance reacts with hydrogen?

a. butyne b. cis-butane c. trans-butene d. butane ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. What happens when the following substance reacts with water in the presence of concentrated sulfuric acid?

a. An alkyne is produced. b. An alcohol is produced. c. The substance is converted to its cis isomer. d. The substance is converted to its trans isomer.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 12 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. Which of the following is the most characteristic reaction of alkenes? a. addition b. oxidation c. reduction d. substitution ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Propene reacts with hydrogen chloride to form mostly 2-chloropropane. This reaction does not lead to the formation of 1-chloropropane. Why? a. because it is a substitution reaction b. because it is a hydrogenation reaction c. because it is a regioselective reaction d. because it is a hydration reaction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. Which of the following statements is true of an electrophile? a. It is an electron-rich species. b. It reacts with an electron-donor species to form a new bond. c. It attacks an electron-deficient species. d. It is a stable species and does not undergo any reaction.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following reactions involves the addition of two equivalent groups to both the ends of a double bond? a. bromination b. hydrogenation c. both bromination and hydrogenation d. neither bromination nor hydrogenation ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following reactions involves the addition of different groups to both the ends of a double bond? a. hydrogenation b. hydrobromination c. both hydrogenation and hydrobromination d. neither hydrogenation nor hydrobromiantion ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 12 TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. Which of the following reactions involves the addition of different groups to both the ends of a double bond? a. hydration b. hydrogenation c. both hydration and hydrogenation d. neither hydration nor hydrogenation ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following reactions involves the addition of different groups to both the ends of a double bond? a. bromination b. hydrogenation c. both bromination and hydrogenation d. neither bromination nor hydrogenation ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. Which of the following curved arrows correctly describes the first step of the reaction of propene with a hydrogen halide? a.

b.

c.

d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. Which of the following curved arrows correctly describes the second step in the reaction of propene with hydrogen bromide? a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 12 c.

d.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. Markovnikov's rule is not useful for predicting the outcome of the reaction of hydrogen chloride with which of the following alkenes? a. 1-butene b. 2-butene c. 2-methylpropene d. 1-pentene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Identify the order of reactions in the mechanism of an addition reaction between HCl and 2-butene.

1. reaction of a chloride ion with an intermediate to form 2-chlorobutane 2. formation of a secondary carbocation intermediate 3. addition of a proton to 2-butene a. 1, 2, 3 b. 2, 1, 3 c. 3, 2, 1 d. 2, 3, 1 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. For which of the following addition reactions of alkenes is Markovnikov's rule applicable? a. hydration b. bromination c. both hydration and bromination d. neither hydration nor bromination ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Which of the listed products will be formed in the following reaction?

a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 12 b. c. d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 82. Which of the listed products will be formed in the following reaction?

a. b. c.

d.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. Which of the listed products will be formed in the following reaction?

a.

b.

c.

d.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 12 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. Which product is obtained by the hydrobromination of 2-methyl-1-pentene? a. 1-bromo-2-methylpentane b. 2-bromo-2-methylpentane c. 2,3-dibromo-2-methylpentane d. 3,3-dibromo-2-methylpentane ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which product is obtained by the hydrobromination of 2-methyl-2-pentene? a. 3-bromo-2-methylpentane b. 2-bromo-2-methylpentane c. 2,3-dibromo-2-methylpentane d. 3,3-dibromo-2-methylpentane ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 86. Which of these carbocations is generated as an intermediate in the following reaction?

a.

b.

c.

d. none of the these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 87. What is the charge on the organic intermediate formed during hydrohalogenation? a. −2 b. −1 c. +1 d. +2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 12 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 88. Which type of alcohol is formed by the acid-catalyzed hydration of 1-butene? a. primary b. secondary c. tertiary d. quaternary ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following statements is true of an oxonium ion? a. It is formed by the reaction of a carbocation with a proton. b. It is a positively charged oxygen ion that is bonded to three other atoms. c. It is a negatively charged oxygen ion that is bonded to five other atoms. d. It is formed as an intermediate in the hydrogenation of alkenes.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which type of alcohol is formed by the acid-catalyzed hydration of 2-methyl-2-butene? a. primary b. secondary c. tertiary d. aromatic ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following processes is used to convert liquid vegetable oils to semisolid cooking fats? a. acid-catalyzed hydration b. catalytic hydrogenation c. chain-growth polymerization d. base-catalyzed hydration ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Which type of alcohol is formed by the acid-catalyzed hydration of 2-methyl-1-pentene? a. primary b. secondary c. tertiary d. aryl Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 12 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. Which alcohol is formed by the hydration of 2-methyl-2-pentene? a.

b. c. d.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which type of intermediate is generated during the acid-catalyzed hydration of an alkene? a. an oxonium ion b. a carbocation c. both an oxonium ion and a carbocation d. neither an oxonium ion nor a carbocation ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. How many valence electrons are associated with the positively charged carbon in a carbocation? a. 4 b. 6 c. 7 d. 8 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Which product is formed by the chlorination of 2-butene? a. 2-chlorobutane b. 2,2-dichlorobutane c. 2,3-dichlorobutane d. 1,2-dichlorobutane ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 12 97. Which product is formed by the chlorination of 2-methyl-1-butene? a. 1,1-dichloro-2-methylbutane b. 1,2-dichloro-2-methylbutane c. 2-chloro-2-methylbutane d. 1-chloro-2-methylbutane ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. Which product is formed by the bromination of cyclohexene? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following is another name for hydrogenation? a. hydrolysis b. hydration c. reduction d. oxidation ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. Which of the following compounds will not produce methylcyclopentane after catalytic hydrogenation? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 12 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. Which of the following reactions requires a transition metal catalyst? a. halogenation b. hydrohalogenation c. hydrogenation d. hydration ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 102. In which of the following types of reactions is sulfuric acid used as a catalyst? a. halogenation b. hydrohalogenation c. hydrogenation d. hydration ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 103. By which of the following reactions is polyethylene formed? a. chain-growth polymerization b. hydrohalogenation c. oxidative polymerization d. thermal cracking ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 104. Which types of bonds are present in the monomer of Teflon? a. C–C and C–H bonds b. C–C and C–F bonds c. C=C and C–F bonds d. C=C and C–H bonds ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 105. Which of the following is used as the notation for the repeating unit of polypropylene? a. b. c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 12 d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Which of the following monomers can be used to prepare the given polymer?

a. cis-1-bromopropene b. trans-1-bromopropene c. both cis-1-bromopropene and trans-1-bromopropene d. neither cis-1-bromopropene nor trans-1-bromopropene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 107. Which of the following monomers can be used to prepare the given polymer?

a. trans-1-bromopropene b. 2-bromopropene c. both trans-1-bromopropene and 2-bromopropene d. neither trans-1-bromopropene nor 2-bromopropene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which of the following monomers can be used to prepare polystyrene? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 109. Which of the following statements is true of PVC? a. It is used as a transition metal catalyst. b. It is formed by the polymerization of ethylene. c. It is used in construction tubing. d. It is a monomeric unit in polystyrene.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 12 TOPICS:

12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 110. Which of the following statements is true of carbocations? a. They are inert catalysts. b. They are electrophiles c. They are nucleophiles d. They are unreactive species.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 111. Chloroprene, which is the monomer used to make neoprene rubber, is one of the several monochloro derivatives of 1,3-butadiene. How many monochloro derivatives of 1,3-butadiene are possible? (Be sure to account for cis-trans isomers.) a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. Which of the following catalysts are used for producing low-density polyethylene from ethylene? a. peroxide initiators b. Ziegler–Natta catalysis c. either peroxide initiators or Ziegler–Natta catalysis d. neither peroxide initiators nor Ziegler–Natta catalysis ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 113. Which of the following catalysts are used to produce high-density polyethylene from ethylene? a. peroxide initiators b. Ziegler–Natta catalysis c. either peroxide initiators or Ziegler–Natta catalysis d. neither peroxide initiators nor Ziegler–Natta catalysis ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. In which of the following reactions is alcohol formed as a product?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 12 a. the catalytic hydrogenation of propene b. the acid-catalyzed hydration of propene c. the hydrochlorination of propene d. the thermal cracking of propene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. Why is HDPE stronger than LDPE? a. because HDPE possesses aromatic rings unlike LDPE b. because HDPE has an —O—O— bond unlike LDPE c. because HDPE possesses a cyclic structure, whereas LDPE possesses chain structure d. because HDPE has less chain branching than LDPE ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Identify the monomeric unit of PVC. a. propylene b. acrylonitrile c. chloroethene d. 1,1-dichloroethylene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.6 - IMPORTANT POLYMERIZATION REACTIONS OF ETHYLENE AND SUBSTITUTED ETHYLENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Which of the following reaction intermediates is produced during an addition reaction between hydrogen iodide and methylenecyclohexane? a tertiary carbocation a. an arylenium ion b. a hydroxyl ion c. a secondary carbocation d. a tertiary carbocation ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 118. How many hydrogen atoms are required to hydrogenate a molecule of 1,3-cyclopentadiene? a. five b. three c. four d. six ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 12 TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following alkenes undergoes acid-catalyzed hydration to give 1-methylcyclopentanol? a. b. c. d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. Examine the following reaction.

This reaction occurs in which step of the hydrohalogenation reaction mechanism? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 121. Four patterns can be noted for certain organic reactions: Pattern 1: Add a proton.

Pattern 2: Take a proton away.

Pattern 3: Reaction between an electrophile and nucleophile to form a new covalent bond.

Pattern 4: Reaction of a proton donor with a carbon–carbon double bond to form a new covalent bond.

To which pattern does the following reaction belong?

a. Pattern 1 b. Pattern 2 c. Pattern 3 d. Pattern 4 ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 12 TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. Four patterns can be noted for certain organic reactions: Pattern 1: Add a proton.

Pattern 2: Take a proton away.

Pattern 3: Reaction between an electrophile and nucleophile to form a new covalent bond.

Pattern 4: Reaction of a proton donor with a carbon–carbon double bond to form a new covalent bond.

To which pattern does the following reaction belong? a. Pattern 1 b. Pattern 2 c. Pattern 3 d. Pattern 4 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. Four patterns can be noted for certain organic reactions: Pattern 1: Add a proton.

Pattern 2: Take a proton away.

Pattern 3: Reaction between an electrophile and nucleophile to form a new covalent bond.

Pattern 4: Reaction of a proton donor with a carbon–carbon double bond to form a new covalent bond.

To which pattern does the following reaction belong?

a. Pattern 1 b. Pattern 2 c. Pattern 3 d. Pattern 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALKENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. On what basis was the name aromatic originally given to some compounds? a. They had strong odors. b. Their first application was in aromatherapy. c. Their odors were considered pleasant. d. They were sourced from flowers.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 12 125. Which of the following structures did Kekulé propose as the structure of benzene? a. b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 126. Which of the following observations was troublesome to 19th-century chemists in the determination of benzene's structure? a. Benzene contains more hydrogen atoms than expected. b. Benzene does not undergo combustion. c. Benzene does not react similarly to alkenes. d. Benzene reacts similarly to alkenes.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 127. Which of the following is an appropriate definition of an aromatic compound? a. any compound that contains one or more benzene-like rings b. any compound that contains one or more six-membered rings c. any compound that contains a single double bond within a six-membered ring d. any compound that contains a six-membered aliphatic ring ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 128. Which of the following is true of the reactivity of benzene?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 12 a. It reacts readily with bromine to form 1,2-dibromobenzene. b. It can be readily hydrogenated using H2/Pd. c. It reacts readily with HBr to form bromobenzene. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 129. Which of the following was true of Kekulé's proposal for the structure of benzene? a. It was readily accepted. b. It was rejected because it was inconsistent with experiments. c. It was not readily accepted because it did not account for the unusual chemical behavior of benzene. d. It was not readily accepted since it did not account for the known structure of benzene.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 130. Which of the following chemists contributed to our understanding of structure and bonding in benzene? a. Linus Pauling b. Friedrich August Kekulé c. Both Linus Pauling and Friedrich August Kekulé d. Neither Linus Pauling nor Friedrich August Kekulé ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 131. Which of the following statements is true of the structure of benzene? a. All the C—C bonds in benzene are longer than a typical C=C bond. b. All the C—H bonds in benzene are longer than a typical C—H bond. c. The benzene molecule contains alternating double and triple bonds. d. Benzene is a 1:1 mixture of two equilibrating structures.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 132. Which of the following is true of the C—C bonds in benzene? a. They are shorter than typical C—C single bonds. b. They have the same length as typical C—C single bonds. c. They are shorter than typical C=C double bonds. d. They have the same length as typical C=C double bonds.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 12 133. What is the most specific name for the C6H5— group? a. vinyl b. arenyl c. phenol d. phenyl ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 134. Which of the following compounds is anisole? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 135. Which of the following is an aliphatic compound? a. aniline b. anisole c. phenol d. ethanol ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 136. Which of the following compounds is an amine? a. aniline b. anisole c. phenol d. toluene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 12 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 137. Which of the following compounds is an ether? a. aniline b. anisole c. phenol d. toluene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 138. Which of the following compounds is an aldehyde? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 139. Which of the following compounds is a carboxylic acid? a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Chapter 12 c.

d.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 140. Which of the following correctly describes the two substituents of aromatic xylenes? a. Both the substituents are hydroxyl groups. b. Both the substituents are methyl groups. c. One substituent is a methyl group, and the other substituent is a hydroxyl group. d. One substituent is a methyl group, and the other substituent is an ethyl group.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 141. A compound contains a benzene ring with two substituents at positions 1 and 4. Which of the following is the correct locator used to denote the substituents of this compound? a. ortho b. meta c. para d. hexa ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 142. What is the correct IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1-ethyl-4-bromobenzene b. 4-ethyl-1-bromobenzene c. 1-bromo-4-ethylbenzene d. 4-bromo-1-ethylbenzene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

Chapter 12 143. What is an acceptable name for the following compound?

a. o-dimethylbenzene b. m-dimethylbenzene c. p-diethylbenzene d. m-diethylbenzene ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 144. How many constitutional isomers are possible when there are three identical substituents on a benzene ring? a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 145. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 2-chloro-3-bromotoluene b. 3-bromo-2-chlorotoluene c. 2-chloro-4-bromotoluene d. 6-bromo-4-chlorotoluene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 146. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 1,2-dichloro-4-bromobenzene b. 1-bromo-3,4-dichlorobenzene c. 4-bromo-1,2-dichlorobenzene d. 3,4-dichloro-1-bromobenzene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 147. What is the IUPAC name for the following compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

Chapter 12

a. 1-amino-2-chloro-5-bromobenzene b. 5-bromo-2-chloroaniline c. 1-chloro-4-bromo-2-aniline d. 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-aniline ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 148. A molecule that is a hybrid of two or more Lewis contributing structures is called a(n) a. cis-trans b. conformational c. resonance d. ionic ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

hybrid.

149. Which of the following statements is true of the resonance hybrid of benzene? a. It equilibrates among the electron configurations of various contributing structures. b. Its molecular formula is different from the Lewis contributing structures. c. It has carbon–carbon bond lengths that are intermediate between a single bond and a double bond. d. It is less stable than the Lewis contributing structures.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 150. By which of the following reactions is 4-nitrobenzoic acid converted to 4-aminobenzoic acid? a. acid-catalyzed hydration b. nitration c. catalytic hydrogenation d. acid–base reaction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 151. Which of the following structures represents 2,4,6-tribromophenol?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

Chapter 12 a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 152. Which of the following structures represents m-nitrobenzoic acid? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 153. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

Chapter 12

a. 5-carboxy-1,3-dibromobenzene b. 3,5-dibromobenzoic acid c. 1,3-dibromobenzoic acid d. 1-carboxy-3,5-dibromobenzene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 154. What are the products of an iron-catalyzed reaction between benzene and chlorine? a. chlorobenzene and a hydrogen molecule b. chlorobenzene and chlorine atoms c. chlorobenzene and hydrogen chloride d. chlorobenzene and water ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 155. What are the products of a reaction between benzene and nitric acid in the presence of sulfuric acid? a. nitrobenzene and aniline b. nitrobenzene and NO c. nitrobenzene and NO2 d. nitrobenzene and water ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 156. Which reagent is used to convert nitrobenzene to aniline? a. H2 in the presence of a Ni catalyst b. Sulfuric acid in the presence of peroxide c. Nitric acid in the presence of sulfuric acid d. Ni in the presence of sulfuric acid ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 157. Which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of nitrobenzene to aniline? a. reduction b. oxidation c. hydration Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

Chapter 12 d. halogenation ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 158. Which organic product is formed when benzene reacts with nitric acid in the presence of concentrated sulfuric acid? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 159. Identify an application of the following compound.

a. It is an explosive. b. It is a detergent. c. It is a food additive. d. It is an insecticide.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 160. Which of the following statements is true of hydroquinone? a. It contains two hydroxyl groups at positions 1 and 3 of the benzene ring. b. It contains one hydroxyl group at position 1 and one methyl group at position 2 of the benzene ring. c. It contains two hydroxyl groups at positions 1 and 4 of the benzene ring. d. It contains one hydroxyl group at position 1 and one methyl group at position 3 of the benzene ring.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 161. Which aromatic ring substitution reaction is used in the preparation of synthetic detergents?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

Chapter 12 a. reduction b. halogenation c. nitration d. sulfonation ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 162. In a phenol, which group is the substituent on the benzene ring? a. amino b. carbonyl c. carboxyl d. hydroxyl ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 163. How should a benzene ring with a methyl substituent and a hydroxyl substituent be named according to IUPAC nomenclature? a. hydroxymethylbenzene b. hydroxytoluene c. methylphenol d. methylhydroxybenzene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 164. Which of the following compounds is found in the oil of poison ivy? a. capsaicin b. hydroxyquinone c. thymol d. urushiol ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 165. Identify the product formed when p-nitrobenzoic acid reacts with hydrogen in the presence of Ni catalyst at a pressure of 3 atm. a. p-nitrobenzyl alcohol b. p-nitrotoluene c. p-aminobenzoic acid d. p-aminophenol ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

Chapter 12 166. Which of the following is a common characteristic of catechol, hydroquinone, and resorcinol? a. They all have two methyl groups as substituents on a benzene ring. b. They all have two hydroxyl groups as substituents on a benzene ring. c. They all have one methyl and one hydroxyl as substituents on a benzene ring. d. They all have two methyl and one hydroxyl as substituents on a benzene ring.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 167. Which molecule among catechol, hydroquinone, resorcinol, and thymol is not an isomer of the other three molecules? a. catechol b. hydroquinone c. resorcinol d. thymol ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 168. Which of the following is the correct IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1-ethyl-4-hydroxybenzene b. 4-ethylphenol c. 1-hydroxy-4-methylbenzene d. phenolstyrene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 169. Which of the following is the correct IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1-propylphenol b. 2-propylphenol c. 2-hydroxypropylbenzene d. 2-propyl-1-hydroxybenzene ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 42

Chapter 12 170. Which of the following is the correct IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2-hydroxy-4-methyl-1-nitrobenzene b. 4-methyl-1-nitro-2-phenol c. 5-methyl-2-nitrophenol d. 1-nitro-2-hydroxy-4-methylbenzene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 171. Identify a true statement about the acidity of phenol. a. The pKa value of phenol is less than the pKa value of acetic acid. b. The pKa values of phenol and water are equal. c. Phenol is a weak acid that reacts with strong bases to form water-soluble salts. d. Phenol is a strong base that reacts with strong acids to form water-soluble salts.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 172. Which of the following products is obtained by the reduction of p-quinone? a. phenoxide b. peroxide c. catechol d. hydroquinone ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 173. Which of the following products is obtained when phenol reacts with potassium dichromate in the presence of sulfuric acid? a. potassium phenoxide b. 1,2-benzenediol c. 1,4-benzenedione d. 3-pethylphenol ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 174. Which of the following core groups is present in all members of the vitamin K family? a. 1,4-benzenedione b. 1,4-benzenediol c. 1,4-naphthoquinone d. 1,4-phenol ether Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 43

Chapter 12 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 175. Consider the following structure.

Which of the following correctly applies to this structure? a. It is called an arene. b. It is classified as an aromatic compound. c. All carbon to carbon bonds are equivalent. d. All hydrogen atoms are equivalent. e. All of these apply to this structure.

ANSWER: e TOPICS: 12.7 - STRUCTURE OF BENZENE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 176. Consider the following structure.

If one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with an —NH2 group and another adjacent hydrogen with a —Br group, then what would be the IUPAC name of the compound? a. 1-amino-2-bromo-benzene b. 2-amino-1-bromo-benzene c. m-bromoaniline d. 2-bromoaniline e. p-bromoaniline ANSWER: d TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 177. Consider the following structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 44

Chapter 12

If a chlorine atom is substituted for each of the labeled hydrogen atoms, which of the following is true of the resulting compound? a. The compound can have cis-trans isomers. b. The compound will have substituents in its meta positions. c. The compound will have substituents bonded to its 1,4 positions. d. The compounds will have substituents in its meta positions and bonded to its 1,4 positions.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 178. Consider the following structure.

This structure is commonly called butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), which is an antioxidant added to food. According to IUPAC nomenclature, on which carbon of BHT is the —OH group located? a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 5 e. 6 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.8 - NAMING AROMATIC COMPOUNDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 179. By which of the following reactions is ubiquinol converted to ubiquinone? a. halogenation b. oxidation c. reduction d. neutralization ANSWER: b TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 180. Consider the following compound, BHT, which is used as an antioxidant in food.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 45

Chapter 12

Which of the following products is formed when this compound reacts with NaOH? a. phenoxide b. hydrogen peroxide c. hydrocarbon d. benzenedione ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 181. Consider the following compound, albuterol, used in bronchodilators.

How many acidic groups are present in this compound? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 12.10 - PHENOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 182. p-bromonitrobenzene is treated with hydrogen gas in the presence of a Pd catalyst. What would be the product of the reaction? a. 4-bromoaniline b. benzene c. bromobenzene d. nitrobenzene ANSWER: a TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 183. Which reagents and catalysts are needed to convert benzene to p-bromonitrobenzene? a. Br2/FeBr3 b. HNO3/H2SO4/heat Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 46

Chapter 12 c. NaOH d. H2SO4/Heat e. both Br2/FeBr3 and HNO3/H2SO4/heat ANSWER: e TOPICS: 12.9 - REACTIONS OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 47

Chapter 13 1. What is the characteristic functional group of thiols? a. —NH b. —OH c. —PH d. —SH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following compounds is likely to have an unpleasant odor? a. CH3CH2OH b. CH3CH2OCH2CH3 c. CH3CH2SH d. HOCH2CH2OH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. What is the geometry at the hydroxyl-bearing carbon atom of an alcohol? a. linear b. tetrahedral c. trigonal planar d. trigonal pyramidal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. What is the approximate H—C—O bond angle in an alcohol? a. 90° b. 109° c. 120° d. 180° ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2-methyl-4-hexanol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 13 b. 5-methyl-3-hexanol c. 3-hydroxy-5-methylhexane d. 4-hydroxy-2-methylhexane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 6. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. methyl propyl methanol b. 2-pentanol c. 1-methyl-1-butanol d. 4-pentanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 7. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2-ethyl-4-pentanol b. 4-methyl-2-hexanol c. 4-ethyl-2-pentanol d. 3-methyl-5-hexanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 8. Which of the following is the IUPAC name of butyl alcohol? a. 1-butanol b. 2-butanol c. 2-methyl-1-propanol d. 2-methyl-2-propanol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following is the IUPAC name of isobutyl alcohol?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 13 a. 1-butanol b. 2-butanol c. 2-methyl-1-propanol d. 2-methyl-2-propanol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following is the IUPAC name of sec-butyl alcohol? a. 1-butanol b. 2-butanol c. 2-methyl-1-propanol d. 2-methyl-2-propanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 11. Which of the following is the IUPAC name of tert-butyl alcohol? a. 1-butanol b. 2-butanol c. 2-methyl-1-propanol d. 2-methyl-2-propanol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following structures represents 4-methylcyclohexanol? a.

b.

c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 13 d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. Which of the following structures represents 3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. Identify a true statement about trans-2-methylcyclohexanol. a. The hydroxyl group and the methyl group lie in the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring. b. The methyl group may lie above and the hydroxyl group may lie below the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring. c. The methyl group and the hydroxyl group lie above the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring. d. The methyl group and the hydroxyl group lie below the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2,2-dimethyl-4-butanol b. 3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol c. 1-tert-butyl-2-ethanol d. 2-sec-butyl-1-ethanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 13 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 16. What are the positions of the ethyl and hydroxyl groups in cis-3-ethylcyclohexanol? a. hydroxyl group: position 3 and ethyl group: position 1 b. hydroxyl group: position 1 and ethyl group: position 1 c. hydroxyl group: position 3 and ethyl group: position 2 d. hydroxyl group: position 1 and ethyl group: position 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following statements is true of cis-3-isopropylcyclohexanol? a. Both the hydroxyl and the isopropyl groups lie in the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring. b. Both the hydroxyl group and the isopropyl group lie above the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring. c. The hydroxyl group lies above and the isopropyl group lies below the plane that contains the cyclohexane ring. d. The hydroxyl group and the isopropyl group are bonded to the same carbon atom, and both groups lie in the same plane that contains the cyclohexane ring.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following statements is true? a. All diols are glycols. b. All glycols contain both a primary and a secondary alcohol. c. All glycols are diols. d. All glycols must have at least three carbon atoms.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which of the following is a glycol? a. HOCH2CH2CH2OH b.

c. HOCH2CH2OH d. HOCH2CH2COOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 13 20. Which of the following is a glycol? a. HOCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2OH b. c.

both HOCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2OH and d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following statements is true of the hydroxyl functional groups in 1,3-propanediol? a. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 2° carbon. b. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 3° carbon. c. Both the hydroxyl groups are bonded to a 1° carbon each. d. Neither of the hydroxyl groups is bonded to a 1° carbon.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following statements is true of the hydroxyl functional groups in 2-methyl-1,2-propanediol? a. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 2° carbon. b. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 3° carbon. c. Both the hydroxyl groups are bonded to a 1° carbon each. d. Neither of the hydroxyl groups is bonded to a 1° carbon.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following statements is true of the hydroxyl functional groups in 1,3-butanediol? a. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 2° carbon. b. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 3° carbon. c. Both the hydroxyl groups are bonded to a 1° carbon each. d. Neither of the hydroxyl groups is bonded to a 1° carbon.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following statements is true of the hydroxyl functional groups in 2,3-butanediol? a. One hydroxyl group is bonded to a 1° carbon, and the other hydroxyl group is bonded to a 3° carbon.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 13 b. Both the hydroxyl groups are bonded to a 2° carbon each. c. Both the hydroxyl groups are bonded to a 3° carbon each. d. None of these is true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Identify a statement that is true of the hydroxyl functional groups in 1,2,3-propanetriol. a. Two hydroxyl groups are bonded to two 1° carbons, and the third hydroxyl group is bonded to a 3° carbon. b. Two hydroxyl groups are bonded to two 2° carbons, and the third hydroxyl group is bonded to a 3° carbon. c. Two hydroxyl groups are bonded to two 3° carbons, and the third hydroxyl group is bonded to a 2° carbon. d. Two hydroxyl groups are bonded to two 1° carbons, and the third hydroxyl group is bonded to a 2° carbon.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. What is the correct order for the ease of dehydrating alcohols? a. tertiary > secondary > primary b. tertiary > primary > secondary c. primary > secondary > tertiary d. secondary > tertiary > primary ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following is a starting material in the synthesis of nitroglycerin? a. ethylene glycol b. 1,2-propanediol c. 1,3-propanediol d. 1,2,3-propanetriol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which statement is true of the polarities of the C—O and O—H bonds in alcohols? a. Neither the C—O nor the O—H bond is polar. b. The C—O and O—H bonds are equally polar. c. Both bonds are polar, but the C—O bond is less polar than the O—H bond. d. Both bonds are polar, but the O—H bond is less polar than the C—O bond.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 13 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. What is the maximum number of hydrogen bonds that an ethanol molecule can form with other molecules? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. What is the approximate strength of a hydrogen bond in alcohols? a. less than 1 kcal/mol b. 2–5 kcal/mol c. 10–20 kcal/mol d. more than 20 kcal/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. Which of the following compounds is the most soluble in water? a. 1-pentanol b. propane c. 1-propanol d. trans-2-butene ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Identify a polar covalent bond in 3-buten-1-ol. a. carbon–carbon single bond b. carbon–carbon single bond c. oxygen–hydrogen bond d. carbon–hydrogen bond ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following alcohols is the least soluble in water?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 13 a. 1-pentanol b. 1-octanol c. 1-hexanol d. 2-propanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which of the following alcohols has the highest boiling point? a. 1-pentanol b. 1,5-pentanediol c. 1,3,5-pentanetriol d. 1-butanol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following alcohols has the lowest boiling point? a. 1-pentanol b. 1-octanol c. 1-hexanol d. 1-heptanol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 36. Why is the boiling point of ethanol greater than the boiling point of ethane? a. because ethanol is nonpolar, whereas ethane is polar b. because unlike ethane, ethanol contains nonpolar covalent bonds c. because unlike ethane, ethanol contains hydrogen bonds d. because ethanol is aromatic, whereas ethane is aliphatic ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following is true of alcohols and phenols? a. Both have equal basic strength. b. Both have equal acidic strength. c. Phenols are more acidic than alcohols. d. Alcohols are more acidic than phenols.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 13 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 38. Which of the following statements is true of London dispersion forces? a. London dispersion forces are stronger between the molecules of 1-butanol than between the molecules of 2methyl-2-propanol. b. London dispersion forces are weaker than hydrogen bonding interactions. c. London dispersion forces are stronger between the molecules of 1-butanol than between the molecules of 2methyl-2-propanol and are weaker than hydrogen bonding interactions. d. None of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Which of the following is a primary alcohol? a. 2-methyl-2-propanol b. 4-methyl-2-pentanol c. trans-2-methylcyclohexanol d. 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. Which of the following classes of compounds react with sodium hydroxide to give a water-soluble salt? a. primary alcohols b. phenols c. both primary alcohols and phenols d. neither primary alcohols nor phenols ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. Dehydration of which type of alcohol can never result in a mixture of products? a. 1° b. 2° c. 3° d. None, mixtures can be obtained from any of these.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 13 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. When 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, and 3-pentanol are dehydrated, which compound among them will yield only a single alkene product? a. only 1-pentanol b. both 1-pentanol and 2-pentanol c. both 1-pentanol and 3-pentanol d. only 2-pentanol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following alcohols will most easily undergo acid-catalyzed dehydration? a. 1-butanol b. 2-butanol c. 2-methyl-2-propanol d. 2-methyl-1-propanol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. How many different alkene products (counting the cis and trans isomers of a compound as a single product) can be produced when 3-methyl-3-pentanol is dehydrated? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. How many different alkene products (counting the cis and trans isomers of a compound as a single product) can be formed when 2,3-dimethyl-3-pentanol is dehydrated? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 13 46. What is the major product obtained from the dehydration of 2,3-dimethyl-3-pentanol? a. 2-isopropyl-2-butene b. 2,3-dimethyl-2-pentene c. 3,4-dimethyl-2-pentene d. 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentene ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following alkenes will be the major product when 2-methylcyclohexanol is heated with concentrated sulfuric acid? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 48. Which of the following describes the products formed by the dehydration of cis-2-methylcyclopentanol? a. The only product formed is 1-methylcyclopentene. b. The only product formed is 3-methylcyclopentene. c. The major product is 1-methylcyclopentene, and the minor product is 3-methylcyclopentene. d. The major product is 3-methylcyclopentene, and the minor product is 1-methylcyclopentene.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following statements is true of the products formed by heating the given compound with concentrated sulfuric acid?

a. The major product is 2-methyl-2-hexene, and the minor product is 2-methyl-3-hexene. b. The major product is 2-methyl-3-hexene, and the minor product is 2-methyl-2-hexene. c. The only product formed is 2-methyl-1-hexene.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 13 d. The only product formed is 2-methyl-3-hexene.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following statements is true of the products formed by the dehydration of trans-4-methylcyclohexanol? a. The only product formed is 4-methylcyclohexene. b. The only product formed is 5-methylcyclohexene. c. The major product is 4-methylcyclohexene, and the minor product is 5-methylcyclohexene. d. The major product is 5-methylcyclohexene, and the minor product is 4-methylcyclohexene.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. When heated with concentrated sulfuric acid, which of the following alcohols will be converted to the following alkene as the major product?

a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following describes the products formed by the dehydration of 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanol? a. The only product formed is 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-2-pentene. b. The only product formed is 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentene. c. The major product is 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-2-pentene, and the minor product is 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentene. d. There is no product formed because 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanol does not undergo dehydration.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 13 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. Suppose you carried out two reactions in sequence. In the first reaction, you hydrated 1-hexene; in the second reaction, you dehydrated the product(s) of the first reaction. Which of the following would be the major final product? a. 1-hexene b. 2-hexene c. 3-hexene d. 2-methyl-3-pentene ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. Which of the following is true of the hydration–dehydration equilibrium that exists between alcohols and alkenes under aqueous acidic conditions? a. It lies so far in one direction that it can only be used for the preparation of alcohols. b. It lies so far in one direction that it can only be used for the preparation of alkenes. c. Reaction conditions can be adjusted so that the equilibrium can be used to prepare either alcohols or alkenes in high yields. d. It is not useful for the preparation of either alcohols or alkenes.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 55. Which of these compounds is obtained as the major product from the reaction of the following alkene with aqueous sulfuric acid?

a.

b.

c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 13 d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the following statements is true of oxidation reactions in primary or secondary alcohols? a. The alcohols lose oxygen atoms when oxidized. b. The alcohols gain electrons when oxidized. c. The alcohols lose hydrogen atoms when oxidized. d. The alcohols lose water when oxidized.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following statements is true of the oxidation of tertiary alcohols? a. It involves the loss of oxygen. b. It involves the gain of electrons. c. The oxidation of tertiary alcohols produces ethers. d. Tertiary alcohols resist oxidation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. In which class of compounds is the carbon at the functional group most highly oxidized? a. alcohols b. aldehydes c. carboxylic acids d. ketones ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. In which class of compounds is the carbon at the functional group least oxidized? a. alcohols b. aldehydes c. carboxylic acids d. ketones Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 13 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. Which of the following products is formed by the oxidation of 2-hexanol with potassium dichromate? a. hexene b. hexanal c. cyclohexane d. hexanone ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Which of the following alcohols can be oxidized to aldehydes in carefully controlled experimental conditions? a. 1° alcohols b. 2° alcohols c. both 1° and 2° alcohols d. both 2° and 3° alcohols ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following alcohols can be oxidized to ketones? a. 1° alcohols b. 2° alcohols c. both 1° and 2° alcohols d. both 2° and 3° alcohols ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 63. Which of the following is obtained from the oxidation of isobutyl alcohol with potassium dichromate in aqueous sulfuric acid? a. b. c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 13 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. Which of the following is obtained from the oxidation of sec-butyl alcohol with potassium dichromate in aqueous sulfuric acid? a. b. c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Which of the following reagents is used to convert menthol to menthone? a. phosphoric acid alone b. sulfuric acid alone c. sodium hydroxide in the presence of water d. potassium dichromate in the presence of sulfuric acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Which of the following reagents was used in the original breath-alcohol screening test used by law enforcement officials? a. Cr3+ b. hydrogen peroxide c. potassium dichromate d. acetic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. By which of the following reaction sequences is ethanol converted to ethanoic acid? a. successive oxidation b. successive reduction c. oxidation followed by reduction d. reduction followed by oxidation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 13 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 68. Which of the given products can be obtained from the reaction of the following alcohol with sodium dichromate in aqueous sulfuric acid?

a. b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. What is the smallest number of carbon atoms that can be found in an ether? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. What is the smallest number of hydrogen atoms that can be found in a noncyclic ether? a. 3 b. 6 c. 8 d. 10 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. What is the smallest number of carbon atoms that can be found in an asymmetrical ether containing only C, H, and a single O atom? a. 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 13 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following is an example of a cyclic ether? a. methoxycyclohexane b. ethoxycyclopentane c. tetrahydrofuran d. ethrane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. What is the approximate C—O—C bond angle in noncyclic ethers? a. 90° b. 109° c. 120° d. 180° ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which of the following statements is true of dimethyl ether and ethanol? a. The boiling points of dimethyl ether and ethanol are the same. b. The boiling point of dimethyl ether is higher than the boiling point of ethanol. c. The boiling point of dimethyl ether is lower than the boiling point of ethanol. d. The boiling point of dimethyl ether is twice the boiling point of ethanol.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 75. Which of the following is the IUPAC name for the ether commonly called ethyl methyl ether? a. ethoxymethane b. ethoxyethane c. methoxymethane d. methoxyethane ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 13 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. What is the common name of the smallest cyclic ether? a. ethylene oxide b. methylene oxide c. tetrahydrofuran d. methoxycyclopentane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. hexyl ether b. propyl isopropyl ether c. isopropyl propyl ether d. dipropyl ether ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. What is the approximate C—O—C bond angle in the cyclic ether ethylene oxide, C2H4O? a. 60° b. 90° c. 109° d. 120° ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Why are the boiling points of ethers similar to those of alkanes instead of alcohols? a. Both ether molecules and alkane molecules are polar, whereas alcohol molecules are nonpolar. b. Hydrogen bonding between ether molecules is strong and this property is similar to that of alkanes. However, hydrogen bonding is weaker in alcohols than it is in both ethers and alkanes. c. Although ether molecules are polar, they cannot form hydrogen bonds with other ether molecules. Similarly, alkane molecules do not form hydrogen bonds, whereas there is hydrogen bonding in alcohols. d. None of these are correct explanations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 13 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. What is the correct order of the boiling points of propane, dimethyl ether, and ethanol? a. ethanol > dimethyl ether > propane b. ethanol > propane > dimethyl ether c. propane > dimethyl ether > ethanol d. propane > ethanol > dimethyl ether ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 81. What is the correct order of the boiling points of hexane, pentanol, and ethoxypropane? a. hexane > ethoxypropane > pentanol b. hexane > pentanol > ethoxypropane c. pentanol > ethoxypropane > hexane d. pentanol > hexane > ethoxypropane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 82. Identify a true statement about dimethyl ether. a. It is a nonpolar compound. b. Its boiling point is comparable to the boiling point of ethanol. c. The carbon bonded to oxygen in a dimethyl ether molecule carries a partially positive charge. d. Strong attractive forces exist between dimethyl ether molecules in the liquid form.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. Which of the following bonds is present in all ethers? a. C—S—H b. O—C—F c. C—O—C d. C—O—C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 13 84. Why are ethers more water soluble than alkanes of similar molecular weight and shape? a. because they are nonpolar compounds b. because they can form hydrogen bonds with water c. because they are similar to alkenes d. because they have an oxygen bearing a partial positive charge ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which of the following ethers was frequently used in the past as an anesthetic? a. diethyl ether b. dimethyl ether c. ethyl methyl ether d. ethyl propyl ether ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. Which of the following ethers is used as an inhalation anesthetic today? a. b. c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Which of the following is a characteristic of cyclic ethers? a. Cyclic ethers have a bond angle of 180° about the C—O—C bond. b. They are compounds containing C—O—H bonds in which the oxygen involved in these bonds are part of the ring. c. The oxygen atom of the C—O—C bond is part of the ring. d. They are compounds containing C—O double bonds in which the carbon involved in this bond is part of the ring.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 13 88. Ethylene is treated with sulfuric acid in the presence of water to give product A. Product A is carefully heated in the presence of sulfuric acid to get a polar product B and water. Identify products A and B. a. A is acetic acid, and B is diethyl ether. b. A is ethanol, and B is acetic acid. c. A is ethanol, and B is diethyl ether. d. A is ethylene oxide, and B is acetic acid.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 89. Thiols are most closely related to which of the following classes of compounds? a. alcohols b. aldehydes c. carboxylic acids d. ketones ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. Which of the following is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. isobutyl mercaptan b. sec-butyl mercaptan c. 2-methyl-1-propanthiol d. 2-methyl-1-propanethiol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 91. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. isobutyl mercaptan b. sec-butyl mercaptan c. 2-methyl-1-propanethiol d. propyl mercaptan ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 13 92. Which of the following is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. isobutyl mercaptan b. sec-butyl mercaptan c. 2-butanethiol d. 1-methyl-1-propanethiol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 93. Which of the following is the common name of the following compound?

a. isobutyl mercaptan b. sec-butyl mercaptan c. 2-methyl-1-propanthiol d. 2-methyl-1-propanethiol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Identify the group that is commonly called a mercaptan group. a. —CO b. —SH c. —SO3H d. —C—O—C— ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. Identify a nonpolar covalent bond. a. C—O b. S—H c. O—H d. C—F ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 13 96. What is the approximate H—S—C bond angle in methanethiol? a. 90° b. 124.6° c. 100.3° d. 180° ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. What is the approximate pKa of a thiol? a. 5 b. 7 c. 10 d. 14 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. Why do thiols show less hydrogen bonding than alcohols do? a. Thiols are much more acidic than alcohols. b. The sulfur atoms in thiols are less electronegative than the oxygen atoms in alcohols. c. Thiols are much more acidic than alcohols and the sulfur atoms in thiols are less electronegative than the oxygen atoms in alcohols. d. None of these.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following statements are true? (i) 1-Propanethiol has a higher boiling point than 1-propanol. (ii) 1-Propanethiol has a boiling point comparable to CH3CH2SCH3 (ethyl methyl sulfide). (iii) 1-Propanethiol is much more acidic than 1-propanol. a. (i) and (ii) only b. (i) and (iii) only c. (ii) and (iii) only d. (i), (ii), and (iii) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 13 100. Which of the following is an important biological reaction of thiols? a. the combination of two thiols and the elimination of H2S to yield a thioether b. the reduction of two thiols to form a disulfide c. the oxidation of two thiols to form a disulfide d. the reaction of thiols with hydrochloric acid to form thiolate salts ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. Which of the following is true of the relationship between thiols and disulfides? a. Thiols are easily oxidized to disulfides, and disulfides are easily reduced to thiols. b. Thiols are not easily oxidized to disulfides, and disulfides are not easily reduced to thiols. c. Thiols are easily oxidized to disulfides, but disulfides are not easily reduced to thiols. d. Thiols are not easily oxidized to disulfides, but disulfides are easily reduced to thiols.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following statements are true? (i) The pKa of thiols is similar to that of phenols. (ii) Little or no hydrogen bonding occurs among thiol molecules. (iii) Thiols and disulfides are important in nucleic acid chemistry. a. (i) and (ii) only b. (i) and (iii) only c. (ii) and (iii) only d. (i), (ii), and (iii) only ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. The conversion of coal or methane to formaldehyde involves which of the following sequences of reactions? a. three successive oxidations b. three successive reductions c. reduction, oxidation, and reduction d. oxidation, reduction, and oxidation ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following alcohols is used as an oxygenate additive in gasoline for conventional road vehicles?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 13 a. ethanol b. isopropanol c. methanol d. phenol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 105. Which of the following is an important intermediate in the production of ethylene glycol? a. diethyl ether b. ethanol c. ethylene oxide d. tetrahydrofuran ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 106. In addition to its use as an automobile antifreeze, how else is ethylene glycol used? a. as a component of various inks b. as a solvent for paints c. as a starting material in the manufacture of the polymer PET d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 107. Which of the following compounds is converted to rubbing alcohol by acid-catalyzed hydration? a. ethanol b. propene c. 2-methylpropane d. formaldehyde ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which of the following can be obtained using propene as a starting material? a. glycerin b. isopropyl alcohol c. epichlorohydrin d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 13 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 109. Which of the following processes is used to manufacture glycerin in bulk for industrial and commercial purposes? a. the hydrogenation of ethylene b. the multistep oxidation process of propene c. the one-step oxidation of methanol d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. Which of the following reagents is used to convert ethylene to ethylene oxide? a. HCl in the presence of water b. O2 in the presence of a catalyst c. sulfuric acid in the presence of water d. sulfuric acid in the presence of heat ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 111. What is the product formed by the reaction of methanol with CO in the presence of a rhodium catalyst? a. formaldehyde b. ethylene oxide c. acetic acid d. ethylene glycol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.5 - COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. cyclohexyl ethyl ether b. ethyl cyclohexyl ether c. ethoxycyclohexane d. cyclohexoxyethane ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 13 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.3 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ETHERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 113. Identify the product formed by the dehydration of tert-butyl alcohol. a. 3-methylbutene b. 1-butene c. 2-butene d. 2-methylpropene ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.2 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 114. Consider the following model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Which of the following alcohol groups are represented in this structure? a. two primary alcohol groups b. two secondary alcohol groups c. a tertiary alcohol group and a secondary alcohol group d. a primary alcohol group and a secondary alcohol group ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 115. Consider the following model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Which of the following is a characteristic of the given compound? a. It is a polar molecule. b. It is capable of hydrogen bonding. c. It has a higher boiling point than 1-propanol. d. All of these are characteristics of the compound.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 13 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 116. Consider the following model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Which of the following is a characteristic of the given compound? a. It is soluble in water. b. It has a pKa of about 10. c. It readily reacts with NaOH to form a sodium salt. d. All of these are characteristics of the compound.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 117. Examine the structures represented by the following models. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

A

B

C

Which of the following compounds is a thiol? a. A b. B c. Both B and C d. Both A and B ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. Examine the structures represented by the following models. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 13

A

B

C

Which of the following compounds can show extensive hydrogen bonding with molecules of its own kind? a. A b. Both A and B c. C d. A, B, and C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Examine the structures represented by the following models. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

A

B

C

Which of the following compounds exhibits London dispersion forces? a. Only A and B b. Only B and C c. Only C d. A, B, and C ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.4 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THIOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. Examine the structures represented by the following models. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

A

B

C

Which of the following compounds can undergo a dehydration reaction to form an alkene? a. A b. Both A and B c. C d. A, B, and C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 13 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 121. Which of the following is a secondary alcohol? a. 2-methyl-2-propanol b. trans-2-methylcyclohexanol c. 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol d. 3-methylbutanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. Which of the following is a tertiary alcohol? a. 4-methyl-2-pentanol b. trans-2-methylcyclohexanol c. 2-methyl-2-propanol d. 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 13.1 - STRUCTURES, NAMES, AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALCOHOLS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 14 1. Identify a molecule that is achiral. a. 2-chlorobutane b. 1,2-dichloropropane c. 3-bromopentane d. 3-bromo-1-butene ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 2. Which statement is true of a carbon atom that is a stereocenter? a. It is bonded to two identical groups and two different groups by single bonds. b. It has a double bond and two single bonds. c. It is bonded to four different groups by single bonds. d. It is bonded to two pairs of groups, with the groups of each pair being identical.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 3. Identify a class of isomers that has different connectivity of atoms. a. stereoisomers b. enantiomers c. cis-trans isomers d. constitutional isomers ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 4. Given the compounds 2,3-dimethylpentane and 2,4-dimethylpentane, which of the following is true? a. Only 2,3-dimethylpentane is chiral. b. Only 2,4-dimethylpentane is chiral. c. Both are chiral. d. Neither is chiral.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 5. Given the compounds 2,3-dimethylpentane and 3-methylhexane, which of the following is true? a. Only 2,3-dimethylpentane is chiral. b. Only 3-methylhexane is chiral. c. Both are chiral. d. Neither is chiral.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 14 6. There are four alcohols with the molecular formula C4H9OH. How many of these are chiral? a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the three isomeric alcohols, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, and 2-methyl-2-propanol, is/are chiral? a. only 2-butanol b. only 2-methyl-1-propanol c. both 2-butanol and 2-methyl-1-propanol d. both 2-methyl-1-propanol and 2-methyl-2-propanol ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 8. Identify a class of isomers that has the same connectivity of atoms without any stereocenters. a. enantiomers b. diastereomers c. constitutional isomers d. cis-trans isomers ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 9. Which of the given structures represents the enantiomer of the following compound?

a. only b. only c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following three isomeric alcohols, 2-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, and 3-methyl-2-butanol, is/are chiral? a. only 2-pentanol b. only 2-methyl-2-butanol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 14 c. both 2-pentanol and 2-methyl-2-butanol d. both 2-pentanol and 3-methyl-2-butanol ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 11. Which of the following three isomeric alcohols is chiral: 2,2-dimethyl-1-butanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, and 2-methyl3-pentanol? a. Only 2,2-dimethyl-1-butanol is chiral. b. Only 2-methyl-3-pentanol is chiral. c. Both 2,2-dimethyl-1-butanol and 2-methyl-3-pentanol are chiral. d. Both 2-methyl-2-pentanol and 2-methyl-3-pentanol are chiral.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following molecules is chiral? a. 2-methyl-2-propanol b. 2-butene c. 2-bromopropane d. 2-chlorobutane ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 13. Given the compounds 2-methyl-1-pentene and 3-methyl-1-pentene, which of the following statements is true? a. Only 2-methyl-1-pentene is chiral. b. Only 3-methyl-1-pentene is chiral. c. Both are chiral. d. Neither is chiral.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 14. Given the compounds 3-methyl-1-pentene and trans-3-methyl-2-pentene, which of the following statements is true? a. Only 3-methyl-1-pentene is chiral. b. Only trans-3-methyl-2-pentene is chiral. c. Both are chiral. d. Neither is chiral.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 15. Why is 4-ethyl-1,1-dimethylcyclohexane achiral? a. because it has nonsuperimposable mirror images Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 14 b. because it has more than one stereocenter c. because all ring carbon atoms are bonded to two identical groups d. because all ring carbon atoms are bonded to four different groups ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 16. Given the compounds 1,1,3-trimethylcyclohexane and 1,1,4-trimethylcyclohexane, which of the following statements is true? a. Only 1,1,3-trimethylcyclohexane is chiral. b. Only 1,1,4-trimethylcylcohexane is chiral. c. Both are chiral. d. Neither is chiral.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 17. Given the compounds cis-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane and trans-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane, which of the following statements is/are true? (i) these two compounds are related to each other as stereoisomers; (ii) cis-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane is chiral; (iii) trans-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane is chiral. a. Only (i) is true. b. Only (i) and (ii) are true. c. Only (ii) and (iii) are true. d. Only (i) and (iii) are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 18. Which statement is true regarding the optical activity of a pair of enantiomers? a. Each of its members rotates the plane of polarized light by unequal degrees in opposite directions. b. Each of its members rotates the plane of polarized light by unequal degrees in the same direction. c. Each of its members rotates the plane of polarized light by equal degrees in opposite directions. d. Each of its members rotates the plane of polarized light by equal degrees in the same direction.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 19. How many stereocenters are present in the following compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 14 a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 20. Which of the following would represent a racemic mixture? a. a 1:1 mixture of 1-butanol and 2-butanol b. c. d. all of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following compounds can exist as a pair of enantiomers?

a. (i) and (ii) only b. (ii) and (iii) only c. and (iii) only d. (i) only ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 22. In the R,S system, which of the following groups has the highest priority? a. alkyl b. amino c. hydroxyl d. thiol ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 23. Identify a true statement about the R,S system for specifying the configuration of a stereocenter. a. Priorities are assigned to groups based on atomic numbers; the group with the highest atomic number is assigned the highest priority. b. Priorities are assigned to groups based on orientation in space; a group directed toward a viewer is assigned the highest priority.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 14 c. Priorities are assigned to groups based on atomic number; the group with the lowest atomic number is given the highest priority. d. Priorities are assigned to groups based on orientation in space; a group directed away from a viewer is assigned the highest priority.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following is the correct order of priorities in the R,S system? a. alkyl > amino > hydroxyl > thiol b. alkyl > hydroxyl > amino > thiol c. thiol > amino > hydroxyl > alkyl d. thiol > hydroxyl > amino > alkyl ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 25. Among the following groups, what is the correct order of priorities in the R,S system? a. (i) > (ii) > (iii) > (iv) b. (ii) > (i) > (iv) > (iii) c. (iv) > (ii) > (i) > (iii) d. (ii) > (iv) > (i) > (iii) ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 26. Based on the R,S system, which statement is true of the active enantiomer of ibuprofen? a. The order of priority assigned to groups bonded to the stereocenter is as follows: —C6H5 > —COOH > —H > —CH3. b. Based on priority, the reading of the groups bonded to the stereocenter proceeds in a counterclockwise direction. c. The —H bonded to the stereocenter points toward an observer. d. The —CH3 bonded to the stereocenter points away from an observer.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 27. Which of the following is true of 2-butanol? a. 2-butanol is superposable on its mirror image. b. 2-butanol and its mirror image form a pair of constitutional isomers. c. 2-butanol and its mirror image form diastereomers. d. 2-butanol is nonsuperposable on its mirror image.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 14 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 28. Which of the following is the correct order of priorities in the R,S system? a. aldehyde > carboxyl > ketone > primary alcohol b. carboxyl > ketone > aldehyde > primary alcohol c. primary alcohol > aldehyde > ketone > carboxyl d. primary alcohol > ketone > carboxyl > aldehyde ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 29. Among the following groups, which is the correct order of priorities in the R,S system? a. (ii) > (i) > (iii) > (iv) b. (iii) > (iv) > (ii) > (i) c. (i) > (iii) > (ii) > (iv) d. (iv) > (iii) > (i) > (ii) ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 30. Identify the type of isomerism shown by 1,2-dimethyl-cyclohexane. a. constitutional isomerism b. enantiomerism c. cis-trans isomerism d. diastereomerism ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 31. Which of the following carbons is a stereocenter? a. a carbon that is bonded to two hydrogen atoms and two chlorine atoms b. a carbonyl carbon that is bonded to a hydroxyl group and a methyl group c. a carbon that is bonded to a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom d. a carbonyl carbon that is bonded to a methyl group and an ethyl group ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following is the correct order of priorities in the R,S system? a. tert-butyl > butyl > isopropyl > propyl b. tert-butyl > isopropyl > butyl > propyl c. isopropyl > tert-butyl > propyl > butyl d. propyl > butyl >isopropyl > tert-butyl ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 14 TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following is the correct order of priorities in the R,S system? a. butyl < ethyl < methyl < propyl b. propyl < methyl < ethyl < butyl c. butyl < propyl < ethyl < methyl d. methyl < ethyl < propyl < butyl ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 34. Which of the following molecules has an R configuration? a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following molecules has an R configuration? a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 14 36. Which of the following molecules has an S configuration? a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following molecules has an R configuration? a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 38. Which of the following molecules has an R configuration? a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 14 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 39. What are the R/S configurations at the stereocenters of the following compounds?

a. (i) R; (ii) R b. (i) R; (ii) S c. (i) S; (ii) R d. (i) S; (ii) S ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 40. What are the R/S configurations at the stereocenters of the following compounds?

a. (i) = R; (ii) = R b. (i) = R; (ii) = S c. (i) = S; (ii) = R d. (i) = S; (ii) = S ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 41. Which of the following molecules does not have an S configuration at a stereocenter? a.

b.

c.

d. All these molecules have an (S)-stereocenter.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 14 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following represents the enantiomer of the following compound?

a.

b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following represents the enantiomer of the following compound?

a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 14

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 44. How many stereoisomers are possible for the following triglyceride? (Include all types of stereoisomerism!)

a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 8 ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 45. How many stereocenters are present in the following triglyceride?

a. 0 b. 1 c. 4 d. 6 ANSWER: TOPICS:

b 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 46. How many chiral stereoisomers are possible for the following triglyceride?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 14

a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. 32 ANSWER: TOPICS:

a 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 47. What is the maximum number of stereoisomers possible for a molecule that has three stereocenters (assuming no other structural features that lead to stereoisomerism exist)? a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. 16 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 48. Which of the following classes of isomers has a pair of stereoisomers that are nonsuperposable mirror images? a. diastereomers b. enantiomers c. cis-trans isomers d. constitutional isomers ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following pairs of stereoisomers are related as enantiomers?

a. A and B; C and D b. A and C; B and D c. A and D; B and C d. C and D; B and C ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 14 TOPICS:

14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 50. How many stereocenters are present in the following carbohydrate?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: TOPICS:

d 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 51. How many stereoisomers exist for the following compound?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 8 ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 52. How many stereoisomers are possible for the following compound?

a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. 16 ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 14 53. Illustrated here are the four stereoisomers of an amino acid that has two stereocenters. Which structure(s) is/are the enantiomer(s) of structure A?

a. B only b. C only c. D only d. C and D only ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 54. Illustrated here are the four stereoisomers of an amino acid that has two stereocenters. Which structure(s) is/are the diastereomer(s) of structure A?

a. B only b. C only c. D only d. B and D only ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 55. Given the three molecules 1-methylcyclohexanol, trans-2-methylcyclohexanol, and trans-4-methylcyclohexanol, which of the following statements is true? a. All three molecules are chiral. b. Only 1-methylcyclohexanol and trans-2-methylcyclohexanol are chiral. c. Only trans-2-methylcyclohexanol is chiral. d. Only trans-2-methylcyclohexanol and trans-4-methylcyclohexanol are chiral.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 56. How many stereocenters are present in 3-methyl-2-pentanol? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 5 ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 14 TOPICS:

14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 57. How many stereocenters are present in 2,4-dichloro-3-hexanol? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 5 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 58. How many chiral stereoisomers are possible for 2-chlorocyclopentanol? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 59. How many stereoisomers are possible for 3-ethyl-4-methyl-2-hexanol? a. 2 b. 4 c. 8 d. 16 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 60. Progesterone, which is present in humans as a single stereoisomer, has six stereocenters. Human progesterone is one of how many possible stereoisomers for this structure? a. 6 b. 32 c. 64 d. 128 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 14 61. In its pyranose form, naturally occurring D-glucose has five stereocenters. How many possible stereoisomers exist for this structure? a. 5 b. 10 c. 25 d. 32 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 62. How are the following two carbohydrates related to each other?

a. enantiomers b. diastereomers c. constitutional isomers d. functional isomers ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 63. Which of the following is true of the drugs Motrin (ibuprofen) and Captopril? a. They are both sold as racemic mixtures. b. For both only a single enantiomer is manufactured and sold. c. Motrin is sold as a racemic mixture, but Captopril is sold as a single enantiomer. d. Captopril is sold as a racemic mixture, but Motrin is sold as a single enantiomer.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 64. Which of the following is true of diastereomers? a. They possess different connectivity of atoms. b. They are stereoisomers without stereocenters. c. They are stereoisomers that are not mirror images. d. They are stereoisomers whose mirror images are superposable.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.3 - POSSIBLE STEREOISOMERS FOR MOLECULES WITH TWO OR MORE STEREOCENTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 65. When the sample chamber of a polarimeter is empty, which of the following statements is true?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 14 a. The maximum transmission of light occurs when the axes of the polarizer and analyzer are parallel to each other. b. The maximum transmission of light occurs when the axes of the polarizer and analyzer are perpendicular to each other. c. The maximum transmission of light occurs when the axes of the polarizer and analyzer are at an angle of 120° to each other. d. Since the instrument is empty, the positions of the polarizer and analyzer have no effect on the amount of light transmission.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 66. Which of the following statements is true of dextrorotatory compounds? a. They all rotate plane-polarized light in a clockwise direction. b. They all rotate plane-polarized light in a counterclockwise direction. c. They all rotate unpolarized light in a clockwise direction. d. They all rotate unpolarized light in a counterclockwise direction.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 67. Which of the following statements is true of levorotatory compounds? a. They all rotate plane-polarized light in a clockwise direction. b. They all rotate plane-polarized light in a counterclockwise direction. c. They all rotate unpolarized light in a clockwise direction. d. They all rotate unpolarized light in a counterclockwise direction.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 68. Which of the following correctly describes the relationship between the R,S system and the actual rotation associated with optically active compounds? a. All R enantiomers are dextrorotatory. b. All S enantiomers are dextrorotatory. c. No S enantiomers are dextrorotatory, but some R enantiomers are levorotatory. d. There is no general relationship between the R,S designation and the actual direction of rotation of planepolarized light.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 69. Which of the following is true of 2-butanol and 2-propanol? a. Both 2-butanol and 2-propanol have two stereocenters. b. Both 2-butanol and 2-propanol have one stereocenter. c. There are two stereocenters in 2-butanol and one stereocenter in 2-propanol. d. There is one stereocenter in 2-butanol and no stereocenter in 2-propanol.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 14 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 70. Which of the following correctly describes the relationship between the dextrorotatory/levorotatory system and the +/− system associated with optically active compounds? a. All dextrorotatory compounds are (+). b. All levorotatory compounds are (+) c. No levorotatory compounds are (+), but some dextrorotatory compounds are (−). d. There is no general relationship between the dextrorotatory/levorotatory designations and the +/− designations.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 71. The actual rotation of a sample measured in a 10 cm cell can be directly reported as the specific rotation if the concentration of the sample is which of the following? a. 1 M b. 1 mg/L c. 1 g/mL d. 1 g/L ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 72. If the specific rotation of the (R)-enantiomer of a compound is −4.8°, what is the specific rotation for the racemic mixture of the compound? a. +4.8° b. −4.8° c. 0° d. +9.6° ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 73. If the specific rotation of the (R)-enantiomer of a compound is −4.8°, what is the specific rotation for the (S)enantiomer of the compound? a. +4.8° b. −4.8° c. 0° d. +9.6 o ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 14 74. The specific rotation of a compound is defined as the observed rotation of the compound when its concentration is 1 g/mL in a sample tube that is 10 cm long. If a certain compound is observed to have a specific rotation of +8.0°, what rotation will be observed if the sample concentration is 0.25 g/mL and the sample tube is 20 cm long? a. +2° b. +4° c. +16° d. +32° ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:APPLY 75. Lactic acid, shown below, is produced by muscle exercise and can also be found in sour milk. Which of the following statements is true?

a. The racemic lactic acid produced by muscle exercise is identical to that found in sour milk. b. The (−)-enantiomer is produced by muscle exercise and is also found in sour milk. c. The (+)-enantiomer is produced by muscle exercise and is also found in sour milk. d. Lactic acid produced by muscle exercise is the (+)-enantiomer, but that found in sour milk is the (−)enantiomer.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 76. Chymotrypsin has 251 stereocenters. What is the maximum number of stereoisomers possible for a molecule with this number of stereocenters? a. 251 b. 2 × 251 c. 2251 d. 10251 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 77. In order to distinguish the R and S forms of a chiral molecule with a single stereocenter, an enzyme must have binding sites for how many of the groups on the stereocenter of the molecule? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 78. Which of the following statements is true of a hypothetical enzyme that catalyzes glyceraldehyde?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 14 a. It has two binding sites: one specific for —OH and the second specific for —CHO. b. It has two binding sites: one specific for —COOH and the second specific for —CHO. c. It has three binding sites: one specific for —H, the second specific for —COOH, and the third specific for — CHO. d. It has three binding sites: one specific for —H, the second specific for —OH, and the third specific for — CHO. ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 79. In which of the following are both compounds effective pain relievers? a. (R)-ibuprofen and (R)-naproxen b. (S)-ibuprofen and (S)-naproxen c. (R)-ibuprofen and (S)-naproxen d. (S)-ibuprofen and (R)-naproxen ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 80. Which of the following is essentially biologically inactive? a. (R)-ibuprofen b. (S)-ibuprofen c. (R)-naproxen d. (S)-naproxen ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 81. Which of the following is a liver toxin? a. (R)-ibuprofen b. (S)-ibuprofen c. (R)-naproxen d. (S)-naproxen ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 82. The drugs Prilosec and Nexium both contain the same active ingredient. Nexium contains a single enantiomer, but Prilosec is a racemic mixture. Which of the following is probably true regarding 20 mg doses of the two different drugs? a. Both drugs will be equally effective. b. Both drugs can be prepared using the same synthetic procedure. c. Nexium will be more effective than Prilosec. d. Prilosec will be more effective than Nexium.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.5 - SIGNIFICANCE OF CHIRALITY IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 14 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 83. Consider the following two ball-and-stick models. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are indicated by the chemical symbol of the element.

Which of the following correctly describes the compound represented by these models? a. chiral b. stereoisomers c. enantiomers d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 84. Consider the following two ball-and-stick models. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

If a solution contains 0.0500 mol of each substance, which of the following describes the solution? a. dextrorotatory b. levorotatory c. racemic d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.1 - ENANTIOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 85. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are indicated by the chemical symbol of the element.

Which carbon atom represents a stereocenter? a. 1 b. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 14 c. 3 d. 4 e. None of them is a stereocenter.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 86. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are indicated by the chemical symbol of the element.

Which of the numbered groups is assigned the highest priority? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 1 and 3 are given equal priority.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 87. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Which of the following specifies the configuration at the stereocenter? a. R b. S c. Neither R nor S; there is no stereocenter in this compound. d. Both R and S; there are two stereocenters in this compound.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 14 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 88. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

If the specific rotation of this substance is +2.6°, then what is the specific rotation of the following substance? a. +2.6° b. −2.6° c. 0° d. +5.2° e. −5.2° ANSWER: b TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:APPLY 89. Consider the following ball-and-stick models. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 14

The specific rotation of the substance numbered one is +2.6°. If 1 g/mL of substance one is mixed with the same volume of 1 g/mL of substance two, what will be the specific rotation of the resulting solution? a. +2.6° b. −2.6° c. 0° d. +5.2° e. −5.2° ANSWER: c TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:APPLY 90. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

The specific rotation of this substance is +2.6°. Which of the following describes this substance? a. dextrorotatory b. levorotatory c. both dextrorotatory and levorotatory d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 91. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are indicated by the chemical symbol of the element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 14

Which of the following can also be used to specify the geometry of this substance? a.

b.

c. d. neither of these models e. all of these models ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.4 - OPTICAL ACTIVITY AND CHIRALITY IN THE LABORATORY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 92. Consider the following ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are indicated by the chemical symbol of the element.

What is the correct name for this substance? a. (R)-2-butanol b. (S)-2-butanol c. 2-butanol d. cis-2-butanol ANSWER: a TOPICS: 14.2 - SPECIFYING THE CONFIGURATION OF A STEREOCENTER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 14

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 15 1. Which of the following are derivatives of ammonia? a. amines b. alcohols c. ethers d. esters ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. What is an aliphatic amine? a. An aliphatic amine is one in which at least one benzene ring is bonded to nitrogen. b. An aliphatic amine is one in which aryl groups are bonded to nitrogen. c. An aliphatic amine is one in which all the nitrogen-bonded carbons are derived from alkyl groups. d. An aliphatic amine is one in which nitrogen is part of an aromatic ring.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. What is the basis for classifying amines as primary, secondary, or tertiary? a. the number of carbons bonded directly to a nitrogen atom b. the number of carbons bonded to a carbon that is also bonded to nitrogen c. the number of nitro groups bonded directly to a nitrogen atom d. the number of hydrogen atoms present in the alkyl groups of an amine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which type of amine is amphetamine? a. a primary aliphatic amine b. a primary aromatic amine c. a secondary aliphatic amine d. a secondary aromatic amine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which type of amine is (s)-methamphetamine? a. a primary aliphatic amine b. a primary aromatic amine c. a secondary aliphatic amine d. a secondary aromatic amine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 15 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 6. Which type of amine is phentermine? a. a primary aliphatic amine b. a primary aromatic amine c. a tertiary aliphatic amine d. a tertiary aromatic amine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following is not a primary amine? a. Benzedrine b. Fastin c. Methedrine d. None of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which type of amine is purine? a. a straight-chain primary amine b. a heterocyclic aromatic amine c. a heterocyclic aliphatic amine d. a straight-chain tertiary amine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which of the following is the simplest aromatic amine? a. piperidine b. aniline c. anisole d. benzylamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 15 10. Which of the following is a heterocyclic amine? a. aniline b. benzylamine c. piperidine d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. Which of the following is not a heterocyclic aliphatic amine? a. piperidine b. pyrrolidine c. pyrimidine d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following is not a heterocyclic aromatic amine? a. piperidine b. purine c. pyrimidine d. pyridine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following compounds are primary aliphatic amines?

a. (i) and (ii) only b. (i) and (iii) only c. (ii) and (iii) only d. (i) only ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following amines serves as a building block for the amine bases of DNA and RNA? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 15 a. purine b. pyridine c. both purine and pyridine d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following amines serves as a building block for the amine bases of DNA and RNA? a. purine b. pyrimidine c. both purine and pyrimidine d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Which of the following compounds is a heterocyclic aliphatic amine?

a. (i) only b. (ii) only c. (iii) only d. (ii) and (iii) only ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following compounds is a secondary aromatic amine?

a. (i) only b. (ii) only c. (iii) only d. (i) and (ii) only ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 15 18. Which of the following is not an alkaloid? a. cocaine b. coniine c. nicotine d. phentermine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1,2-dimethylaniline b. 1,2-dimethyl-4-aminobenzene c. 3,4-dimethylaniline d. 3,4-dimethylcyclohexanamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 20. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1-amino-4-methylbenzene b. 4-aminotoluene c. 4-methylaniline d. p-toluidine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 21. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. N-ethylcyclohexanamine b. N-cyclohexylethanamine c. N-ethylaniline d. N-cyclohexylethylamine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 15 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 22. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1-ethylaminobenzene b. N-ethylaniline c. N-ethylcyclohexanamine d. N-ethyltoluidine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 23. Which of the following compounds is (s)-n-methyl-2-butanamine?

a. (i) only b. (ii) only c. (iii) only d. (i) and (ii) only ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 24. Which of the following amines has a methyl substituent in its structure? a. aniline b. pyridine c. m-toluidine d. p-nitroaniline ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 15

a. N-propylpentanamine b. N,N-diethyl-1-propanamine c. diethylpropylamine d. N,N-ethylpropanamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 26. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound? a. 5-aminopentylamine b. 1,5-pentanediamine c. 1,5-diaminopentane d. 5-amino-1-pentanamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 27. What is the IUPAC name of isopropylamine? a. propanamine b. 1-propanamine c. 2-propanamine d. 2-propylamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 28. What is the IUPAC name of isobutylamine? a. 1-methyl-1-propanamine b. 2-methyl-1-propanamine c. N-methyl-1-propanamine d. 2,2-dimethylethanamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. What is the IUPAC name of sec-butylamine? a. 1-butanamine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 15 b. 2-butanamine c. N-methyl-2-propanamine d. 2-methyl-2-propanamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 30. What is the IUPAC name of tert-butylamine? a. 1-methyl-2-propanamine b. 2-methyl-2-propanamine c. 1,1-dimethylethanamine d. 2,2-dimethylethanamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 31. What is the common name of CH3−NH−C2H5? a. ethylmethylamine b. methylethylamine c. N-methylethanamine d. propanamine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 32. What is the IUPAC name of CH3−NH−C2H5? a. ethylmethylamine b. methylethylamine c. N-methylethanamine d. propanamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 33. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. methylisopropylamine b. isopropylmethylamine c. N-methyl-2-propanamine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 15 d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 34. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. methylisopropylamine b. isopropylmethylamine c. N-methyl-2-propanamine d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 35. What is the common name of (CH3)2NC2H5? a. ethyldimethylamine b. dimethylethylamine c. N,N-dimethylethanamine d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 36. What is the IUPAC name of (CH3)2NC2H5? a. ethyldimethylamine b. dimethylethylamine c. N,N-dimethylethanamine d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 37. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. ethylmethylpropylamine b. N-ethyl-N-methylpropanamine c. N-ethyl-N-methyl-1-propanamine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 15 d. N-ethyl-N-methyl-2-propanamine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 38. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. ethylpropylmethylamine b. N-ethyl-N-methylpropanamine c. N-ethyl-N-methyl-1-propanamine d. N-ethyl-N-methyl-2-propanamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 39. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. ethylmethylisopropylamine b. ethylisopropylmethylamine c. N-ethyl-N-methyl-1-propanamine d. N-ethyl-N-methyl-2-propanamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 40. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. ethylmethylpropylamine b. ethylisopropylmethylamine c. N-ethyl-N-methyl-1-propanamine d. N-ethyl-N-methyl-2-propanamine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 41. What is the common name of (CH3)4N+Br−? a. trimethylamine bromide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 15 b. trimethylammonium bromide c. tetramethylamine bromine d. tetramethylammonium bromide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 42. What is the common name of (CH3)3NH+Br−? a. trimethylamine bromine b. trimethylamine bromide c. trimethylammonium bromine d. trimethylammonium bromide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 43. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. aniline bromine b. aniline bromide c. anilinium bromine d. anilinium bromide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 44. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. N,N,N-trimethylanilinium chloride b. N,N,N-diethylanilinium chloride c. N,N,N-triethylanilinium chloride d. N,N,N-triethylaniline chlorine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 15 45. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. (R)-2,5-dimethylpentanamine b. (S)-5-methyl-2-hexanamine c. (R)-5-methyl-2-hexanamine d. (S)-2,5-dimethylpentanamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.2 - NAMES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. Which of the following is characteristic of low-molecular-weight amines? a. They are odorless. b. They have mild, sweet odors. c. They have strong, minty odors. d. They have sharp, penetrating odors.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following amines imparts a pungent smell to rotting fish? a. NH3 b. CH3NO2 c. (C6H6)2NH d. (CH3)3N ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. Which of the following amines does not have a pungent odor?

a. (i) only b. (ii) only c. (iii) only d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 15 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. Which of the following amines will not show intermolecular hydrogen bonding? a. CH3NH2 b. (CH3)2NH c. (CH3)3N d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following is a correct statement about the polarity of amines? a. Amines are nonpolar compounds; therefore, the N—H bond is nonpolar. b. The polarity of the N—H bond is less than that of the O—H bond. c. The polarity of the N—H bond is the same as that of the O—H bond. d. The polarity of the N—H bond is greater than that of the O—H bond.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which type of amines can form hydrogen bonds with water? a. 1° b. 2° c. 3° d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following is true of hydrogen bonding in amines? a. Amines do not form hydrogen bonds because there is no difference in the electronegativities of nitrogen and hydrogen. b. The N—H> N hydrogen bond is stronger than the O—H> O hydrogen bond. c. The N—H> N hydrogen bond is the same strength as that of O—H> O hydrogen bond. d. The N—H> N hydrogen bond is weaker than the O—H> O hydrogen bond.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following is true of the solubility of amines?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 15 a. All amines are insoluble in water. b. All amines are soluble in water. c. Most low-molecular-weight amines are completely soluble in water. d. Most high-molecular-weight amines are completely soluble in water.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 54. Trimethylamine, ethylmethylamine, and propylamine are constitutional isomers. Based on their shapes and hydrogen bonding ability, which of the following is the correct order of their boiling points? a. ethylmethylamine > propylamine > trimethylamine b. ethylmethylamine < propylamine < trimethylamine c. propylamine < ethylmethylamine < trimethylamine d. propylamine > ethylmethylamine > trimethylamine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 55. Which of the following amines will be the most soluble in water? a. 1-hexanamine b. N,N-dimethyl-1-hexanamine c. 1-butanamine d. 1,4-butanediamine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 56. Which of the following gives the correct order of boiling points? a. C2H5OH > C3H8 > C2H5NH2 b. C2H5OH > C2H5NH2 > C3H8 c. C3H8 > C2H5OH > C2H5NH2 d. C3H8 > C2H5NH2 > C2H5OH ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 57. Which of the following has the highest boiling point? a. butane b. 1-propanamine c. 1-propanol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 15 d. 2-propanamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 58. Which of the following has the lowest boiling point? a. butane b. 1-propanamine c. 1-propanol d. 2-propanamine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 59. Which of the following has the highest boiling point? a. CH3CH2CH2OH b. CH3CH2CH2NH2 c. NH2CH2CH2OH d. NH2CH2CH2NH2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 60. Which of the following has the highest boiling point? a. CH2CH2CH2OH b. HOCH2CH2OH c. NH2CH2CH2OH d. NH2CH2CH2NH2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 61. What is the correct order of the water solubility of the following amines: C6H13NH2, C2H5NH2, and C4H9NH2? a. C2H5NH2 < C4H9NH2 < C6H13NH2 b. C2H5NH2 < C6H13NH2 < C4H9NH2 c. C6H13NH2 < C4H9NH2 < C2H5NH2 d. C6H13NH2 < C2H5NH2 < C4H9NH2 ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 15 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 62. What is the correct order of the water solubility of the given amines?

a. (i) > (ii) > (iii) b. (ii) > (i) > (iii) c. (iii) > (ii) > (i) d. (iii) > (i) > (ii) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 63. Which of the following is the correct order of the water solubility of the given compounds?

a. (i) > (ii) > (iii) b. (ii) > (i) > (iii) c. (iii) > (ii) > (i) d. (iii) > (i) > (ii) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 64. What occurs when amines react with water? a. The amine loses a hydrogen atom. b. The amine loses a lone pair of electrons. c. The lone pair of electrons of the amine forms a covalent bond with a hydrogen atom of water and a hydronium ion is displaced. d. The lone pair of electrons of the amine forms a covalent bond with a hydrogen atom of water and a hydroxide ion is displaced.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Which of the following is a reasonable value for the pKb of an aliphatic amine? a. 1.5 b. 3.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 15 c. 6.5 d. 8.5 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Which of the following is a reasonable value for the pKb of an aromatic amine? a. 1.5 b. 3.5 c. 6.5 d. 8.5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. What is the blood pH of a normal, healthy person? a. 5.7 b. 7.4 c. 6.5 d. 8.5 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. In which form do aromatic amines exist in human blood at pH 7.4? a. largely in the unprotonated form b. largely in the protonated form c. as a mixture of neutral molecules and their conjugate acids d. largely as their conjugate acids ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. Which of the following is the strongest base?

a. (i) b. (ii) c. (iii) d. none of these are bases Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 15 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 70. Which of the following is the strongest base?

a. (i) b. (ii) c. (iii) d. none of these are bases ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 71. Identify the stronger base in each pair of compounds.

a. A in (i) and C in (ii) b. A in (i) and D in (ii) c. B in (i) and C in (ii) d. B in (i) and D in (ii) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 72. In which of the following solutions can amines dissolve? a. an aqueous acid b. an aqueous base c. an aqueous acid and an aqueous base d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. Which of the following is the correct equation for the reaction of dimethylamine with hydrochloric acid? a. (CH3) 2NH + HCl(aq) 2CH4(g) + NH2Cl(l) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 15 b. 2(CH3)2NH + 2HCl(aq) 2(CH3)2NH2(aq) + Cl2(g) c. (CH3)2NH + HCl(aq) (CH3)2NH 2+(aq) + Cl−(aq) d. (CH3)2NH + 2HCl(aq) 2CH3NHCl(l) + H2 (g) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 74. Which of the following is an application of methadone? a. It is an anesthetic. b. It is a bronchodilator. c. It is a narcotic analgesic. d. None of these are applications of methadone.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following compounds dissolves in diethyl ether? a. anilinium chloride b. aniline iodide c. anilinium bromide d. neutral aniline ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 76. Which of the following is a component of all catecholamines? a. 1,3-dihydroxybenzene b. 1,2-dihydroxybenzene c. 1,4-dihydroxybenzene d. 1,1-dihydroxybenzene ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. Which of the following is a primary amine? a. albuterol b. epinephrine c. isoproterenol d. none of these ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 15 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Which of the following is a primary amine? a. albuterol b. epinephrine c. norepinephrine d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. Which of the following can be used to separate a mixture of cyclopentanamine and cyclopentanol dissolved in diethyl ether? a. aqueous HCl b. aqueous HNO3 c. aqueous ammonia d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 80. Gabapentin is a drug used to treat epilepsy. How many stereocenters are present in the given structure of gabapentin?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. There are no stereocenters.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 81. The structure of gabapentin—a drug for treating epilepsy—is given. Which type of amine is gabapentin?

a. 1° b. 2° Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 15 c. 3° ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 82. How many hydrogen atoms are in cyclohexanamine?

a. 5 b. 7 c. 12 d. 13 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.1 - STRUCTURE OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 83. Which of the following types of amines can form hydrogen bonds with water? a. primary amines b. secondary amines c. tertiary amines d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 84. If the Kb of a certain aromatic amine is 2.24 × 10–9, then what is the value of pKb? a. 9.22 b. −9.22 c. −8.65 d. 8.65 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM's: APPLY 85. Consider the given reaction. If the Kb of a certain amine is 4.50 × 10–4, then what is the approximate ratio of the protonated and the unprotonated amine at pH 7.00?

RNH2 (aq) + H2O(l) RNH3+(aq) + OH–(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 15 a. 4500 : 1 b. 1 : 4500 c. 45 : 1 d. 1 : 45 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.4 - BASICITY OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. On a medicine container, the name of the active ingredient is followed by the symbol "•HCl." What does "•HCl" indicate? a. The active ingredient is a salt that is insoluble in blood plasma. b. The active ingredient is a hydrochloride salt. c. The active ingredient is a water-insoluble salt. d. The active ingredient is a hypochlorite salt.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 87. A mixture containing 2-octanol, cyclohexanamine, and potassium chloride is separated using the process shown in the given flowchart.

From which layer can 2-octanol be extracted? a. A b. B c. C d. from all layers ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 15 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 88. A mixture containing 2-octanol, cyclohexanamine, and potassium chloride is separated using the process shown in the given flowchart.

From which layer can cyclohexamine be extracted? a. A b. B c. C d. from all layers ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 89. A mixture containing 2-octanol, cyclohexanamine, and potassium chloride is separated using the process shown in the given flowchart.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 15

From which layer can potassium chloride be extracted? a. A b. B c. C d. from all layers ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 15.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF AMINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 16 1. Which functional group is found in aldehydes? a. R—CHO b. R—CH2OH c. R—COOH d. R—COR' ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.1 - ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which functional group is found in ketones? a. R—CHO b. R—CH2OH c. R—COOH d. R—COR' ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.1 - ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which structural feature is common to aldehydes and ketones? a. an oxygen atom bonded to both a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom b. an oxygen atom bonded to two carbon atoms c. an oxygen atom double bonded to a carbon atom d. two oxygen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.1 - ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. What is the smallest number of carbon atoms that can be present in an aldehyde? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.1 - ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. What is the smallest number of carbon atoms that can be present in a ketone? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 16 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.1 - ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 6. How many ketone functional groups are present in the following compound?

a. 2 b. 1 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.1 - ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 7. Which of the following is true of the IUPAC nomenclature of aldehydes? a. The parent name is based on the longest carbon chain that contains the carbonyl carbon. b. The oxygen atom is always bonded to the first carbon. c. The parent name is based on the longest carbon chain that contains the carbonyl carbon and the oxygen atom is always bonded to the first carbon. d. None of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1-pentaldehyde b. pentanal c. pentanoate d. pentanone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 9. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 16

a. 4-hexanone b. 3-hexanone c. ethyl propyl ketone d. propyl ethyl ketone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 10. Which of the following is true of the IUPAC nomenclature of ketones? a. The parent name is based on the longest carbon chain that contains the carbonyl carbon. b. The oxygen atom is always bonded to the first carbon. c. The parent name is based on the longest carbon chain that contains the carbonyl carbon, and the oxygen atom is always bonded to the first carbon. d. None of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. In the IUPAC name 2-methyl-2-propenal, what do the numbers represent? a. the position of the methyl substituent and the position of the carbonyl group b. the position of the methyl substituent and the position of the double bond c. the position of the carbonyl group and the position of the double bond d. the position of the carbonyl group and the position of the triple bond ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 12. How many different aldehydes have the molecular formula C4H8O? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 13. If pairs of enantiomers are only counted once, how many different aldehydes have the molecular formula C5H10O? a. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 16 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 14. Identify the IUPAC name of the given compound.

a. 1-propylbenzophenone b. 1-phenyl-1-propanone c. 1-propylphenylketone d. 1-phenylpropyl ketone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 15. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 4-aldyltoluene b. 4-toluylaldehyde c. 1-methylbenzaldehyde d. 4-methylbenzaldehyde ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 16. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 1-methylpropanal b. 2-methylpropanal c. 3-methylpropanal d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 16 17. Which of the following is a correct IUPAC name? a. 1-methylpropanal b. 2-ethylpropanal c. 2,2-dimethylpropanal d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 18. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2,4-dimethyl-6-hexanal b. 2-aldehydomethyl-4-methylpentane c. 3,5-dimethyl-2-hexanal d. 3,5-dimethylhexanal ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 19. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2,4-dimethyl-6-heptanone b. 4,6-dimethyl-2-heptanone c. 4,6-dimethylheptanone d. 2,4-dimethylhexanal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 20. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1,1-dimethyl-3-pentanone b. 3,3-methyl-1-pentanone c. 3,3-dimethylcyclopentanone d. 1,1-dimethyl-3-cyclopentanone Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 16 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 21. What is the IUPAC name of HOCH2CH2CHO? a. 1-hydroxy-3-propanal b. 2-hydroxypropanal c. 3-hydroxypropanal d. 1,3-propanedial ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 22. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2,3-dihydroxycyclopentanone b. 1,2-dihydroxy-3-cyclopentanone c. cyclopentanone-1,2-diol d. cyclopentanone-2,3-diol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 23. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2-methyl-3-amino-1-cyclopentanone b. 3-amine-2-methyl-1-cyclopentanone c. 2-methyl-3-aminocyclopentanone d. 3-amino-2-methylcyclopentanone ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 24. Identify the IUPAC name of the given compound.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 16 a. 2-methyl-3-amino-1-cyclopentanone b. 1-amino-2-methyl-3-cyclopentanone c. 3-amino-2-methyl-1-cyclopentanone d. 2-amino-1-methyl-2-cyclopentanone ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 25. How many different ketones have the molecular formula C5H10O? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 26. What is the IUPAC name of propyl butyl ketone? a. 4-octanone b. 2-methyl-4-heptanone c. 3-methyl-4-heptanone d. 2,2-dimethyl-3-hexanone ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 27. What is the IUPAC name of propyl isobutyl ketone? a. 4-octanone b. 2-methyl-4-heptanone c. 3-methyl-4-heptanone d. 2,2-dimethyl-3-hexanone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 28. What is the IUPAC name of propyl sec-butyl ketone? a. 4-octanone b. 2-methyl-4-heptanone c. 3-methyl-4-heptanone d. 2,2-dimethyl-3-hexanone Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 16 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. What is the IUPAC name of propyl tert-butyl ketone? a. 4-octanone b. 2-methyl-4-heptanone c. 3-methyl-4-heptanone d. 2,2-dimethyl-3-hexanone ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 30. What is the common name of 2-octanone? a. methyl heptyl ketone b. heptyl methyl ketone c. methyl hexyl ketone d. hexyl methyl ketone ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 31. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 3-methyl-3-propylbutanal b. 3-methyl-3-propyl-1-butanal c. 3,3-dimethylhexanal d. 3,3-methyl-1-hexanal ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 32. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 1,1,1-trimethyl-2-propanone Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 16 b. 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanone c. 3,3,3-trimethyl-2-propanone d. 2,2-dimethyl-3-butanone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 33. What is the common name of 3-methyl-4-heptanone? a. propyl butyl ketone b. propyl sec-butyl ketone c. propyl tert-butyl ketone d. propyl isobutyl ketone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.2 - NAMING ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 34. Which of the following has intermolecular hydrogen bonds? a. pure acetone b. pure formaldehyde c. a mixture of acetone and formaldehyde d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 35. Which of the following has intermolecular hydrogen bonds? a. pure formaldehyde b. pure acetone c. a solution of formaldehyde in water d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 36. Which of the following has intermolecular hydrogen bonds? a. a solution of acetone in water b. a solution of formaldehyde in water c. a solution of acetone and formaldehyde in water d. all of these ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 16 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 37. What is the correct order of boiling points of the following compounds?

a. A > B > C b. C > B > A c. B > A > C d. A > C > B ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 38. What is the correct order of boiling points of the following compounds?

a. A > B > C b. C > B > A c. B > A > C d. A > C > B ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 39. Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling point? a. butane b. propanal c. ethyl methyl ether d. 1-propanol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following compounds has the lowest boiling point? a. butane b. propanal c. ethyl methyl ether d. 1-propanol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 16 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling point? a. acetone b. butane c. ethyl methyl ether d. 2-propanol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. Which of the following compounds has the lowest boiling point? a. acetone b. formaldehyde c. 3-octanone d. cyclopentanone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 43. Which of the following compounds has the highest water solubility? a. butanal b. 1-butanol c. 1-hexanol d. hexanal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 44. Which of the following will generally give a positive test with Tollens' reagent? a. aldehydes b. carboxylic acids c. both aldehydes and carboxylic acids d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 16 45. Which of the following compounds has the lowest water solubility? a. butanal b. heptanal c. hexanal d. pentanal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling point? a. 2-butanone b. 2-heptanone c. 2-hexanone d. 2-pentanone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 47. Which of the following compounds has the lowest boiling point? a. 2-butanone b. 2-heptanone c. 2-hexanone d. 2-pentanone ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. Which of the following compounds is the most soluble in water? a. butanal b. heptanal c. hexanal d. pentanal ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 49. Which of the following compounds is the most soluble in water? a. 2-butanone b. 1-hydroxy-2-butanone c. butanal d. 2,3-dihydroxybutanal Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 16 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 50. Which of the following is the least soluble in water? a. 2-butanone b. 1-hydroxy-2-butanone c. 2,3-dihydroxybutanal d. 2-pentanone ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 51. Which of the following is true of ketones? a. Most ketones are odorless. b. Most ketones have mild, fishy odors. c. Most ketones have strong, pleasant odors. d. Most ketones have strong, unpleasant odors.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which of the following statements is true of aldehydes and ketones? a. Both aldehydes and ketones are easily oxidized. b. Neither aldehydes nor ketones are easily oxidized. c. Aldehydes are easily oxidized, but ketones cannot be readily oxidized. d. Ketones are easily oxidized, but aldehydes cannot be readily oxidized.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following is true of liquid aldehydes? a. They are not readily oxidized. b. They are not oxidized by O2 in the air but are oxidized by stronger oxidizing agents. c. They are readily oxidized by O2 in the air. d. Their most important oxidation reaction is combustion.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 16 54. Which of the following will give a positive test with Tollens' reagent? a. aldehydes b. ketones c. aldehydes and ketones d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following will generally give a positive test with Tollens' reagent? a. carboxylic acids b. ketones c. both carboxylic acids and ketones d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. Which of the following compounds will undergo oxidation using potassium dichromate to form a carboxylic acid?

a. A and B only b. A and C only c. B only d. C only ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 57. Which of the following compounds is obtained by the oxidation of hexanal? a. hexanol b. 2-hexanone c. hexanoic acid d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 16 58. What is the final product obtained when 2-hexanone is treated with potassium dichromate in the presence of sulfuric acid? a. an equilibrium mixture of 2-hexanone and hemiacetal b. hexanol c. hexanoic acid d. none of these, as 2-hexanone does not undergo oxidation readily ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 59. Which of the following is an oxidizing agent? a. NADH b. H2 c. O2 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM's: REMEMBER 60. Which product will be formed by the treatment of the following compound with silver nitrate and ammonia in water, followed by acidification with HCl?

a.

b.

c.

d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. Which of the following compounds is obtained from the reduction of butanal using NaBH4 followed by treatment with water? a. butene b. 1-butanol c. 2-butanol d. butanoic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 16 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 62. Which of the following compounds is obtained from the reaction of pentanal with H2 in the presence of a transition metal catalyst? a. pentene b. 1-pentanol c. 2-pentanol d. pentanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 63. Which of the following is obtained from the reaction of 2-butanone with H2 in the presence of a transition metal catalyst? a. 1-butene b. 2-butene c. 1-butanol d. 2-butanol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM's: APPLY 64. Which of the following is obtained from the reaction of 2-pentanone with NaBH4 followed by the addition of water? a. pentane b. 1-pentanol c. 2-pentanol d. pentanoic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 65. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the reduction of an unsaturated aldehyde or ketone using H2 in the presence of a transition metal catalyst? a. Both the carbon–carbon and the carbon–oxygen double bonds are reduced at the same rate. b. The carbon–carbon double bond is reduced more rapidly than the carbon–oxygen double bond. c. The carbon–oxygen double bond is reduced more rapidly than the carbon–carbon double bond. d. Unsaturated aldehydes and ketones do not undergo any reduction reactions under these conditions.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 16 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Which of following statements is correct regarding the following chemical reaction?

a. Both the carbon–carbon and the carbon–oxygen double bonds will be reduced. b. Only the carbon–carbon double bond will be reduced. c. Only the carbon–oxygen double bond will be reduced. d. Neither the carbon–carbon double bond nor the carbon–oxygen double bond will be reduced.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. Which of the following compounds produces 1-pentanol upon reduction with an H2/metal catalyst? a. b.

c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. In biological systems, which of the following compounds reduces aldehydes and ketones? a. NADH2 b. NADH c. NAD+ d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. What is produced by the reduction of pyruvate in the body under anaerobic conditions? a. acetate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 16 b. acetyl CoA c. lactate d. pyruvate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Which of the following pairs of reactants produces a hemiacetal? a. aldehyde and alcohol b. aldehyde and amine c. aldehyde and carboxylic acid d. aldehyde and water ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. Which of the following pairs of reactants produces a hemiacetal? a. ketone and alcohol b. ketone and aldehyde c. ketone and carboxylic acid d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. Which of the following statements is true of hemiacetals? a. All hemiacetals are generally stable. b. All hemiacetals are unstable because of the presence of two carbonyl groups. c. The functional group of hemiacetals is a carbon bonded to one —OH group and one —OR group. d. Hemiacetals have two —OH groups bonded to the same carbon.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. Which of the following is true of hemiacetals? a. The most stable hemiacetals are noncyclic. b. Hemiacetals react with alcohols to form acetates. c. Hemiacetals react with alcohols to form acetals. d. Hemiacetals contain two carbonyl groups in their stable form.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 16 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which types of biologically important molecules include many cyclic hemiacetals? a. carbohydrates b. lipids c. proteins d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 75. What is the minimum number of oxygen atoms present in a hemiacetal? a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. What is the minimum number of oxygen atoms present in an acetal? a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. Which of the following is the first step in the acid catalyzed formation of an acetal? a. A proton is added to the carbonyl oxygen, giving a resonance-stabilized cation. b. An electrophile and a nucleophile react to form a new covalent bond. c. A proton is transferred from one oxygen to another oxygen. d. A tertiary carbocation is formed by breaking the bond between a hydroxyl group and a carbon.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Which of the following compounds contain a hemiacetal functional group?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 16

a. Α and B b. Β and C c. only B d. only C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 79. Which of the following compounds contain an acetal functional group?

a. A and B b. A and C c. B and C d. only C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 80. Of the various —OH groups in the following carbohydrate, how many are part of the hemiacetal functional group?

a. 4 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 81. Which of the following compounds contain an acetal functional group?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 16 a. A and B only b. B and C only c. A and C only d. A, B, and C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 82. In an aldehyde or a ketone, what is an α-carbon? a. the terminal carbon atom b. the carbon atom of the carbonyl group c. the carbon atom that is adjacent to the carbonyl group d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. Which of the following resemble tautomers? a. constitutional isomers b. diastereomers c. enantiomers d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. How many carbon atoms are present in the smallest aldehyde that cannot exhibit enol-keto tautomerism? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 85. How many α−hydrogens are present in the following compound?

a. 0 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 16 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. Which of the following compounds can undergo keto-enol tautomerism? a. 2-methylpentanal b. 2,2-dimethylbutanal c. both 2-methylpentanal and 2,2-dimethylbutanal d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. Which of the following compounds can undergo keto-enol tautomerism? a. 2-methyl-3-pentanone b. 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanone c. both 2-methyl-3-pentanone and 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanone d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 88. Which of the following compounds can undergo keto-enol tautomerism? a. 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentanone b. 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone c. both 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentanone and 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 89. Identify the correct enol form of 2-butanone. a. b. c.

both

and

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 16 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 90. Which of the following compounds is a tautomer of the following compound?

a. b.

c. both

and

d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 91. Which of the following is true of tautomers? a. They are constitutional isomers that differ in the location of a hydrogen atom and a double bond. b. They are constitutional isomers that differ in the location of an oxygen atom and a double bond. c. They are constitutional isomers that differ in the location of a hydroxyl group and a double bond. d. They are constitutional isomers that differ in the location of a carbon atom and a double bond.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 92. How many enol tautomers are possible for the given ketone?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: POINTS: TOPICS:

b 1 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 16 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 93. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Which of the following statements is true of the given compound? a. It participates in hydrogen bonding with water. b. It has a tetrahedral geometry at the carbonyl carbon. c. It has a higher boiling point than the corresponding acid. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 94. Which of the following functional groups contain carbonyl groups? a. carboxylic acids b. esters c. aldehydes d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 95. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

What will the product be if the given compound reacts with K2Cr2O7 in the presence of H2SO4? a. propanal b. 1-propanol c. propanoate ion d. ethanoic acid e. none of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 16 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 96. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

What will the product be if the given compound reacts with AgNO3 in the presence of NH3? a. propanal b. 1-propanol c. propanoate ion d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 97. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

What will the product be if the given compound reacts with H2 in the presence of a palladium catalyst? a. propanal b. 1-propanol c. 2-propanol d. propanoic acid e. propane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 98. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick models. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 16

Which of the following is represented in this reaction? a. a pair of enantiomers b. a pair of cis-trans isomers c. the resonance structure of a compound d. a pair of keto-enol tautomers e. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

How is the given reaction classified?

a. addition b. acetal formation c. tautomerization d. hemiacetal formation e. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 100. Which of the following is a characteristic of the given structure?

a. It is an aromatic aldehyde. b. It lacks α-hydrogens.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 16 c. It can form an enol. d. It cannot form a hemiacetal intermediate. e. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.5 - KETO-ENOL TAUTOMERISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 101. Answer the following question based on the given structure.

In order to convert the given compound to the corresponding alcohol, which of the following reagents should be used? a. H2/Pd b. NaBH4/H2O c. K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 d. AgNO3/NH3 e. either H2/Pd or NaBH4/H2O ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 102. Answer the following question based on the given ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the symbol of the element.

In order to convert the given compound to a hemiacetal, which of the following reagents should be used? a. H2/Pd b. NaBH4 c. K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 d. AgNO3/NH3 e. CH3CH2OH ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 16.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 16

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 17 1. Which of the following must be present in a carboxylic acid? a. a carbonyl group and a hydroxyl group bonded to different carbon atoms b. a carbonyl group and a hydroxyl group bonded to the same carbon atom c. two hydroxyl groups bonded to the same carbon atom d. two carbonyl groups bonded to the same carbon atom ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.1 - CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following compounds contain(s) a carboxylic acid functional group?

a. A and B only b. A and C only c. C only d. B only ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.1 - CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which is the correct IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid that contains three carbon atoms? a. 2-methylpropanoic acid b. propanoic acid c. 2-propionic acid d. ethanedioic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 4. Which is the correct IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid that contains four carbon atoms? a. butanoic acid b. isobutyric acid c. 2-butanoic acid d. butyric acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 5. What is the IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid that contains three carbon atoms and a terminal amine group?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 17 a. 3-carboxyethylamine b. 1-amino-3-propanoic acid c. 3-carboxypropylamine d. 3-aminopropanoic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 6. How many carboxylic acids have the molecular formula C4H8O2? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. Identify the structure of decanoic acid. a. CH3—(CH2)4—COOH b. CH3—(CH2)6—COOH c. CH3—(CH2)8—COOH d. CH3—(CH2)10—COOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which is the correct IUPAC name of the carboxylic acid that contains five carbon atoms? a. 1-methyl-1-butanoic acid b. 1,1-dimethylpropanoic acid c. 1,2-dimethylpropanoic acid d. 2-methylbutanoic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 9. What is the IUPAC name of GABA? a. 3-amino-2-propenoic acid b. 4-aminobutanoic acid c. 4-amino-benzoic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 17 d. 4-carboxybutylamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. What is the IUPAC name of the following carboxylic acid?

a. 3-carboxyhexane b. 2-ethylpentanoic acid c. 4-ethylpentanoic acid d. 2-propylbutanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 11. What is the IUPAC name of the straight chain dicarboxylic acid that contains seven carbon atoms? a. 1,6-heptanedioic acid b. heptanedioic acid c. 1,5-pentanedioic acid d. pentanedioic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 12. Which of the following is not a dicarboxylic acid? a. glutaric acid b. oxalic acid c. succinic acid d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 5-carboxydecane b. 5-pentylhexanoic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 17 c. 2-pentylhexanoic acid d. 2-butylheptanoic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 14. Which of the following is not a real compound? a. 1-hydroxybutanoic acid b. 2-hydroxybutanoic acid c. 3-hydroxybutanoic acid d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 15. Which of the following is γ-hydroxybutyric acid? a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. Which of the following is a major component of kidney stones? a. calcium glutarate b. calcium malate c. calcium oxalate d. calcium succinate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following is an intermediate in the citric acid cycle? a. glutaric acid b. oxalic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 17 c. succinic acid d. valeric acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. Which of the following acids is a component of the venom injected by stinging ants? a. butyric acid b. acetic acid c. formic acid d. stearic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which of the following is the correct structure of caproic acid? a. CH3(CH2)2COOH b. CH3(CH2)3COOH c. CH3(CH2)4COOH d. CH3(CH2)10COOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. Identify the nonpolar covalent bond present in ethanoic acid. a. C—O single bond b. C—O double bond c. C—H single bond d. O—H single bond ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. Identify the difference between oxalic acid and malonic acid. a. Oxalic acid has one carboxylic group, whereas malonic acid has two carboxylic groups. b. Oxalic acid has two carboxylic groups, whereas malonic acid has one carboxylic group. c. Oxalic acid has two carbon atoms, whereas malonic acid has three carbon atoms. d. Oxalic acid has three carbon atoms, whereas malonic acid has two carbon atoms.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 17 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. Which of the following acids is used in the synthesis of the polymer nylon-66? a. adipic acid b. palmitic acid c. stearic acid d. formic acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 2-hydroxy-4-butanoic acid b. 3-hydroxybutanoic acid c. α-hydroxybutanoic acid d. γ-hydroxybutanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 24. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 3-aminoheptanoic acid b. 4-aminooctanoic acid c. 4-amino-4-butylbutanoic acid d. γ-aminobutyric acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 25. GABA is the abbreviation for the neurotransmitter γ-aminobutyric acid. Which of the following is the structure of GABA? a. b. c. NH2CH2CH2CH2COOH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 17 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Identify the correct structure of stearic acid. a. CH3—(CH2)4—COOH b. CH3—(CH2)8—COOH c. CH3—(CH2)10—COOH d. CH3—(CH2)16—COOH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Identify the reaction that involves the conversion of butanoic acid to propane by heating it to a very high temperature. a. oxidation b. esterification c. decarboxylation d. hydrogenation ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. 3-carboxyaniline b. 4-aminobenzoic acid c. 4-carboxyaniline d. m-aminobenzoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.2 - NAMES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 29. Which of the following statements best compares the boiling points of carboxylic acids and other neutral organic compounds of comparable weight? a. They are significantly lower than the boiling points of the other compounds.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 17 b. They are slightly lower than the boiling points of the other compounds. c. They are slightly higher than the boiling points of the other compounds. d. They are significantly higher than the boiling points of the other compounds.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following is correct about the solubilities of propanoic acid and propanal in water? a. Water solubility of propanoic acid is significantly less than propanal. b. Water solubility of propanoic acid is slightly less than propanal. c. Water solubility of propanoic acid is slightly more than propanal. d. Water solubility of propanoic acid is significantly more than propanal.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. In a sample of a pure carboxylic acid, how many hydrogen bonds are formed between a pair of carboxylic acid molecules? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following acids is the most soluble in water? a. caprylic acid b. caproic acid c. butyric acid d. lauric acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following acids is the least soluble in water? a. acetic acid b. propionic acid c. capric acid d. butyric acid ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 17 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which of the following compounds is most soluble in water?

a. A b. C c. B d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following compounds will have the lowest boiling point? a. butanoic acid b. 1-proponol c. acetic acid d. propanal ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 36. Identify the acid that is primarily responsible for the sour taste of pickles and sauerkraut. a. pentanoic acid b. citric acid c. lactic acid d. butanoic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling point? a. butanoic acid b. 1-proponol c. acetic acid d. propanal ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.3 - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 17 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. How are fatty acids obtained from animal fats? a. by hydrolysis b. by reduction c. by oxidation d. by substitution ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Identify the fatty acid denoted by 20:0. a. lauric acid b. palmitic acid c. stearic acid d. arachidic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Identify the fatty acid denoted by 18:2. a. stearic acid b. palmitoleic acid c. linoleic acid d. arachidonic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following is the correct statement about stearic acid and linoleic acid? a. They have same melting point of −5°C. b. The melting point of stearic acid is lower than that of linoleic acid. c. The melting point of stearic acid is higher than that of linoleic acid. d. They have the same melting point of 70°C. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following 18 carbon fatty acids will have the lowest melting point? a. oleic acid b. linoleic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 17 c. linolenic acid d. stearic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following 18 carbon fatty acids will have the highest melting point? a. oleic acid b. linoleic acid c. linolenic acid d. stearic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. Which of the following notations corresponds to the fatty acid with the lowest melting point? a. 18:0 b. 18:1 c. 18:2 d. 18:3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. Which of the following notations corresponds to the fatty acid with the highest melting point? a. 18:0 b. 18:1 c. 18:2 d. 18:3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 46. Which of the following fatty acids is saturated? a. lauric acid b. palmitic acid c. stearic acid d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 17 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following is a saturated fatty acid? a. arachidonic acid b. oleic acid c. palmitic acid d. linoleic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which of the following fatty acids is unsaturated? a. arachidonic acid b. linoleic acid c. linolenic acid d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following is an unsaturated fatty acid? a. arachidonic acid b. palmitic acid c. stearic acid d. lauric acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following unsaturated fatty acids has the most double bonds? a. arachidonic acid b. linoleic acid c. linolenic acid d. oleic acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which of the following unsaturated acids has the fewest double bonds? a. arachidonic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 17 b. linoleic acid c. linolenic acid d. oleic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following is true of the most unsaturated fatty acids? a. The cis isomer predominates the trans isomer. b. The trans isomer predominates the cis isomer. c. There is an equal distribution of cis and trans isomers. d. All are cis isomers.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following is true of the most abundant, naturally occurring fatty acids? a. Nearly all of them contain an even number of carbon atoms. b. About 70% of them contain an odd number of carbon atoms. c. Approximately half of them contain an even number of carbon atoms. d. Nearly all of them contain an odd number of carbon atoms.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 54. Which of the following is true of the sources of fatty acids? a. Both animals and plants are rich in saturated fatty acids. b. Both animals and plants are rich in unsaturated fatty acids. c. Animals are rich in saturated fatty acids, and plants are rich in unsaturated fatty acids. d. Plants are rich in saturated fatty acids, and animals are rich in unsaturated fatty acids.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 55. Why do saturated fatty acids have higher melting points than cis-unsaturated fatty acids of comparable molecular weight. a. because saturated fatty acids have stronger repulsive forces between their hydrocarbon chains than unsaturated fatty acids do b. because saturated fatty acids have stronger hydrogen bonds between their hydrocarbon chains than unsaturated fatty acids do Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 17 c. because saturated fatty acids have stronger ionic bonds between their hydrocarbon chains than unsaturated fatty acids do d. because saturated fatty acids have stronger London dispersion forces between their hydrocarbon chains than unsaturated fatty acids do ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the following is true of the melting points of unsaturated fatty acids? a. The lower the degree of unsaturation, the lower is the melting point. b. The greater the degree of unsaturation, the lower is the melting point. c. The greater the degree of unsaturation, the greater is the melting point. d. The degree of unsaturation has no effect on the melting point.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following gives the correct order of health risk for the three types of fatty acids? a. trans > saturated > cis b. trans > cis > saturated c. cis > saturated > trans d. cis > trans > saturated ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. How is 3-cyclopentene-carboxylic acid converted to 4-hydroxymethyl-cyclopentene? a. by heating to a high temperature to undergo decarboxylation b. by treating with sodium bicarbonate c. by reducing with LiAlH4 followed by hydrolysis d. by acid-catalyzed reaction with ethanol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Which of the following is true of linolenic acid? a. It has two double bonds. b. It has four double bonds. c. It has five double bonds. d. It has three double bonds.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 17 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. Saponification is an example of which type of reaction? a. esterification b. ester hydrolysis c. reduction d. oxidation ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 61. Which of the following reagents is required in saponification? a. an oxidizing agent b. a strong base c. a reducing agent d. a weak acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following is a byproduct in the production of soaps? a. glycerol b. triglycerides c. glyceric acid d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. What is the difference between stearic acid and linoleic acid? a. Stearic acid has 18 carbon atoms, whereas linoleic acid has 16 carbon atoms. b. Stearic acid is unsaturated, whereas linoleic acid is saturated. c. Stearic acid has 18 carbon atoms, whereas linoleic acid has 20 carbon atoms. d. Stearic acid is saturated, whereas linoleic acid is unsaturated.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. In a soap micelle, which of the following is true?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 17 a. The hydrophilic region is on the surface and the hydrophobic region is in the interior. b. The hydrophobic region is on the surface and the hydrophilic region is in the interior. c. The hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions are uniformly distributed throughout the surface of the micelle. d. When the micelle is formed, the hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions interact and neutralize one another.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. What happens when oil is added to a soap solution? a. Oil adsorbs on the outer surface of the soap micelles. b. Oil dissolves in the nonpolar hydrocarbon inner parts of the soap micelles. c. Both of these are correct. d. Neither of these is correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Identify the cations that produce water-insoluble salts when mixed with water. a. Ca2+ ions b. K+ ions c. both Ca2+ ions and K+ ions d. neither Ca2+ ions nor K+ ions ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. Which of the following cations are present in hard water? a. Ca2+ ions b. Fe3+ ions c. Mg2+ ions d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. Which of the following correctly describes the reagent(s) used to manufacture a detergent from a linear alkylbenzene precursor? a. NaOH only b. H2SO4 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 17 c. NaOH followed by H2SO4 d. H2SO4 followed by NaOH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. Which of the following is a detergent molecule? a. sodium alkylbenzenesulfonate b. sodium silicate c. sodium perborate tetrahydrate d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Which of the following is used as a bleaching agent in detergent preparations? a. sodium alkylbenzenesulfonate b. sodium silicate c. sodium perborate tetrahydrate d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. Which of the following compounds is the strongest acid? a. acetic acid b. chloroacetic acid c. dichloroacetic acid d. trichloroacetic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. Identify the Henderson–Hasselbalch equation. a. b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 17 c. d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Given that the electron-withdrawing ability of a substituent falls off with the distance, rank order the following carboxylic acids from the strongest acid to the weakest acid.

a. (i) > (ii) > (iii) b. (iii) > (ii) > (i) c. (ii) > (iii) > (i) d. (ii) > (i) > (iii) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which of the following is used by dentists to cauterize gums? a. acetic acid b. chloroacetic acid c. dichloroacetic acid d. trichloroacetic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. In the Henderson–Hasselbalch equation, when will the pH be equal to the pKa? a. when [A−] = 0.5 × [HA] b. when [A−] = 1 × [HA] c. when [HA]= 3 × [A−] d. when [A−] = 2 × [HA] ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 17 76. In which form will carboxylic acid, RCOOH, be present in an aqueous solution with pH greater than 7.0? a. primarily as RCOOH(aq) b. primarily as RCOO− (aq) c. equal amounts of RCOOH(aq) and RCOO− (aq) d. neither RCOOH(aq) nor RCOO− (aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. In which form will carboxylic acid, RCOOH, be present in an aqueous solution with pH of the solution equal to the pKa of the acid? a. primarily as RCOOH(aq) b. primarily as RCOO− (aq) c. equal amounts of RCOOH(aq) and RCOO− (aq) d. neither RCOOH(aq) nor RCOO− (aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. Which of the following can be used as a fungal growth inhibitor? a. calcium propanoate b. sodium benzoate c. both calcium propanoate and sodium benzoate d. neither calcium propanoate nor sodium benzoate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. The reactions of a carboxylic acid with which of the following reagents produces a gas? a. NaHCO3 b. NaOH c. both NaHCO3 and NaOH d. neither NaHCO3 nor NaOH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. What is formed by the reaction of benzoic acid with sodium hydroxide? a. sodium perborate tetrahydrate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 17 b. sodium hydroxybenzoate c. sodium benzenesulfonate d. sodium benzoate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Identify the group that replaces —OH in R—COOH when a carboxylic acid undergoes an esterification reaction. a. —R b. —OR c. —SH d. —ONa ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Which of the following classes of reagents will convert a carboxylic acid into its carboxylate salt? a. an oxidizing agent b. a reducing agent c. an acid d. a base ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. Which of the following products is obtained when sodium benzoate is treated with HCl? a. salicylic acid b. benzyl alcohol c. benzoic acid d. benzene ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. Which of the following compounds will react with sodium hydroxide to form a water-soluble product? a. hexanal b. hexanoic acid c. 1-hexene d. all of these compounds ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 17 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. What will be the organic product obtained from the following reaction?

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 86. Which of the following reagents is used to reduce carboxylic acids? a. sodium hydroxide b. lithium aluminum hydride c. both sodium hydroxide and lithium aluminum hydride d. neither sodium hydroxide nor lithium aluminum hydride ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. What is the product obtained when a carboxylic acid is reduced? a. an alkene b. a primary alcohol c. a secondary alcohol d. a ketone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. What product is formed when a carboxylic acid reacts with an alcohol in the presence of an acid catalyst? a. an ether b. an ester c. either an ether or an ester Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 17 d. neither an ether nor an ester ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Identify the catalyst used in the Fischer esterification reaction. a. a strong acid b. a strong base c. either a strong acid or a strong base d. neither a strong acid nor a strong base ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. In addition to the ester, what else is produced during Fischer esterification? a. H2 b. H2O c. H2O2 d. O2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following occurs during Fischer esterification? a. The —OH from the carboxylic acid and the —H from the —OH of the alcohol are eliminated as water. b. The —OH from the alcohol and the —H from the —OH of the carboxylic acid are eliminated as water. c. Water is eliminated entirely from the carboxylic acid. d. None of these, the reaction does not produce water.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following is true of the Fischer esterification reaction? a. It proceeds until the limiting reagent is completely used up. b. It is an equilibrium reaction that can never be driven far to the right. c. It is an equilibrium reaction that can be driven to the right by the addition of water. d. It is an equilibrium reaction that can be driven to the right by the removal of water.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 17 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. Which of the intermediates shown below is generated during the following reaction?

a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following is lost from the carboxyl group during decarboxylation? a. CO b. CO2 c. H2CO2 d. H2CO ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. Identify the correct order of pKa among the following acids: trichloroacetic acid, chloroacetic acid, and acetic acid. a. pKa of acetic acid > pKa of trichloroacetic acid > pKa of chloroacetic acid b. pKa of trichloroacetic acid > pKa of chloroacetic acid > pKa of acetic acid c. pKa of chloroacetic acid > pKa of acetic acid > pKa of trichloroacetic acid d. pKa of acetic acid > pKa of chloroacetic acid > pKa of trichloroacetic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. Which of the following is a β-ketoacid?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 17 a. formic acid b. benzoic acid c. 2-oxopropanoic acid d. 3-oxobutanoic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 97. Identify the product obtained by the decarboxylation of propanoic acid. a. ethanal b. propanol c. ethane d. proponone ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 98. Which of the products listed is formed when the β-ketoacid shown below is heated?

a. acetone b. butanone c. propanal d. pentanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following is obtained by the decarboxylation of oxalosuccinic acid? a. α-ketoglutaric acid b. β-ketoglutaric acid c. succinic acid d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 100. Identify the transition state that is involved in the decarboxylation of β-ketoacids. a. a five-membered cyclic system b. a six-membered cyclic system Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 17 c. a four-membered cyclic system d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 101. In the decarboxylation of 3-oxobutanoic acid, what is the next step after a carbon dioxide molecule has been lost? a. keto-enol tautomerism to produce a stable enol form of the product b. keto-enol tautomerism to produce a stable keto form of the product c. the loss of carbon dioxide directly generates the final enol product d. the loss of carbon dioxide directly generates the final keto product ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. In what form will a carboxylic acid be present in a solution of pH less than 2.0? a. predominantly as RCOO− b. predominantly as RCOOH c. equal amounts of RCOOH and RCOO− d. predominantly as RCO− ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. Which of the following is required during the decarboxylation of α-ketoglutaric acid? a. Nothing special, α-ketoglutaric acid readily undergoes thermal decarboxylation. b. NADH2 c. NADH d. NAD+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following compounds is not a member of the family known as ketone bodies? a. b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 17 c. d. None, all are ketone bodies.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. Examine the following figure.

What does the image represent? a. a soap molecule b. a detergent molecule c. either a soap molecule or a detergent molecule d. neither a soap molecule nor a detergent molecule ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Examine the following figure.

What does the image represent? a. an oil molecule surrounded by bubbles b. a water-soluble salt c. a soap micelle with a dissolved oil droplet d. none of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 17 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 107. Examine the following cutaway figure showing the structure of a micelle.

Which of the following statements correctly describes the structure? a. The interior surface is polar, whereas the exterior surface is nonpolar. b. The exterior surface is insoluble in water. c. The exterior surface of the structure is adsorbed by grease. d. The exterior surface is polar, whereas the interior surface is nonpolar.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 108. Consider the following reaction. (R, R', and R'' represent different hydrocarbon chains.)

Which of the following correctly describes this reaction? a. It produces three different soaps. b. It represents saponification. c. The organic reactant is the triglyceride. d. All of these correctly describe the reaction.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 109. Examine the following structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 17 Which of the following correctly characterizes this structure? a. trans isomer b. saturated fatty acid c. designated as 18:3 d. high melting point e. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.4 - SOAPS AND DETERGENTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. Identify the product of the acid-catalyzed reaction of succinic acid with an excess of ethanol. a. ethylbutanoate b. 2-ethylbutanol c. diethylbutanedioate d. 2-ethylbutane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 111. Identify the product formed by the decarboxylation of 3-oxobutanoic acid upon mild heating. a. propane b. butane c. acetone d. propanone ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. What happens to ethanoic acid when it reacts with lithium aluminum hydride in ether followed by hydrolysis? a. It converts to ethane. b. It converts to ethanedioic acid. c. It converts to ethanol. d. It converts to ethanone.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 113. Which of the following statements describes the characteristic of the product obtained when the given compound reacts with NaOH?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 17

a. It is more soluble in water than the reactant is. b. It is soluble in benzene. c. It eventually decomposes to produce carbon dioxide. d. It will not react with NaOH. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 114. Consider a mixture of benzyl alcohol and benzoic acid that is subjected to the procedure shown in the flowchart.

Which of the following describes the fate of benzoic acid? a. It will be recovered as 1: a sodium carboxylate salt. b. It will be recovered as 1: a carboxylic acid. c. It will be recovered as 2: a sodium carboxylate salt. d. It will be recovered as 2: a carboxylic acid.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 115. Consider a mixture of benzyl alcohol and benzoic acid that is subjected to the procedure shown in the flowchart.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 17

Which of the following describes the fate of benzyl alcohol? a. It will be recovered as 1: a sodium salt. b. It will be recovered as 1: a neutral compound. c. It will be recovered as 2: a sodium salt. d. It will be recovered as 2: a neutral compound.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 17.5 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 18 1. Which of the following occurs during an esterification reaction? a. An alcohol loses its —OH group and a carboxylic acid loses its —H atom. b. A carboxylic acid loses its —OH group and an alcohol loses its —H atom. c. A carboxylic acid loses its —OH group and an amine loses its —H atom. d. A carboxylic acid loses its double-bonded oxygen and an amine loses two hydrogens.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following occurs during the formation of an amide? a. A carboxylic acid loses its —OH group and an ammonia or an amine loses its —H atom. b. A carboxylic acid loses its —OH group and an alcohol loses its —H atom. c. An alcohol loses its —OH group and an ammonia or an amine loses its —H atom. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which of the following carboxylic derivatives are rarely found in nature? a. amides b. anhydrides c. esters d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following best describes the functional group of anhydrides? a. two carbonyl groups bonded directly to each other b. two carboxyl groups bonded directly to each other c. two carbonyl groups bonded to the same oxygen atom d. two carboxyl groups bonded to the same oxygen atom ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM’S: REMEMBER 5. What is the minimum number of carbon atoms present in an anhydride? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 18 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 6. What is the minimum number of oxygen atoms present in an anhydride? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. How many atoms are present in the smallest anhydride? a. 5 b. 7 c. 9 d. 11 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following are anhydrides?

a. only (i) and (ii) b. only (i) and (iii) c. only (i) and (iii) d. (i), (ii) and (iii) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 9. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. butyl butanoate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 18 b. propyl butanoate c. propanoic anhydride d. butanoic anhydride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 10. Identify the IUPAC name of the given compound.

a. propyl ethanoate b. butyl ethanoate c. ethyl propanoate d. ethyl butanoate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 11. Which of the following compounds is a cyclic ester? a. 4-butanolactam b. 2-propylactane c. 4-butanolactone d. 2-propylactam ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 12. What is the minimum number of carbon atoms present in an ester? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. What is the minimum number of oxygen atoms present in an ester? a. 1 b. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 18 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Identify a tertiary amide. a. N,N-dimethylformamide b. N-methylacetamide c. acetamide d. propanamide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. ethyl ethanoate b. methyl ethanoate c. N-methylacetamide d. N,N-dimethylacetamide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 16. Which of the following compounds is a symmetric anhydride? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 18 b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 17. Identify a mixed anhydride.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 18 a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 18. Which of the following compounds has β-lactam ring in its chemical structure? a. pyrethrin Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 18 b. aspirin c. amoxicillin d. ibuprofen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. A chemist treats salicylic acid with acetic anhydride to produce a drug. Identify the drug formed by the reaction. a. naproxen b. penicillin G c. salicin d. aspirin ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. What is the common name of the following compound?

a. salicin b. aspirin c. adipic acid d. barbituric acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. Salicin is hydrolyzed in an aqueous acidic solution to form an intermediate. Then, the intermediate is oxidized to form a product. Identify the product formed at the end of the reaction. a. adipic acid b. ibuprofen c. salicylic acid d. salicylate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 18 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Identify the product formed by the transesterification of the given ester with ethanol.

a. butanoic acid and 1-butanol b. decanoic acid and ethanol c. methyl butanoate and 1-butanol d. ethyl decanoate and methanol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 23. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. aminopropanoate b. propanamide c. butanoylamine d. butanamide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 24. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound?

a. ethylpropanamide b. N-ethylpropanamide c. N-ethylethanamide d. pentanamide ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 25. Identify the IUPAC name of the following compound.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 18

a. diamino pentanoate b. pentanediamine c. pentanediamide d. diamidopropane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 26. Which of the following types of compounds are cyclic amides? a. lactams b. lactanes c. lactines d. lactones ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. For which of the following organisms are pyrethrins poisonous? a. insects b. mammals c. plants d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which of the following statements is true of natural pyrethrins? a. They are esters of chrysanthemic acid. b. They are amides of permethrin. c. They are esters of permethrin. d. They are amides of chrysanthemic acid.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. Identify the functional group present in natural pyrethrins. a. amide b. anhydride Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 18 c. ester d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Identify the key enzyme involved in the conversion of arachidonic acid to prostaglandins. a. esterase b. β-lactamase c. cyclooxygenase d. polymerase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. Which of the following statements is true of the structural composition of β-lactam ring? a. It consists of a seven-membered, aromatic, heterocyclic ester. b. It consists of a five-membered, aliphatic, heterocyclic ester. c. It consists of a seven-membered, aromatic, heterocyclic amide. d. It consists of a four-membered, aliphatic, heterocyclic amide.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Identify a commonly used catalyst in a Fischer esterification reaction. a. acetic acid b. dilute hydrochloric acid c. dilute carbonic acid d. concentrated sulfuric acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following products is formed when acetic acid reacts with propanol? a. ethyl acetate b. ethyl propanoate c. propyl acetate d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 18 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 34. Which ester is formed by the reaction of CH3CH2COOH with CH3CH2OH? a. ethyl acetate b. ethyl propanoate c. propyl acetate d. propyl acetate ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 35. Which pair of reactants forms ethyl butanoate during an esterification reaction? a. formic acid and 1-butanol b. butanoic acid and ethanol c. acetic acid and methanol d. ethanoic acid and 2-butanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 36. Which pair of reactants forms butyl formate during an esterification reaction? a. formic acid and 1-butanol b. formamide and 1-butanol c. butanoic acid and ethanol d. butanamide and methanol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 37. What is the IUPAC name of a compound with the common name adipamide? a. hexanediamide b. benzamide c. butanamide d. pentanamide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Which of the following pairs of reactants is best suited for the synthesis of aspirin? a. salicin and acetic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 18 b. salicylic acid and acetic acid c. salicin and acetic anhydride d. salicylic acid and acetic anhydride ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. What is the common name of the given compound?

a. adipamide b. benzamide c. butyramide d. propanamide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 40. Which enantiomer of ibuprofen inhibits cyclooxygenase (COX) activity? a. (R)-ibuprofen b. (S)-ibuprofen c. both (R)-ibuprofen and (S)-ibuprofen d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.2 - PREPARATION OF ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Identify the compound obtained when an amine reacts with a carboxylic acid at room temperature. a. an amide b. an amino acid c. an ammonium carboxylate salt d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. Which of the following products is formed when an ammonium carboxylate salt is heated? a. an amide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 18 b. an amino acid c. an amide and an amino acid d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which combination of reactants is commonly used to synthesize amides at room temperature? a. an amine and an anhydride b. an amine and an alcohol c. an amine and a carboxylic acid d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. Which of the following by-products is obtained when an amine and an anhydride react to form an amide? a. an alcohol b. a carboxylic acid c. water d. an ester ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. Which of the following compounds is formed by the reaction of formic anhydride with methylamine? a. formamide b. N-methylformamide c. N,N-dimethylformamide d. a mixture of two or more of these compounds ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. Which of the following compounds is formed by the reaction of formic anhydride with ammonia? a. formamide b. N-methylformamide c. N,N-dimethylformamide d. acetamide ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 18 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 47. Identify the product formed when propanoic anhydride is treated with diethylamine. a. propanamide b. N-ethylpropanamide c. N,N-diethylpropanamide d. ethyl propanoate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. Which of the following compounds would react together at room temperature to form the given compound?

a. hexanamide and 2-propanol b. hexanoic acid and 2-propanamine c. 2-propanamine and hexanoic anhydride d. pentanoic acid and 2-propanamine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 49. Which of the following statements is true of a reaction between a low-molecular-weight anhydride and water? a. The anhydride physically absorbs the water, but no chemical reaction occurs. b. The anhydride reacts slowly with water to produce two molecules of carboxylic acid. c. The anhydride reacts readily with water to produce two molecules of carboxylic acid. d. Whether or not the anhydride reacts with water depends on its molecular weight.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following can be used to mediate the hydrolysis of esters? a. aqueous sulfuric acid b. aqueous sodium hydroxide c. aqueous sulfuric acid and aqueous sodium hydroxide d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 18 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. Which of the following statements is true of ester hydrolysis? a. It occurs rapidly even in cold water. b. It occurs rapidly at room temperature. c. It occurs rapidly in boiling water. d. None of these statements are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following statements is true of ester hydrolysis? a. Both an acid and a base can act as the true catalysts of the reaction. b. Neither an acid nor a base is the true catalyst of the reaction. c. An acid is a true catalyst, but a base is a reagent and must be present in the appropriate stoichiometric amount. d. A base is a true catalyst, but an acid is a reagent and must be present in the appropriate stoichiometric amount.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following pairs of products is formed when ethyl benzoate is hydrolyzed in an acidic solution? a. benzoic acid and an ethanoate salt b. ethanol and a benzoate salt c. benzoic acid and ethanol d. benzoic anhydride and methanol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. Predict the products formed in the given reaction.

a. 1-propanol and butanoic acid b. 1-propanol and sodium butanoate c. 1-butanol and propanoic acid d. 1-butanol and sodium propanoate ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 18 55. Which of the products is always formed during the hydrolysis of esters, regardless of whether the hydrolysis is carried out in an acidic or a basic solution? a. an alcohol b. carboxylic acid c. a salt d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the products is always formed during the hydrolysis of esters, regardless of whether the hydrolysis is carried out in an acidic or a basic solution? a. an aldehyde b. a carboxylic acid c. a salt d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following pairs of products is formed by the acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of ethyl formate? a. ethanol and a formate salt b. ethanol and formic acid c. methanol and an ethanoate salt d. methanol and ethanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 58. Which statement about the acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of esters is not true? a. Using one equivalent of water gives a high yield of products. b. Using excess water gives a high yield of products. c. Removing water from the equilibrium mixture gives a high yield of products. d. All these statements are false.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Identify the products formed by the acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of methyl propanoate. a. methanol and propanoic acid b. methanol and a propanoate salt Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 18 c. propanol and formic acid d. propanol and a formate salt ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 60. Which pair of products is formed when ethyl butanoate is hydrolyzed in a basic solution? a. ethanol and a butanoate salt b. ethanol and propanoic acid c. butanol and an acetate salt d. propanol and acetic acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. Which of the following statements is true of amide hydrolysis? a. Amides do not undergo hydrolysis. b. Amides are more difficult to hydrolyze than esters. c. Amides and esters are hydrolyzed under similar conditions. d. Amides are more easily hydrolyzed than esters.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following are the products of the hydrolysis of an amide in an acidic solution? a. a carboxylic acid and an ammonium salt b. a carboxylic acid and an amine c. a carboxylate salt and an ammonium salt d. a carboxylate salt and an amine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Which of the following are the products of the hydrolysis of an amide in a basic solution? a. a carboxylic acid and an ammonium salt b. a carboxylic acid and an amine c. a carboxylate salt and an ammonium salt d. a carboxylate salt and an amine ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 18 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. Identify the products formed when acetamide is hydrolyzed in hydrochloric acid. a. sodium acetate and acetic acid b. sodium acetate and ammonia c. acetic acid and ammonium chloride d. acetic acid and ammonia ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 65. Identify the products formed when acetamide is hydrolyzed in sodium hydroxide. a. sodium acetate and acetic acid b. sodium acetate and ammonia c. acetic acid and ammonium chloride d. acetic acid and ammonia ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 66. Predict the major products of the given reaction.

a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 18 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. Which of the following statements is true of amide hydrolysis? a. Both an acid and a base can act as the true catalysts of the reaction. b. Neither an acid nor a base is the true catalyst of the reaction. c. An acid is a true catalyst, but a base is a reagent and must be present in the appropriate stoichiometric amount. d. A base is a true catalyst, but an acid is a reagent and must be present in the appropriate stoichiometric amount.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 68. Which of the following statements is true of amide hydrolysis? a. The reaction is reversible in either an acidic or a basic solution. b. The reaction is irreversible in both acidic and basic solutions. c. The reaction is reversible in an acidic solution but irreversible in a basic solution. d. The reaction is reversible in a basic solution but irreversible in an acidic solution.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. Which of the following gives the correct order of ease of hydrolysis (with easiest to hydrolyze listed first)? a. anhydrides, esters, amides b. anhydrides, amides, esters c. amides, esters, anhydrides d. amides, anhydrides, esters ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. How many moles of neutral organic compounds will be formed when one mole of the given compound is hydrolyzed in an aqueous solution containing an excess of sodium hydroxide?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER:

b

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 18 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 71. Which of the following types of compounds is formed when an anhydride reacts with an alcohol? a. only a carboxylic acid b. only an ester c. a carboxylic acid and an ester d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. Which of the following are produced when acetic anhydride reacts with methanol? a. only propanoic acid b. only methyl acetate c. formic acid and methyl acetate d. acetic acid and methyl acetate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 73. Which pair of products is formed when formic anhydride reacts with ethanol? a. acetic acid and ethyl formate b. acetic acid and methyl formate c. formic acid and methyl formate d. formic acid and ethyl formate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 74. Which of the following types of amines do not react with anhydrides to form amides? a. 1° amines b. 2° amines c. 3° amines d. All these types of amines react with anhydrides to form amides.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 18 75. What is the correct stoichiometric ratio for the reactants when anhydrides react with amines to form an amide and an ammonium carboxylate salt? a. one mole of amine for each mole of anhydride b. one mole of amine for every two moles of anhydride c. two moles of amine for every mole of anhydride d. The ratio will depend on the identity of the amine and the anhydride.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. Which types of amines do not react with esters to form amides? a. 1° b. 2° c. 3° d. All these types of amines react with esters to form amides.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. Predict the major products of the given reaction.

a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 78. Which of the following compounds is formed when an amide reacts with an amine? a. a carboxylic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 18 b. an ester c. an imide d. None, amides do not react with amines.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Which of the following statements is correct about the core ring structure of barbituric acid? a. It is an aromatic ring that has three carbons and three nitrogens. b. It is an aromatic ring that has four carbons and two nitrogens. c. It is an aliphatic ring that has three carbons and three nitrogens. d. It is an aliphatic ring that has four carbons and two nitrogens.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. Which of the following statements is true regarding carboxylic anhydrides and phosphoric anhydrides? a. Both carboxylic anhydrides and phosphoric anhydrides have important biological functions. b. Neither carboxylic anhydrides nor phosphoric anhydrides have important biological functions. c. Carboxylic anhydrides are not important in biochemistry, but phosphoric anhydrides are important in biochemistry. d. Phosphoric anhydrides are not important in biochemistry, but carboxylic anhydrides are important in biochemistry.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Identify the formula of the pyrophosphate ion. a. PO43− b. HPO42− c. P2O72− d. P2O74− ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Which of the following compounds are phosphoric anhydrides?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 18

a. only (i) and (ii) b. only (ii) and (iii) c. only (i) and (iii) d. (i), (ii), and (iii) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 83. Which of the following statements best describes the functional group of phosphoric anhydrides? a. two phosphonyl groups bonded to the same carbon b. two phosphoryl groups bonded to the same carbon c. two phosphonyl groups bonded to the same oxygen atom d. two phosphoryl groups bonded to the same oxygen atom ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 84. Which type of phosphoric esters are formed by phosphoric acid (H3PO4)? a. monoesters b. diesters c. triesters d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which of the following major products is formed when a chemist heats diethyl malonate with urea in the presence of sodium ethoxide? a. ethyl malonate b. nembutal c. diethyl malonate sodium salt d. barbituric acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 18 86. Which of the following is a biologically important phosphoric ester? a. pyrophosphate b. pyridoxal phosphate c. dihydroxyacetone d. triphosphate ion ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Which of the following vitamins contains pyridoxal phosphate in its metabolically active state? a. vitamin B6 b. vitamin B12 c. vitamin D d. vitamin E ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 88. Which statement best describes step-growth polymerization? a. the opening of a double bond b. the reaction of a difunctional molecule with a monofunctional molecule c. the reaction of two difunctional molecules with each other d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 89. Identify the correct pair of reactants used in the formation of nylon-66. a. H2N(CH2)4NH2 and HOOC(CH2)6COOH b. H2N(CH2)4NH2 and HOOC(CH2)4COOH c. H2N(CH2)6NH2 and HOOC(CH4)6COOH d. H2N(CH2)6NH2 and HOOC(CH2)4COOH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. Which of the following statements is true of the monomeric units that react to form Kevlar? a. They are both 1,4-disubstituted benzene derivatives. b. They are both 1,3-disubstituted benzene derivatives.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 18 c. They are both 1,2-disubstituted benzene derivatives. d. None of these statements are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Identify the correct pair of reactants used in the formation of Kevlar. a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Identify the given compound.

a. Kevlar b. nylon-66 c. nylon-6,10 d. Dacron ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 18 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 93. Identify the products obtained by the hydrolysis of the given compound.

a. one molecule of dibenzoic acid and one molecule of benzene b. two molecules of benzoic acid c. one molecule of benzene and one molecule of a carboxylic acid d. two molecules of phenol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 94. Identify the name of the given compound.

a. carboxylic acid b. dihydroxy formaldehyde c. carbonic acid d. dihydroxy methanone ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. Which of the following statements is true of lactic acid and glycolic acid? a. Both glycolic acid and lactic acid are α-hydroxy carboxylic acids. b. Neither glycolic acid nor lactic acid is an α-hydroxy carboxylic acid. c. Glycolic acid is an α-hydroxy carboxylic acid and lactic acid is a β-hydroxy carboxylic acid. d. Lactic acid is an α-hydroxy carboxylic acid and glycolic acid is a β-hydroxy carboxylic acid.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. Which of the following pairs of reactants is used to synthesize poly(ethylene terephthalate)? a. ethylene and dimethyl terephthalate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 18 b. ethylene glycol and dimethyl terephthalate c. ethylene and terephthalic acid d. ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. Which of the following pairs of reactants can be used to synthesize poly(ethylene terephthalate)? a. ethylene glycol and dimethyl terephthalate b. ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid c. either ethylene glycol and dimethyl terephtalate or ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Which of the following is not a form of poly(ethylene terephthalate)? a. Dacron b. Mylar c. nylon-66 d. None of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 99. Which of the following elements is not found in phosgene? a. carbon b. chlorine c. oxygen d. phosphorus ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. Which of the following pairs of reactants can be used to synthesize the polycarbonate Lexan? a. phosgene and bisphenol A b. phosgene and the disodium salt of bisphenol A c. H2CO3 and bisphenol A d. H2CO3 and the disodium salt of bisphenol A ANSWER:

b

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 18 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 101. Which of the following is the correct stoichiometric relationship of reactants for the synthesis of Lexan? a. two moles of phosgene for each mole of the disodium salt of bisphenol A b. two moles of the disodium salt of bisphenol A for each mole of phosgene c. one mole of the disodium salt of bisphenol A for each mole of phosgene d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following by-products is formed when Lexan is synthesized? a. HCl b. H2O c. CH3OH d. NaCl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 103. Which of the following polymers is a polyamide? a. Lexan b. Dacron c. nylon-66 d. Mylar ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 104. Which of the following is not a step-growth polymer? a. Lexan b. nylon-66 c. polystyrene d. poly(ethylene terephthalate) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 18 105. Which of the following is an example of a polyamide? a. Lexan b. nylon-66 c. polystyrene d. polyethylene terephthalate ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Which of the following is an example of a polyester? a. Lexan b. nylon-66 c. polystyrene d. polyethylene terephthalate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 107. Which of the following is an example of a polycarbonate? a. Lexan b. nylon-66 c. polystyrene d. poly(ethylene terephthalate) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which of the following is not a β-lactam antibiotic? a. cephalexin b. amoxicillin c. permethrin d. clavulanic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 109. Examine the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 18

Identify the functional group present in the given compound. a. anhydride b. amide c. ester d. amine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 110. Examine the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled.

Identify the functional group present in the given compound. a. anhydride b. amide c. ester d. amine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.1 - CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 111. Examine the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled.

Which of the following will react with the given compound? a. water b. ammonia c. an alcohol d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 18 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 112. Examine the following ball-and-stick model. Elements other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled.

Which of the following will react with the given compound? a. water b. ammonia c. an alcohol d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 113. Consider the following compound.

Which of the following correctly describes the reaction of the given compound with water in the presence of either an acid or a base? a. The reaction in the presence of a base produces an ammonium salt. b. The reaction in the presence of a base produces a carboxylic acid. c. The reaction in the presence of an acid produces an anilinium salt. d. The reaction in the presence of an acid produces a carboxylate salt. e. None of these accurately describe the reaction.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.4 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF ANHYDRIDES, ESTERS, AND AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 114. Consider the following reaction.

Which type(s) of functional group(s) is(are) produced by this reaction? a. amide b. carboxylic acid c. alcohol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 18 d. both amide and carboxylic acid e. both amide and alcohol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.3 - PREPARATION OF AMIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 115. Consider the following structure.

Which of the following is the correct classification of the given compound? a. polycarbonate b. polyester c. polyamide d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 116. Consider the following structure.

The given compound is the major product of this reaction. Identify the by-product formed when terephthalic acid is treated with 1,4-benzenediamine. a. ammonia b. water c. an alcohol d. a salt ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.6 - STEP-GROWTH POLYMERIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Consider the following structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 18

Which type of functional group is represented by the given compound? a. phosphoric acid b. phosphoric anhydride c. phosphoric ester d. pyrophosphate anion ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 18.5 - PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDES AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 19 1. Which of the following are the most abundant biological compounds in the plant world? a. alcohols b. vitamins c. carbohydrates d. proteins ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following carbohydrates makes up crustacean shells? a. cellulose b. chitin c. glucose d. glycogen ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATESv KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. What is the common molecular formula of carbohydrates? a. Cn(H2O)m b. Cn(OH)m c. (CO)n(H2O)n d. (CO)n(OH)m ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. What percentage of the body weight of animals is made up of carbohydrates? a. 1% b. 5% c. 10% d. 15% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following statements is true of the hydrolysis of carbohydrates? a. Carbohydrates do not undergo hydrolysis reactions. b. The hydrolysis of carbohydrates can only yield polyhydroxyaldehydes. c. The hydrolysis of carbohydrates can only yield polyhydroxyketones.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 19 d. The hydrolysis of carbohydrates can yield both polyhydroxyaldehydes or polyhydroxyketones.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of the following compounds is a triose? a. glucose b. fructose c. acetone d. dihydroxyacetone ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following is the Fischer projection of D-glyceraldehyde? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 8. Which of the following is the Fischer projection of L-glyceraldehyde? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 19 b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 9. Which of the following compounds is an aldotetrose? a. threose b. ribose c. arabinose d. xylose ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which carbon atom of a pentose sugar determines whether it has a D or an L configuration? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 3 c. carbon 4 d. carbon 5 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. In which pair of aldohexoses do the monosaccharides differ from each other by the position of a single hydroxyl group? a. D-allose and D-altrose b. D-altrose and D-glucose c. D-allose and D-mannose d. D-mannose and D-idose ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 19 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following compounds is a D-aldohexose? a. D-xylose b. D-lyxose c. D-talose d. D-psicose ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Including their enantiomeric pairs, how many different aldopentoses are present in nature? a. two b. four c. eight d. sixteen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. Identify a D-aldopentose from among the following compounds. a. D-psicose b. D-fructose c. D-idose d. D-arabinose ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. How many chiral carbons are present in the open-chain form of an aldohexose? a. three b. four c. five d. six ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. How many chiral carbons are present in the open-chain form of an aldopentose? a. two Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 19 b. three c. four d. five ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Including their enantiomeric pairs, how many different 2-ketohexoes are present in nature? a. two b. four c. eight d. sixteen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Identify a D-2-ketohexose from among the following compounds. a. D-xylulose b. D-ribulose c. D-erythrulose d. D-psicose ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Including their enantiomeric pairs, how many different 2-ketopentoses are present in nature? a. two b. four c. eight d. sixteen ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Identify a D-2-ketopentose from among the following compounds. a. D-erythrulose b. D-psicose c. D-ribulose d. D-fructose ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 19 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. How many chiral carbons are present in the open-chain form of a ketohexose? a. three b. four c. five d. six ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. How many chiral carbons are present in the open-chain form of a ketopentose? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following statements is true of dextrose? a. It is the most common aldohexose in the human body. b. It is the sweetest naturally occurring carbohydrate. c. It is an important constituent of membranes in the nervous system. d. It is stored as protein when consumed in excess.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following statements is true of levulose? a. It is the most common aldohexose in the human body. b. It is the sweetest naturally occurring carbohydrate. c. It is an important constituent of membranes in the nervous system. d. It is an important constituent of the milk sugar lactose.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Which of the following statements is true of galactose?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 19 a. It is the most common aldohexose in the human body. b. It is the sweetest naturally occurring carbohydrate. c. It is an important constituent of membranes in the nervous system. d. It is one of the hydrolysis products of the disaccharide sucrose.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. Which of the following disaccharides gives fructose on hydrolysis? a. maltose b. lactose c. sucrose d. cellulose ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Identify a common natural source of both glucose and fructose. a. milk b. honey c. eggs d. meat ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which of the following is associated with hyperglycemia? a. type 2 diabetes b. galactosemia c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. To which of the following does galactosemia belong? a. bacterial diseases b. viral diseases c. genetic disorders d. lifestyle disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 19 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which of the following is an effect of galactosemia? a. weight loss b. frequent urination c. mental retardation d. excessive thirst ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. Which of the following statements is true of galactosemia? a. It is an acquired disorder. b. It occurs because of the inability of the body to metabolize galactose. c. It does not have any treatment. d. It involves the conversion of galactose to glucose.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. What is the physiological role of the enzyme whose deficiency causes galactosemia? a. It converts D-galactose to lactose. b. It converts D-galactose to fructose. c. It converts D-galactose to glucose. d. It converts D-galactose to sucrose.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following cyclic structures do the ring forms of monosaccharides consist of? a. acetals b. hemiacetals c. ethers d. esters ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 19 34. What is an anomeric carbon? a. the acetal carbon of the cyclic form of a monosaccharide b. the hemiacetal carbon of the cyclic form of a monosaccharide c. the acetal carbon of the cyclic form of a disaccharide d. the hemiacetal carbon of the cyclic form of a disaccharide ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 35. Who proposed the ring or cyclic structures of monosaccharides? a. E. Fischer b. W. Haworth c. L. Pauling d. L. Pasteur ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. In the cyclic structure of glucose, which carbon atoms are connected to the oxygen atom of the pyranose ring? a. carbon 1 and carbon 5 b. carbon 1 and carbon 6 c. carbon 2 and carbon 5 d. carbon 2 and carbon 6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. In the cyclic structure of fructose, which carbon atoms are connected to the oxygen atom of the furanose ring? a. carbon 1 and carbon 5 b. carbon 1 and carbon 6 c. carbon 2 and carbon 5 d. carbon 2 and carbon 6 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. RNA and DNA have ribose and deoxyribose sugars, respectively. How are these two sugars different from each other? a. Unlike ribose, deoxyribose does not have a hydroxyl group at carbon 1. b. Unlike ribose, deoxyribose does not have a hydroxyl group at carbon 2. c. Unlike ribose, deoxyribose does not have a hydroxyl group at carbon 3. d. Unlike ribose, deoxyribose does not have a hydroxyl group at carbon 4.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 19 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Which carbon atom becomes an anomeric carbon when glucose adopts a pyranose structure? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 2 c. carbon 5 d. carbon 6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. Which carbon atom becomes an anomeric carbon when fructose adopts a furanose structure? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 2 c. carbon 5 d. carbon 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. Which carbon atom becomes an anomeric carbon when ribose adopts a furanose structure? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 2 c. carbon 5 d. carbon 6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. How are the hydroxyl groups oriented in a β-D-glucopyranose ring? a. All the hydroxyl groups are present above the plane of the ring. b. All the hydroxyl groups are present below the plane of the ring. c. The hydroxyl at carbon 1 is present above the plane of the ring. d. The hydroxyl at carbon 1 is present below the plane of the ring.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 19 43. How are the hydroxyl groups oriented in an α-D-glucopyranose ring? a. All the hydroxyl groups are present above the plane of the ring. b. All the hydroxyl groups are present below the plane of the ring. c. The hydroxyl at carbon 1 is present above the plane of the ring. d. The hydroxyl at carbon 1 is present below the plane of the ring.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. Identify a membrane-bound carbohydrate that functions as a biochemical marker in animals. a. D-idose b. L-fucose c. D-psicose d. L-glucose ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. Which of the following statements is true of the α and β anomers of glucose? a. Both the α and β anomers of glucose have the same specific rotation. b. Both the α and β anomers of glucose have the same arrangement of —OH groups. c. Both of these statements are correct d. Neither of these statements is correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 46. Which of the following statements is true of the α and β anomers of glucose? a. Both the α and β anomers of glucose have a specific rotation of +112° in an aqueous solvent. b. The equilibrium mixture of glucose consists of 64% of the β anomer and 36% of the α anomer. c. Both of these statements are correct. d. Neither of these statements is correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which statement is true of a solution containing an equilibrium mixture of α-D-glucose and β-D-glucose? a. The solution has an equal amount of the two anomers. b. The solution does not show optical activity. c. Both of these statements are correct.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 19 d. Neither of these statements is correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 48. Which statement is true of a solution containing an equilibrium mixture of α-D-glucose and β-D-glucose? a. The solution contains a larger percentage of the β anomer than the α anomer. b. The solution does not show optical activity. c. Both of these statements are correct. d. Neither of these statements is correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which carbon is the site of reaction when glucose reacts with an alcohol to form a glycoside? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 2 c. carbon 5 d. carbon 6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following chemical reagents react with monosaccharides to form glycosides? a. alcohols b. amines c. hemiacetals d. acetals ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. To which class of compounds do glycosides belong? a. acetals b. hemiacetals c. ethers d. esters ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 19 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which of the following types of reactions is involved in the formation of a glycoside from a monosaccharide? a. condensation b. hydrolysis c. reduction d. oxidation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Why is mutarotation not possible in glycosides? a. because glycosides do not have an anomeric carbon atom b. because glycosides do not have any stereocenters that show optical activity c. because the acetals in glycosides are not in equilibrium with the open=chain structures d. for none of these reasons ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. In which of the following solutions can glycosides be hydrolyzed? a. an aqueous acidic solution b. an aqueous basic solution c. an aqueous alcohol solution d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following reactions is involved in the conversion of glucose to glucitol? a. reduction at carbon 1 b. oxidation at carbon 1 c. reduction at carbon 6 d. oxidation at carbon 6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. Which of the following statements is true of glucitol? a. It exists only as an open-chain structure. b. It exists only as a ring structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 19 c. It is almost as sweet as sucrose. d. It has a terminal aldehyde group.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following reactions is involved in the conversion of glucose to gluconate? a. reduction at carbon 1 b. oxidation at carbon 1 c. reduction at carbon 6 d. oxidation at carbon 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Under which of the following conditions can monosaccharides be oxidized to aldonic acids? a. acidic conditions b. basic conditions c. neutral conditions d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following statements explains the reducing nature of 2-ketoses? a. Under acidic conditions, they exist in equilibrium with enediols that get reduced by the reducing agent. b. Under basic conditions, they exist in equilibrium with aldoses that are oxidized by the oxidizing agent. c. Both of these statements explain the reducing nature of 2-ketoses. d. Neither of these statements explains the reducing nature of 2-ketoses.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 60. Which of the following reactions is involved in the conversion of glucose to glucuronic acid? a. reduction at carbon 1 b. oxidation at carbon 1 c. reduction at carbon 6 d. oxidation at carbon 6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 19 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 61. Under which of the following conditions can monosaccharides be oxidized to uronic acids? a. basic conditions b. enzymatic conditions c. acidic conditions d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. Which of the following enzymes is used to test blood glucose levels? a. peroxidase b. glucose oxidase c. glucokinase d. glucose synthase ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Identify a chemical reagent that is used to convert a monosaccharide to an alditol. a. 2-methylaniline b. sodium borohydride c. N-acetyl-D-glucosamine d. N-acetyl-D-galactosamine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. Which of the following statements is true of glucose 6-phosphate? a. It is a cationic species with a charge of +1. b. It is an electrically neutral molecule. c. It is an anionic species with a charge of −1. d. It is an anionic species with a charge of −2.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Where is a glyosidic linkage found in a disaccharide? a. between the anomeric carbon atom of the first unit and an —OH group of the second unit Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 19 b. between an —OH group of the first unit and the anomeric carbon atom of the second unit c. between an —OH group of the first unit and an —OH group of the second unit d. between the anomeric carbon atom of the first unit and the anomeric carbon atom of the second unit ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. Which of the following statements is true of the reducing properties of sugars? a. All monosaccharides and all disaccharides are nonreducing sugars. b. All monosaccharides and all disaccharides are reducing sugars. c. All disaccharides and some monosaccharides are nonreducing sugars. d. All monosaccharides and some disaccharides are reducing sugars.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. How many monosaccharide units are present in an oligosaccharide? a. between 3 and 5 b. between 6 and 10 c. between 11 and 15 d. between 15 and 20 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. Which of the following disaccharides yields two molecules of glucose on complete hydrolysis? a. lactose b. maltose c. sucrose d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. Which of the following disaccharides has an α-1,4-glycosidic bond? a. lactose b. maltose c. sucrose d. all of these ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 19 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Which of the following disaccharides has an α, β-1,2-glycosidic bond? a. lactose b. maltose c. sucrose d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. Which of the following disaccharides has a β-1,4-glycosidic bond? a. lactose b. maltose c. sucrose d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. Which of the following is true of the conformations of glucose and fructose in sucrose? a. Both fructose and glucose have α conformations. b. Both fructose and glucose have β conformations. c. Fructose has an α conformation, and glucose has a β conformation. d. Fructose has a β conformation, and glucose has an α conformation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. Which of the following is the sweetest carbohydrate among the given carbohydrates? a. fructose b. glucose c. maltose d. sucrose ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. Which of the following membrane-bound carbohydrates is found in the A antigens of type A blood?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 19 a. N-acetyl-D-galactosamine b. D-galactose c. Both N-acetyl-D-galactosamine and D-galactose d. Neither N-acetyl-D-galactosamine nor D-galactose ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 75. Which of the following membrane-bound carbohydrates is found in the B antigens of type B blood? a. N-acetyl-D-galactosamine b. D-galactose c. Both N-acetyl-D-galactosamine and D-galactose d. Neither N-acetyl-D-galactosamine nor D-galactose ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. Which of the following membrane-bound carbohydrates is found in the O antigens of type O blood? a. N-acetyl-D-galactosamine b. D-galactose c. Both N-acetyl-D-galactosamine and D-galactose d. Neither N-acetyl-D-galactosamine nor D-galactose ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.4 - DISACCHARIDES AND OLIGOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. Approximately what percentage of plant starch is amylose? a. 40–45% b. 20–25% c. 75–80% d. 85–90% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Approximately what percentage of plant starch is amylopectin? a. 10–15% b. 20–25% c. 75–80% d. 25–30% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 19 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. Which of the following monosaccharides is obtained by the complete hydrolysis of starch? a. D-glucose b. D-fructose c. D-galactose d. D-psicose ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 80. Which of the following statements is true of amylose? a. It has a straight chain of as many as 4,000 D-glucose units that are linked by α-1,4-glycosidic bonds. b. It has a straight chain of as many as 4,000 D-glucose units that are linked by β-1,4-glycosidic bonds. c. It has a network of as many as 10,000 D-glucose units that are linked by α-1,4-glycosidic bonds. d. It has a network of as many as 10,000 D-glucose units that are linked by β-1,4-glycosidic bonds.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 81. Which of the following statements is true of amylopectin? a. It has a straight chain of as many as 4,000 D-glucose units that are linked by α-1,4-glycosidic bonds. b. It has a straight chain of as many as 4,000 D-glucose units that are linked by β-1,4-glycosidic bonds. c. It has a branched structure with as many as 10,000 D-glucose units linked linearly by α-1,4-glycosidic bonds and multiple branches of 24 to 30 units linked at branch points by α-1,6-glycosidic bonds. d. It has a branched structure with as many as 10,000 D-glucose units linked linearly by β-1,4-glycosidic bonds and multiple branches of 24 to 30 units linked at branch points by β-1,6-glycosidic bonds.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 82. Which of the following polysaccharides is structurally similar to glycogen? a. amylopectin b. amylose c. cellulose d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 19 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. Which of the following is the correct order of polysaccharides based on the number of monosaccharide units? a. amylopectin < amylose < glycogen b. amylose < amylopectin < glycogen c. glycogen < amylopectin < amylose d. glycogen < amylose < amylopectin ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. Where is glycogen stored in the body? a. It is stored only in the liver. b. It is stored only in muscle cells. c. It is distributed unequally between the liver and muscle cells. d. It is distributed almost equally between the liver and muscle cells.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 85. Approximately how much glycogen is stored in the body of a well-nourished adult human? a. 250 g b. 350 g c. 450 g d. 550 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. Which of the following polysaccharides has β-1,4-glycosidic bonds? a. amylopectin b. amylose c. cellulose d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Which of the following polysaccharides has only α-1,4-glycosidic bonds? a. cellulose b. amylose Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 19 c. glycogen d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.5 - POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 88. Which of the following statements is true of hyaluronic acid? a. It is an oligosaccharide. b. It has a molecular weight between 102 and 103 g/mol. c. It contains 100 to 200 repeating units. d. It is a common ingredient in lotions and cosmetics.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following is a characteristic of hyaluronic acid? a. It consists of sulfonated polysaccharide chains. b. It consists of only D-glucuronic acid. c. It consists of only N-acetyl-D-glucosamine. d. It consists of both D-glucuronic acid and N-acetyl-D-glucosamine.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. Identify the linkage between D-glucuronic acid and N-acetyl-D-glucosamine in hyaluronic acid. a. an α-1,3-glycosidic bond b. an α-1,4-glycosidic bond c. a β-1,3-glycosidic bond d. a β-1,4-glycosidic bond ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. Identify the linkage between N-acetyl-D-glucosamine and D-glucuronic acid in hyaluronic acid. a. an α-1,3-glycosidic bond b. an α-1,4-glycosidic bond c. a β-1,3-glycosidic bond d. a β-1,4-glycosidic bond ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 19 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Which of the following elements is present in heparin but not in hyaluronic acid? a. nitrogen b. phosphorus c. sulfur d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 93. Which of the following statements is true of heparin? a. It is an oligosaccharide. b. It has a molecular weight between 1,000 and 2,000 g/mol. c. It is a basic polysaccharide. d. It shows anticoagulant activity.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. How does heparin prevent the coagulation of blood? a. It enhances the production of platelets. b. Its basic nature helps denature the proteins in blood clots. c. It binds to antithrombin III, a protein involved in terminating blood clotting. d. It decreases the production of red blood cells in the body.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.6 - ACIDIC POLYSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. Examine the given ball-and-stick model. Elements other than hydrogen and carbon are labeled.

Which of the following structures is also a representation of the given model?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 19 a.

b.

c.

d. All of these are correct representations of the given model.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 96. Examine the given chemical structure.

What is the number assigned to the penultimate carbon in this structure? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 97. Examine the following structures.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 19

Which of the following structures is an aldopentose? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. None of these is an aldopentose.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 19 98. Examine the given chemical structures.

Which of the following chemical structures is a ketohexose? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. None of these is a ketohexose.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 19 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 99. Examine the given chemical structures.

Which of the following chemical structures is an aldohexose? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. None of these is an aldohexose.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 19 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 100. Examine the given chemical structures.

Which of the following chemical structures has an L-configuration? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. None of these has an L-configuration.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 19 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 101. Examine the given chemical structures.

Which of the following chemical structures has a D-configuration? a. A and C b. B and D c. B and C d. A and D e. A, B, and D Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 19 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.1 - MONOSACCHARIDES: THE SIMPLEST CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 102. Examine the given chemical structures.

Which of the following chemical structures will form a furanose ring? a. A and B b. A and C c. A and D Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 19 d. B and C e. B and D f. C and D g. None of these structures will form a furanose ring.

ANSWER: f POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 103. Examine the given chemical structures.

Which of the following chemical structures will form a pyranose ring?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 19 a. A b. B c. C d. D e. None of these structures will form a pyranose ring.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.2 - CYCLIC STRUCTURES OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 104. Which of the following chemical compounds is used as a sweetening agent in "sugarless" gums? a. xylitol b. gluconic acid c. glucuronic acid d. toluidine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 105. Examine the given chemical structure.

Which carbon of this structure can undergo oxidation to produce a uronic acid? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. 6 g. This structure cannot be oxidized to a uronic acid.

ANSWER: f POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 106. Examine the following structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 19

Which carbon of this structure undergoes oxidation to produce an aldonic acid? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. This structure cannot be oxidized to an aldonic acid.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 19.3 - CHARACTERISTIC REACTIONS OF MONOSACCHARIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 20 1. Which of the following statements is true of lipids? a. They have a specific functional group. b. They are the least diverse class of biomolecules. c. They are soluble in diethyl ether. d. They are mostly defined by their structure.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following is a function of lipids? a. They store energy within cells. b. They serve as chemical messengers. c. They serve as components of cell membranes. d. All of these are functions of lipids.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which of the following statements is true of the calorific value of fats compared with that of carbohydrates? a. The burning of both fatsand carbohydrates produces about 4 kcal/g of energy. b. The burning of both fatsand carbohydrates produces about 9 kcal/g of energy. c. The burning of carbohydrates produces about 4 kcal/g, whereasthe burning of fatsproduces about 9 kcal/g of energy. d. The burning of carbohydrates produces about 9 kcal/g, whereas the burning of fats produces about 4 kcal/g of energy.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following statements best explains the insolubility of lipids in water? a. The structure of lipids includes hydrophilic molecules. b. The polar portion of lipids is much larger than the nonpolar portion. c. The polar portion of lipids is much smaller than the nonpolar portion. d. The polar and nonpolar portions of lipids are of the same size.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following are primary messengers? a. prostaglandins b. steroid hormones Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 20 c. thromboxanes d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 6. Which of the following are secondary messengers? a. prostaglandins b. thromboxanes c. both prostaglandins and thromboxanes d. prostaglandins nor thromboxanes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. What is the function of primary messengers such as steroid hormones? a. to mediate hormonal responses b. to deliver signals from one part of the body to another part c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 8. What is the function of secondary messengers such as prostaglandins? a. to carry messages from one part of a cell to another part of the same cell b. to deliver signals from one part of the body to another part c. to mediate hormonal responses d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.1 - IMPORTANCE OF LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following statements is true of fatty acids? a. They are amphipathic compounds. b. They have a hydrophobic carboxyl group. c. They have a hydrophilic hydrocarbon tail. d. They are soluble in polar solvents such as water.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 20 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following fatty acids is the least abundant in higher plants and animals? a. palmitic acid b. stearic acid c. oleic acid d. linolenic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. Which of the following is a characteristic of fatty acids? a. Most fatty acids have an odd number of carbon atoms. b. Trans isomers of unsaturated fatty acids are common. c. Unsaturated fatty acids have lower melting points than saturated fatty acids. d. None of these are a characteristic of fatty acids.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. What is the IUPAC name of glycerol? a. 1,2-ethanediol b. 1,2-propanediol c. 1,3-propanediol d. 1,2,3-propanetriol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. What is the molecular formula of arachidic acid? a. CH3(CH2)15COOH b. CH3(CH2)18COOH c. CH3(CH2)10COOH d. CH3(CH2)14COOH ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following is a naturally occurring unsaturated fatty acid?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 20 a. lauric acid b. palmitic acid c. linoleic acid d. myristic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following unsaturated fatty acids has four double bonds? a. lauric acid b. myristic acid c. arachidonic acid d. palmitoleic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Which of the following fatty acids has the lowest melting point? a. stearic acid b. oleic acid c. linoleic acid d. linolenic acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following is true of the London dispersion forces in fatty acids? a. The London dispersion forces are maximum in unsaturated fatty acids. b. The London dispersion forces are minimum in saturated fatty acids. c. The London dispersion forces are higher for cis unsaturated fatty acids. d. The London dispersion forces act over shorter segments of hydrocarbon chains.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which fatty acid has the simple designation

?

a. stearic acid b. oleic acid c. linoleic acid d. linolenic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 20 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.2 - FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. In addition to fatty acids, which of the following compounds is found in triglycerides? a. glycol b. glycerol c. acetone d. propanone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. How many different triglycerides can be formed when one molecule of glycerol combines with one molecule of oleic acid, one molecule of palmitic acid, and one molecule of stearic acid? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 21. Which of the following triglycerides is most likely to be a fat? a. one that contains short-chain, saturated fatty acids b. one that contains short-chain, unsaturated fatty acids c. one that contains long-chain, saturated fatty acids d. one that contains long-chain, unsaturated fatty acids ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. What is an essential fatty acid? a. A fatty acid that the body can synthesize from precursor molecules b. A fatty acid that must be a part of our diet since we cannot synthesize it c. Both of these d. None of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 20 23. Which of the following statements is true of linoleic acid? a. It is an essential saturated fatty acid. b. It is an essential unsaturated fatty acid. c. It is not an essential fatty acid but is a saturated fatty acid. d. It is not an essential fatty acid but is an unsaturated fatty acid.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. Why is coconut oil liquid at room temperature (77oF)? a. because of the presence of high amounts of unsaturated fatty acids b. because of the presence of essential fatty acids c. because of the presence of low-molecular-weight saturated fatty acids d. because of the presence of high-molecular-weight saturated fatty acids ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. What is the minimum number of double bonds that must be present in a polyunsaturated fatty acid? a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. If a triglyceride contains linoleic, linolenic, and oleic acids, then how many moles of hydrogen are required to fully hydrogenate one mole of this triglyceride? a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 27. If a triglyceride contains linoleic, linolenic, and stearic acids, then how many moles of hydrogen are required to fully hydrogenate one mole of this triglyceride? a. 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 20 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 28. Which of the following reactions is the source of trans fatty acids found in certain processed foods? a. condensation b. dehydration c. hydrogenation d. hydrolysis ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Which of the following statements is true of pure fats and oils? a. They have characteristic color but lack odor and taste. b. They have characteristic odor but lack color and taste. c. They have characteristic taste but lack odor and color. d. They are colorless, odorless, and tasteless substances.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. To which class of compounds do waxes belong? a. alcohols b. carboxylic acids c. esters d. ethers ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. According to the FDA, to which of the following categories do trans fats belong? a. bioactive compounds b. food additives c. "generally recognized as safe" compounds d. flavor enhancers ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 20 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. Identify a polyunsaturated fatty acid. a. arachidonic acid b. palmitoleic acid c. stearic acid d. oleic acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following statements is true of trans fats? a. They are produced by condensation reactions. b. They tend to increase serum cholesterol if consumed in large amounts. c. They are classified under "generally recognized as safe" compounds. d. They are more common than their cis counterparts.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following compounds is found in all types of complex lipids? a. a fatty acid b. glycerol c. a phosphate group d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 35. Which of the following includes all the components of glycerophospholipids? a. glycerol, one fatty acid, two phosphate groups, and an alcohol b. glycerol, two fatty acids, a phosphate group, and an alcohol c. either of these d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following linkages is found in glycerophospholipids?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 20 a. glycerol—fatty acid—phosphate b. glycerol—phosphate—fatty acid c. phosphate—glycerol—glucose d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following alcohols can be found in glycerophospholipids? a. choline b. serine c. inositol d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Which of the following linkages can be found in sphingolipids? a. sphingosine−serine−phosphate b. sphingosine−phosphate−choline c. phosphate−sphingomyelin−choline d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. In glycerophospholipids, what is the position of the phosphate group that is linked to glycerol? a. It is present on the central carbon atom. b. It is present on the terminal carbon atom. c. It is present either on the central or on the terminal carbon atom. d. It is present on both the central and the terminal carbon atoms.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following chemical compounds is found in glycolipids but not in other complex lipids? a. a carbohydrate group b. a fatty acid c. a sphingosine molecule d. none of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 20 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. What is the nature of the cholesterol found in cell membranes? a. amphipathic b. hydrophobic c. hydrophilic d. amphiprotic ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. Cell membranes are composed of . a. lipid bilayers b. protein bilayers c. lipid trilayers d. protein trilayers ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. How are the hydrophilic heads and hydrophobic tails of complex lipids distributed in the lipid bilayer? a. The hydrophilic heads project to the cytoplasm, and the hydrophobic tails project to the exterior of the cell. b. The hydrophilic heads project to the exterior of the cell, and the hydrophobic tails project to the cytoplasm. c. Both the hydrophilic heads and the hydrophobic tails are nonuniformly arranged across the bilayer. d. Some membranes have only hydrophilic heads, whereas other membranes have only hydrophobic tails.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. Which of the following is a function of unsaturated fatty acids in membranes? a. They provide fluidity to membranes and allow transport of biochemical products. b. They provide a site for chemical reactions to occur. c. Both of these are functions of unsaturated fatty acids. d. None of these are functions of unsaturated fatty acids.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 20 45. Which of the following statements is true of membrane proteins? a. They are suspended on the surface of the membrane. b. They are partly embedded in the bilayer. c. They span across the bilayer and project from both sides. d. Any of these are true, depending on the specific membrane protein.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 46. Which mechanism is involved in the transport of nonpolar molecules through a membrane? a. active transport b. diffusion c. osmosis d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. How are polar molecules transported through a membrane? a. by active transport b. through specific channels c. by both of these methods d. by none of these methods ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which of the following statements is true of the fluid mosaic model of membranes? a. Membranes have proteins present only on the outer surface. b. The complex lipids that make up membranes are distributed evenly. c. The fluidity of membranes increases with an increase in unsaturated fatty acids. d. It is impossible to determine the degree of fluidity of membranes.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.6 - LIPIDS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following are glycerophospholipids? a. cephalins b. lecithins c. phosphatidylinositols d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 20 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following is true of all glycerophospholipids? a. They are composed of only saturated fatty acids. b. They are composed of only unsaturated fatty acids. c. Their backbone is composed of the trihydric alcohol glycerol. d. Their third group is esterified by a nitrate group, which is also esterified to an alcohol.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which of the following is true of all lecithins? a. They are composed of only saturated fatty acids. b. They are composed of only unsaturated fatty acids. c. They always have a choline group in carbon 3 of the glycerol backbone. d. They always have an unsaturated fatty acid bound to carbon 1 of the glycerol backbone.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Some glycerophospholipids are commonly called lecithins. Which of the following is found in all lecithins? a. choline b. ethanolamine c. inositol d. serine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following is found in cephalins? a. choline b. ethanolamine c. inositol d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 20 54. Lecithin is a major component of egg yolk. What is the role of lecithin in egg yolk? a. It increases the protein content of yolk. b. It acts as a natural emulsifying agent. c. It decreases the trans fat content of yolk. d. It acts as an excellent antioxidant.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following is choline? a. HOCH2CH2NH2 b.

c. [HOCH2CH2N(CH3)3] + d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. Which class of glycerophospholipids can serve as signaling molecules when phosphorylated? a. cephalins b. lecithins c. phosphatidylinositols d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.7 - GLYCEROPHOSPHOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. To which class of complex lipids does myelin, the coating of nerve axons, belong? a. glycerophospholipids b. glycolipids c. sphingolipids d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.8 - SPHINGOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. In sphingomyelin, which type of bond exists between the —NH2 group of sphingosine and a fatty acid? a. an amide bond b. an azide bond Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 20 c. a hydrogen bond d. an anhydride bond ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.8 - SPHINGOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following diseases is associated with sphingomyelins? a. Alzheimer's disease b. Parkinson's disease c. multiple sclerosis d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.8 - SPHINGOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. Which components of a sphingolipid are collectively known as a ceramide? a. a fatty acid and a phosphate group b. a fatty acid and a sphingosine molecule c. a phosphate group and a choline group d. a phosphate group and a sphingosine molecule ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.8 - SPHINGOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 61. Which of the following is a glycolipid? a. ceramides b. cerebrosides c. endorphins d. enkephalins ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. In which part of the body do cerebrosides primarily occur? a. the brain b. the intestines c. bones d. skeletal tissues ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 20 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Which of the following is a glycolipid? a. ceramides b. endorphins c. enkephalins d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. Which of the following compounds are exclusively found in glycolipids? a. carbohydrates b. phosphate groups c. amines d. hydroxyl groups ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Which of the following is not found in cerebrosides? a. an amide linkage b. a carbohydrate c. a hydroxyl group d. a phosphate group ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. Which of the following linkages is found between a glucose unit and the ceramide portion of a cerebroside? a. α-1-fructosidic b. β-1-fructosidic c. α-1-glycosidic d. β-1-glycosidic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. Which of the following linkages is found in cerebrosides? a. α-1-fructosidic Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 20 b. β-1-glycosidic c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. In which of the following body structures are cerebrosides found? a. osteocytes b. skeletal tissues c. nerve synapses d. nephrocytes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. Identify the disease that is associated with the overaccumulation of galactocerebroside in the body. a. Gaucher's disease b. Fabry's disease c. Krabbe's leukodystrophy d. Niemann-Pick disease ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Which of the following conditions is associated with Gaucher's disease? a. an inability to synthesize glucocerebrosides b. an inability to store sufficient glucocerebrosides c. an overaccumulation of glucocerebrosides d. any of these, depending on the patient ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.9 - GLYCOLIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. Examine the following triglyceride.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 20

If this triglyceride is subjected to hydrogenation, how many moles of H2 will be consumed per mole of this reactant? a. 1 mol b. 2 mol c. 3 mol d. 4 mol e. This triglyceride will not react with H2.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 72. Examine the following triglyceride.

To which carbon of the glycerol molecule is stearic acid bound? a. top b. central c. bottom d. Stearic acid is not present in this structure.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.4 - PROPERTIES OF TRIGLYCERIDES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 73. How many cyclohexane rings are present in a steroid structure? a. 3 b. 4 c. 2 d. 1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 20 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. How many carbon atoms are present in a steroid ring? a. 15 b. 16 c. 17 d. 18 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following is the basic ring structure of steroids? a. b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 76. In cholesterol, to which of the following steroid rings is the hydroxyl group attached? a. A b. B c. C d. D ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. Which of the following contain(s) free cholesterol? a. HDL b. gallstones c. LDL d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 20 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Which of the following is a role of cholesterol? a. to serve as a component of plasma membranes b. to serve as a starting material for the synthesis of steroid hormones c. to serve as a precursor for the synthesis of bile salts d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. Where does the synthesis of cholesterol occur in the body? a. in the liver b. in the pancreas c. in the spleen d. in the thyroid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 80. Which of the following lipoproteins carry the highest percentage (dry weight) of cholesterol? a. HDLs b. LDLs c. VLDLs d. chylomicrons ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Which of the following lipoproteins are commonly called "good cholesterol"? a. chylomicrons b. HDLs c. LDLs d. VLDLs ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 20 82. Which of the following lipoproteins are commonly called "bad cholesterol"? a. chylomicrons b. HDLs c. LDLs d. VLDLs ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. Which of the following lipoproteins have the highest percentage (dry weight) of phospholipids? a. chylomicrons b. HDLs c. LDLs d. VLDLs ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 84. Which of the following lipoproteins have the highest percentage (dry weight) of triglycerides? a. chylomicrons b. HDLs c. LDLs d. VLDLs ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 85. Which receptor protein on the surface of LDL specifically binds to cells? a. apoB-100 b. apoC-100 c. apoB-400 d. apoC-300 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. Which of the following lipoproteins transport cholesterol to the liver? a. chylomicrons b. HDLs c. LDLs Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 20 d. VLDLs ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 87. Which of the following does not lead to an increase in HDL in the body? a. exercise b. weight gain c. premenopause d. None, they all result in an increase in HDL. ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following is critical to prevent the overaccumulation of cholesterol in the body? a. the optimum concentration of carbon dioxide in the body b. an adequate number of LDL receptors on the surface of cells c. the increased removal of cholesterol through stool d. an adequate number of HDL receptors on the surface of cells ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following factors will lead to increased cholesterol synthesis in the liver? a. high cholesterol levels inside cells b. low cholesterol levels in the blood serum c. a high ratio of HDL to LDL levels d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following does not occur when progesterone is synthesized from cholesterol? a. the oxidation of an alcohol b. the shortening of the aliphatic side chain c. the removal of a methyl group d. the hydroxylation of an aliphatic chain ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 20 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which of the following is an adrenocorticoid hormone? a. aldosterone b. cortisol c. cortisone d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Which of the following is a mineralocorticoid hormone? a. aldosterone b. cortisol c. cortisone d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 93. Which of the following happens because of increased aldosterone secretion in the kidneys? a. the reabsorption of Na+ and Cl− in the kidney b. the reabsorption of Na+ in the kidney and the loss of Cl− from the kidney c. the loss of Na+ and Cl− from the kidney d. the loss of Na+ from the kidney and the reabsorption of Cl− in the kidney ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 94. Which of the following medical conditions can be treated by administering aldosterone? a. high blood pressure b. plaque deposition c. high triglycerides d. tissue swelling ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. What is the effect of administering cortisol to a patient? a. The concentrations of both glucose and glycogen decrease.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 20 b. The concentrations of both glucose and glycogen increase. c. The concentration of glucose decreases, but the concentration of glycogen increases. d. The concentration of glucose increases, but the concentration of glycogen decreases.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. Which of the following represents the correct sequence of the synthesis of steroid hormones? a. cholesterol → progesterone → cortisone → cortisol b. cholesterol → progesterone → cortisone → aldosterone c. cholesterol → progesterone → estradiol → testosterone d. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. Which of the following is involved in the conversion of testosterone to estradiol? a. the conversion of an alcohol to a ketone followed by the loss of —H and of —CH3 b. the conversion of a ketone to an alcohol followed by the loss of —H and of —CH3 c. the loss of —H and of —CH3 followed by the conversion of an alcohol to a ketone d. the loss of —H and of —CH3 followed by keto–enol tautomerism ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 98. Which hormone triggers ovulation? a. estradiol b. luteinizing hormone c. progesterone d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which hormone inhibits ovulation once an ovum has been fertilized? a. estradiol b. luteinizing hormone c. progesterone d. none of these ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 20 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 100. How does the oral contraceptive, mifepristone, block the action of progesterone? a. by binding to the receptor sites of progesterone b. by inhibiting the synthesis of progesterone c. by converting the excess progesterone into cholesterol d. by breaking down the progesterone molecules present in the body ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. To which class of inhibitors does RU486 belong? a. cooperative inhibitor b. competitive inhibitor c. noncompetitive inhibitor d. selective inhibitor ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 102. How is RU486 used to treat Cushing's syndrome? a. It is used as an antiglucocorticoid. b. It is used as an antimineralocorticoid. c. It is used as a glucocorticoid. d. It is used as a mineralocorticoid.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. Which of the following statements is true of anabolic steroids? a. They are illegal in sporting events. b. They are effective when taken orally. c. They increase muscle mass. d. All of these are true.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following statements about anabolic steroids is false?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 20 a. They are illegal in sporting events. b. They provide long-term benefits to athletes. c. They impair the performance of female athletes. d. They increase muscle mass.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. Which of the following chemical reactions is involved in the synthesis of bile salts? a. hydrolysis b. oxidation c. reduction d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Which structural component of a bile salt is not present in a cholesterol molecule? a. a hydroxyl group at C-3 b. a methyl group at C-10 c. an amide linkage d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 107. Which of the following best describes the function of bile salts? a. They are detergents. b. They are lachrymators. c. They are oxidizing agents. d. None of these are functions of bile salts.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 108. Which of the following physiological processes involves bile salts? a. digestion b. the removal of excess cholesterol c. both digestion and the removal of excess cholesterol d. neither digestion nor the removal of excess cholesterol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 20 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 109. Which of the following digestive processes requires bile salts? a. the digestion of dietary lipids b. the digestion of dietary carbohydrates c. the digestion of dietary proteins d. the digestion of dietary vitamins ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. Which of the following is a common ingredient in many sports drinks? a. alanine b. histidine c. serine d. taurine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 111. How do bile salts remove excess cholesterol from the body? a. Bile salts solubilize deposited cholesterol. b. Cholesterol is converted to bile salts that are later eliminated through feces. c. Both of these processes remove excess cholesterol from the body. d. None of these processes remove excess cholesterol from the body.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. Which of the following chemical groups is present only in taurocholate but not in glycocholate? a. —SO3– b. —PO4– c. —NO2– d. —NH4+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.12 - BILE SALTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 20 113. Which of the following is a triple-bond derivative of testosterone? a. norethindrone b. norethynodrel c. ethynodiol diacetate d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. Which structural feature is associated with the prostaglandin E group (PGE)? a. a carbonyl group at carbon 9 b. a carboxylate group at carbon 9 c. a hydroxyl group at carbon 9 d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. Which structural feature is associated with the prostaglandin F group (PGF)? a. a carbonyl group at carbon 9 b. a carboxylate group at carbon 9 c. two hydroxyl groups at carbon 9 and carbon 11 d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Which of the following statements correctly describes the functions of COX-1 and COX-2? a. Both COX-1 and COX-2 are involved in the normal physiological production of prostaglandins. b. Both COX-1 and COX-2 promote the production of prostaglandins in response to inflammation. c. COX-1 promotes the production of prostaglandins in response to inflammation, whereas COX-2 catalyzes the normal physiological production of prostaglandins. d. COX-1 catalyzes the normal physiological production of prostaglandins, whereas COX-2 promotes the production of prostaglandins in response to inflammation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 117. What is the function of aspirin and other NSAIDs? a. to inhibit both COX-1 and COX-2 activity Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 20 b. to inhibit only COX-1 activity c. to inhibit only COX-2 activity d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. What is the function of anti-inflammatory drugs such as Vioxx and Celebrex? a. to inhibit the activity of the COX-1 and COX-2 enzymes b. to inhibit the activity of the COX-1 enzyme c. to inhibit the activity of the COX-2 enzyme d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following is a physiological effect of anti-inflammatory drugs such as Vioxx and Celebrex? a. the enhanced production of lipids that form an atherosclerotic plaque b. the inhibition of COX-1 activity c. the inhibition of ulcer formation d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. How does aspirin block the active site of cyclooxygenase enzymes? a. by adding an acetyl group to the enzyme's active site b. by adding a methyl group to the enzyme's active site c. by removing an anhydride group from the enzyme's active site d. by removing a carbonyl group from the enzyme's active site ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 121. Which of the following is found in thromboxanes? a. a β-lactam ring b. a cyclic acetal group c. a cyclic ether group d. none of these ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 20 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 122. Which of the following is associated with thromboxanes? a. elevation of pain b. aggregation of platelets c. reduction of fever d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. Which of the following diseases is not treated by COX-2 inhibitors? a. osteoarthritis b. rheumatoid arthritis c. familial adenomatous polyposis d. atherosclerosis ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.13 - PROSTAGLANDINS, THROMBOXANES AND LEUKOTRIENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Which of the following enzymes assists in carbohydrate metabolism? a. succinate dehydrogenase b. ATP synthase c. tyrosine kinase d. oxidoreductase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.14 MOLECULAR TRANSPORT ACROSS MEMBRANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 125. Which type of transport does the sodium–potassium pump enable? a. primary active transport b. secondary active transport c. simple diffusion d. facilitated diffusion ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.14 MOLECULAR TRANSPORT ACROSS MEMBRANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 126. How do uncharged, nonpolar molecules, such as O2 and N2, pass through cell membranes?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 20 a. by simple diffusion b. by primary active transport c. by facilitated diffusion d. by secondary active transport ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.14 MOLECULAR TRANSPORT ACROSS MEMBRANES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 127. Consider the following structure.

Which of the following is the correct classification of this compound? a. a trisaccharide b. a prostaglandin c. a triglyceride d. a leukotriene ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 128. Examine the following structure.

Which number in the diagram represents the glycerol backbone of this structure? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 20 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 129. Examine the following structure.

Which number in the diagram represents an ester linkage? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 130. Examine the following structure.

Which number in the diagram represents an unsaturated fatty acid? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 f. both 3 and 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.3 - TRIGLYCERIDE STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 131. Examine the following structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 20

Which of the following is the correct classification of this compound? a. a complex lipid b. a phospholipid c. a glycerophospholipid d. all of these are correct classifications ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 132. Which of the following is a difference between a glycolipid and a sphingolipid? a. Only one of them contains a sphingosine molecule. b. Only one of them contains a fatty acid. c. Only one of them contains a phosphate group. d. Only one of them contains a carbohydrate molecule. e. Only one of them contains an amide linkage. f. All of the choices from a to d are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.5 - STRUCTURES OF COMPLEX LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 133. Examine the following ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the name of the element.

At what position does ketone form when this compound is converted to progesterone? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. In this conversion, a ketone is not formed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 20 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.11 - PHYSIOLOGICAL ROLES OF STEROID HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 134. Examine the following ball-and-stick model. Atoms other than carbon and hydrogen are labeled with the name of the element.

Which of the following statements correctly characterizes this substance? a. It is a complex lipid. b. It is a precursor of peptide hormones. c. It is soluble in water. d. It is present in cell membranes. e. None of these statements are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 20.10 - STEROIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

Chapter 21 1. Which of the following are considered the most important biological compound? a. vitamins b. carbohydrates c. lipids d. proteins ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. What are the basic structural units of proteins? a. amino acids b. monosaccharides c. triglycerides d. fatty acids ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following is a function of proteins? a. catalysis b. movement c. storage d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following is a structural protein? a. cellulose b. collagen c. hemoglobin d. insulin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following proteins is associated with the movement of muscles? a. actin b. ferritin c. hemoglobin d. insulin ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 21 6. Which of the following proteins is associated with the storage of iron? a. actin b. ferritin c. hemoglobin d. insulin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following proteins is a hormone? a. casein b. hemoglobin c. insulin d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Identify a statement that is true of the functions of proteins. a. Ferritin, a protein that is found in the liver, stores iron in the body. b. Hemoglobin, a protein, carries oxygen from cells to the lungs. c. Antigens are proteins that are produced by the body to counteract antibodies. d. Keratin forms the skeletal muscles of the body.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Which of the following proteins can assist in blood clotting? a. insulin b. erythropoietin c. fibrinogen d. ferritin ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which of the following statements is true of the water solubility of proteins? a. Both fibrous and globular proteins are insoluble in water. b. Both fibrous and globular proteins are soluble in water. c. Fibrous proteins are insoluble in water. d. Globular proteins are insoluble in water.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 21 11. Which of the following proteins stimulates the formation of red blood cells in the body? a. fibrinogen b. collagen c. casein d. erythropoietin ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following is not a fibrous protein? a. actin b. collagen c. keratin d. None, they are all fibrous proteins.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.1 - THE MANY FUNCTIONS OF PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following is an achiral amino acid? a. proline b. glycine c. alanine d. arginine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. How many naturally occurring amino acids are commonly found in proteins? a. 10 b. 20 c. 25 d. 100 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following amino acids contains nitrogen in its side chain? a. cysteine b. glycine c. proline d. leucine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 21 16. What is the most important aspect of an amino acid's side chain? a. its polarity b. its shape c. its size d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following amino acid side chains is hydrophobic? a. acidic b. basic c. polar but neutral d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. Which of the following amino acid side chains is hydrophobic? a. acidic b. nonpolar c. polar but neutral d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which of the following amino acid side chains is hydrophilic? a. acidic b. basic c. polar but neutral d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. Which of the following amino acids is not optically active? a. alanine b. glycine c. tryptophan d. none, all of these are optically active ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 21 21. Which of the following statements is true of all amino acids? a. All amino acids have a D-isomer. b. All amino acids have an L-isomer. c. The amino group is attached to the carbon atom of the carboxyl group. d. The amino group and the carbon of the carboxyl group are attached to the same carbon atom.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following pair of amino acids has sulfur-containing side chains? a. cysteine and glycine b. cysteine and methionine c. histidine and methionine d. phenylalanine and tryptophan ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which of the following is a β-hydroxy-α-amino acid? a. asparagine b. serine c. tryptophan d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. Which of the following amino acids has a hydroxyl side chain? a. asparagine b. glutamine c. threonine d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following pair of amino acids has nonpolar side chains? a. cysteine and glycine b. cysteine and methionine c. histidine and methionine d. phenylalanine and tryptophan ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 21 26. Which of the following pair of amino acids has polar but neutral side chains? a. cysteine and methionine b. cysteine and serine c. histidine and methionine d. phenylalanine and tryptophan ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following pair of amino acids has basic side chains? a. cysteine and glycine b. cysteine and methionine c. histidine and lysine d. phenylalanine and tryptophan ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.2 - AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which of the following statements is true of zwitterions? a. They are positively charged. b. They are negatively charged. c. They are electrically neutral. d. They are made up of basic amino acids.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. Which of the following explains the unusually high melting points of amino acids? a. their unusually high molecular weights b. the polarity of their side chains c. the presence of nitrogen atoms in their side chains d. their existence as zwitterions in polar solvents ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following is true of amino acids that are dissolved in water? a. They exist in an un-ionized form at high pH. b. They exist in an un-ionized form at low pH. c. They exist in an un-ionized form only at a specific pH. d. They do not exist in an un-ionized form at any pH. ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 21 31. What is the approximate isoelectric point (pI) of most amino acids? a. 3 b. 6 c. 7 d. 10 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. Which of the following amino acids has the lowest pI? a. arginine b. cysteine c. glycine d. glutamic acid ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following amino acids has the highest pI? a. arginine b. cysteine c. glycine d. glutamic acid ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following statements is true of the isoelectric point of amino acids? a. It is the same for all amino acids. b. It is the pH at which an amino acid conducts electricity. c. It is the pH at which an amino acid has equal numbers of positive and negative charges. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following is true of an amino acid at a pH below its isoelectric point? a. It will have a negative charge. b. It will be electrically neutral. c. It will have a positive charge. d. It is impossible to predict the charge of an amino acid.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 21 36. Which of the following is true of an amino acid at a pH above its isoelectric point? a. It will have a negative charge. b. It will be electrically neutral. c. It will have a positive charge. d. It is impossible to predict the charge of an amino acid.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.3 - AMINO ACIDS EXIST AS ZWITTERIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 37. What determines the functions of amino acids? a. their molecular weight b. their side chain c. both molecular weight and side chain d. neither molecular weight nor side chain ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 38. Which of the following amino acids can be easily dimerized? a. alanine b. cysteine c. glycine d. methionine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Which of the following contains a disulfide bond? a. alanine b. cysteine c. cystine d. methionine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following diseases is associated with lower-than-normal levels of L-dopa? a. Alzheimer's disease b. Schizophrenia c. Parkinson's disease d. Bipolar disorder ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 21 41. Which of the following types of chemical reaction is involved in the conversion of dopamine to epinephrine? a. addition b. reduction c. decarboxylation d. methylation ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. What type of chemical reaction is involved in the formation of cystine from cysteine? a. addition b. reduction c. oxidation d. substitution ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. What type of chemical reaction is involved in the conversion of cystine to cysteine? a. addition b. reduction c. oxidation d. substitution ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. How many essential amino acids have acidic side chains? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. How many essential amino acids have basic side chains? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 21 46. Which of the following amino acids has an imidazole group side chain? a. lysine b. tryptophan c. histidine d. tyrosine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. Which amino acid can be found in proteins in both its protonated and unprotonated forms? a. alanine b. glycine c. histidine d. phenylalanine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Serotonin, a neurotransmitter, has a calming effect. Which of the following amino acids is the precursor of serotonin? a. arginine b. glutamic acid c. isoleucine d. tryptophan ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. Which of the following neurotransmitters is associated with manic-depressive schizophrenia? a. adrenaline b. norepinephrine c. serotonin d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following amino acids has a guanidino group in its side chain? a. asparagine b. glutamic acid c. arginine d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 21 51. Which of the following amino acids absorbs UV radiation at 280 nm? a. phenylalanine b. tryptophan c. tyrosine d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which of the following amino acids absorbs UV radiation at 280 nm? a. arginine b. alanine c. leucine d. tyrosine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. What is the chemical name of serotonin? a. 5-hydroxyphenylalanine b. 5-hydroxytryptamine c. 3-hydroxytyrosine d. 3-hydroxyvaline ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. From which amino acid is tyrosine usually derived? a. cysteine b. phenylalanine c. tryptophan d. valine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Neurotransmitters known as catecholamines are formed from which amino acid? a. cysteine b. threonine c. tyrosine d. valine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 21 56. Which pair of the amino acids is the precursors of norepinephrine and epinephrine? a. aspartic acid and glutamic acid b. cysteine and methionine c. isoleucine and leucine d. phenylalanine and tyrosine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.5 - AMINO ACID CHARACTERISTICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Which of the following amino acids is occasionally found in proteins? a. asparagine b. hydroxyproline c. proline d. serine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.6 - UNCOMMON AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following amino acids functions as a hormone? a. leucine b. lysine c. thyroxine d. tyrosine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.6 - UNCOMMON AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following amino acids contains iodine atoms in its structure? a. leucine b. lysine c. thyroxine d. tyrosine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.6 - UNCOMMON AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. Which protein contains both hydroxylysine and hydroxyproline? a. actin b. collagen c. fibrinogen d. hemoglobin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.6 - UNCOMMON AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 21 61. How are the dipeptides Ala—Gly and Gly—Ala related to each other? a. They are the same compound. b. They have the same properties. c. They are constitutional isomers. d. They are mirror images.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. What is a residue? a. An amino acid that has been severed from a protein b. Any individual amino acid in a protein or a polypeptide c. The portion of a protein that remains after one amino acid has been removed from its C-terminus d. The portion of a protein that remains after one amino acid has been removed from its N-terminus ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Identify the correct naming convention followed while naming a protein or polypeptide. a. The convention of naming proteins is different from that of polypeptides. b. They are named starting from the C-terminus residue to the N-terminus residue. c. They are named starting from the middle toward both ends. d. They are named starting from the N-terminus residue to the C-terminus residue.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. What is the direction of protein synthesis? a. from the C-terminus to the N-terminus b. from the middle toward both the ends c. from the N-terminus to the C-terminus d. The direction varies from one protein to another.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Identify the correct representation of the given tripeptide.

a. Ala—Cys—Asp b. Ala—Cys—Glu c. Asp—Cys—Ala d. Glu—Cys—Ala ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 21 TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 66. Identify the correct representation of the given tripeptide.

a. Ala—Cys—Asp b. Ala—Cys—Glu c. Asp—Cys—Ala d. Glu—Cys—Ala ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 67. Which of the following dipeptides is glycylalanine? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 68. Which of the following dipeptides is alanylglycine? a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 21 c.

d.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 69. Which of the following dipeptides is alanylserine? a.

b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 70. Which of the following dipeptides is serylalanine? a.

b.

c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 21 d.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.4 - AMINO ACIDS COMBINE TO FORM PROTEINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 71. How are amino acids primarily linked in a protein? a. by peptide bonds b. by hydrogen bonds c. by ester bonds d. by ionic bonds ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following is true of the atoms in a protein's backbone unit? a. All of them are in a straight line. b. All of them are in the same plane. c. All of them have tetrahedral geometry. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. What is the conformation of the peptide bond that is present between the amino acids in a protein? a. planar b. chair c. bent d. nonplanar ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. At which pH does a protein have a net positive charge? a. at its isoelectric point b. never c. at the pH above its isoelectric point d. at the pH below its isoelectric point ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 75. At which pH does a protein have a net negative charge?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 21 a. at its isoelectric point b. never c. at the pH above its isoelectric point d. at the pH below its isoelectric point ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. At which pH does a protein have the lowest solubility? a. at a very low pH b. at a neutral pH of 7 c. at a very high pH d. at its isoelectric point ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. Which of the following statements is true of the polarity of proteins? a. All proteins are acidic. b. All proteins are basic. c. All proteins are neutral. d. The polarity of a protein depends on its side chains.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.7 - PROTEIN PROPERTIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. Which of the following defines the primary structure of a protein? a. the geometric arrangement of the backbone atoms of a protein b. the geometric arrangement of the side chains of a protein c. the sequence of the amino acids in a protein d. all of the above ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. How many different dipeptides can be made from 20 amino acids? a. 20 b. 40 c. 200 d. 400 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 80. How are the two chains of insulin linked?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 21 a. by peptide bonds b. by ester bonds c. by hydrogen bonds d. by disulfide bonds ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. How many different tripeptides can be made from 20 amino acids? a. 60 b. 400 c. 6840 d. 8000 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 82. How many amino acids are present in human insulin, which is a hormone that regulates blood glucose? a. 51 b. 104 c. 30 d. 21 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. How many different tripeptides can be made from glycine, alanine, and valine if the tripeptide contains each amino acid only once? a. 3 b. 6 c. 18 d. 36 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 84. How many different tripeptides can be made from glycine and valine? a. 4 b. 6 c. 8 d. 12 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 21 85. Which of the following is true of the relationship between the primary structure and the function of a protein? a. A change in one amino acid always affects the function of a protein. b. A change in one amino acid may or may not affect the function of a protein. c. A change in one amino acid never affects the function of a protein. d. The primary structure of a protein and its function are not related.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 86. How many amino acid residues are present in both vasopressin and oxytocin? a. 5 b. 7 c. 9 d. 11 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Hydroxyurea is used to treat and control the symptoms of a. malaria b. diabetes c. sickle cell anemia d. phenylketonuria ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

.

88. Individuals with the genes for sickle cell anemia are resistant to which of the following diseases? a. flu b. malaria c. polio d. sleeping sickness ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.8 - PROTEIN PRIMARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 89. Which of the following is a type of secondary structure that is found in proteins? a. α-helix b. β-pleated sheet c. both α-helix and β-pleated sheet d. neither α-helix nor β-pleated sheet ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 21 90. Which of the following is a type of secondary structure that is found in proteins? a. α-pleated sheet b. β-helix c. both α-pleated sheet and β-helix d. neither α-pleated sheet nor β-helix ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. Which of the following is true of protein secondary structures? a. They are the linear sequences of amino acids. b. They are the repetitive conformations of the protein backbone. c. They are held together by strong van der Waals forces of attraction. d. They include parallelly arranged β-pleated sheets only.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following secondary structures is maintained by both intermolecular or intramolecular hydrogen bonds? a. α-helix b. β-pleated sheet c. a hairpin turn d. all of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 93. Which of the following proteins has a predominant α-helix structure? a. keratin b. fibroin c. both keratin and fibroin d. neither keratin nor fibroin ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following proteins has a predominant β-pleated sheet structure? a. keratin b. fibroin c. both keratin and fibroin d. neither keratin nor fibroin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 21 95. Which of the following proteins has an extended helix secondary structure? a. collagen b. keratin c. silk d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Which amino acid accounts for about 33% of the collagen structure? a. alanine b. glycine c. valine d. lysine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. Which of the following amino acids is not found in collagen? a. glycine b. hydroxyproline c. proline d. None, they are all found in collagen.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.9 - PROTEIN SECONDARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Which of the following defines the tertiary structure of proteins? a. It is the sequence of amino acid in proteins. b. It refers to the repetitive conformations of the protein backbone. c. It is the overall 3-D conformation of a polypeptide chain and the interactions of the side chains. d. It is the interaction between the subunits of a protein that has more than one polypeptide chain.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 99. Which of the following interactions is not associated with the stabilization of the tertiary structure of a protein? a. covalent bonding b. hydrogen bonding c. hydrophobic interactions d. None, they are all associated with the tertiary structure.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 21 100. In the tertiary structure of proteins, which amino acid is involved in the formation of covalent bonds? a. alanine b. aspartic acid c. cysteine d. tryptophan ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. Which of the following pair of amino acids can form hydrogen bonds? a. alanine and glutamic acid b. aspartic acid and lysine c. leucine and phenylalanine d. serine and tyrosine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following pair of amino acids can form a salt bridge? a. alanine and glutamic acid b. aspartic acid and lysine c. leucine and phenylalanine d. serine and tyrosine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. Which of the following pair of amino acids develops hydrophobic interactions? a. alanine and glutamic acid b. aspartic acid and lysine c. leucine and phenylalanine d. serine and tyrosine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following amino acids are linked via metal ions? a. arginine and glutamic acid b. glutamic acid and aspartic acid c. isoleucine and lysine d. phenylalanine and alanine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 21 105. Which of the following proteins assists other proteins in attaining their proper secondary and tertiary structures? a. insulin b. chaperones c. prions d. myosin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Which of the following defines the quaternary structure of proteins? a. It is the sequence of amino acids in proteins. b. It refers to repetitive conformations of the protein backbone. c. It is the overall 3-D conformation of a polypeptide chain and the interactions of the side chains. d. It is the interaction between the subunits of a protein that has more than one polypeptide chain.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 107. How many polypeptide chains are present in hemoglobin? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which phenomenon is exhibited during the binding of oxygen to hemoglobin? a. negative cooperativity b. metallic interaction c. positive cooperativity d. hydrophobic interaction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 109. How does fetal hemoglobin differ from adult hemoglobin? a. Fetal hemoglobin does not have α-chains. b. Fetal hemoglobin does not have β-chains. c. Fetal hemoglobin does not have γ-chains. d. Fetal hemoglobin does not differ from adult hemoglobin.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 21 110. Which of the following proteins contains a prosthetic group? a. collagen b. hemoglobin c. insulin d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 111. Identify the protein whose complete tertiary structure was determined for the first time by X-ray crystallography. a. collagen b. insulin c. hemoglobin d. myoglobin ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 112. What is the shape of the oxygen-binding curve of myoglobin? a. parabolic b. sigmoidal c. sinusoidal d. hyperbolic ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 113. Which of the following is an allosteric protein? a. hemoglobin b. myoglobin c. both hemoglobin and myoglobin d. neither hemoglobin nor myoglobin ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. Which of the following structures contains hemoglobin that is 100% saturated with oxygen? a. capillaries of active muscles b. alveoli of the lungs c. hepatocytes of the liver d. cells of the intestinal tract ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 21 115. Which level of a protein structure is not affected by denaturation? a. primary b. secondary c. tertiary d. quaternary ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.12 - PROTEIN DENATURATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Which of the following denaturing agents affects disulfide bonds? a. detergent b. heat c. heavy metals d. urea ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.12 - PROTEIN DENATURATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Which of the following denaturing agents opens up the hydrophobic regions of a protein? a. detergents b. heat c. heavy metals d. urea ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.12 - PROTEIN DENATURATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 118. Which of the following regions of proteins are affected by the denaturing agent urea? a. hydrogen bonds b. disulfide bonds c. hydrophobic regions d. salt bridges ANSWER: a TOPICS: 21.12 - PROTEIN DENATURATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Why is 70% ethanol used to sterilize skin before injections instead of 95% ethanol? a. 70% ethanol kills bacteria by denaturing their surface proteins. b. 70% ethanol penetrates bacteria and kills them by coagulating their proteins. c. 70% ethanol can kill bacteria without damaging their structures. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.12 - PROTEIN DENATURATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 21 120. Identify the disease that is caused by conformational change in the α-helical content of the normal prion protein. a. Mad cow disease b. Scrapie disease c. Creutzfeld-Jakob disease d. All of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.11 - PROTEIN QUATERNARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 121. Which of the following statements is true of the structure of myoglobin? a. It is a fibrous protein molecule. b. It consists of two polypeptide chains of 175 amino acids. c. It has a prosthetic group called the heme group. d. It has eight β-pleated sheet regions.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. Which of the following amino acids plays a vital role in the interaction between the heme group and bound oxygen in hemoglobin? a. methionine b. lysine c. histidine d. tryptophan ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 123. What is an apoprotein? a. the prosthetic part of a protein b. a polypeptide chain with a prosthetic group c. a polypeptide chain without a prosthetic group d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 124. Identify the statement that is true of the heme group of hemoglobin. a. The heme group contains an iron ion in its Fe3+ oxidation state. b. The porphyrin part of the heme group consists of four pyrrole rings. c. The pyrrole rings are linked together to form a tetrahedral structure. d. The iron ion in the heme group has eight coordination sites.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 21 125. Besides oxygen, which of the following gases can bind to the heme group of hemoglobin? a. sulfur dioxide b. chlorine c. carbon monoxide d. argon ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 126. Why is carbon monoxide poisonous in larger quantities? a. because it enhances the binding of oxygen to the heme group b. because it decreases the synthesis of hemoglobin in the bone marrow c. because it disrupts the final step of the electron transport chain d. because it disrupts the process of gluconeogenesis in the body ANSWER: c TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 127. Consider the given image. What type of interaction is depicted by the dotted line in the given image?

a. hydrogen bonding b. covalent bonding c. a hydrophobic interaction d. salt bridges e. a metal ion coordination ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.10 - PROTEIN TERTIARY STRUCTURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 128. Which of the following chemical interactions is associated with the treatment of heavy metal poisoning? a. hydrogen bonding b. covalent bonding c. a hydrophobic interaction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 21 d. salt bridges e. a metal ion coordination ANSWER: d TOPICS: 21.12 - PROTEIN DENATURATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 22 1. Which of the following statements is true of enzymes? a. All enzymes are fibrous proteins. b. All enzymes are globular proteins. c. The majority of enzymes are fibrous proteins. d. The majority of enzymes are globular proteins.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 2. In addition to proteins, which type of molecules sometimes function as enzymes? a. carbohydrates b. DNA c. lipids d. RNA ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following statements is true of enzymes? a. They shift the position of chemical equilibrium. b. They increase the rate of a chemical reaction. c. They shift the position of chemical equilibrium and they increase the rate of a chemical reaction. d. None of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following statements is true of enzymes? a. They lower the activation energy of a chemical reaction. b. They are extremely specific. c. They lower the activation energy of a chemical reaction and they are extremely specific. d. None of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following statements is true of trypsin? a. It does not affect any peptide bond. b. It hydrolyzes all peptide bonds. c. It hydrolyzes peptide bonds only on the carboxyl side of leucine and phenylalanine residues. d. It hydrolyzes peptide bonds only on the carboxyl side of arginine and lysine residues.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 22 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of following statements is true of urease? a. It catalyzes the degradation of uracil. b. It catalyzes the synthesis of urea. c. It catalyzes the hydrolysis of urea. d. It catalyzes the hydrolysis of all amines.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the following processes is catalyzed by arginase? a. the conversion of D-arginine to urea and D-ornithine b. the hydrolysis of L-arginine to urea and L-ornithine c. the hydrolysis of L-arginine to urea and D-arginine d. the conversion of both the D and L forms of arginine to urea and the D and L forms of ornithine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 8. Which of the following enzymes is assayed to diagnose liver or bone disease? a. alkaline phosphatase b. alkaline aminotransferase c. acid phosphatase d. lactate dehydrogenase ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.6 - ENZYMES IN MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: REMEMBER 9. The names of enzymes are often derived from which of the following? a. the reaction they catalyze b. the compound on which they act c. the reaction they catalyze and the compound on which they act d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 22 10. Which of the following body fluid samples is used to diagnose the severity of a heart attack? a. cerebrospinal fluid b. serum c. sweat d. semen ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.6 - ENZYMES IN MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. According to the types of reactions that enzymes catalyze, into how many groups are enzymes classified? a. 4 b. 6 c. 8 d. 10 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Lactate dehydrogenase belongs to which group of enzymes? a. hydrolases b. lyases c. oxidoreductases d. transferases ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 13. Aspartate transaminase belongs to which group of enzymes? a. hydrolases b. lyases c. oxidoreductases d. transferases ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 14. Acetylcholinesterase belongs to which group of enzymes? a. hydrolases b. lyases c. oxidoreductases d. transferases Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 22 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 15. Aconitase belongs to which group of enzymes? a. hydrolases b. lyases c. oxidoreductases d. transferases ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 16. Tyrosine-tRNA synthetase belongs to which group of enzymes? a. hydrolases b. ligases c. oxidoreductases d. transferases ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following terms refers to nonprotein parts of enzymes that are necessary for catalytic function? a. apoenzyme b. coenzyme c. cofactor d. substrate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. What name is given to the organic cofactor of an enzyme? a. apoenzyme b. chaperone c. coenzyme d. substrate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 22 19. How many subunits does lactate dehydrogenase contain? a. 4 b. 2 c. 10 d. 6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. What name is given to a molecule on which an enzyme works? a. cofactor b. isozyme c. substrate d. zymogen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. Which of the following types of molecules reduce the activity of an enzyme? a. zymogens b. inhibitors c. isozymes d. substrates ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. In which type of inhibition does an inhibitor bind to the active site of an enzyme? a. cooperative inhibition b. competitive inhibition c. noncompetitive inhibition d. selective inhibition ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 23. In which type of inhibition does an inhibitor bind to an enzyme at a site other than the active site? a. cooperative inhibition b. competitive inhibition c. noncompetitive inhibition d. selective inhibition Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 22 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following statements is true of inhibition? a. Both competitive and noncompetitive inhibition are irreversible. b. Both competitive and noncompetitive inhibition are always reversible. c. Competitive inhibition is always irreversible. d. Noncompetitive inhibition is never reversible.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 25. Which of the following changes can cause the rate of enzyme activity to increase linearly? a. an increase in enzyme concentration b. an increase in substrate concentration c. an increase in temperature d. an increase in pH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 26. Which of the following changes gives a saturation curve for the rate of enzyme activity? a. an increase in enzyme concentration b. an increase in substrate concentration c. an increase in temperature d. an increase in pH ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 27. Which of the following changes can cause enzyme activity to either increase or decrease? a. a change in temperature b. an increase in substrate concentration c. a change in temperature and an increase in substrate concentation d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 22 28. Which of the following changes can cause enzyme activity to either increase or decrease? a. an increase in enzyme concentration b. a change in the pH c. an increase in the enzyme concentration and a change in the pH d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 29. Which of the following statements is true of chymotrypsinogen? a. It is the active form of trypsinogen. b. It consists of a single polypeptide chain that is 100 residues long. c. It is formed in the pancreas. d. It has 20 disulfide bonds.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following is an intermediate in an enzyme-catalyzed reaction? a. an apoenzyme b. a coenzyme–substrate complex c. an enzyme–substrate complex d. a zymogen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. Identify a proenzyme. a. trypsinogen b. pyruvate kinase c. lactate dehydrogenase d. pepsin ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following statements is true of noncompetitive inhibitors? a. They slow down the rate of reaction. b. They increase the efficiency of an enzyme. c. They have no effect on the shape of the enzyme. d. They increase the activity of an enzyme.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 22 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 33. In which type of inhibition is it possible to restore the maximum rate of enzyme activity by adding additional substrate? a. cooperative inhibition b. competitive inhibition c. induced-fit inhibition d. irreversible inhibition ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 34. In which type of inhibition is it not possible to restore the maximum rate of enzyme activity by adding additional substrate? a. cooperative inhibition b. competitive inhibition c. induced-fit inhibition d. irreversible inhibition ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 35. Where is the enzyme arginase produced in the human body? a. the liver b. the pancreas c. the small intestine d. the stomach ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 36. What is the optimum pH range for the activity of the enzyme pepsin? a 1.5–2.0 b 6.7–7.0 c 3.5–4.5 d 8.8–9.2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 22 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following enzymes is an example of a lyase? a. aconitase b. acetylcholinesterase c. aspartate transaminase d. lactate dehydrogenase ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Which term is used for an enzyme regulation process where the formation of a product inhibits an earlier reaction in the sequence? a. cooperative inhibition b. competitive inhibition c. feedback control d. stereospecificity ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 – ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Which of the following is another name for a proenzyme? a. allosteric enzyme b. coenzyme c. cofactor d. zymogen ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. For which of the following reasons is trypsin synthesized as trypsinogen? a. Trypsin can damage the small intestine. b. Trypsinogen is a more active enzyme than trypsin. c. Trypsin can damage the pancreas. d. Trypsin is a larger molecule than trypsinogen.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 41. Which of the following statements is true of allosteric enzymes? a. They always consist 006Ff one polypeptide chain or subunit.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 22 b. They have a nonprotein portion. c. They have more than one active site on each subunit. d. The active site and regulatory site can be present on the same subunit.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which term refers to a species that can reversibly bind to an allosteric enzyme? a. a zymogen b. an isozyme c. a cofactor d. a regulator ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. Which of the following reactions is catalyzed by a hydrolase? a. the conversion of lactate to pyruvate b. the conversion of aspartate to glutamate and oxaloacetate c. the conversion of acetylcholine to acetic acid and choline d. the conversion of aconitate to isocitrate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. Which of the following processes is commonly associated with protein modification? a. phosphorylation b. positive modulation c. phosphorylation and positive modulation d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 45. Which of the following statements is true of isozymes? a. They are two different enzymes that have the same function. b. They are a pair of enzymes that must both be present for enzyme inhibition. c. They are different forms of the same enzyme produced in different tissues. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 22 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 46. Which of the following enzymes is assayed to diagnose the severity of a heart attack? a. AST b. CPK c. LDH d. All of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.6 - ENZYMES IN MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. Which of the following enzymes is assayed to diagnose infectious hepatitis? a. ALT b. CPK c. LDH d. PHI ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.6 - ENZYMES IN MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which disease is diagnosed by assaying amylase activity? a. hepatitis b. liver cancer c. pancreatic disease d. prostate cancer ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.6 - ENZYMES IN MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. Which disease is diagnosed by assaying acid phosphatase activity? a. hepatitis b. liver cancer c. pancreatic disease d. prostate cancer ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.6 - ENZYMES IN MEDICINE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following statements is true of carbonic anhydrase?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 22 a. It assists in the synthesis of specialized enzymes. b. It helps catalyze protein splitting in the blood. c. It is inhibited by acetazolamide. d. It catalyzes the hydrolysis of urea.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 51. Identify the optimum pH for the activity of the enzyme lactase. a. 2.0 b. 9.0 c. 10.0 d. 6.0 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which of the following enzymes does not consist of proteins? a. ribozyme b. aconitase c. lactase d. pepsin ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.1 - ENZYMES ARE BIOLOGICAL CATALYSTS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Consider the following reaction.

Which group of enzymes catalyzes this reaction? a. oxidoreductases b. isomerases c. transferases d. ligases e. hydrolases ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.2 - ENZYME NOMENCLATURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM′S: UNDERSTAND 54. Consider the following graph for the rate of an enzyme-catalyzed reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 22

What is the approximate optimum pH for carrying out this reaction? a. 5.0 b. 6.5 c. 7.5 d. 8.0 e. Any pH between 5.0 and 8.0 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Consider the following graph for the rate of an enzyme catalyzed reaction.

What is the approximate optimum temperature for carrying out this reaction? a. 20°C b. 25°C c. 35°C d. 45°C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 56. Consider the following two images depicting enzyme behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 22 Which model explains competitive inhibition? a. A only b. B only c. Both A and B ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 57. Consider the following two images depicting enzyme behavior.

Which image provides a better explanation for the induced-fit model? a. A only b. B only c. Both A and B ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 58. Consider the following image depicting enzyme behavior.

Which of the following correctly characterizes the components of this model? a. A - enzyme, B - substrate, C - active site, D - E-S complex b. A - substrate, B - active site, C - enzyme, D - E-S complex c. A - active site, B - substrate, C - E-S complex, D - enzyme d. A - substrate, B - enzyme, D - E-S complex, D - active site ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 22 TOPICS: 22.4 - ENZYME MECHANISMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 59. Consider the following image depicting enzyme regulation.

Which of the following is depicted by this model? a. protein modification b. allosterism c. competitive inhibition d. feedback control ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 60. An enzyme in an inactive form that can become active after undergoing a chemical change is known as a(n) a. allosteric enzyme b. cofactor c. isozyme d. zymogen ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.5 - ENZYME REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

.

61. Identify the optimum pH for the activity of the enzyme lipase. a. 8.0 b. 6.0 c. 9.7 d. 2.0 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 22 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. Examine the following graph.

Which of the following explains why the "line" on the graph does not continue in a linear fashion? a. All of the added substrate is bound to the enzyme. b. All of the enzyme active sites are occupied. c. The amount of enzyme present is greater than needed by the substrate. d. An inhibitor is present.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 22.3 - ENZYME ACTIVITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 23 1. Which of the following organelles are found within a cell? a. nuclei b. mitochondria c. both nuclei and mitochondria d. neither nuclei nor mitochondria ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Where are receptors found in an animal cell? a. They are found on the surface of cells. b. They are found freely roaming in the cytosol. c. They are found on the surface of mitochondria. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following biological molecules used for cellular communication is also called the ligand? a. a chemical messenger b. a secondary messenger c. a receptor d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following biological molecules used for cellular communication carry messages from the receptor to the inside of the cell? a. primary messengers b. secondary messengers c. both primary messengers and secondary messengers d. neither primary messengers nor secondary messengers ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following is a function of a secondary messenger? a. It assists in the induction of a physiological response in a cell or a tissue. b. It carries a message from the receptor to the inside of a cell. c. Both of these are the functions of a secondary messenger. d. Neither of these are functions of a secondary messenger.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 23 6. Which of the following is the function of a secondary messenger? a. It assists in the amplification of a biological message. b. It carries a message from the receptor to the inside of a cell. c. Both of these are functions of the secondary messenger. d. Neither of these are functions of the secondary messenger.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. Identify an example of a neural transmission in animals. a. regulation of the blood sugar level in the body b. contraction of blood vessels in response to the secretion of vasopressin by the posterior pituitary gland c. communication between the eyes and the brain d. binding of adrenaline to specific receptors in liver cells ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following compounds acts as a stimulant of acetylcholine receptors when given in low doses? a. donepezil b. nicotine c. opiate d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which of the following inhibitors of acetylcholinesterase was used in poisoned arrows by the Amazon Indians? a. curare b. nicotine c. succinylcholine d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which of the following drugs activates the receptor sites of enkephalins? a. curare b. opiate c. nicotine d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.8 - DRUGS AFFECT CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 23 11. Which of the following drugs blocks the receptor sites of enkephalins? a. curare b. morphine c. opiate d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.8 - DRUGS AFFECT CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following cells communicate with each other through neurotransmitters? a. muscle cells b. cells of a gland c. neurons d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following drugs blocks the receptor and prevents its stimulation? a. an agonist drug b. an antagonist drug c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.8 - DRUGS AFFECT CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following drugs competes with the natural messenger for the receptor site? a. an agonist drug b. an antagonist drug c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.8 - DRUGS AFFECT CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following statements is true of a hormone? a. It acts over a short distance across a synapse. b. It acts over a long distance from the secretory gland through the bloodstream to the target cell. c. It acts over a short distance across a synapse and it acts over a long distance from the secretory gland through the bloodstream to the target cell, depending on the chemical properties of the hormone. d. None of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 23 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 16. Which of the following is a long fiber-like part of a nerve cell? a. an axon b. a dendrite c. a synapse d. a vesicle ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following are the hair-like part of a nerve cell? a. axons b. dendrites c. synapses d. vesicles ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. What is the aqueous small space between the axon end of one neuron and the cell body of the next neuron called? a. an axon b. a dendrite c. a synapse d. a vesicle ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Where are neurotransmitters stored in a nerve cell? a. in the axon b. in dendrites c. in the synapse d. in vesicles ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. How are neurotransmitters and hormones distinct from each other? a. by their chemical nature b. by their physiological behavior c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 23 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. Which of the following hormones is not produced in the pancreas? a. insulin b. glucagon c. renin d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. Which of the following hormones is produced in the kidneys? a. insulin b. glucagon c. renin d. vasopressin ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which of the following statements is true of epinephrine? a. It is a hormone but not a neurotransmitter. b. It is a neurotransmitter but not a hormone. c. It is both a hormone and a neurotransmitter. d. It is neither a hormone nor a neurotransmitter.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following is not a class of chemical messengers? a. cholinergic b. amino acid c. adrenergic d. carboxylic acid ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following classes of chemical messengers include hormones? a. adrenergic b. peptidergic c. steroid d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 23 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Which of the following classes of chemical messengers do not include hormones? a. adrenergic b. cholinergic c. peptidergic d. steroid ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following hormones is produced by the posterior lobe of the pituitary gland? a. prolactin b. epinephrine c. renin d. vasopressin ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Identify a function of the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. a. synthesis of acetylcholine b. hydrolysis of acetylcholine c. esterification of acetylcholine d. polymerization of acetylcholine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. Which of the following neurotransmitters or hormones is classified as adrenergic messengers? a. acetylcholine b. epinephrine c. estradiol d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which of the following hormones can cross the plasma membrane by passive diffusion? a. progesterone b. glucagon c. insulin d. epinephrine ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.7 - STEROID HORMONE MESSENGERS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 23 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. Which of the following proteins is associated with the receptor site of norepinephrine? a. G-protein b. K-protein c. F-protein d. P-protein ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. Which of the following hormones acts through a secondary messenger? a. epinephrine b. glucagon c. luteinizing hormone d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following compounds is a secondary messenger? a. cAMP b. G-protein c. vasopressin d. GTP ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Identify a correct statement about cholinergic receptors. a. They are peripheral proteins. b. They are made of six different subunits. c. They act as ion channels for Na+ and K+ ions. d. They bind to norepinephrine.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following ions is associated with acetylcholine as a secondary messenger? a. Ca2+ b. Cl− c. Mg2+ d. H+ ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 23 TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. How many different subunits are present in an acetylcholine transmembrane receptor? a. four b. five c. six d. seven ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following ions can pass through the open ion channel of the acetylcholine receptor? a. Ca2+ b. K+ c. both Ca2+and K+ d. neither Ca2+ nor K+ ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Which of the following ions can pass through the open ion channel of the acetylcholine receptor? a. K+ b. Na+ c. both K+ and Na+ d. neither K+ nor Na+ ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Identify a protein that binds with Ca2+ ions in smooth muscles and initiates signal transduction. a. acetylcholine b. calmodulin c. epinephrine d. norepinephrine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following statements is true of succinylcholine? a. It acts as a muscle relaxant when given in small doses. b. It strains muscles when given in small doses. c. It is an irreversible inhibitor of acetylcholine.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 23 d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 41. Which of the following statements is true of nicotine? a. It acts as an agonist at all doses. b. It acts as an antagonist at all doses. c. It acts as an agonist at low doses but as an antagonist at high doses. d. It acts as an agonist at high doses but as an antagonist at low doses.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following is an effect of cobratoxin? a. It increases the synthesis of acetylcholine. b. It binds irreversibly with the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. c. It binds reversibly with the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. d. It prevents the communication between neurons and muscle cells.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following is a natural alkaloid that acts as a potent inhibitor of acetylcholinesterase? a. donepezil b. rivastigmine c. galantamine d. huperzine A ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. Which of the following is not a pathological hallmark for the postmortem identification of Alzheimer's disease? a. the buildup of β-amyloid plaques b. neurofibrillar tangles composed of tau proteins c. brain shrinkage d. brain enlargement ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. Which of the following reactions causes the detachment of tau proteins from the microtubules? a. hydrolysis b. condensation c. dissociation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 23 d. phosphorylation ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOMS: REMEMBER 46. Which of the following is an excitatory neurotransmitter? a. β-alanine b. cysteine c. taurine d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. Which of the following is an inhibitory neurotransmitter? a. aspartic acid b. cysteine c. taurine d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which of the following statements is true of the receptor site of amino acid neurotransmitters? a. All amino acids have a common receptor site. b. Each amino acid has its own receptor site. c. Each amino acid has only one receptor site. d. None of the these statements are true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following ions closes the ligand-gated ion channel of NMDA? a. K+ b. Na+ c. Mg+2 d. Ca+2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following amino acids binds to the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor? a. aspartic acid b. asparagine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 23 c. glutamic acid d. glutamine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. Which of the following compounds is an antagonist of the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor? a. γ-aminobutyric acid b. phencyclidine c. taurine d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. To which class of compounds do adrenergic messengers belong? a. amides b. monoamines c. amino acids d. steroids ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following neurotransmitters is an adrenergic messenger? a. acetylcholine b. dopamine c. taurine d. all of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. Which of the following neurotransmitters is an adrenergic messenger? a. dopamine b. histamine c. serotonin d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following is not a result of signal transduction? a. protein modifications b. enzyme activation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 23 c. opening of membrane channels d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. How are glutamic acid molecules removed from its receptor site? a. by degrading the receptor site b. by transporter molecules c. by the process called uptake d. by degrading glutamic acid ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.4 - AMINO ACID NEUROTRANSMITTERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following is associated with signal transduction? a. the amplification of a signal b. the cessation of a signal c. the modulation of a signal d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following compounds is a substrate of adenylate cyclase? a. APP b. ADP c. AMP d. ATP ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following compounds is produced by the phosphodiesterase-catalyzed hydrolysis of cAMP? a. APP b. ADP c. AMP d. ATP ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. How much time does it takes for cAMP molecules to amplify a biochemical signal? a. 1–10 milliseconds b. 10–100 milliseconds Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 23 c. 0.1 s to a few minutes d. more than 5 minutes ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 61. Which of the following statements is true of the G-protein–adenylate cyclase cascade? a. It is only associated with monoamine messengers. b. It is only associated with peptidergic messengers. c. It is associated with both monoamine and peptidergic messengers. d. It is associated with neither monoamine nor peptidergic messengers.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which of the following diseases is associated with the overproduction of cAMP by activated G-proteins? a. Alzheimer's disease b. Cholera c. Parkinson's disease d. Diphtheria ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Which of the following diseases is associated with an insufficient production of dopamine? a. Alzheimer's disease b. Cholera c. Parkinson's disease d. Diphtheria ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. Identify the reaction that is involved in the inactivation of monoamines by converting them to aldehydes. a. condensation b. hydrolysis c. oxidation d. reduction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. What is the function of antidepressants such as Marplan? a. It increases the activity of monoamine oxidases. b. It suppresses the activity of monoamine oxidases.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 23 c. It enhances the G-protein−adenylate cyclase cascade. d. It suppress the synthesis of monoamine messengers.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Identify the enzyme that is involved in the conversion of monoamines into aldehydes. a. peroxidase b. succinyl dehydrogenase c. monoamine oxidase d. phosphodiesterase ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. Which of the following molecules is a byproduct of the conversion of histidine into histamine? a. CO2 b. HCl c. H2O d. NO ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. Which of the following drugs is used to block H1 receptors of histamine? a. cimetidine b. diphenhydramine c. ranitidine d. galantamine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. Which portion of an enkephalin is assumed to fit the receptor site? a. the C-terminal portion b. the entire molecule c. the central portion d. the N-terminal portion ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.6 - PEPTIDES IN CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. What is a function of the brain peptide called neuropeptide Y? a. It stimulates appetite.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 23 b. It suppresses appetite. c. It suppresses pain. d. It transmits pain signals.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.6 - PEPTIDES IN CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. What is a function of the peptidergic neurotransmitter called substance P? a. It stimulates appetite. b. It suppresses appetite. c. It suppresses pain. d. It transmits pain signals.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.6 - PEPTIDES IN CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Identify a peptide that binds to specific pain receptors and controls pain perception. a. enkephalin b. neuropeptide Y c. leptin d. substance P ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.6 - PEPTIDES IN CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following statements is true of peptidergic messengers? a. They primarily belong to the group of hormones that affect metabolism. b. They do not utilize G-protein–adenylate cyclase as a secondary messenger system. c. They include neuropeptides that act as potent anorexic agents. d. None of these are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.6 - PEPTIDES IN CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which chemical form of phosphatidylinositol acts as a signaling molecule? a. the phosphorylated form b. the carboxylated form c. the reduced form d. the oxidized form ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following is a function of phosphatidylinositol diphosphate? a. It stimulates the release of calcium ions from sarcoplasmic reticulum.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 23 b. It stimulates the dephosphorylation of enzymes. c. It enhances the synthesis of G-proteins. d. It enhances the storage of calcium ions in sarcoplasmic reticulum.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. How does cyclic AMP activate a protein kinase? a. by phosphorylating the regulatory unit b. by dissociating the catalytic unit from the regulatory unit c. by phosphorylating the catalytic unit d. by phosphorylating the ion-translocating protein ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.5 - ADRENERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 77. Which of the following statements is true of the receptors of steroid hormones? a. They are hydrophilic in nature. b. They are protein receptors. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.7 - STEROID HORMONE MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. What happens to the steroid–receptor complex inside the nucleus? a. It binds directly to the DNA. b. It binds with a translation factor. c. It gets dissociated into separate components. d. It creates an ion channel into the nucleoplasm.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.7 - STEROID HORMONE MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. What is the physiological role of a steroid hormone? a. to activate enzymes b. to regulate gene expression c. to manipulate membrane permeability d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.7 - STEROID HORMONE MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. Which of the following drugs is the first dedicated antidepressant that was initially used to treat tuberculosis? a. Prozac Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 23 b. Lexapro c. Ketamine d. Isoniazid e. Xanax ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.8 - DRUGS AFFECT CHEMICAL COMMUNICATIONS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Which of the following is the most universal yet versatile signaling agent? a. Ca2+ b. Na+ c. K+ d. Cl− ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Consider a substance that carries a message from the surface receptor to the inside of a cell. To which of the following types of molecules does this substance belong? a. secondary messengers b. ligands c. chemical messengers d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. Consider the given diagram of a neuron.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 23 A neurotransmitter carries a nerve impulse between two neurons. Which of the following set of points correctly depicts the transmission at nerve impulse at the synapse? a. A to B b. A to C c. B to C ANSWER: c TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 84. Consider the given diagram of a neuron.

Which number in the given diagram represents the sheath cell with nucleus? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 85. Consider the given diagram of a neuron.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 23

Which number in the given diagram represents the synapse? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 86. Consider the given diagram of a neuron.

Which number in the given diagram represents a dendrite? a. 1 b. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 23 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 87. Consider the given diagram of a neuron.

If the nerve impulse travels from the top to the bottom of the diagram, which of the following numbers in the given diagram represents the dendrites of the postsynaptic neuron? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: e TOPICS: 23.1 - CELLS COMMUNICATE IN MANY WAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 88. Which of the following is a difference between neurotransmitters and hormones? a. Neurotransmitters are a derivative of steroids, whereas hormones are a derivative of proteins. b. Neurotransmitters have a complex chemical structure, whereas hormones have a simple chemical structure. c. Neurotransmitters are produced by the body, whereas hormones are exclusively taken through diet. d. Neurotransmitters act over a short distance, whereas hormones act over a long distance. e. All of these are differences between neurotransmitters and hormones.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 23.2 - NEUROTRANSMITTERS AND HORMONES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. To which class of chemical messengers does the given compound belong?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 23

a. cholinergic messengers b. amino acid messengers c. adrenergic messengers d. peptidergic messengers e. steroid messengers ANSWER: a TOPICS: 23.3 - CHOLINERGIC MESSENGERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 24 1. Where is genetic information located in a cell? a. in the chromosomes b. in the endoplasmic reticulum c. in the plasma membrane d. in the Golgi apparatus ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.1 - DNA AND RNA ARE THE MOLECULES OF HEREDITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 2. Where is DNA located in a eukaryotic cell? a. in the Golgi apparatus b. in the endoplasmic reticulum c. in the plasma membrane d. in the nucleus ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 3. Where are genes located in a eukaryotic cell? a. in the Golgi apparatus b. in the endoplasmic reticulum c. in the plasma membrane d. in the chromosomes ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.1 - DNA AND RNA ARE THE MOLECULES OF HEREDITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 4. Which of the following is a function of a single gene? a. synthesizing ATP from glucose molecules b. coding for a specific protein or type of RNA c. synthesizing ATP from glucose molecules and coding for a specific protein or type of RNA d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.1 - DNA AND RNA ARE THE MOLECULES OF HEREDITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following molecules are genes made of? a. DNA b. histones c. carbohydrates d. RNA ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.1 - DNA AND RNA ARE THE MOLECULES OF HEREDITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 24 6. Which of the following scientists confirmed that DNA is the molecule that carries hereditary information? a. O. Avery b. G. Beadle c. E. Chargaff d. J. Watson ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.1 - DNA AND RNA ARE THE MOLECULES OF HEREDITY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 7. How many different kinds of nucleic acids exist? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 8. Which of the following is true of DNA and RNA? a. Both DNA and RNA are found in chromosomes. b. DNA is found in chromosomes, but RNA is not. c. RNA is found in chromosomes, but DNA is not. d. Neither DNA nor RNA is found in chromosomes.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 9. How many different chemical units make up a nucleotide? a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following is not a component of a nucleotide? a. a base b. a disaccharide c. a monosaccharide d. a phosphate ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 24 11. How many different bases are found in DNA? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 12. Which of the following statements is correct? a. Adenine and guanine are both purines. b. Adenine and guanine are both pyrimidines. c. Adenine is a purine, and guanine is a pyrimidine. d. Adenine is a pyrimidine, and guanine is a purine.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 13. Which of the following statements is correct? a. Cytosine and thymine are both purines. b. Cytosine and thymine are both pyrimidines. c. Cytosine is a purine, and thymine is a pyrimidine. d. Cytosine is a pyrimidine, and thymine is a purine.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 14. Which of the following bases is found only in RNA and not in DNA? a. adenine b. cytosine c. guanine d. uracil ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 15. Which of the following is true of thymine and uracil? a. Both have a methyl group at C-5. b. Thymine has a methyl group at C-5, but uracil does not. c. Uracil has a methyl group at C-5, but thymine does not. d. Neither has a methyl group at C-5.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 24 16. Which of the following does not have a primary amine as part of its structure? a. adenine b. cytosine c. guanine d. thymine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - WHAT ARE NUCLEIC ACIDS MADE OF? KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following has a primary amine as part of its structure? a. guanine b. thymine c. uracil d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following sugars is found in RNA? a. D-ribose b. L-ribose c. 2-deoxy-D-ribose d. 2-deoxy-L-ribose ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 19. Which of the following sugars is found in DNA? a. 3-deoxy- L-ribose b. 2-deoxy-D-ribose c. 2-deoxy-L-ribose d. 3-deoxy-D-ribose ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 20. How many different components make up a nucleoside? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 24 21. Which of the following make up a nucleoside? a. base + sugar b. base + phosphate c. base + phosphate + sugar d. phosphate + sugar ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following make up a nucleotide? a. base + sugar b. base + phosphate + ribosomes c. base + phosphate + sugar d. phosphate + sugar ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 23. How many phosphate groups are part of a nucleotide? a. 6, 7, or 8 b. only 2 c. only 3 d. 1, 2, or 3 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following correctly describes the linkages found in ATP? a. one anhydride and two esters b. two anhydrides and one ester c. three anhydrides and no esters d. three esters and no anhydrides ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 25. Identify a purine base. a. guanine b. uracil c. thymine d. cytosine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 24 26. Which of the following are not part of the backbone of DNA? a. the bases b. the phosphates c. the sugars d. They are all part of the backbone.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 27. Which of the following scientists is most closely associated with analyzing the base content of DNA? a. O. Avery b. G. Beadle c. E. Chargaff d. J. Watson ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 28. Which of the following is true of the base composition of DNA? a. moles of adenine = moles of cytosine b. moles of adenine = moles of guanine c. moles of adenine = moles of thymine d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 29. Which of the following is true of the base composition of DNA? a. moles of cytosine = moles of adenine b. moles of cytosine = moles guanine c. moles of cytosine = moles of thymine d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following conventions is used to specify the sequence of bases in DNA? a. The sequence begins with the nucleotide that has a free 3' terminus. b. The sequence begins with the nucleotide that has a free 5' terminus. c. The sequence begins from the end closest to the first adenine. d. The sequence begins from the end closest to the first thymine.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 24 31. Which of the following diseases is being studied for the use of siRNA drugs? a. Sickle cell anemia b. Ebola virus disease c. Malaria d. Tuberculosis ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.6 - MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 32. Which of the following bonds hold the complementary base pairs of DNA together? a. covalent bonds b. anhydride bonds c. hydrogen bonds d. ionic bonds ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following base pairs is found in RNA? a. guanine and adenine b. adenine and cytosine c. guanine and uracil d. adenine and uracil ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 34. Which pair of bases is linked together by two hydrogen bonds? a. adenine and guanine b. adenine and thymine c. guanine and cytosine d. guanine and thymine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 35. Which pair of bases is linked together by three hydrogen bonds? a. adenine and cytosine b. adenine and thymine c. guanine and cytosine d. guanine and thymine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 24 36. Which of the following statements best describes the secondary structure of DNA? a. It is a double helix with the bases on the inside. b. It is a double helix with the bases on the outside. c. It is a single helix. d. It is a triple helix.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following is true of B-DNA? a. It is a perfectly uniform helix with no grooves. b. It is a helix with a single type of groove. c. It is a helix with two types of grooves: major and minor. d. It is a helix with three types of grooves: major, intermediate, and minor.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 38. Which of the following diseases is treated using micro RNAs? a. AIDS b. Sickle-cell anemia c. Hepatitis C d. Cystic fibrosis ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.6 - MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 39. Which of the following interactions holds DNA and histones together in nucleosomes? a. covalent bonds b. anhydride bonds c. hydrogen bonds d. ionic forces ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 40. How many histones are part of a nucleosome? a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 8 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 24 41. How many DNA base pairs are wound around the histone core of a nucleosome? a. 47 b. 97 c. 147 d. 197 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 42. Where in the nucleosome are the histones found? a. in the core with the DNA double helix wrapped around them b. on the outer layer wrapped around the DNA double helix c. uniformly distributed d. in all of these arrangements ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 43. How many nucleosomes form the repeating unit of chromatin? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 44. Which of the following are identical in DNA and RNA? a. the double-stranded structure b. the identity of the bases c. the identity of the sugar d. the sugar-to-phosphate linkages ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 45. What is DNA replication? a. the separation of the two strands of DNA to enable the formation of two identical DNA molecules b. the transfer of genetic information from DNA to mRNA c. the transfer of genetic information from mRNA to DNA d. the use of genetic information to synthesize a specific protein in the cytoplasm of a cell with the help of ribosomes ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 24 46. What is transcription? a. It is the synthesis of a new DNA strand using a parental DNA strand as the template. b. It is the process for the transfer of genetic information from DNA to RNA. c. It is the process for the transfer of genetic information from RNA to DNA. d. It is the synthesis of proteins in the cell cytoplasm with the help of ribosomes.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following is a function of mRNA? a. to carry genetic information from the cytoplasm to the nucleus b. to carry genetic information from the nucleus to the cytoplasm c. to transport amino acids to the ribosome d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 48. Which of the following statements is true of mRNA? a. It contains 73–93 nucleotides per chain. b. It is produced in the ribosomes of a cell during a process called translation. c. It is a long-lived molecule. d. Its nucleotide sequence is complementary to that of a DNA strand being transcribed.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following statements is true of mRNA? a. It is of a fixed size containing 750 nucleotides. b. It is of a fixed size containing 75 nucleotides. c. It is of a variable size, with an average of about 750 nucleotides. d. It is of a variable size, with an average of about 75 nucleotides.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following statements is true of a molecule of tRNA? a. It contains 73–93 nucleotides per chain. b. It is about the same size as an average-sized molecule of mRNA. c. It is much larger than an average-sized molecule of mRNA. d. It contains 200–250 nucleotides per chain.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 24 51. How many different types of tRNA must an organism have? a. 1 b. 4 c. minimum 15 d. minimum 20 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following best describes the three-dimensional structure of tRNA? a. a cloverleaf b. a double helix c. an L-shape d. a single helix ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 53. Which of the following statements is true of miRNAs? a. They are about 100–200 nucleotides long. b. They have no medical importance. c. They promote the translation of mRNA to protein. d. They promote the degradation of mRNA. ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 54. Which of the following describes the typical composition of a ribosome? a. 100% protein b. 100% rRNA c. 65% protein and 35% rRNA d. 65% rRNA and 35% protein ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 55. What is the approximate molecular weight of a ribosome? a. 1 × 108 amu b. 5 × 105 amu c. 1 × 106 amu d. 5 × 106 amu ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 24.4 - RNA TYPES

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 24 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 56. Ribosomes are made up of how many subunits? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 57. Which of the following statements describes the small ribosomal subunit? a. It consists of one large RNA molecule and approximately 20 different proteins. b. It consists of one small RNA molecule and approximately 35 different proteins. c. It consists of two RNA molecules and approximately 20 different proteins. d. It consists of two RNA molecules and approximately 35 different proteins.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. Which of the following statements describes the large ribosomal subunit? a. It consists of four molecules of rRNA and approximately 20 different proteins b. It consists of four or five molecules of RNA and 10–15 different proteins. c. It consists of two molecules of rRNA and 20 different proteins. d. It consists of two or three molecules of RNA and 35–50 different proteins.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 59. Which of the following is the correct expansion of CRISPR? a. connected and regulated important short portions of RNA b. clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats c. clustered regularly interspaced short portions of RNA d. connected and regulated interspaced palindromic RNA ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.6 - MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 60. Where is CRISPR DNA found? a. in fungi and algae b. in bacteria and archaea c. in algae and protozoa d. in viruses and fungi ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.6 - MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF RNA Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 24 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 61. Which of the following statements is true of splicing? a. It is the transportation of amino acids to the site of protein synthesis. b. It is the removal of introns and the joining of exons in mRNA after transcription. c. It is the formation of proteins with the help of ribosomes. d. It is the conversion of chromosomes into chromatin.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 62. Which type of RNA complexes with proteins to form RNA molecules that aid the process of splicing in a cell nucleus? a. mRNA b. rRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 63. snRNA is involved in which of the following processes? a. splicing b. transcription c. translation d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 64. Which of the following is a function of snRNAs? a. They process initial mRNA to its mature form in eukaryotes. b. They transport amino acids to the site of protein synthesis. c. They combine with proteins to form ribosomes. d. They transfer mRNA from cytoplasm to the nucleus.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 65. Which type of RNA is important in the timing of an organism's development? a. mRNA b. miRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 24 TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 66. Which type of RNA is used to prevent the expression of an undesirable gene? a. rRNA b. siRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 67. Which of the following types of RNA is important in controlling gene expression? a. mRNA b. siRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 68. Which of the following RNA molecules is degraded by an siRNA molecule? a. mRNA b. rRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 69. Which type of RNA degrades specific mRNA molecules? a. tRNA b. rRNA c. siRNA d. snRNA ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 70. Which type of RNA has a protective function in many species? a. tRNA b. rRNA c. siRNA d. snRNA ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 24 TOPICS: 24.4 - RNA TYPES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 71. Which of the following correctly describes exons and introns? a. Both exons and introns code for proteins, but they code for different types of proteins. b. Exons are coding sections of DNA, and introns are noncoding sections. c. Exons are noncoding sections of DNA, and introns are coding sections. d. To code for a protein, both an exon and an intron are necessary.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 72. Which of the following is a correct statement about the distribution of genes in a molecule of DNA? a. In both bacteria and higher organisms, the genes are continuous. b. In both bacteria and higher organisms, the genes are discontinuous. c. In bacteria, the genes are continuous, but in higher organisms, they are discontinuous. d. In bacteria, the genes are discontinuous, but in higher organisms, they are continuous.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 73. Which of the following occurs when DNA is transcribed to mRNA? a. Both the exons and introns are transcribed in sequence. b. Both the exons and introns are transcribed, but their sequence is changed. c. Only the exons are transcribed. d. Only the introns are transcribed.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 74. Which of the following best characterizes the function of introns? a. They always serve as enzymes during gene mutation. b. They serve as spacers only in prokaryotic cells. c. They frequently function as spacers and rarely function as splicing enzymes. d. They always code for proteins and are never spliced by ribozymes.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 75. Which of the following properly describes processes that occur in prokaryotes and eukaryotes? a. In both prokaryotes and eukaryotes, transcription and protein synthesis occur simultaneously. b. In neither prokaryotes nor eukaryotes do transcription and protein synthesis occur simultaneously. c. In eukaryotes, transcription and protein synthesis occur simultaneously, but in prokaryotes, these processes occur sequentially and in different regions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 24 d. In prokaryotes, transcription and protein synthesis occur simultaneously, but in eukaryotes, these processes occur sequentially and in different regions.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 76. Approximately what percentage of human DNA codes for proteins? a. 3% b. 50% c. 75% d. 97% ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 77. What are satellites? a. They are DNA molecules in which long nucleotide sequences are repeated 10–20 times. b. They are DNA molecules in which long nucleotide sequences are repeated hundreds or thousands of times. c. They are DNA molecules in which short nucleotide sequences are repeated 10–20 times. d. They are DNA molecules in which short nucleotide sequences are repeated hundreds or thousands of times.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 78. Where are satellites located on the chromosomes? a. between the center and the ends b. only at the ends c. only at the centers d. at both the centers and the ends ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.5 - GENES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 79. What is a function of the DNA present in the chromosomes of a cell? a. reproducing itself b. supplying information necessary to make proteins c. reproducing itself and supplying information necessary to make proteins d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 80. How does thymine differ from uracil? a. Unlike uracil, thymine is bonded to a methyl group at position 5. b. Unlike uracil, thymine has a carbonyl carbon at position 2.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 24 c. Unlike uracil, thymine is bonded to an amine group at position 5. d. Unlike uracil, thymine has a double bond between the carbons of positions 5 and 6.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 81. Approximately how many cells are present in the body of a human adult? a. 1 × 106 b. 1 × 109 c. 1 × 1012 d. 1 × 107 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 82. At which point on a DNA molecule are the two DNA strands separated so that replication can proceed? a. at the Okazaki fragment b. at the replication primer c. at the replication fork d. at the RNA fork ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 83. Which of the following correctly describes satellites and telomeres? a. Both can occur at the ends or in the middle of chromosomes. b. Both can occur only at the ends of chromosomes. c. Satellites occur only at the ends of chromosomes, but telomeres can be found at the ends or in the middle of chromosomes. d. Telomeres occur only at the ends of chromosomes, but satellites can be found at the ends or in the middle of chromosomes.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 84. Which of the following is true of the telomeres found in vertebrates? a. The base sequence GGATTG is repeated a few times. b. The base sequence GGATTG is repeated hundreds to thousands of times. c. The base sequence TTAGGG is repeated a few times. d. The base sequence TTAGGG is repeated hundreds to thousands of times.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 24 85. Which of the following correctly describes the distribution and function of telomerase? a. It is found in immortal cells and shortens long telomeres. b. It is found in somatic cells and shortens long telomeres. c. It is found in immortal cells and lengthens shortened telomeres. d. It is found in somatic cells and lengthens shortened telomeres.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 86. Which of the following is true if unwinding occurs in the middle of a molecule of DNA? a. Replication occurs only in the forward direction. b. Replication occurs only in the reverse direction. c. Replication occurs in both directions. d. Replication does not occur.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 87. Which of the following statements is true of the leading strand? a. It is synthesized along the 3'-to-5' strand. b. It is synthesized along the 5'-to-3' strand. c. It contains fragments that must be joined by ligases. d. It is synthesized discontinuously.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following statements is true of the lagging strand? a. It is synthesized discontinuously along the 3'-to-5' strand. b. It is synthesized continuously along the 3'-to-5' strand. c. It is synthesized continuously. d. It is synthesized discontinuously.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following statements is true of the two daughter strands of DNA? a. They are both synthesized continuously. b. They are both synthesized discontinuously. c. The lagging strand is synthesized continuously, but the leading strand is synthesized discontinuously. d. The leading strand is synthesized continuously, but the lagging strand is synthesized discontinuously.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 24 90. Which of the following statements is true of telomerase? a. It is made of DNA and protein. b. It is found in somatic cells. c. It links the fragments of DNA. d. It is a ribonucleoprotein.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.8 - DNA AMPLIFICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 91. Why is DNA replication considered semiconservative? a. because one strand of new DNA is partially synthesized b. because each new molecule of DNA contains one leading strand and one lagging strand c. because each new molecule of DNA contains one parental strand and one new strand d. because of all these reasons ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 92. How do siRNAs help in the treatment of Ebola virus in monkeys? a. siRNAs prevent the virus from making a protein needed for replication. b. siRNAs help in the production of antibodies to fight the disease. c. siRNAs destroy the virus by synthesizing a poison. d. siRNAs do not allow the virus to enter the body.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.6 - MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. From which of the following molecules are primers used for DNA replication synthesized? a. deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates b. ribonucleoside triphosphates c. free purine bases d. free pyrimidine bases ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 94. During the opening of a condensed chromosome superstructure, at which residues of histones does acetylation occur? a. cysteine b. histidine c. lysine d. phenylalanine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 24 95. Which of the following is not found in chromatin? a. DNA b. histones c. nonhistone proteins d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 96. Which of the following is true of the primers used during DNA replication? a. They are involved in the synthesis of only the lagging daughter strands. b. They are involved in the synthesis of only the leading daughter strands. c. They are involved in the synthesis of both leading and lagging daughter strands. d. None of these, primers are not involved in the synthesis of either daughter strand.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 97. Identify a function of helicase. a. It unwinds the double-stranded DNA. b. It helps synthesize short primers. c. It joins the assembled nucleotides. d. It joins Okazaki fragments.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 98. Which of the following types of enzyme ensures that the correct base for growing the chain is aligned with the template chain? a. gyrases b. ligases c. DNA polymerases d. primases ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 99. Approximately how many nucleotides are present in the Okazaki fragments in eukaryotes? a. 20 b. 200 c. 2000 d. 20,000 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 24 100. Approximately how many nucleotides are present in the Okazaki fragments in prokaryotes? a. 20 b. 200 c. 2000 d. 20,000 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 101. Which of the following enzymes are used for DNA fingerprinting? a. DNA polymerases b. ligases c. proteases d. restriction enzymes ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 102. Which of the following experimental techniques is used in DNA fingerprinting? a. centrifugation b. diffraction c. electrophoresis d. inking ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 103. Which of the following is a function of a clamp protein? a. It joins two nucleotides in a leading strand. b. It helps synthesize short oligonucleotides. c. It allows the leading strand to be threaded through it. d. It joins Okazaki fragments in a lagging strand.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following statements is true of primers? a. They are long nucleotide fragments. b. They are RNA oligonucleotides. c. They act as strong oxidizing agents. d. They are synthesized from deoxyribonucleoside diphosphates.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 24 105. Which of the following is a nucleoside that contains uracil? a. uridine 5'-monophosphate b. deoxyuracil phosphate c. uracil phosphate d. deoxyuridine 5'-monophosphate ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 106. Which of the following enzymes are used to join Okazaki fragments? a. helicases b. ligases c. primases d. restriction enzymes ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 107. Identify the components of cytidine. a. cytosine and ribose b. cytosine and one phosphate c. cytosine and three phosphates d. cytosine and deoxyribose ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 108. Which of the following scientists discovered the polymerase chain reaction (PCR)? a. C. Anfinsen b. B. Blumberg c. K. Mullis d. L. Pauling ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.8 - DNA AMPLIFICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 109. Which of the following enzymes facilitate the relaxation of supercoiling in DNA? a. ligases b. topoisomerases c. primases d. helicases ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.7 - DNA REPLICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 24 110. Hybridization in PCR involves which of the following? a. covalent bonds b. dipole–dipole interactions c. ionic bonds d. hydrogen bonds ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.8 - DNA AMPLIFICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 111. In PCR, what temperature is needed to unwind DNA and make it single stranded so that it can hybridize with the primer? a. 25°C b. 50°C c. 70°C d. 95°C ANSWER: d TOPICS: 24.8 - DNA AMPLIFICATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:REMEMBER 112. Examine the given structural formula that consists of an adenine molecule bonded to a five-carbon sugar molecule.

How is this substance classified? a. as a nucleic acid b. as a nucleoside c. as a nucleotide d. as an amino acid e. as a fatty acid ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 113. Examine the given structural formula that consists of an adenine molecule bonded to a five-carbon sugar molecule.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 24

Which of the following describes the components of this substance? a. purine base and deoxyribose b. purine base and ribose c. pyrimidine base and deoxyribose d. pyrimidine base and ribose ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 114. Examine the given structural formula that consists of an adenine molecule bonded to a five-carbon sugar molecule.

Which of the following is the name of this substance? a. adenosine b. deoxyadenosine c. riboxyadenosine d. deoxyadenine ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 115. Examine the following structural formula containing guanine, a sugar, and phosphate groups.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 24

Which of the following correctly classifies this substance? a. as a nucleoside b. as a nucleotide c. as a nucleic acid d. as an amino acid e. as a fatty acid ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 116. Examine the following structural formula containing guanine, a sugar, and phosphate groups.

Which of the following types of bases and sugars does this substance contain? a. a purine base and a ribose sugar b. a purine base and a deoxyribose sugar c. a pyrimidine base and a ribose sugar d. a pyrimidine base and a deoxyribose sugar ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 117. Examine the following structural formula containing guanine, a sugar, and phosphate groups.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 24

Which of the following is the name of this substance? a. dGTP b. GTP c. dGDP d. GDP ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.2 - NUCLEIC ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 118. Identify the complementary base sequence of the following DNA strand: 5' ATCAGC 3'. a. 5' TAGTCG 3' b. 5' CGACTA 3' c. 3' TAGTCG 5' d. 3' CGACTA 5' ANSWER: c TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 119. One of the strands of a double-helix DNA has the following base sequence: 5' CGGTTAGCA 3'. Identify the complementary base sequence of this strand. a. 3'GCCAATCGT 5' b. 5TAACCGATG 3' c. 5'GCCTTACGA 3' d. 3TAAGGGAGG 5' ANSWER: a TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 120. Which of the following statements is true of Chargaff's rule? a. There are two hydrogen bonds between adenine and thymine. b. There are two hydrogen bonds between cytosine and guanine. c. There are three hydrogen bonds between adenine and cytosine. d. There are three hydrogen bonds between guanine and thymine.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 24 TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND 121. Which of the following correctly gives the base sequence that would replace the numbers 1–4 in the following segment of DNA?

a. AGTC b. TCAG c. UCAG d. CTGA ANSWER: b TOPICS: 24.3 - THE STRUCTURE OF DNA AND RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S:UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 25 1. Which of the following occurs in retroviruses? a. DNA is replicated in the 3' → 5' direction. b. DNA is replicated in the 5' → 3' direction. c. DNA is transcribed to RNA. d. RNA is reverse-transcribed to DNA. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 2. Which of the following statements is true of retroviruses? a. They use reverse transcriptase to synthesize DNA. b. They use RNA synthetase to replicate their own RNA. c. They use reverse transcriptase to synthesize DNA and they use RNA synthetase to replicate their own RNA d. None of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. How many bases in a sequence code for an amino acid? a. one b. two c. three d. five ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following statements is true of transcription in eukaryotes? a. Transcription occurs in the nucleus. b. Transcription occurs in the cytoplasm. c. Transcription occurs along with translation in the cytoplasm. d. Transcription occurs after translation in the nucleus.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following statements is true of prokaryotes? a. Transcription occurs in the nucleus. b. Translation mostly occurs in the nucleus. c. Transcription occurs along with translation in the cytoplasm. d. Translation occurs before transcription in the cytoplasm.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 25 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 6. Where does transcription occur in eukaryotes? a. in the nucleus b. in the cytoplasm c. on the cell membrane d. on the lysosomal membrane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Where does translation occur in eukaryotes? a. in the nucleus b. in the cytoplasm c. on the cell membrane d. on the lysosomal membrane ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following enzymes unwinds the double strand of a DNA molecule? a. acetylase b. helicase c. DNA polymerase I d. deacetylase ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which of the following statements is true of transcription? a. Both the strands of DNA serve as templates for mRNA synthesis. b. The antisense strand of DNA alone serves as a template for mRNA synthesis. c. The sense strand of DNA alone serves as a template for mRNA synthesis. d. The 3' ends of both strands serve as templates for mRNA synthesis.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 25 10. Which of the following is a characteristic of a functional mRNA molecule? a. Its 5' end has an acetylated thymine. b. It lacks exons. c. Its 3' end has a poly-A tail. d. It contains introns.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 11. Which of the following is a function of Pol III? a. It catalyzes the formation of mRNA. b. It catalyzes the formation of tRNA. c. It catalyzes the acetylation of snRNA. d. It catalyzes the methylation of rRNA. ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following bases will be added to the growing mRNA if the base on the DNA template is adenine? a. cytosine b. guanine c. thymine d. uracil ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. How many polymerases catalyze transcription in eukaryotes? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following RNAs is formed by the catalytic action of RNA polymerase I (Pol I)? a. mRNA b. rRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 25 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Which of the following RNAs is formed by the catalytic action of RNA polymerase II (Pol II)? a. mRNA b. rRNA c. snRNA d. tRNA ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Which portion of a eukaryotic gene carries information that is transcribed to RNA? a. the termination sequence b. the consensus sequence c. the initiator portion d. the structural gene ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following statements is true of the structural sequence of a gene? a. It is made of exons and introns. b. It is made of promoters and enhancers. c. It controls the function of regulatory genes. d. It controls the expression of initiation factors.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following statements is true of a promoter? a. There is a common promoter for all genes. b. It is the part of a structural gene that codes for mRNA. c. It is the part of a structural gene that codes for tRNA. d. The promoter for each gene is unique.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 25 19. Which of the following is the consensus base sequence of a TATA box? a. TATA b. TATATA c. TATAAT d. TTAATTAA ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. Which of the following is true of a TATA box? a. It is a consensus sequence. b. It is a response element. c. It is a termination sequence. d. It is a transcription factor.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. Which of the following polymerases interact with their promoters via transcription factors? a. Pol I b. Pol II c. Pol III d. All of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. Which of the following statements is true of enhancers? a. They are located next to the TATA box. b. They are a part of the initiation sequence. c. They increase the transcription of a gene above the basal level. d. They contain bases that polymerases recognize as initial signals.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. During elongation, which type of bond is formed between complementary bases using RNA polymerase? a. a hydrogen bond b. a phosphate ester bond c. a peptide bond d. none of these bonds Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 25 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. How many different forms of the enzyme Pol II exist? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following amino acids are found at the C-terminal domain of Pol II? a. alanine and serine b. alanine and glycine c. glycine and threonine d. serine and threonine ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Which of the following statements is true of the enzyme Pol II? a. The phosphorylated form of the enzyme is necessary for initiating transcription. b. The unphosphorylated form of the enzyme is necessary for the elongation of mRNA. c. The unphosphorylated form of the enzyme is necessary for the termination of transcription. d. The phosphorylated form of the enzyme is necessary for the elongation of mRNA. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 27. Which of the following statements is true of mRNA synthesis? a. mRNA is synthesized in the 3' → 5' direction and the polymerase moves along the DNA template in the 3' → 5' direction. b. mRNA is synthesized in the 5' → 3' direction and the polymerase moves along the DNA template in the 5' → 3' direction. c. mRNA is synthesized in the 3' → 5' direction, but the polymerase moves along the DNA template in the 5' → 3'direction. d. mRNA is synthesized in the 5' → 3' direction, but the polymerase moves along the DNA template in the 3' → 5' direction.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 25 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 28. Which of the following post-transcriptional modifications results in functional mRNA? a. the addition of introns at the 5' end b. the addition of exons at the 3' end c. the addition of a methylated guanine at the 5' end and a poly-A tail at the 3' end d. the addition of introns at the 3' end and a poly-A tail at the 5' end ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. Which of these is a function of RNA Pol II? a. It catalyzes the formation of mRNAs. b. It catalyzes the formation of snRNAs. c. It catalyzes the methylation of its amino acid residues. d. It catalyzes the methylation of 30S ribosomal subunits.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. The size of ribosomal subunits is given in "S" units. What does "S" stand for? a. sense strand b. structural sequence c. Svedberg unit d. structural unit ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. What are the sizes of the ribosomal subunits in prokaryotes? a. 30S and 50S b. 30S and 60S c. 40S and 60S d. 40S and 50S ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. Which of the following are the components of the pre-initiation complex formed during protein synthesis?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 25 a. GTP, a tRNA molecule, and a 30S ribosomal subunit b. GTP, a tRNA molecule, and a 60S ribosomal subunit c. ATP, a tRNA molecule, and a 30S ribosomal subunit d. ATP, a tRNA molecule, and a 60S ribosomal subunit ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following statements is true of the structure of tRNA? a. The 5' end of the tRNA is single-stranded, and it carries the amino acid. b. The 3' end of the tRNA is single-stranded, and it carries the amino acid. c. The 3' end of the tRNA molecule carries the anticodon recognition site. d. The 5' end of the tRNA molecule carries the anticodon recognition site.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which of the following terms refers to a sequence of three nucleotide bases on an mRNA molecule? a. anticodon b. codon c. enhancer d. chaperone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 35. How is an amino acid transported by its tRNA? a. It is bound to the 3' end of the tRNA. b. It is bound to the 5' end of the tRNA. c. It is bound to either the 3' or the 5' end. d. It is enveloped by the tRNA. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which pair of ribosomal subunits is found in eukaryotes? a. 30S and 50S b. 30S and 60S c. 40S and 60S d. 40S and 50S Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 25 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following is a function of an aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase? a. It catalyzes the binding of the smaller ribosomal subunit to its specific tRNA. b. It catalyzes the binding of the larger ribosomal subunit to its specific tRNA. c. It catalyzes the binding of a specific amino acid to its specific tRNA. d. It catalyzes the binding of a specific transcription factor to its specific tRNA. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 38. Which of the following statements is true of the relationship between the bases of an mRNA codon and a tRNA anticodon? a. They have complementary base sequences. b. They have identical base sequences. c. They have methylated base sequences. d. They have acetylated base sequences.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Where is the anticodon located on a tRNA molecule? a. at the 3' end of the tRNA molecule b. at the 5' end of the tRNA molecule c. in a loop opposite to both the terminals of the tRNA molecule d. in a loop near the 3' end of the tRNA molecule ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.3 TRANSLATION OF RNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. Which of the following scientists is most closely associated with deciphering the genetic code? a. O. Avery b. E. Chargaff c. M. Nirenberg d. J. Watson ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 25 41. Which of the following codons terminates protein synthesis? a. UUA b. AUG c. CUA d. UAA ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. Which of the following codons initiates protein synthesis? a. UGA b. AUG c. UAG d. UAA ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. Which of the following processes involves the enzyme aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase? a. DNA replication b. translation c. transcription d. all of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. How many different codons are there? a. 3 b. 20 c. 64 d. 256 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. How many codons, including redundant codons, will there be if proteins involved 100 different amino acids rather than 20? a. 4 b. 128 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 25 c. 256 d. 512 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. Which of the following codons codes for methionine? a. UAA b. AUG c. UUG d. UGA ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. How many stop codons are there? a. 1 b. 3 c. 4 d. 20 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. How many initiation codons are there? a. 1 b. 3 c. 4 d. 20 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. One of the codons for glycine is 5' GGU 3'. Which of the following is the anticodon for this codon? a. 5' ACC 3' b. 5' UAA 3' c. 5' CCU 3' d. 5' CCA 3' ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 25 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following amino acids is coded by only one codon? a. glycine b. phenylalanine c. proline d. tryptophan ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. Which of the following statements is true of methionine? a. It is the last amino acid at the C-terminus of an active protein in the body. b. It is the last amino acid at the N-terminus of an active protein in the body. c. It is the first amino acid that is added to the C-terminus of a new protein during protein synthesis d. It is the first amino acid that is added to the N-terminus of a new protein during protein synthesis.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. One of the codons for leucine is 5' UUA 3'. Which of the following is the anticodon for this codon? a. 5' GCA 3' b. 5' UAA 3' c. 5' UGU 3' d. 5' CGU 3' ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 53. One of the codons for threonine is 5' ACG 3'. Which of the following is the anticodon for this codon? a. 5' GCA 3' b. 5' ACG 3' c. 5' CGT 3' d. 5' CGU 3' ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 54. One of the codons for histidine is 5' CAU 3'. Which of the following is the anticodon for this codon? a. 5 'UAC 3' Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 25 b. 5' AUG 3' c. 5' AUA 3' d. 5' CAU 3' ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.4 THE GENETIC CODE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 55. Which of the following statements is true of aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase? a. There is a single aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase for all the amino acids. b. There are four different aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases, one for each different type of amino acid side chain c. There are different aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase for each amino acid. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Where does an amino acid bind on a tRNA molecule? a. at the 3' end b. at the 5' end c. at the anticodon loop d. at the methionine residue ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Which of the following is the first step of protein synthesis? a. the activation of an amino acid by its reaction with ATP b. the binding of an mRNA to a 30S ribosomal subunit c. the formation of a peptide bond between an amino acid and a tRNA molecule d. the binding of GTP to an mRNA molecule ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. Which of the following molecular components are required for the binding of tRNA to the A site? a. elongation factors and GTP b. initiation factors and ATP c. transcription factors and ATP d. termination factors and GTP ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 25 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following is referred to as the "second genetic code"? a. the ability of the codon and anticodon to recognize each other b. the ability of aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase to pair an amino acid with its corresponding tRNA c. the ability of an enhancer molecule to recognize its specific substrate d. the ability of RNA polymerase I to recognize its binding site in mRNA ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. Which of the following is a function of the fMet residue of tRNA during protein synthesis? a. It activates an amino acid for its binding to tRNA. b. It activates aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase. c. It initiates protein synthesis. d. It elongates the polypeptide chain during protein synthesis.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Which of the following residues is carried by tRNA during the formation of the pre-initiation complex? a. formylarginine b. formylalanine c. formylmethionine d. formylvaline ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. Which of the following biochemical compounds is involved in the formation of the pre-initiation complex? a. ATP b. CTP c. GTP d. UTP ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Which of the following occurs after the formation of the full initiation complex?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 25 a. the dissociation of initiation factors and the hydrolysis of GTP b. the release of initiation factors and the hydrolysis of ATP c. the release of elongation factors and the hydrolysis of GTP d. the dissociation of elongation factors and the hydrolysis of ATP ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. What is the size of the full prokaryotic ribosomal complex? a. 30S b. 50S c. 70S d. 80S ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Which of the following ensures proper alignment of the small ribosomal unit on the mRNA during protein synthesis? a. the anticodon b. the codon c. the Shine–Dalgarno sequence d. the initiation sequence ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. How many sites are present within the full ribosomal complex? a. five b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. During protein synthesis, which ribosomal site accepts an aminoacyl-tRNA molecule bound to an amino acid? a. the A site of the ribosomal complex b. the E site of the ribosomal complex c. the P site of the ribosomal complex d. the S site of the ribosomal complex Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 25 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. Which of the following enzymes adds a new amino acid to the growing chain of a protein during protein synthesis? a. aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase b. peptidyl synthetase c. peptidyl transferase d. ribosomal synthetase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. What happens to tRNAfMet after its fMet residue forms a peptide bond with an amino acid? a. It moves to the A site of the ribosomal complex. b. It moves to the E site of the ribosomal complex. c. It remains at the P site of the ribosomal complex. d. It remains at the T site of the ribosomal complex.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 70. Which of the following is the mechanism of peptide bond formation during protein synthesis? a. Nucleophilic attack on the carbon of a carbonyl group by an amino group b. Nucleophilic attack on the nitrogen of an amino group by the carbon of a carbonyl group c. Nucleophilic attack on the nitrogen of an amino group by the oxygen of a carbonyl group d. Nucleophilic attack on the oxygen of a carbonyl group by an amino group ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. Which statement is true of the translocation phase of elongation during protein synthesis? a. The empty tRNA moves to the A site of the ribosomal complex. b. The empty tRNA moves to the T site of the ribosomal complex. c. The dipeptide moves from the A site to the P site of the ribosomal complex. d. The dipeptide moves from the P site to the A site of the ribosomal complex.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 25 72. Which of the following biochemical compounds is involved in the termination of protein synthesis? a. ATP b. CTP c. GTP d. TTP ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following is considered the 21st amino acid because it can bond to tRNAsec during protein synthesis? a. citrulline b. ornithine c. selenocysteine d. xanadine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 74. A tRNA carries the anticodon 5' UAA 3'. What is its complementary codon? a. 5' UUA 3' b. 5' GAA 3' c. 5' UAU 3' d. 5' AUU 3' ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 75. Which of the following is not involved in the regulation of transcription in eukaryotes? a. enhancers b. promoters c. response elements d. tRNAs ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. How many fundamental types of transcription factors are there? a. one b. two c. four Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 25 d. six ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. How many general transcription factors are there? a. one b. two c. four d. six ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. How many transcription factors are required for the initiation of transcription? a. one b. two c. four d. six ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. Which of the following must occur so that the pre-initiation complex can be converted to the open complex? a. The C terminal end of the RNA polymerase must be dephosphorylated. b. The C terminal end of the RNA polymerase must be phosphorylated. c. The N terminal end of the RNA polymerase must be dephosphorylated. d. The N terminal end of the RNA polymerase must be phosphorylated.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. How many general transcription factors are released during elongation? a. zero b. two c. three d. six ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 25 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. How many general transcription factors remain bound to the TATA box during elongation? a. zero b. one c. two d. three ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. How many general transcription factors remain bound to Pol II during elongation? a. zero b. one c. two d. three ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. How does an enhancer stimulate transcription? a. by adding more nucleotides to the transcription site b. by binding to tRNA molecules to increase their activity c. by forming a complex with transcription factors and RNA polymerase near the promoter d. by none of these methods ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 84. Which of the following influence the action of response elements? a. external stimuli b. internal stimuli c. the phases of a cell's life cycle d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which of the following enzymes accelerate transcription based on external cell signals? a. phosphorylated protein kinases b. helicases Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 25 c. tRNA synthetases d. all of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. Which of the following is not involved in the binding of transcription factors to their gene control sequences? a. covalent bonding b. hydrogen bonding c. nonspecific ionic interactions d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Which metal is found in most of the transcription factors that have metal-binding fingers? a. Co b. Cu c. Fe d. Zn ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 88. Which of the following statements is true of chaperones? a. They are enhancers that help in cell signaling by responding to external stimuli. b. They are methyl proteins that methylate amino acids in a DNA sequence. c. They are DNA sequences that bind to transcription factors to slow the rate of transcription. d. They are proteins that help in the proper folding of newly synthesized polypeptide chains.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Which of the following statements is true of response elements? a. They are enhancers that help in cell signaling by responding to external stimuli. b. They are methyl proteins that methylate amino acids in a DNA sequence. c. They are acetyl groups that acetylate cytosine residues in the DNA. d. They are proteins that help in the proper folding of newly synthesized polypeptide chains.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 25 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following is a function of proteasomes? a. They ubiquitinate a misfolded protein and lead to its degradation. b. They methylate a misfolded protein and lead to its degradation. c. They activate a chaperone for the proper folding of a protein. d. They activate tRNA molecules by adding methionine residues to their 3' termini.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 91. Which process results in the formation of multiple proteins from a single gene? a. genetic doubling b. alternative splicing c. DNA methylation d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following statements is true of DNA acetylation? a. It switches off the expression of a gene. b. It usually deletes the promoter sequence of a gene. c. It switches on the expression of a gene. d. It usually adds extra nucleotides to a sequence of DNA. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.10 EPIGENETICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 93. Which of the following control elements inhibit transcription? a. enhancers b. promoters c. silencers d. operators ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following biomolecules are not part of post-translational control? a. chaperones Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 25 b. methionine aminopeptidases c. proteasomes d. peptidyl transferases ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. Which of the following is an amyloid disease caused by the incorrect folding of proteins? a. Alzheimer's disease b. Severe combined immune deficiency c. Cystic fibrosis d. Type 2 diabetes ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.6 GENE REGULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Which of the following statements is true of epigenetic changes? a. They lead to the deletion of DNA sequences. b. They lead to the addition of extra nucleotides in DNA sequences. c. They act as switches that turn on or turn off the expression of genes. d. They cause the duplication of promoter sequences in genes.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.10 EPIGENETICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 97. Which of the following is a tumor suppressor protein? a. MDR1 b. p53 c. CFTR d. ADA ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Which of the following is true of apoptosis? a. It promotes the differentiation of stem cells. b. It leads to an abnormal increase in the rate of cell division. c. It contributes to the premature aging of an organism. d. It leads to the death of damaged cells.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 25 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. Which of the following types of radiation causes mutation? a. microwaves b. radio waves c. ultraviolet d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. How does the protein p53 prevent abnormal cell division if DNA repair fails? a. It triggers the apoptosis of damaged cells. b. It triggers the differentiation of injured cells. c. It helps increase the concentration of DNA repair proteins. d. It helps increase the transcription of DNA repair genes.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. Which of these is a function of the p53 protein? a. It arrests the cell cycle in cells with damaged DNA. b. It scavenges improperly folded proteins. c. It increases the expression of tumor-causing genes. d. It decreases the expression of tumor suppressor genes.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. What does 53 represent in the term p53? a. It represents the centrifugation density of p53. b. It represents the number of cells that express p53. c. It represents the molar mass of p53. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 103. Which of the following results from the overexpression of p53 in animals?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 25 a. the acceleration of aging b. an increase in the average life span c. the acceleration of aging and an increase in the average life span d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.7 DNA MUTATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following statements is true of a plasmid? a. It is a circular loop of a double-stranded DNA. b. It is a left-handed double helix of DNA. c. It is a single-stranded DNA molecule. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.8 DNA MANIPULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. Which of the following is a function of a restriction endonuclease? a. It cleaves a DNA molecule at a specific site. b. It cleaves a DNA molecule at random locations. c. It removes specific codons from an mRNA molecule. d. It removes specific exons from an mRNA molecule.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.8 DNA MANIPULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 106. How many sticky ends will be produced if a certain restriction endonuclease cleaves a plasmid at three different sites? a. three b. six c. eight d. nine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.8 DNA MANIPULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 107. Which of the following enzymes joins the two sticky ends of DNA? a. DNA ligase b. restriction endonuclease c. peptidyl transferase d. adenosine deaminase Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 25 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.8 DNA MANIPULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. The restriction endonuclease EcoRI recognizes the sequence GAATTC and cuts it between G and A on both strands.

Which of the following sticky ends will be produced when EcoRI cuts the template and complementary strands of the given nucleotide sequence?

a. b. c. d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.8 DNA MANIPULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 109. Which of the following results from defective genes for adenosine deaminase (ADA)? a. excessive dATP in tissues b. excessive dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP in tissues c. deficient dATP in tissues d. deficient dATP and dTTP in tissues ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 110. Which of the following statements is true of DNA methylation? a. It usually silences the expression of a gene. b. It usually increases the expression of a gene. c. It usually deletes the promoter sequence of DNA. d. It usually adds extra nucleotides to a sequence of DNA. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 111. Which of the following biomolecules is found in excess in patients with severe combined immune deficiency? a. dATP b. tRNA Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 25 c. dGTP d. rRNA ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 112. Identify the type of gene therapy in which cells with a defective gene are removed from a patient, replaced with a correct gene, and given back to the patient. a. in vitro gene therapy b. in vivo gene therapy c. ex vitro gene therapy d. ex vivo gene therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 113. Which type of gene therapy involves the direct administration of viruses in patients' tissues? a. in vitro gene therapy b. in vivo gene therapy c. ex vitro gene therapy d. ex vivo gene therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. Which of the following vectors is commonly used in ex vivo gene therapy? a. the adenovirus b. the Maloney murine leukemia virus c. the weakened flu virus d. the vaccinia virus ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. Which of the following types of gene therapy is used to treat cystic fibrosis? a. in vitro gene therapy b. in vivo gene therapy c. ex vitro gene therapy d. ex vivo gene therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 25 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. Which of the following vectors is commonly used in in vivo gene therapy? a. the adenovirus b. the Maloney murine leukemia virus c. the weakened flu virus d. the vaccinia virus ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Which of the following types of cells are currently approved for gene therapy? a. gamete cells b. somatic cells c. both gamete and somatic cells d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.9 GENE THERAPY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 118. Which of the following is an example of an epigenetic mechanism? a. the methylation of DNA b. the replication of DNA c. the transcription of DNA d. the mutation of DNA ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.10 EPIGENETICS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 119. The given block diagram represents the central dogma of molecular biology.

Which of the following correctly assigns a name to the numbered boxes? a. 1 – DNA, 2 – RNA, and 3 – protein b. 1 – Protein, 2 – RNA, and 3 – DNA c. 1 – RNA, 2 – DNA, and 3 – protein d. 1 – DNA, 2 – protein, and 3 – RNA Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 25 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.1 - DNA LEADS TO RNA AND PROTEIN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. The following generalized reaction is used in one of the techniques for synthesizing recombinant DNA. In this reaction, a double-stranded DNA sequence is cleaved at a specific site.

Which of the following enzymes is used in this reaction? a. DNA ligase b. restriction endonuclease c. peptidyl transferase d. DNA synthetase ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.8 DNA MANIPULATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 121. The given image of a biomolecule has three distinct loops.

Which of the following biomolecules has this structure? a. mRNA b. tRNA c. rRNA ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. Consider the following reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 25

At which step of protein synthesis does this reaction occur? a. activation b. initiation c. elongation d. translocation e. termination ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. Examine the following diagram.

Which of the following processes does the diagram represent? a. DNA replication b. transcription c. translation ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Examine the following diagram.

Which of the following numbers in the diagram represents the coding strand? a. 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 25 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 125. Examine the following diagram.

Which of the following numbers in the diagram represents the template strand? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 126. Examine the following diagram.

Which of the following numbers in the diagram represents a polymerase? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 127. Examine the following diagram.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 25

Which of the following numbers in the diagram represents a helicase? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 128. The given diagram represents a generalized reaction between an amino acid–AMP complex and a tRNA molecule.

Which of the following statements is true if the —R group is a hydrogen atom (—H) in one reaction and a methyl group (—CH3) in another reaction? a. Both the reactions will have a common enzyme; however, they will have different tRNA molecules. b. Both the reactions will have a common tRNA molecule; however, they will use different enzymes. c. Both the reactions will have a common tRNA molecule as well as a common enzyme. d. Both the reactions will have different enzymes as well as different tRNA molecules.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.5 PROTEIN SYNTHESIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: ANALYZE 129. Which of the following is an accepted designation for the strand of DNA that is transcribed into RNA? a. template strand b. (–) strand c. antisense strand d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 25 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 25.2 TRANSCRIPTION OF DNA KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

Chapter 26 1. Which of the following statements is true of metabolism? a. It is the sum of all the processes involved in the breaking down of complex biomolecules. b. It is the sum of all the processes involved in the synthesis of biomolecules. c. It is the sum of all the processes involved in the breaking down of complex biomolecules and in the synthesis of biomolecules. d. None of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.1 - THE NATURE OF METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which types of metabolic reactions are involved in the synthesis of molecules? a. anabolic reactions b. catabolic reactions c. anabolic and catabolic reactions d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.1 - THE NATURE OF METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following statements is true of anabolic reactions? a. They provide the energy needed by cells. b. They synthesize the compounds needed by cells. c. They provide the energy needed by cells and they synthesize the compounds needed by cells. d. None of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.1 - THE NATURE OF METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following classes of biological compounds can be used by the body as fuel? a. only carbohydrates and lipids b. only carbohydrates and proteins c. only lipids and proteins d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.1 - THE NATURE OF METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following statements is true of the energy-conversion pathways for carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins? a. Each of these compounds have their own energy-conversion pathways. b. Carbohydrates and lipids share a common energy-conversion pathway. c. Carbohydrates and proteins share a common energy-conversion pathway. d. Lipids and proteins share a common energy-conversion pathway.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.1 - THE NATURE OF METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 26 6. Which of the following pathways converge to a common catabolic pathway? a. only the pathways for the catabolism of carbohydrates and lipids b. only the pathways for the catabolism of carbohydrates and proteins c. only the pathways for the catabolism of lipids and proteins d. the pathways for the catabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.1 - THE NATURE OF METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. Which of the following organelles remove damaged cellular materials and foreign materials from cells? a. Golgi bodies b. lysosomes c. mitochondria d. smooth endoplasmic reticuli ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following organelles package and process proteins for secretion and delivery to other cellular compartments? a. Golgi bodies b. lysosomes c. mitochondria d. smooth endoplasmic reticuli ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. In which of the following organelles does the common catabolic pathway take place in higher organisms? a. Golgi bodies b. lysosomes c. mitochondria d. smooth endoplasmic reticuli ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which part of the cell contains enzymes that catalyze the common metabolic pathways? a. the cytosol b. the Golgi bodies c. the mitochondria d. the nucleus ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. Which of the following statements is true of a mitochondrion? a. It is single-membraned organelle. b. It is double-membraned organelle. c. It is triple-membraned organelle. d. It does not have a membrane.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which part of a mitochondrion contains the enzymes that catalyze the citric acid cycle? a. inner mitochondrial membrane b. matrix c. outer mitochondrial membrane d. They are present throughout a mitochondrion.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which part of the mitochondrion consists of baffle-like structures? a. the outer mitochondrial membrane b. the cristae c. the intermembrane space d. the matrix ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Identify a metabolic pathway associated with the enzymes localized on the mitochondrial cristae. a. the citric acid cycle b. the electron transport chain c. the citric acid cycle and the electron transport chain d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Identify a metabolic pathway associated with the enzymes localized in the mitochondrial matrix. a. the citric acid cycle b. the oxidative phosphorylation pathway c. the citric acid cycle and the oxidative phosphorylation pathway d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Which part of the mitochondria contains the enzymes associated with the citric acid cycle? a. the outer mitochondrial membrane b. the matrix c. the intermembrane space d. the inner mitochondrial membrane ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following pathways is a part of the common catabolic pathway? a. the citric acid cycle b. the oxidative phosphorylation pathway c. the citric acid cycle and the oxidative phosphorylation pathway d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. Which of the following bonds is found between adenine and ribose in an ATP molecule? a. a β-N-glycosidic bond b. a β-N-fructosidic bond c. an α-N-glycosidic bond d. an α-N-fructosidic bond ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. In the abbreviations AMP, ADP, and ATP, what does "A" stand for? a. the alkaloid atropine b. the amino acid alanine c. the amino acid arginine d. the nucleoside adenosine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. Identify a sugar that is present in the nucleotides AMP, ADP, and ATP. a. fructose b. galactose c. glucose d. ribose ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. In AMP, ADP, and ATP, which carbon of the ribose sugar is bonded to the adenine molecule? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 2 c. carbon 3 d. carbon 5 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. In AMP, ADP, and ATP, which carbon of the ribose sugar is bonded to a phosphate group? a. carbon 1 b. carbon 2 c. carbon 3 d. carbon 5 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which type of linkage is present between any two phosphate groups in ATP? a. an anhydride linkage b. an ester linkage c. an ether linkage d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. In AMP, ADP, and ATP, which type of linkage connects a phosphate group with the ribose sugar? a. an anhydride linkage b. an ester linkage c. an ether linkage d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. How much energy is released during the hydrolysis of a phosphoric ester bond? a. 3.4 kcal/mol b. 7.3 kcal/mol c. 10.7 kcal/mol d. 18 kcal/mol ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. How much energy is released during the hydrolysis of a phosphoric anhydride bond? a. 3.4 kcal/mol b. 7.3 kcal/mol c. 10.7 kcal/mol d. 18 kcal/mol ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. How is a phosphate group linked to the ribose sugar in an ATP molecule? a. by three phosphoric ester bonds b. by a phosphoric anhydride bond c. by three phosphoric anhydride bonds d. by a phosphoric ester bond ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. Which of the following nucleotides releases the maximum energy on hydrolysis? a. ATP b. ADP c. AMP d. All of these release equal amounts of energy.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Identify the molecules that contain high-energy phosphoric anhydride bonds. a. both ADP and AMP b. both ADP and ATP c. both AMP and ATP d. all of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which of the following nucleotides releases the least energy on hydrolysis? a. ADP b. AMP c. ATP d. All of these release equal amounts of energy.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. What is the approximate lifetime of an ATP molecule in a cell? a. one second b. one minute c. one hour d. one day ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. Which is the operative part of the coenzyme FAD? a. ribitol b. ribose sugar c. flavin d. phosphate group ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Identify the final principal compound in the common catabolic pathway. a. coenzyme A b. acetate c. riboflavin d. nicotinamide ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which components of NAD+ are linked to each other by a diphosphate bond? a. adenine, a ribose sugar, and a ribitol molecule b. adenosine diphosphate and a ribose sugar c. nicotinamide and two ribose sugars d. adenosine diphosphate, nicotinamide, and two ribitol molecules ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Identify the operative part of the coenzyme NAD+. a. adenine b. ribose c. nicotinamide d. flavin ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 26 TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following is the correct composition of an FAD coenzyme? a. adenine, flavin, a ribose sugar, and a ribitol molecule linked by a diphosphate bond b. adenine, flavin, and two ribose sugars linked by a diphosphate bond c. adenine, flavin, and two ribose sugars linked by a triphosphate bond d. adenine, flavin, and two ribitol molecules linked by a diphosphate bond ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following statements is true of FAD and FADH2? a. FAD is the oxidized form, and FADH2 is the reduced form. b. FAD is the reduced form, and FADH2 is the oxidized form. c. The conversion of FAD to FADH2 is an addition reaction. d. The conversion of FAD to FADH2 is a condensation reaction.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 38. Which of the following species are transported by NAD+ and FAD coenzymes? a. electrons b. hydrogen ions c. both electrons and hydrogen ions d. neither electrons nor hydrogen ions ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Which of the following is a component of coenzyme A? a. nicotinamide b. pantothenic acid c. ribitol d. deoxyribose ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. How is an acetyl group linked to a CoA molecule? a. by a phosphodiester bond b. by a thioester bond c. by an ether bond Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 26 d. by an anhydride bond ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following species is transported by CoA? a. CH3O− b. CH3CO− c. CH3COO− d. C2H5O2− ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. Which of the following statements is true of the structure of CoA? a. It has a guanine molecule. b. It has a phosphotriester bond. c. It has a mercaptoethylamine molecule. d. It has a deoxyribose sugar.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following linkages does pantothenic acid form in a CoA molecule? a. an ester linkage with diphosphate and an amide linkage with ethylamine b. an ester linkage with diphosphate and an amide linkage with diethylamine c. an ester linkage with diphosphate and an amide linkage with mercaptoethylamine d. an ester linkage with diphosphate and an amide linkage with a tertiary amine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. Which of the following is the starting compound of the citric acid cycle? a. acetyl CoA b. oxaloacetate c. isocitrate d. succinyl CoA ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. How many distinct steps does the citric acid cycle contain? a. 4 b. 6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 26 c. 8 d. 10 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. During step 1 of the citric acid cycle, which of the following substrates react to form a citrate ion? a. isocitrate and oxaloacetate b. oxaloacetate and acetyl CoA c. fumarate and acetyl CoA d. malate and isocitrate ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. During step 1 of the citric acid cycle, which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of citryl CoA to citrate? a. hydrolysis b. ionization c. reduction d. oxidation ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which of the following compounds is an intermediate formed during the conversion of citrate to isocitrate? a. cis-aconitate b. trans-aconitate c. fumarate d. malate ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. Which of the following is the correct sequence of reactions that occur during the conversion of citrate to isocitrate? a. dehydration followed by hydration b. hydration followed by dehydration c. oxidation followed by reduction d. reduction followed by oxidation ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which statement best compares the chemical structure of citrate and isocitrate? a. Both have secondary alcohol groups.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 26 b. Both have tertiary alcohol groups. c. Citrate has a secondary alcohol group, whereas isocitrate has a tertiary alcohol group. d. Citrate has a tertiary alcohol group, whereas isocitrate has a secondary alcohol group.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which statement best compares the reactions of citrate and isocitrate in the citric acid cycle? a. Both citrate and isocitrate are oxidized in the citric acid cycle. b. Neither citrate nor isocitrate is oxidized in the citric acid cycle. c. Citrate is oxidized, whereas isocitrate is not oxidized in the citric acid cycle. d. Isocitrate is oxidized, whereas citrate is not oxidized in the citric acid cycle.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following species of the citric acid cycle is optically active? a. cis-aconitate b. citrate c. isocitrate d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following compounds is an intermediate formed during the conversion of isocitrate to α-ketoglutarate? a. fumarate b. oxaloacetate c. oxalosuccinate d. succinate ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. Which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of isocitrate to oxalosuccinate in the citric acid cycle? a. dehydration b. hydration c. oxidation d. reduction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following coenzymes helps oxidize isocitrate to oxalosuccinate? a. FADH2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 26 b. NAD+ c. NADH d. FAD ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. In the citric acid cycle, which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of oxalosuccinate to αketoglutarate? a. decarboxylation b. dehydration c. oxidation d. reduction ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Which of the following sequences of reactions occurs during the conversion of isocitrate to α-ketoglutarate? a. decarboxylation followed by oxidation b. decarboxylation followed by reduction c. oxidation followed by decarboxylation d. reduction followed by decarboxylation ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following species is the source of CO2 that is produced during the conversion of oxalosuccinate to αketoglutarate? a. acetyl CoA b. oxaloacetate c. succinate d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. Which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of α-ketoglutarate to succinate in the citric acid cycle? a. oxidative carboxylation b. oxidative decarboxylation c. reductive carboxylation d. reductive decarboxylation ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 26 60. Which of the following sets of reagents is required for the conversion of α-ketoglutarate to succinate in steps 4 and 5 of the citric acid cycle? a. NAD+, GDP, and inorganic phosphate b. NAD+, GTP, inorganic phosphate, and water c. NAD+, GTP, and inorganic phosphate d. NAD+, GDP, inorganic phosphate, and water ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 61. Which of the following coenzymes helps oxidize succinate to fumarate? a. FAD b. FADH2 c. NAD+ d. NADH ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. In the citric acid cycle, which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of fumarate to malate? a. dehydration b. hydration c. oxidation d. reduction ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. In the citric acid cycle, which of the following reactions occurs during the conversion of fumarate to malate? a. dehydration b. hydration c. oxidation d. reduction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. Which of the following coenzymes helps oxidize malate to oxaloacetate? a. FAD b. FADH2 c. NAD+ d. NADH ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 26 TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. How many molecules of CO2 are released at the end of the citric acid cycle? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. How many molecules of FADH2 are produced at the end of the citric acid cycle? a. zero b. one c. two d. three ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. How many molecules of NADH are produced at the end of the citric acid cycle? a. zero b. one c. two d. three ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. Which of the following reactions in the citric acid cycle produces the most energy? a. the formation of GTP b. the hydrolysis of GDP c. the oxidation of FADH2 d. the reduction of NAD+ ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. Which of the following coenzymes inhibit the enzymes of the citric acid cycle when they accumulate in excess? a. ATP and NADH + H+ b. ADP and NAD+ c. FADH2 and NAD+ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 26 d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Which of the following compounds stimulates the enzyme isocitrate dehydrogenase? a. ATP and NADH + H+ b. ADP and NAD+ c. acetyl CoA d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. The reduced coenzymes NADH and FADH2 provide hydrogen ions and electrons for the following reaction: 4H+ + 4e− + O2 → 2H2O. Which of the following statements is true of this reaction? a. It is an endothermic reaction wherein two electrons are consumed. b. It is an exothermic reaction wherein two electrons are consumed. c. It is an endothermic reaction wherein four electrons are consumed. d. It is an exothermic reaction wherein four electrons are consumed.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Which part of a mitochondrion contains the enzymes that catalyze the following exothermic reaction: 4H+ + 4e− + O2 → 2H2O? a. the intermembrane space b. the inner membrane c. the outer membrane d. the matrix ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following is the largest complex of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. complex I b. complex II c. complex III d. complex IV ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 26 74. What is the minimum number of protons required for the overall oxidation process to occur in the electron transport chain? a. one b. two c. four d. eight ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following elements is found in complex I of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. calcium b. cobalt c. iron d. magnesium ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. Complex I of the electron and H+ transport chain contains a number of clusters that contain a metal and a nonmetal.

Which of the following elements are found in these clusters? a. iron and nitrogen b. iron and sulfur c. magnesium and nitrogen d. magnesium and sulfur ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. What is the symbolic representation of ubiquinone? a. FeS b. CoA c. CoQ d. FAD ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. What is the function of CoQ in complex I of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. It oxidizes FADH2 to FAD. b. It oxidizes NADH to NAD+. c. It reduces FAD to FADH2. d. It reduces NAD+ to NADH. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 26 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. The reaction between NADH and CoQ releases some energy. How is this energy used in a cell? a. It is used to transport electrons from the intermembrane space to the matrix of mitochondria. b. It is used to transport electrons from the matrix to the intermembrane space of the mitochondria. c. It is used to transport protons from the intermembrane space to the matrix of mitochondria. d. It is used to transport protons from the matrix to the intermembrane space of the mitochondria.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. Which of the following elements is found in complex II of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. calcium b. cobalt c. iron d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. What is the function of CoQ when it is associated with complex II of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. It oxidizes FADH2 to FAD. b. It oxidizes NADH to NAD+. c. It reduces FAD to FADH2. d. It reduces NAD+ to NADH. ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Which of the following enzymes is present in both the citric acid cycle and the electron and H+ transport chain? a. aconitase b. isocitrate dehydrogenase c. malate dehydrogenase d. succinate dehydrogenase ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. Which of the following elements is found in complex III of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. calcium b. cobalt Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 26 c. iron d. chromium ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 84. Which of the following is an active part of coenzyme A? a. acetyl group b. pantothenic acid c. mercaptoethylamine d. adenosine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 85. How many proton channels are present in complex III of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. How many electrons can be transported by a molecule of cytochrome c? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Why is cytochrome c called a mobile carrier of electrons? a. Because it can move from the inside to the outside of the mitochondria b. Because it can move laterally in the intermembrane space c. Because it can move laterally in the lipid bilayer d. Because it can move laterally in the matrix ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following is another name for complex IV of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. cytochrome oxidase Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 26 b. cytochrome reductase c. ubiquinone d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 89. Which metal is found in the heme group of cytochrome a3? a. copper b. cobalt c. chromium d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. Which of the following cytochromes transfers electrons to an oxygen molecule? a. cytochrome a b. cytochrome a3 c. cytochrome b d. cytochrome c ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. Which of the following correctly describes the electron flow in complex IV? a. cytochrome a → cytochrome b → cytochrome c b. cytochrome a → cytochrome a3 → cytochrome c c. cytochrome a3 → cytochrome a → cytochrome c d. cytochrome c → cytochrome a → cytochrome a3 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 92. Which of the following components of the electron and H+ transport chain carries both electrons and protons? a. FMN b. cytochrome a c. FeS d. cytochrome c ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 26 93. Which of the following electron carriers carries electrons from complex III to complex IV of the electron and H+ transport chain? a. CoQ b. cytochrome a c. cytochrome b d. cytochrome c ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.5 - ELECTRON AND H+ TRANSPORT KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following uncoupling proteins is found in brown fat? a. Troponin b. ATPase c. Thermogenin d. RNAase ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. Where in the mitochondrion is the proton-translocating ATPase located? a. in the intermembrane space b. in the matrix c. on the inner membrane d. on the outer membrane ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Which of the following ion channels is present in the F0 sector of a proton-translocating ATPase? a. a chloride channel b. an electron channel c. a proton channel d. a calcium channel ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. In which direction do protons move in the F0 sector of a proton-translocating ATPase? a. from the intermembrane space to the matrix of a mitochondrion b. from the matrix to the intermembrane space of a mitochondrion c. from the inner membrane to the outer membrane of a mitochondrion d. from the outer membrane to the inner membrane of a mitochondrion ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Where in the proton-translocating ATPase is ATP synthesized? a. in the F0 sector b. in the F1 sector c. in both the F0 and the F1 sectors d. neither in the F0 nor in the F1 sector ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 99. Which of the following statements is true of the concentration of protons in a mitochondrion? a. The intermembrane space and the matrix contain an equal concentration of protons. b. The intermembrane space contains a higher concentration of protons than the matrix. c. The intermembrane space contains a lower concentration of protons than the matrix. d. The proton concentration in the intermembrane space keeps changing with respect to the matrix.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 100. Which of the following statements is correct with respect to the flow of protons between the intermembrane space and the matrix? a. Protons flow spontaneously directly through the lipid bilayer from the intermembrane space to the matrix. b. Protons flow spontaneously directly through the lipid bilayer from the matrix to the intermembrane space. c. Protons flow spontaneously through a channel in the lipid bilayer from the intermembrane space to the matrix. d. Protons flow spontaneously through a channel in the lipid bilayer from the matrix to the intermembrane space.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 101. Identify a possible outcome of proton movement from the intermembrane space to the matrix. a. The F0 sector rotates, and the F1 sector converts the mechanical energy of rotation to chemical energy by hydrolyzing ATP. b. The F0 sector rotates, and the F1 sector converts the mechanical energy of rotation to chemical energy by synthesizing ATP. c. The F1 sector rotates, and the F0 sector converts the mechanical energy of rotation to chemical energy by hydrolyzing ATP. d. The F1 sector rotates, and the F0 sector converts the mechanical energy of rotation to chemical energy by synthesizing ATP. ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 102. Which of the following subunits of the F1 sector stabilizes the proton-translocating ATPase complex?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 26 a. the α subunit b. the β subunit c. the γ subunit d. the δ subunit ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 103. When considering both electron and H+ transport and the chemiosmotic pump, which of the following is the correct sequence of energy transformations? a. chemical → electrical → mechanical b. chemical → mechanical → electrical c. electrical → chemical → mechanical d. electrical → mechanical → chemical ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 104. Which of the following is not a function of proton-translocating ATPase? a. transporting protons from the intermembrane space to the matrix of mitochondria b. transporting protons from the matrix to the intermembrane space of mitochondria c. causing the hydrolysis of ATP to ADP in mitochondria d. None, all of these are the functions of proton-translocating ATPase.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 105. Which of the following is a possible outcome of proton overaccumulation in the matrix of a mitochondrion? a. the breakdown of the proton-translocating ATPase complex b. the inactivation of the proton-translocating ATPase complex c. increased synthesis of ATP by the proton-translocating ATPase complex d. the hydrolysis of ATP by the proton-translocating ATPase complex ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 106. Which of the following coenzymes provides H+ and electrons that combine with oxygen to form water molecules? a. only FADH2 b. only NADH c. both FADH2 and NADH d. neither FADH2 nor NADH ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 26 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 107. What is the role of oxygen in the electron and H+ transport chain? a. It converts NADH and FADH2 to NAD+ and FAD, respectively. b. It provides energy for the conversion of ADP to ATP. c. Both of these are roles of oxygen in the electron and H+ transport chain. d. Neither of these is a role of oxygen in the electron and H+ transport chain.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Which of the following metabolic pathways involves the transport of electron and H+ ions and the subsequent synthesis of ATP molecules? a. the oxidative phosphorylation pathway b. the citric acid cycle c. the oxidative phosphorylation pathway and the citric acid cycle d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 109. How many molecules of ATP are produced for each molecule of NADH utilized in the oxidative phosphorylation pathway? a. 2.0 b. 1.5 c. 2.5 d. 1.0 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 110. How many molecules of ATP are produced for each molecule of FADH2 utilized in the oxidative phosphorylation pathway? a. 2.0 b. 1.5 c. 2.5 d. 1.0 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 111. Why are compounds such as 2,4-dinitrophenol used as weight-reducing drugs? a. They induce weight loss by blocking lipases. b. They induce weight loss by inhibiting ATP production.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 26 c. They induce weight loss by blocking the enzymes of the citric acid cycle. d. None of these statements is correct.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 112. Which of the following vitamins is a structural component of coenzyme A? a. riboflavin b. folic acid c. tocopherol d. pantothenic acid ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.6 - THE CHEMIOSMOTIC PUMP AND ATP PRODUCTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 113. How many molecules of NADH are obtained for each acetyl CoA molecule that enters the common catabolic pathway? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.7 - ENERGY YIELD FROM AEROBIC METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 114. How many molecules of FADH2 are obtained for each acetyl CoA molecule that enters the common catabolic pathway? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.7 - ENERGY YIELD FROM AEROBIC METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. How many molecules of ATP are obtained for each acetyl CoA molecule that enters the common catabolic pathway? a. one b. two c. nine d. ten ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.7 - ENERGY YIELD FROM AEROBIC METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 116. How many molecules of O2 are consumed for each acetyl CoA molecule that enters the common catabolic pathway?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 26 a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.7 - ENERGY YIELD FROM AEROBIC METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 117. Which of the following amino acid residues gets phosphorylated to activate the enzyme phosphofructokinase-2? a. alanine b. cysteine c. serine d. tryptophan ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 118. Which of the following statements is true of the activation of PFK-2? a. It involves the utilization of the chemical energy of ATP to activate PFK-2. b. It involves the utilization of the chemical energy of GTP to activate PFK-2. c. It is a spontaneous process and does not require external energy. d. It is a nonspontaneous process and does not require external energy.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Identify an example that involves the conversion of chemical energy to electrical energy. a. the phosphorylation of serine to activate the enzyme PFK-2 b. the pumping of ions across cell membranes c. the contraction and relaxation of muscles under stress d. the hydrolysis of biomolecules to maintain body temperature ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 120. Which of the following statements correctly describes the distribution of K+ and Na+ ions? a. [K+] is low both inside and outside the cells; however, [Na+] is high both inside and outside the cells. b. [K+] is high both inside and outside the cells; however, [Na+] is low both inside and outside the cells. c. [K+] is high inside the cells and low outside the cells; however, the reverse is true for [Na+]. d. [K+] is low inside the cells and high outside the cells; however, the reverse is true for [Na+].

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 26 121. Which of the following statements is true of both actin and myosin? a. Both actin and myosin are thick filaments. b. Both actin and myosin are thin filaments. c. Actin is a thick filament, whereas myosin is a thin filament. d. Actin is a thin filament, whereas myosin is a thick filament.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 122. What happens when ATP molecules bind to myosin filaments in muscles? a. Actin–myosin complexes dissociate, leading to muscle contraction. b. Actin–myosin complexes dissociate, leading to muscle relaxation. c. Actin–myosin complexes are formed, leading to muscle contraction. d. Actin–myosin complexes are formed, leading to muscle relaxation.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 123. What happens when myosin filaments hydrolyze ATP molecules in muscles? a. Actin–myosin complexes dissociate, leading to muscle contraction. b. Actin–myosin complexes dissociate, leading to muscle relaxation. c. Actin–myosin complexes are formed, leading to muscle contraction. d. Actin–myosin complexes are formed, leading to muscle relaxation.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Assuming the specific heat of the body is same as that of water, how much ATP is required to raise the body temperature of a person who weighs 60 kg from 25°C to 37°C? a. 25 kg b. 50 kg c. 75 kg d. 100 kg ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.8 - CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY TO OTHER FORMS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 125. Examine the given diagram of a cell organelle. Which numbered structure in the given diagram represents the matrix?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 26

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 126. Examine the given diagram of a cell organelle. Which numbered structure in the given diagram represents the cristae?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 127. Examine the given diagram of a cell organelle. Which numbered structure in the given diagram has the enzymes of the electron transport chain?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 26

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 128. Examine the given diagram of a cell organelle. Which numbered structure in the given diagram has the enzymes of the citric acid cycle?

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 129. Examine the given diagram of a cell organelle. Which numbered structure in the given diagram represents a membrane that is permeable to ions and small molecules and does not have transporting membrane proteins?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 26

a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.2 - MITOCHONDRIA AND THEIR ROLE IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 130. Which of the following adenine-containing compounds is shown here?

a. ATP b. ADP c. AMP d. cyclic AMP ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 131. Examine the structures of the following compounds. Each structure shows the biologically operative part of a biomolecule. Which of the following statements is not a common characteristic of both compounds?

a. Both require two electrons for reduction. b. Both require two hydrogen ions for reduction. c. Both compounds produce electron-transporting molecules on reduction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 26 d. Both are classified as coenzymes. e. All of these statements are common characteristics of both compounds.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 132. Consider the structural diagram of the operative part of a biologically active molecule. Which of the following coenzymes has the given structure?

a. NAD+ b. NADH c. FAD d. FADH2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 26.3 - THE PRINCIPAL COMPOUNDS OF CATABOLIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 133. Which of the following statements is true of acetyl coenzyme A? a. It provides an entry for fatty acids into the citric acid cycle. b. It provides an entry for amino acids into the citric acid cycle. c. It provides an entry for monosaccharides into the citric acid cycle. d. All of these statements are true of acetyl coenzyme A. ANSWER: d TOPICS: 26.4 - THE CITRIC ACID CYCLE AND IN METABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 27 1. Why must carbohydrates, fats, and proteins be broken down into small molecules during digestion? a. to facilitate their absorption by the walls of the stomach b. to facilitate their absorption by the walls of the intestines c. to facilitate their proper excretion d. to facilitate the removal of contaminants ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following assists the breakdown of di- and polysaccharides into monosaccharides? a. enzymes b. stomach acid c. both enzymes and stomach acid d. neither enzymes nor stomach acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following compounds is a product of lipase-catalyzed lipid hydrolysis? a. fatty acid b. glycerol c. monoglyceride d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following compounds is not a product of lipase-catalyzed lipid hydrolysis? a. amino acid b. fatty acid c. monoglyceride d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Identify a true statement regarding the pathways used to extract energy from carbohydrates and glycerol. a. Both carbohydrates and glycerol utilize the β-oxidation pathway to extract energy. b. Both carbohydrates and glycerol utilize the glycolytic pathway to extract energy. c. Carbohydrates utilize glycolysis, whereas glycerol utilizes the β-oxidation pathway to extract energy. d. Carbohydrates utilize the β-oxidation pathway, whereas glycerol utilizes glycolysis to extract energy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 27 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 6. Which of the following pathways is used by cells to obtain energy from fatty acids? a. α-oxidation b. α-reduction c. β-oxidation d. β-reduction ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following is not involved in the hydrolysis of proteins? a. HCl b. NaOH c. intestinal enzymes d. stomach enzymes ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following digestive enzymes is found in the stomach? a. carboxypeptidase b. chymotrypsin c. pepsin d. trypsin ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which of the following digestive enzymes is found in the intestines? a. carboxypeptidase b. chymotrypsin c. trypsin d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 27 10. What is the amino acid pool? a. the amino acids found in our diets b. the free amino acids found both inside and outside cells c. the conjugate forms of amino acids found in nature d. the synthetic analogues of the natural amino acids ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 11. Which of the following statements is true of the amino acids in the amino acid pool? a. They are never used as a fuel for energy. b. They are occasionally used as a fuel for energy. c. They regulate the degradation of proteins. d. They regulate the level of glucose in the blood.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. In which form do the carbon skeletons of amino acids enter the common catabolic pathway? a. as the side chain of amino acids b. as proteins c. as α-ketoacids d. as glycerol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. In which form do the carbon skeletons of amino acids enter the common catabolic pathway? a. as the side chain of amino acids b. as part of complete proteins c. as acetyl coenzyme A d. as monosaccharides ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following compounds is the product of the first step of glycolysis? a. fructose b. glucose c. glucose 1-phosphate d. glucose 6-phosphate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 27 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Identify an enzyme that catalyzes the first step of glycolysis. a. hexokinase b. phosphohexose isomerase c. aldolase d. phosphoglycerate kinase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. What is the relationship between glucose 6-phosphate and fructose 6-phosphate? a. They are anomers of each other. b. They are enantiomers of each other. c. They are isomers of each other. d. They are not related to each other.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. What is the role of phosphofructokinase in glycolysis? a. It converts fructose into fructose 1-phosphate. b. It converts fructose 1-phosphate into fructose 1,6-bisphosphate. c. It converts fructose 1,6-bisphosphate into glucose 1,6-bisphosphate. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. Which of the following are needed to convert fructose 6-phosphate to fructose 1,6-bisphosphate? a. phosphofructokinase and Ca2+ b. phosphofructokinase, ADP, and Ca2+ c. phosphofructokinase, ADP, and Mg2+ d. phosphofructokinase, ATP, and Mg2+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 27 19. To which of the following processes does the first three steps of glycolysis belong? a. the activation process b. the initiation process c. the initialization process d. the preparation process ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. What is the relationship between dihydroxyacetone phosphate and glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate? a. They are anomers of each other. b. They are enantiomers of each other. c. They are isomers of each other. d. They are not related to each other.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 21. The conversion of glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate to 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate is a(n) a. hydrolysis b. isomerization c. oxidation d. reduction ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

reaction.

22. Which of the following compounds is required to convert glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate to 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate? a. ADP b. ATP c. NADH d. NAD+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which of the following reactions is involved in the conversion of 3-phosphoglycerate from 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate? a. addition b. dephosphorylation c. phosphorylation d. oxidation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 27 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. What is the by-product of the reaction that is involved in the conversion of 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate to 3phosphoglycerate? a. AMP b. ADP c. ATP d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. What is the role of the enzyme phosphoglycerate mutase? a. It catalyzes the hydrolysis of 3-phosphoglycerate. b. It catalyzes the isomerization of 3-phosphoglycerate. c. It catalyzes the oxidation of 3-phosphoglycerate. d. It catalyzes the reduction of 3-phosphoglycerate.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Which enzyme is involved in the conversion of phosphoenolpyruvate to pyruvate? a. enolase b. ketolase c. pyruvate kinase d. pyruvate oxidase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following statements is true of pyruvate kinase? a. It is activated by ATP. b. It plays a key regulatory role in glycolysis. c. Both of these are true. d. Neither of these is true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 27 28. Which of the following statements is true of pyruvate kinase? a. It is activated by AMP. b. It plays a key regulatory role in glycolysis. c. Both of these are true. d. Neither of these is true.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 29. What is the effect of excess ATP on glycolysis? a. It enhances the rate of glycolysis. b. It moderately reduces the rate of glycolysis. c. It shuts down glycolysis. d. It has no effect on glycolysis.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following statements is true of the reactions of glycolysis? a. All the reactions of glycolysis occur in the cytoplasm. b. All the reactions of glycolysis occur in the mitochondria. c. All the reactions of glycolysis occur in the presence of oxygen. d. All the reactions of glycolysis require ATP as an energy source.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. Which of the following statements is true of anaerobic reactions? a. They are all redox reactions. b. They are all oxidation reactions. c. They occur in the presence of oxygen. d. They occur in the absence of oxygen.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following is the cause of muscle cramps associated with strenuous exercise? a. acetate accumulation in muscles b. citrate accumulation in muscles c. lactate accumulation in muscles Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 27 d. pyruvate accumulation in muscles ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following chemicals causes most of the damage in fetal alcohol syndrome? a. acetaldehyde b. acetic acid c. acetone d. ethanol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following reactions is involved in the conversion of pyruvate to acetyl coenzyme A? a. oxidative phosphorylation b. oxidative deamination c. oxidative decarboxylation d. oxidative transamination ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 35. Which of the following gases is a by-product of the reaction between pyruvate and coenzyme A? a. CO b. CO2 c. O2 d. none of these ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following acts as the oxidizing agent in the conversion of pyruvate to acetyl coenzyme A? a. ATP b. NAD+ c. NADH d. pyruvate ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 27 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following processes requires NADPH? a. synthesis of amino acids b. synthesis of cholesterol c. synthesis of unsaturated fatty acids d. all of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. To which of the following reactions does the conversion of ribose to deoxyribose belong? a. dehydration b. oxidation c. reduction d. phosphorylation ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Which of the following pathways has the capacity to produce NADPH and ribose? a. the glycolytic pathway b. the citric acid cycle c. the Krebs cycle d. the pentose phosphate pathway ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following is the main agent that is used to keep hemoglobin in its reduced form? a. ATP b. FAD c. glutathione d. nicotinamide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following statements is true of NADH and H+ molecules produced during glycolysis? a. They are produced in the cytoplasm; hence, they can be used directly in oxidative phosphorylation. b. They are produced in the mitochondria; hence, they can be used directly in oxidative phosphorylation.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 27 c. They are produced in the cytoplasm; hence, they cannot be used directly in oxidative phosphorylation. d. They are produced in the mitochondria; hence, they cannot be used directly in oxidative phosphorylation.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. How many ATP molecules are produced for each NADH + H+ through the electron transport route that operates in muscle and nerve cells? a. 1 b. 1.5 c. 2.5 d. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. How many ATP molecules are produced for each NADH + H+ through the electron transport route that operates in the heart and the liver? a. 1 b. 1.5 c. 2.5 d. 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. How many molecules of ATP are produced during the oxidative phosphorylation of two molecules of glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate? a. 8 b. 5 c. 7 d. 12 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. How many molecules of ATP are produced during the conversion of two molecules of 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate to yield two molecules of pyruvate? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 27 d. 12 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 46. How many molecules of ATP are produced during the oxidative decarboxylation of two molecules of pyruvate to yield two molecules of acetyl CoA? a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 12 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 47. How many ATP molecules are produced as a result of the complete metabolism of one molecule of glucose in skeletal muscles? a. 4 b. 6 c. 24 d. 30 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 48. How many ATP molecules are produced as a result of the complete metabolism of one molecule of glucose in the heart or liver? a. 12 b. 24 c. 36 d. 32 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 49. Which of the following carbohydrates cannot enter the glycolytic pathway? a. fructose b. galactose c. glycogen d. none of these ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 27 POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 50. Identify the process in which glycogen is broken down into glucose. a. gluconeogenesis b. glycogenesis c. glycogenolysis d. none of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.3 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM GLUCOSE CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 51. Which of the following is the first product formed during glycerol catabolism? a. glycerol 1-phosphate b. glycerol 2-phosphate c. glycerol 1,2-bisphosphate d. glycerol 1,3-bisphosphate ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.4 - GLYCEROL CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which of the following compounds is consumed in the process of converting glycerol to dihydroxyacetone phosphate? a. ATP b. NAD+ c. both ATP and NAD+ d. neither ATP nor NAD+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.4 - GLYCEROL CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following compounds is consumed in the process of converting glycerol to dihydroxyacetone phosphate? a. ADP b. NADH c. both ADP and NADH d. neither ADP nor NADH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.4 - GLYCEROL CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 27 54. Depending on the location of metabolism, how many molecules of ATP are produced from the hydrolysis of a glycerol molecule? a. 3 to 6 b. 6 to 9 c. 12.5 to 15.5 d. 16.5 to 18.5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.4 - GLYCEROL CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following chemical solutions must be provided intravenously to combat acidosis during cardiac arrest? a. 5% carbonate solution b. 8.4% bicarbonate solution c. 10.5% acetate solution d. 4% chloride solution ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. How many high-energy phosphate bonds are cleaved during the activation of the β-oxidation of fatty acids? a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Which of the following is the activated form of fatty acids in the β-oxidation pathway? a. free fatty acid b. fatty acetyl CoA c. fatty acyl CoA d. all of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. What is the role of acyl-CoA dehydrogenase in the β-oxidation of saturated fatty acids? a. It eliminates the C2 fragment of fatty acids. b. It assists in the formation of a cis double bond between the α- and β-carbon atoms. c. It assists in the formation of a trans double bond between the α- and β-carbon atoms.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 27 d. None of these are the roles of acyl-CoA dehydrogenase.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Identify the oxidizing agent that is utilized in the first oxidation step of β-oxidation of fatty acids. a. FAD b. FADH2 c. NAD+ d. NADH + H+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. What is the role of the enzyme enoyl-CoA hydratase in the β-oxidation of saturated fatty acids? a. It adds a hydroxyl group on the α-carbon of the fatty acid. b. It adds a hydroxyl group on the β-carbon of the fatty acid. c. It adds hydroxyl groups on both the α- and β-carbons of the fatty acid. d. It adds hydrogen atoms on both the α- and β-carbons of the fatty acid.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. What is the role of the enzyme hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase in the β-oxidation of saturated fatty acids? a. It converts an α-hydroxyacyl-CoA to an α-ketoacyl-CoA. b. It converts a β-hydroxyacyl-CoA to a β-ketoacyl-CoA. c. Both of these are the functions of hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase. d. Neither of these is the function of hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Identify an oxidizing agent that is utilized in the second oxidation step of the β-oxidation of fatty acids. a. FAD b. FADH2 c. NAD+ d. NADH + H+ ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 27 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Which of the following enzymes is associated with the cleavage of β-ketoacyl-CoA? a. acyl-CoA dehydrogenase b. hydratase c. hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase d. thiolase ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. How does the fatty acyl-CoA produced at the end of one turn of the β-oxidation cycle differ from the parent fatty acylCoA molecule? a. It is two carbon atoms shorter than the parent molecule. b. It is half the size of the parent molecule. c. It is two carbon atoms longer than the parent molecule. d. It is an enantiomer of the parent molecule.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Which of the following statements is true of the β-oxidation of an unsaturated fatty acid? a. It is identical to the β-oxidation of a saturated fatty acid. b. It involves an extra step to convert a cis double bond to a trans double bond. c. It involves an extra step to convert a trans double bond to a cis double bond. d. It is completely different from the β-oxidation of a saturated fatty acid.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. How many molecules of ATP are produced from the complete metabolism of a molecule of stearic acid? a. 120 b. 130 c. 240 d. 250 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.6 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM STEARIC ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. Which of the following statements is true of the complete metabolism of a molecule of stearic acid?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 27 a. It yields eight FADH2, five NAD+, and nine molecules of acetyl CoA. b. It yields five FADH2 and five molecules of acetyl CoA. c. It yields eight FADH2, eight NADH + H+, and nine molecules of acetyl CoA. d. It yields five NAD+ and five molecules of acetyl CoA. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.6 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM STEARIC ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 68. Complete metabolism of which of the following fatty acids will yield the highest number of ATP molecules? a. CH3(CH2)12COOH b. CH3(CH2)14COOH c. CH3(CH2)16COOH d. All of these fatty acids yield the same number of ATP molecules.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.6 - THE ENERGY YIELD FROM STEARIC ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 69. Which of the following statements is true of a diet that provides an adequate amount of dietary sugar? a. It enhances the oxidation of fatty acids. b. It has no effect on the oxidation of fatty acids. c. It inhibits the oxidation of fatty acids. d. It enhances the mobilization of fatty acids.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.7 - KETONE BODIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 70. To which of the following types of reaction does the formation of β-hydroxybutyrate from acetoacetate belong? a. decarboxylation b. hydrolysis c. reduction d. oxidation ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.7 - KETONE BODIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. To which of the following types of reaction does the formation of acetone from acetoacetate belong? a. decarboxylation b. hydrolysis c. reduction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 27 d. oxidation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.7 - KETONE BODIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 72. What is the effect of the accumulation of ketone bodies in the blood? a. It lowers the blood pH. b. It suppresses insulin secretion. c. It increases the blood pH. d. It enhances insulin secretion.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.7 - KETONE BODIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. What is the effect of the accumulation of ketone bodies in the blood? a. It leads to a decrease in the concentration of Na+ in the interstitial fluids. b. It leads to an increase in the pH of the blood. c. Both of these are the effects of the accumulation of ketone bodies in the blood. d. Neither of these is the effect of the accumulation of ketone bodies in the blood.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.7 - KETONE BODIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. How does the body respond to excess amino acids? a. The body catabolizes them for energy production. b. The body stores them as carbohydrates. c. The body converts them to keratin. d. The body excretes them through urine.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 75. Which of the following is a reactant in transamination? a. α-ketoglutarate b. β-ketoglutarate c. glutamate d. none of these ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 27 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 76. Identify the reactants of an oxidative deamination reaction. a. α-ketoglutarate, NAD+, and H2O b. α-ketoglutarate, NADH, and H+ c. glutamate, NAD+, and H2O d. glutamate, NADH, and H+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. What is the role of α-ketoglutarate in both transamination and oxidative deamination? a. It is a common product of both transamination and oxidative deamination. b. It is a common reactant in both transamination and oxidative deamination. c. It is a reactant in oxidative deamination and a product in transamination. d. It is a reactant in transamination and a product in oxidative deamination.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 78. What is the fate of NADH + H+ produced during the catabolism of amino acids? a. It enters the citric acid cycle. b. It enters the glycolytic pathway. c. It enters the urea cycle. d. It enters the oxidative phosphorylation pathway.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 79. Which of the following statements is true of the urea cycle? a. It generates molecules that can enter the common metabolic pathway. b. It removes the NH 4+ that is produced during oxidative deamination. c. Both these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 80. In which of the following organelles does the formation of carbamoyl phosphate occur?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 27 a. the nucleus b. the mitochondrion c. both the nucleus and mitochondrion d. neither the nucleus nor mitochondrion ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. How many molecules of ATP is/are produced or consumed during the formation of a molecule of carbamoyl phosphate? a. Two molecules of ATP are produced. b. One molecule of ATP is produced. c. One molecule of ATP is consumed. d. Two molecules of ATP are consumed.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Which of the following amino acids is structurally similar to the amino acid ornithine? a. arginine b. cysteine c. lysine d. serine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 83. What is the chemical nature of the side chain of ornithine? a. nonpolar b. polar but neutral c. acidic d. basic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 84. Which of the following is a difference between lysine and ornithine? a. Lysine does not occur in proteins. b. Ornithine does not occur in proteins. c. The side chain of ornithine is cyclic but linear in lysine. d. The side chain of ornithine is linear but cyclic in lysine.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 27 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 85. Which of the following compounds diffuses out of the mitochondria into the cytoplasm? a. argininosuccinate b. carbamoyl phosphate c. citrulline d. ornithine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. Other than urea, what is the product of the final step of the urea cycle? a. arginine b. carbamoyl phosphate c. citrulline d. ornithine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. During the urea cycle, ATP molecules are converted into both ADP and AMP molecules in different reactions. Given that the conversion of an ATP molecule to an AMP molecule is equivalent to the consumption of two molecules of ATP, what is the total ATP consumption of the urea cycle? a. three b. four c. five d. six ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 88. What is the fate of the carbon skeletons of amino acids in amino acid catabolism? a. They are used as an energy source. b. They are used as a building block for synthesizing other molecules. c. Both of these are the fates of the carbon skeletons in amino acid catabolism. d. Neither of these is the fate of the carbon skeletons in amino acid catabolism.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.9 - CARBON SKELETON PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLSIM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 27 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 89. Which of the following is a ketogenic amino acid? a. alanine b. leucine c. serine d. threonine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.9 - CARBON SKELETON PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLSIM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 90. Which of the following is a glucogenic amino acid? a. isoleucine b. tyrosine c. alanine d. leucine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.9 - CARBON SKELETON PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLSIM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. Which of the following amino acids has both ketogenic and glucogenic properties? a. alanine b. glycine c. phenylalanine d. lysine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.9 - CARBON SKELETON PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLSIM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Which of the following compounds is the catabolized product of glucogenic amino acids? a. oxaloacetate b. acetyl CoA c. acetoacetyl CoA d. pyruvate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.9 - CARBON SKELETON PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLSIM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 93. Which of the following amino acids produces pyruvate on transamination? a. alanine b. glutamine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 27 c. glycine d. leucine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.9 - CARBON SKELETON PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLSIM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following statements is true of phenylketonuria? a. It involves the accumulation of phenylalanine in the body. b. It involves the conversion of phenylalanine to phenylpyruvate. c. It involves the conversion of phenylalanine to tyrosine. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 95. Identify the enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of phenylalanine into tyrosine. a. phenylalanine dehydrogenase b. phenylalanine kinase c. phenylalanine hydroxylase d. phenylalanine phosphorylase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 96. Under normal conditions, what is the enzyme-catalyzed degradation product of phenylalanine? a. lysine b. tyrosine c. threonine d. leucine ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. What is the nature of phenylketonuria? a. It is a bacterial disease. b. It is a viral disease. c. It is a lifestyle disorder. d. It is a genetic defect.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 27 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. What is the effect of the accumulation of phenylpyruvate in the body? a. It prevents the conversion of pyruvate into acetyl CoA. b. It prevents the entry of acetyl CoA into the common catabolic pathway. c. It prevents the conversion of phosphoenolpyruvate into pyruvate. d. It increases the storage of acetyl CoA in the liver.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.8 - NITROGEN PROCESSING IN AMINO ACID CATABOLISM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 99. What is the role of NADPH in red blood cells? a. It provides energy to red blood cells. b. It protects red blood cells against oxidative damage. c. It assists in the storage of iron in red blood cells. d. It maintains the pigment in red blood cells.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. Identify the enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of pyruvate into acetyl CoA. a. pyruvate dehydrogenase b. decarboxylase c. phosphoglycerate kinase d. transaminase ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.2 - THE REACTIONS OF GLYCOLYSIS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 101. Examine the given flowchart of the convergence of the specific pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins into the common catabolic pathway.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 27

Which of the following components of the common metabolic pathway is indicated by the number 1? a. fatty acids b. ammonia c. urea d. ketogenic amino acids e. glucogenic amino acids f. monosaccharides ANSWER: f POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 102. Examine the given flowchart of the convergence of the specific pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins into the common catabolic pathway.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 27

Which of the following components of the common metabolic pathway is indicated by the number 2? a. fatty acids b. ammonia c. urea d. ketogenic amino acids e. glucogenic amino acids f. monosaccharides ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 103. Examine the given flowchart of the convergence of the specific pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins into the common catabolic pathway.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 27

Which of the following components of the common metabolic pathway is indicated by the number 3? a. fatty acids b. ammonia c. urea d. ketogenic amino acids e. glucogenic amino acids f. monosaccharides ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 104. Examine the given flowchart of the convergence of the specific pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins into the common catabolic pathway.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 27

Which of the following components of the common metabolic pathway is indicated by the number 4? a. fatty acids b. ammonia c. urea d. ketogenic amino acids e. glucogenic amino acids f. monosaccharides ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 105. Examine the given flowchart of the convergence of the specific pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins into the common catabolic pathway.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 27

Which of the following components of the common metabolic pathway is indicated by the number 5? a. fatty acids b. ammonia c. urea d. ketogenic amino acids e. glucogenic amino acids f. monosaccharides ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 106. Examine the given flowchart of the convergence of the specific pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins into the common catabolic pathway.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 27

Which of the following components of the common metabolic pathway is indicated by the number 6? a. fatty acids b. ammonia c. urea d. ketogenic amino acids e. glucogenic amino acids f. monosaccharides ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF CATABOLIC PATHWAY KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 107. Examine the diagram of the given fatty acid.

If the parent fatty acid undergoes two loops of the β-oxidation spiral, then what will be the value of n in the formula of the product shown below?

a. 13 b. 12 c. 10 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

Chapter 27 d. 8 e. 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 108. Examine the diagram of the given fatty acid.

The given fatty acid enters the β-oxidation spiral and yields the product as shown below.

How many FADH2 are produced in this process? a. 10 b. 5 c. 4 d. 1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 109. Examine the diagram of the given fatty acid.

The given fatty acid enters the β-oxidation spiral and yields the product as shown below.

How many NAD+ are needed in this process? a. 10 b. 5 c. 4 d. 1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.5 - β-OXIDATION OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 110. Which of the following compounds is likely to be present in higher concentrations in the blood during starvation?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

Chapter 27 a.

b.

c.

d. All of these compounds are likely to be present in higher than normal concentrations.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 TOPICS: 27.7 - KETONE BODIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

Chapter 28 1. Which of the following statements is true of anabolic and catabolic pathways? a. Both of these are biosynthetic pathways. b. Both of these are biodegradation pathways. c. Anabolic and catabolic pathways are biosynthetic and biodegradation pathways, respectively. d. These are completely identical and non-flexible pathways.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF BIOSYNTHETIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following pathways are called biosynthetic pathways? a. anabolic pathways b. catabolic pathways c. both anabolic and catabolic pathways d. neither anabolic nor catabolic pathways ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF BIOSYNTHETIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. How will the body respond if a normal biosynthetic pathway is blocked? a. The body will develop a different and completely new pathway to replace the blocked pathway. b. The body will not be able to produce the compounds of the blocked pathway and will eventually die. c. The body will use the reverse of the degradation pathway to make the necessary compounds. d. The body will not be affected by the blockage of a biosynthetic pathway.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF BIOSYNTHETIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. How does the presence of excess inorganic phosphate affect phosphorylase-catalyzed glycogen synthesis? a. It favors the hydrolysis of glycogen and the production of glucose-1-phosphate. b. It prevents the hydrolysis of glycogen and increases cross-linking in glycogen. c. It enhances the rate of glycogen synthesis. d. It enhances the rate of glycogen breakdown.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF BIOSYNTHETIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following compounds is required to add a unit of glucose to a glycogen molecule? a. ADP-glucose b. ATP-glucose c. UDP-glucose d. UTP-glucose ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.1 - THE GENERAL OUTLINE OF BIOSYNTHETIC PATHWAYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 28 6. Which of the following are the starting materials of photosynthesis? a. CO2 and H2O b. SO2 and O2 c. N2O and O2 d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. During photosynthesis, how many molecules of oxygen are produced per molecule of glucose synthesized? a. one b. four c. six d. twelve ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following pigments is required for the synthesis of glucose by photosynthesis? a. hemoglobin b. myoglobin c. chlorophyll d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Identify a product of the light reactions of photosynthesis. a. glucose b. molecular oxygen c. both glucose and molecular oxygen d. neither glucose nor molecular oxygen ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Identify a reactant in the light reactions of photosynthesis. a. carbon dioxide b. water c. both carbon dioxide and water d. neither carbon dioxide nor water ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 28 11. Identify a product of the dark reactions of photosynthesis. a. glucose b. molecular oxygen c. both glucose and molecular oxygen d. neither glucose nor molecular oxygen ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Identify a reactant in the dark reactions of photosynthesis. a. carbon dioxide b. water c. both carbon dioxide and water d. neither carbon dioxide nor water ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following cell organelles contain photosynthetic pigments? a. mitochondria b. chloroplasts c. nuclei d. lysosomes ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following enzymes catalyzes the dark reactions of photosynthesis? a. RuBisCo b. succinate dehydrogenase c. lactate dehydrogenase d. peroxidase ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 15. Identify a pathway in which glucose is synthesized in the body from the intermediates of the glycolytic and citric acid pathways. a. glycolysis b. the Calvin cycle c. gluconeogenesis d. the Cori cycle ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 28 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 16. Identify a pathway that involves the reduction of carbon dioxide to carbohydrates in the presence of NADPH coenzymes. a. glycolysis b. gluconeogenesis c. the Calvin cycle d. the Cori cycle ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following amino acids can serve as the starting material for gluconeogenesis? a. glucogenic amino acids b. ketogenic amino acids c. both glucogenic and ketogenic amino acids d. neither glucogenic nor ketogenic amino acids ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. Which of the following enzymes catalyzes only the reactions of gluconeogenesis? a. hexokinase b. phosphoglycerate kinase c. pyruvate kinase d. pyruvate carboxylase ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which of the following statements is true of ATP usage in gluconeogenesis and glycolysis? a. ATP is consumed during both gluconeogenesis and glycolysis. b. ATP is produced during both gluconeogenesis and glycolysis. c. ATP is consumed during gluconeogenesis and produced during glycolysis. d. ATP is produced during gluconeogenesis and consumed during glycolysis.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Which of the following metabolic cycles utilizes lactate as the starting material for gluconeogenesis? a. the Calvin cycle b. the citric acid cycle c. the Cori cycle d. the Krebs cycle ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 28 TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. Which of the following compounds is the starting material for the Cori cycle? a. lactate b. malate c. oxaloacetate d. pyruvate ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. In which organ does the Cori cycle take place? a. the intestine b. the liver c. the muscles d. the spleen ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. How many high-energy phosphate anhydride bonds are present in UTP? a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. Identify the process that involves the conversion of glucose into glycogen. a. glycolysis b. gluconeogenesis c. glycogenesis d. glycogenolysis ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following is a pair of essential fatty acids? a. linoleic acid and oleic acid b. linoleic acid and linolenic acid c. linolenic acid and oleic acid d. oleic acid and stearic acid ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 28 TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Identify a process for the breakdown of fatty acids. a. glycolysis b. gluconeogenesis c. β-oxidation d. deamination ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following statements is true of the degradation and synthesis of fatty acids? a. Both fatty acid synthesis and degradation occur in the cytoplasm. b. Both fatty acid synthesis and degradation occur in mitochondria. c. Fatty acid degradation occurs in the cytoplasm, whereas fatty acid synthesis mostly occurs in the mitochondria. d. Fatty acid degradation occurs in the mitochondria, whereas fatty acid synthesis mostly occurs in the cytoplasm.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 28. Which of the following molecules is the source of carbon during fatty acid synthesis? a. acetate b. acetyl-CoA c. malate d. succinyl CoA ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Which of the following chemical bonds is present in ACP? a. a disulfide bond b. a thioether bond c. a thioester bond d. a thiol bond ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which of the following chemical bonds is present in acetyl-ACP? a. a disulfide bond b. a thioether bond c. a thioester bond Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 28 d. a thiol bond ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. How does malonyl-CoA inhibit the -oxidation of a fatty acid? a. by inhibiting the activity of acetyl-CoA synthase b. by inhibiting the activity of carnitine acyltransferase c. by promoting the activity of acetyl-CoA synthase d. by promoting the activity of carnitine acyltransferase ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following is the longest saturated fatty acid that can be synthesized by the ACP merry-go-round mechanism? a. arachidonic acid b. lauric acid c. palmitic acid d. stearic acid ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following reactions occurs when a saturated fatty acid is converted to an unsaturated fatty acid? a. a condensation reaction b. a hydrolysis reaction c. an oxidation reaction d. a reduction reaction ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following oxidizing agents is required to convert saturated fatty acids to unsaturated fatty acids? a. FADH2 b. FADPH2 c. NADH d. NADPH ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 35. Which of the following fatty acids is present in the membranes of the human eye? a. palmitic acid b. myristic acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 28 c. stearic acid d. docosahexaenoic acid ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following products is formed when a glycerol-1-phosphate molecule reacts with two molecules of acyl CoA? a. a choline molecule b. a citrate molecule c. a phosphatidate molecule d. a triphosphate molecule ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following nucleotides activates choline to complete the synthesis of phosphatidylcholine? a. ATP b. CTP c. GTP d. UTP ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. Why are dietary cholesterol and cholesterol synthesized in the liver not available for forming synapses? a. They are consumed by various parts of the body before they reach the brain. b. They cannot cross the blood–brain barrier because they are present as LDL. c. Both of these statements are valid reasons. d. Neither of these statements is a valid reason.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Identify the product formed by the sequential condensation of three acetyl-CoA molecules during cholesterol synthesis. a. HMG-CoA b. acyl-CoA c. succinyl CoA d. malonyl-CoA ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following enzymes controls the rate of cholesterol synthesis?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 28 a. cholinesterase b. HMG oxidase c. HMG-CoA reductase d. mevalonate decarboxylase ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following statements is true of the two hydroxyl groups in mevalonate? a. Both the groups are primary alcohols. b. One group is a primary alcohol and the other group is a secondary alcohol. c. One group is a primary alcohol and the other group is a tertiary alcohol. d. Both the groups are secondary alcohols.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following compounds undergo condensation to produce cholesterol? a. two farnesyl pyrophosphates b. two geranyl pyrophosphates c. a farnesyl pyrophosphate and a geranyl pyrophosphate d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 43. Which of the following compounds form the structural units of farnesyl pyrophosphate and geranyl pyrophosphate? a. alkaloids b. alkanes c. isoprenes d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. Which of the following statements is true of farnesyl pyrophosphate and geranyl pyrophosphate? a. They are the precursors of cholesterol biosynthesis. b. They are intermediates in cholesterol biosynthesis. c. They are structural isomers of each other. d. None of these statements is correct.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. Which of the following statements defines prenylation?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 28 a. It is a step of cholesterol synthesis that involves the condensation of isoprene units. b. It is the process by which multiple isoprene units bind to a protein to make it hydrophobic. c. Both these statements define prenylation. d. Neither of these statements defines prenylation.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. How does prenylation affect a protein? a. It makes a protein more hydrophilic. b. It makes a protein more hydrophobic. c. It causes a protein to become fixed in the lipid bilayer of a membrane. d. It prevents a protein from participating in signal transduction.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. What is an essential amino acid? a. an amino acid that is present in the primary structure of all proteins b. an amino acid that is necessary for a protein to adopt a proper secondary or tertiary structure c. an amino acid that cannot be synthesized by the human body and must be supplied in the diet d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. How do statin drugs lower cholesterol levels in the body? a. by breaking down excess cholesterol in the plasma b. by competitively inhibiting the enzyme HMG-CoA reductase c. by enhancing the removal of cholesterol through urine d. by causing excess cholesterol to be stored in the liver ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which type of reaction occurs when α-ketoglutarate is synthesized from glutamate? a. reductive amination b. reductive deamination c. oxidative amination d. oxidative deamination ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following cholesterol-lowering drugs was sold under the trade name "Lipitor"?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 28 a. mevastatin b. lovastatin c. atorvastatin d. fluvastatin ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.4 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. Which of the following coenzymes is required for the synthesis of glutamate from α-ketoglutarate? a. FAD b. FADH2 c. NADH d. NAD+ ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Identify an essential amino acid that the bodies of growing children do not synthesize in sufficient quantities. a. alanine b. arginine c. proline d. serine ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Identify an essential amino acid that the bodies of growing children do not synthesize in sufficient quantities. a. histidine b. proline c. serine d. tyrosine ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. Which of the following amino acids cannot be synthesized from glutamate? a. alanine b. asparagine c. serine d. tyrosine ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 28 55. Which of the following amino acids can be synthesized from glutamate? a. asparagine b. cysteine c. tyrosine d. valine ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. Of the 20 amino acids that are found in human proteins, how many are essential amino acids? a. 5 b. 10 c. 15 d. 20 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. Of the 20 amino acids that are found in human proteins, how many are nonessential amino acids? a. 5 b. 10 c. 15 d. 20 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following amino acids is needed in the synthesis of membrane lipids? a. cysteine b. glycine c. serine d. threonine ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 59. In which of the following diseases does the body break down its own proteins? a. kwashiorkor b. multiple sclerosis c. rickets d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 28 60. Consider the following reaction sequence.

In which of the following metabolic pathways does the given reaction sequence occur? a. gluconeogenesis b. glycolysis c. glycogenesis d. glycogenolysis ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 61. Consider the following reaction sequence.

Which statement is true of the product formed in the second step of the given reaction sequence? a. It is called glycogen. b. It is an example of a polysaccharide. c. It can have from 30,000 to 120,000 molecules of glucose. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 62. Consider the following reaction sequence.

Which of the following statements is true of this reaction sequence? a. It is a step in a process called glycogenesis. b. It occurs within the mitochondrial matrix. c. It can also occur in the absence of nucleotides.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 28 d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 63. The cellular concentration of which compound determines the fate of fats? a. malonyl-CoA b. acetyl-CoA c. succinyl CoA d. acyl CoA ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.3 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 64. Examine the following chemical reaction.

Which of the following statements is true of this reaction? a. Alanine is one of the products of the given reaction. b. This reaction is an example of a deamination reaction. c. The product of this reaction is an essential amino acid. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 65. Which of the following statements is true of anabolic pathways? a. They use the intermediates of the citric acid cycle as substrates. b. They use ATP as an energy source. c. They use the reducing power of NADH and FADH2. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 28.5 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINO ACIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Consider the following diagram of a chloroplast.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 28

Which of the following is not a similarity between chloroplasts and mitochondria? a. Both chloroplasts and mitochondria contain the green pigment chlorophyll. b. Both chloroplasts and mitochondria contain iron–sulfur complexes. c. Both chloroplasts and mitochondria contain proton-translocating ATPases. d. Both chloroplasts and mitochondria utilize a proton gradient for ATP synthesis. e. None, they are similar to each other in all of aspects.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. What is the central metal ion in a chlorophyll molecule? a. Ca+2 b. Cu+2 c. Mg+2 d. Mn+2 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 28.2 - BIOSYNTHESIS OF CARBOHYDRATES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 29 1. Where in the body does the absorption of nutrients into the blood stream or lymphatic system occur? a. through the intestinal walls b. in the mouth c. in the stomach d. all of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following nutrients can be absorbed directly? a. fats b. proteins c. starch d. vitamins ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 3. Which of the following nutrients can be absorbed by the body without undergoing digestion? a. fat b. glucose c. protein d. starch ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 4. Which of the following factors affects the quantity of nutrients required to maintain good health? a. age b. body weight c. the degree of physical activity d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following types of biomolecules does gluten consist of? a. carbohydrates b. proteins c. vitamins d. fats ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 29 6. The recommended percentage of daily values per serving of which of the following must be shown on a food packaging label? a. calcium b. vitamin A c. vitamin C d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which of the following foods contain gluten? a. green vegetables b. dairy products c. fruits d. grains ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following diseases is associated with gluten intolerance? a. night blindness b. celiac disease c. scurvy d. beriberi ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Why did the USDA revise its 1992 Food Guide Pyramid? a. because new data suggested that the 1992 pyramid was too simplistic b. because research showed little evidence to support the claim that high carbohydrate intake is beneficial c. because the 1992 pyramid glorified carbohydrates while casting all fats as the "bad guys" d. for all of these reasons ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following statements is true of fiber? a. It is an essential nutrient. b. It consists of long-chain fatty acids. c. It is necessary for the proper functioning of the digestive system. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 29 11. Which of the following vitamins is associated with the synthesis of fatty acids? a. biotin b. vitamin C c. pantothenic acid d. vitamin B6 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which equation represents the relationship between the units Cal and cal? a. 1 cal = 100 Cal b. 1 cal = 1000 Cal c. 1 Cal = 100 cal d. 1 Cal = 1000 cal ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.2 - COUNTING CALORIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. Which of the following conditions is often associated with marasmus? a. diabetes b. hypertension c. muscle wasting d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.2 - COUNTING CALORIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following conditions is not associated with obesity? a. cardiovascular disease b. diabetes c. hypertension d. None, these are all associated with obesity.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.2 - COUNTING CALORIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. Which of the following parameters is used by the National Institutes of Health to define obesity? a. body weight b. body mass index c. total body fat d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.2 - COUNTING CALORIES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 29 16. Which of the following vitamins is found in oysters? a. vitamin B12 b. vitamin B1 c. biotin d. niacin ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following types of sugars can directly pass into the bloodstream without digestion? a. only polysaccharides b. only monosaccharides c. only disaccharides d. both monosaccharides and disaccharides ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. Which of the following sugars is obtained by the complete hydrolysis of starch? a. fructose b. lactose c. glucose d. sucrose ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. How do α-amylase and β-amylase differ in their functions? a. They do not differ; they are two different enzymes that perform the same function. b. α-amylase hydrolyzes α-1,6-glycosidic bonds, but β-amylase hydrolyzes β-1,4-glycosidic bonds. c. α-amylase hydrolyzes α-1,6-glycosidic bonds in an orderly way, but β-amylase hydrolyzes α-1,4-glycosidic bonds at random. d. α-amylase hydrolyzes α-1,4-glycosidic bonds at random, but β-amylase hydrolyzes α-1,4-glycosidic bonds in an orderly way.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Which of the following minerals acts as a cofactor in enzymes? a. chromium b. phosphorus c. magnesium d. iodine ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 29 TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 21. Which of the following is a major component of saliva? a. α-amylase b. β-amylase c. debranching enzyme d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. Which of the following is often called blood sugar? a. D-glucose b. L-glucose c. maltose d. sucrose ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which of the following statements is true of gelatin? a. It is a complete protein. b. It is rich in tryptophan. c. It is an animal protein. d. It is an amino acid.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.4 - FAT DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following vitamins acts as a photosensitizer? a. vitamins B2 b. vitamin B1 c. vitamin B6 d. vitamin B12 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. Approximately what percentage of dietary lipids is in the form of triglycerides? a. 2% b. 25% c. 75% d. 98% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 29 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.4 - FAT DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Which of the following statements is true of lipases? a. They hydrolyze lipids. b. They are mostly found in the stomach. c. They hydrolyze lipids and they are mostly found in the stomach. d. None of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.4 - FAT DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 27. Identify a function of vitamin C. a. wound healing b. osmoregulation c. fatty acid synthesis d. carbohydrate metabolism ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 28. Which of the following is a water-soluble vitamin? a. vitamin A b. vitamin D c. vitamin C d. vitamin K ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Approximately what percentage of stomach acid is HCl? a. 0.5% b. 1.0% c. 5.0% d. 10.0% ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. What is the role of HCl in the digestion of proteins? a. It denatures proteins. b. It hydrolyzes peptide bonds. c. It denatures proteins and it hydrolyzes peptide bonds. d. None of these.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 29 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 31. Which of the following statements is true of denatured proteins? a. They are converted to their native protein forms by proteolytic enzymes. b. They are the indigestible forms of native proteins c. They are broken down into their constituent amino acids in the stomach. d. They are more easily hydrolyzed by HCl than their native forms are.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following enzymes hydrolyzes peptide bonds at the carboxyl side of tryptophan, phenylalanine, or tyrosine? a. carboxypeptidase b. chymotrypsin c. pepsin d. trypsin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following hydrolyzes proteins only on the amino side of tryptophan, phenylalanine, and tyrosine? a. carboxypeptidase b. pepsin c. trypsin d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. Which of the following hydrolyzes proteins only on the amino side of tryptophan, phenylalanine, and tyrosine? a. carboxypeptidase b. chymotrypsin c. trypsin d. none of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. For humans, how many essential amino acids are there? a. 0 b. 2 c. 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 29 d. 10 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. What is an essential amino acid? a. any amino acid that the body needs for fat digestion b. any amino acid that the body needs for proteins synthesis c. any amino acid that the body needs but cannot synthesize d. any amino acid that the body needs and must synthesize ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Approximately what percentage of the human diet should be protein? a. 10% b. 20% c. 50% d. 70% ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. What is the definition of a complete protein? a. a dietary protein that can be used directly b. a dietary protein that contains all 10 essential amino acids c. a dietary protein that contains all 20 amino acids d. a protein that has attained its functional three-dimensional structure ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Which of the following vitamins helps in blood clotting? a. vitamin A b. vitamin E c. vitamin K d. vitamin D ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. Which of the following amino acids is missing from gelatin? a. lysine b. tryptophan c. valine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 29 d. None, gelatin is a complete protein.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following statements is true of animal proteins? a. All of them are complete proteins. b. All of them are incomplete proteins. c. Most of them are complete proteins. d. Most of them are incomplete proteins.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. Which of the following statements is true of plant proteins? a. All of them are complete proteins. b. All of them are incomplete proteins. c. Most of them are complete proteins. d. Most of them are incomplete proteins.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following is the method of combining foods to provide an adequate supply of all the essential amino acids? a. protein augmentation b. protein complementation c. protein matching d. protein supplementation ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 44. Which of the following is not true? a. The body can metabolize excess protein to fat. b. Protein has no specific storage form of its own. c. Protein must be consumed on a regular basis. d. None, these are all true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. Which of the following vitamins is an important antioxidant? a. vitamin A b. vitamin D Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 29 c. vitamin C d. vitamin K ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies leads to night blindness? a. vitamin A deficiency b. vitamin B1 deficiency c. vitamin C deficiency d. vitamin D deficiency ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 47. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies leads to rickets? a. vitamin A deficiency b. vitamin B1 deficiency c. vitamin C deficiency d. vitamin D deficiency ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 48. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies leads to beriberi? a. vitamin A deficiency b. vitamin B1 deficiency c. vitamin C deficiency d. vitamin D deficiency ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 49. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies leads to scurvy? a. vitamin A deficiency b. vitamin B1 deficiency c. vitamin C deficiency d. vitamin D deficiency ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies leads to anemia? a. folic acid deficiency Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 29 b. nicotinic acid deficiency c. riboflavin deficiency d. thiamine deficiency ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies leads to pellagra? a. folic acid deficiency b. nicotinic acid deficiency c. riboflavin deficiency d. thiamine deficiency ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which of the following metals is part of the structure of vitamin B12? a. cobalt b. copper c. iron d. zinc ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which of the following mineral deficiencies leads to anemia? a. chromium deficiency b. manganese deficiency c. iron deficiency d. selenium deficiency ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. Which of the following mineral deficiencies leads to pernicious anemia? a. cobalt deficiency b. copper deficiency c. iron deficiency d. zinc deficiency ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following mineral deficiencies leads to goiter? a. copper deficiency Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 29 b. iodine deficiency c. iron deficiency d. zinc deficiency ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 56. What percentage of a person's body weight does water account for? a. 70% b. 60% c. 50% d. 40% ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 57. In addition to the water contained in foods, approximately how much water should a person drink per day? a. 200 to 300 mL b. 1200 to 1500 mL c. 1500 to 2000 mL d. 600 to 700 mL ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following correctly describes how bottled water and public water supplies are purified? a. Both are usually purified using X-rays. b. Both are usually purified using ozone. c. Bottled water is usually purified using chlorine, but public water supplies are usually purified using X-rays. d. Bottled water is usually purified using ozone, but public water supplies are usually purified using chlorine.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. In which form is iron usually present in the human body? a. in association with proteins b. in association with fats c. in association with carbohydrates d. as free Fe atoms e. Iron is distributed among all of these forms in the body.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 60. Which of the following factors affects the absorption of iron in the diet?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 29 a. the presence of antacids in the digestive tract b. the oxidation state of iron in food c. the solubility of iron complexes d. the dietary source of iron e. all of these ANSWER: e TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Which of the following dietary components has not recently been linked to depression? a. fatty acids b. iron (II) c. vitamin D d. vitamin B12 e. All of these have been linked to depression.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. In diabetic women, which of the following vitamin supplementations is correlated with lowered depression risk and is thought to decrease insulin resistance? a. omega unsaturated fatty acid supplementation b. vitamin C supplementation c. vitamin D supplementation d. vitamin B12 supplementation e. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 63. Which of the following is true of glycogen depletion during vigorous exercise? a. Exercise does not affect glycogen supplies. b. Glycogen is depleted rapidly and at equal rates from the muscles and the liver. c. Glycogen is first depleted from the liver and then from the muscles. d. Glycogen is first depleted from the muscles and then from the liver.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. Which of the following effects is associated with caffeine? a. the activation of lipases b. dehydration c. the stimulation of the central nervous system d. all of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 29 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Which of the following vitamin deficiencies is associated with depression? a. thiamine deficiency b. riboflavin deficiency c. biotin deficiency d. folic acid deficiency ANSWER: c TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. Why is creatine not considered equivalent to banned anabolic steroids? a. because it is a natural amino acid found in muscles b. because it is an essential natural amino acid found associated with proteins c. because it can stimulate the central nervous system d. for all of these reasons ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.6 - THE IMPORTANCE OF VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. Consider the given blank food pyramid.

In which level of the food pyramid are the substances found that should be minimized in the diet? a. A b. B c. C d. D ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 29 68. Consider the given blank food pyramid.

Which level of the food pyramid has starch-rich foods such as bread, cereal, rice, and pasta? a. A b. B c. C d. D ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.1 - NUTRITIONAL GUIDELINES KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. The following structure represents a storage polysaccharide such as glycogen or starch. Each sphere represents a monomer of the polymer.

When this structure is broken down during metabolism, which of the following monomers might be produced? a. glucose b. maltose c. sucrose d. Both glucose and maltose could be produced. e. All of the saccharides listed might be produced.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 29 70. The following structure represents a storage polysaccharide such as glycogen or starch. Each sphere represents a monomer of the polymer.

When this structure is broken down during metabolism, the debranching enzyme would hydrolyze monomers at which point in the polymer as indicated by the letters? a. A only b. B only c. C only d. Hydrolysis could occur at B or C. e. Hydrolysis could occur at A, B, or C. ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.3 - CARBOHYDRATE DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. Examine the following structure.

If the polymer shown in the diagram is hydrolyzed into its monomers, this process would represent which of the following? a. protein metabolism b. lipid metabolism c. fatty acid metabolism d. carbohydrate metabolism ANSWER: a TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Examine the following structure.

Hydrolysis by HCl in the stomach could occur at which of the regions indicated by a letter?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 29 a. A b. B c. C d. D e. Hydrolysis could occur at any of the indicated points.

ANSWER: e TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 73. Examine the following structure.

Consider the hydrolysis reaction catalyzed by the enzyme carboxypeptidase. Which location in the diagram represented by a letter would be the site of this type of hydrolysis? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. Hydrolysis could occur at any of the indicated points.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 29.5 - PROTEIN DIGESTION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 30 1. Which of the following statements is true of innate immunity? a. It only includes physical barriers. b. It is highly pathogen specific. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following statements is true of innate immunity? a. It includes both physical and cellular barriers. b. It is highly pathogen specific. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which of the following statements is true of a situation where the body encounters the same invader twice? a. Both the first and second immune responses are slow. b. The first response is faster than the second response. c. The second response is faster than the first response. d. Both the first and second immune responses are fast.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following are components of innate immunity? a. T cells b. B cells c. Antibodies d. Macrophages ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 5. Which of the following immune cells are the primary targets of HIV? a. B cells b. Dendritic cells c. Macrophages d. T cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 30 6. Which of the following refers to a foreign-body substance that triggers an immune response? a. an antibody b. an antigen c. a lymphocyte d. a macrophage ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 7. Which type of biomolecules are antibodies made of? a. glycoproteins b. lipoproteins c. glycerophospholipids d. sphingolipids ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. Which of the following immune system components bring characteristic portions of antigens to cell surfaces? a. Antibodies b. B cells c. MHC molecules d. T cells ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 9. Which of the following immune system components belong to the immunoglobulin superfamily? a. Antibodies b. T-cell receptors c. MHC molecules d. All of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.1 - THE BODY'S DEFENSE AGAINST INVASION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 10. Which of the following types of vaccine was originally used by Pasteur? a. an attenuated vaccine b. an inactivated vaccine c. a subunit vaccine d. a mimic vaccine ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 30 11. Which of the following is not a lymphoid organ? a. the spleen b. the thymus c. the tonsils d. None, they are all lymphoid organs.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 12. Which of the following is not a lymphoid organ? a. the spleen b. the thymus c. the thyroid d. the tonsils ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 13. To which class of cells do lymphocytes belong? a. dendritic cells b. stem cells c. red blood cells d. white blood cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 14. Which of the following statements is true? a. B cells are lymphocytes, but T cells are not. b. T cells are lymphocytes, but B cells are not. c. Both B cells and T cells are lymphocytes. d. Neither B cells nor T cells are lymphocytes.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. Which of the following statements is true? a. Both B cells and T cells originate in the bone marrow. b. Both B cells and T cells originate in the thymus. c. Both B cells and T cells mature in the bone marrow. d. Both B cells and T cells mature in the thymus.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 30 16. Where are B and T cells found in the body? a. They are found only in the blood. b. They are found only in the lymph. c. They are primarily found in the blood but some are also found in the lymph. d. They are primarily found in the lymph but some are also found in the blood.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 17. Which of the following molecules help lymphocytes enter the blood? a. chaperones b. cytokines c. lymphokines d. transporters ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 18. Identify the components of the immune system that are associated with interferons. a. B cells b. macrophages c. NK cells d. T cells ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 19. Which cells of the immune system are the first to attack invading viruses or bacteria? a. B cells b. Dendritic cells c. Macrophages d. T cells ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 20. Which of the following cells interact with dendritic cells that present antigens? a. Macrophages b. TH cells c. Both macrophages and TH cells d. Neither macrophages nor TH cells ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 30 21. What is the full form of APC? a. antibody presenting cells b. antibody processing cells c. antigen presenting cells d. antigen processing cells ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 22. Which of the following are the first cells in the blood that encounter an antigen? a. B cells b. Dendritic cells c. Macrophages d. T cells ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 23. Which of the following molecules is used by macrophages to kill pathogens? a. NO b. NO2 c. N2O d. None of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 24. Which of the following cells target and perforate the surfaces of abnormal cells? a. B cells b. Macrophages c. NK cells d. T cells ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 25. Which of the following cells release perforins to target abnormal cells? a. B cells b. Macrophages c. NK cells d. TH cells ANSWER: TOPICS:

c 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 30 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 26. Identify the cells that are produced after T cells interact with antigens. a. cytotoxic T cells b. helper T cells c. memory cells d. all of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 27. Which of the following cells have a mode of action similar to that of cytotoxic T cells? a. B cells b. Dendritic cells c. Macrophages d. NK cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. How do NK cells and Tc cells kill invading foreign cells? a. by engulfing and devouring them b. by inhibiting protein synthesis in the foreign cells c. by digesting their nuclear material d. by punching holes in their membranes ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Which of the following statements is true of the specificity of NK and Tc cells? a. Both of them are highly target specific. b. Neither of them is target specific. c. NK cells are nonspecific, but TC cells are specific. d. NK cells are specific, but TC cells are nonspecific.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 30. Which of the following cells produce antibodies? a. Memory cells b. NK cells c. Plasma cells d. T cells ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 30 TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. Which of the following cells are produced when B cells are exposed to antigens? a. Helper T cells b. Memory T cells c. NK cells d. Plasma cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 32. Which of the following immune cells develop into plasma cells? a. B cells b. Helper T cells c. Macrophages d. Memory T cells ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 33. Which of the following classes of immune cells include dendritic cells? a. antibody presenting cells b. macrophages c. plasma cells d. antigen presenting cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 34. Which of the following statements is true of stem cells? a. They can only differentiate into B cells. b. They can only differentiate into T cells. c. They can differentiate into either B cells or T cells. d. They are not involved in the production of lymphocytes.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.2 - ORGANS AND CELLS OF THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following can be antigens? a. nucleic acids b. polysaccharides c. proteins d. all of these ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 30 TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 36. Which of the following is true of antigens? a. They elicit an immune response. b. They have a molecular weight of less than 3000. c. They have a simple structure. d. They are polypeptide chains, which have only one amino acid.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 37. Which of the following is true of the location of antigens in a cell? a. They may be found in the cytoplasm. b. They may be adsorbed on the surface of a cell membrane. c. They may be embedded in the cell membrane. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 38. What is the smallest unit of an antigen that is capable of binding with an antibody? a. MHC class I b. An epitope c. A paratope d. MHC class II ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 39. Which of the following antigens are recognized by T-cell receptors? a. nucleic acid antigens b. polysaccharide antigens c. peptide antigens d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 40. When was the role of MHC molecules in the immune response first discovered? a. during the study of AIDS b. during the study of blood types c. during organ transplants d. none of these ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 30 TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Which of the following statements is true of class I and class II MHC molecules? a. Both are transmembrane proteins. b. Both have peptide-binding variable domains. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 42. What is the function of class I MHC molecules? a. They pick up exogenous "dead" antigens. b. They seek out antigen molecules that have been synthesized inside a virus-infected cell. c. Both of these are functions of class I MHC molecules. d. Neither of these is a function of class I MHC molecules.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. What is the function of class II MHC molecules? a. They pick up exogenous "dead" antigens. b. They seek out antigen molecules that have been synthesized inside a virus-infected cell. c. Both of these are functions of class II MHC molecules. d. Neither of these is a function of class II MHC molecules.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. Which bonds in an antigen are broken by the enzyme GILT? a. glycoside bonds b. amide bonds c. disulfide bonds d. anhydride bonds ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 45. Which of the following antigens are affected by the enzyme GILT? a. nucleic acid antigens b. polysaccharide antigens c. peptide antigens d. all of these ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 30 TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 46. Which of the following T cells interact with antigens bound to MHC I molecules? a. helper T cells b. killer T cells c. both helper and killer T cells d. neither helper T cells nor killer T cells ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Which of the following T cells interact with antigens bound to MHC II molecules? a. helper T cells b. killer T cells c. both helper and killer T cells d. neither helper T cells nor killer T cells ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.3 - ANTIGENS STIMULATE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 48. Which of the following statements is true of immunoglobulins? a. They are composed of only amino acids. b. They are carbohydrate-containing protein molecules. c. They are lipid-containing protein molecules. d. They all have the same molecular weight.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Which of the following immunoglobulins has the lowest molecular weight? a. IgA b. IgD c. IgE d. IgM ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 50. Which of the following immunoglobulins has the highest molecular weight? a. IgA b. IgD c. IgE d. IgM ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 30 TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 51. Which class of immunoglobulins has the lowest concentration in the serum? a. IgA b. IgD c. IgE d. IgM ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 52. Which class of immunoglobulins has the highest concentration in the serum? a. IgA b. IgD c. IgG d. IgM ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 53. Which class of immunoglobulins is found in secretions and prevents invading material from entering the blood stream? a. IgA b. IgD c. IgE d. IgM ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 54. Which class of immunoglobulins is associated with allergic reactions? a. IgA b. IgD c. IgE d. IgM ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 55. Which of the following statements is true of the structure of immunoglobulins? a. Each immunoglobulin molecule is made of two polypeptide chains. b. Each immunoglobulin molecule is made of four different polypeptide chains. c. Each immunoglobulin molecule is made of four identical polypeptide chains. d. Each immunoglobulin molecule is made of two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 30 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Which of the following statements is true of the constant and variable region of immunoglobulins? a. Only light chains of immunoglobulins have both constant and variable regions. b. Both light and heavy chains of immunoglobulins have constant and variable regions. c. Only heavy chains of immunoglobulins have both constant and variable regions. d. Neither light nor heavy chains of immunoglobulins have constant and variable regions.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following chemical interactions hold the chains of an immunoglobulin together? a. disulfide bridges b. hydrogen bonds c. hydrophobic interactions d. ionic bonds ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 58. Which of the following statements is true of immunoglobulins? a. They are composed of six polypeptide chains that are arranged asymmetrically. b. They have symmetrically arranged polypeptide chains forming a Y shape. c. They are composed of a light chain and a heavy chain. d. They have two disulfide bonds holding the light and heavy chains.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Identify the chemical interactions that bind an antigen to the variable region of an antibody. a. London dispersion forces b. Dipole–dipole interactions c. Hydrogen bonds d. All of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 60. How many different types of antibodies are produced by a B cell? a. one b. two c. five d. ten Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 30 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Identify the immunoglobulins present in secretions such as tears and milk. a. IgE b. IgA c. IgG d. IgM ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 62. How are antibody-bound antigens destroyed in the blood? a. by phagocytosis b. by the action of perforins c. by the complement pathway d. by the action of lysozymes ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 63. What happens when B cells are exposed to antigens? a. The B cell divides and differentiates into plasma cells. b. The B cell differentiates, and the daughter cells produce soluble antibodies. c. Both of these are the possible outcomes of the antigen–antibody interaction. d. None of these are the possible outcomes of the antigen–antibody interaction.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. How do plasma cells respond to antigens in the blood? a. They directly attack the antigens. b. They secrete soluble antibodies in the blood. c. Both of these are responses of plasma cells. d. Neither of these is a response of plasma cells.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 65. Which of the following cells undergo V(J)D recombination? a. B cells b. Macrophages c. T cells d. All of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 30 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 66. If a particular immunoglobulin heavy chain has 50 V genes, 27 D genes, and 6 J genes, how many different V(J)D combinations can be obtained? a. 162 b. 300 c. 1350 d. 8100 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 67. In which part of a phagocyte are antigens destroyed? a. in the mitochondria b. in the cytoplasm c. in the lysosomes d. inside the nucleus ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 68. What is a possible outcome of V(J)D gene mutations in somatic cells? a. the permanent failure of the body's immune system b. a small decrease in the binding affinity of an antigen to an antibody c. a small increase in the binding affinity of an antigen to an antibody d. a significant increase in the binding affinity of an antigen to an antibody ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. Which of the following processes occurs as a result of V(J)D gene mutations in somatic cells? a. affinity maturation b. affinity mutation c. cancer d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 70. Which of the following proteins is present in high levels in breast cancer patients? a. tumor necrosis factor b. platelet-derived growth factor c. human epidermal growth factor 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 30 d. vascular endothelial growth factor 1 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 71. How does HER2 influence breast cancer development? a. It suppresses the activity of oncogenes. b. It causes aggressive tumor growth. c. It prevents the metastasis of cancer cells. d. It promotes the localization of a cancerous tumor.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Identify a monoclonal antibody that inhibits the action of the HER2 protein in breast cancer. a. cetuximab b. naproxen c. ibuprofen d. trastuzumab ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 73. Which of the following is a function of drugs that are designed to inhibit growth factor receptors on tumor cells? a. They stimulate the binding of growth factors to their respective receptors. b. They promote the dimerization of two growth factor receptors. c. They block tyrosine kinase activity in tumor cells. d. They prevent the delivery of metabolic toxins to tumor cells.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 74. Which of the following statements is true of antibodies? a. An organism is born with its full complement of antibodies. b. A new antibody can appear whenever it is needed. c. The basis of antibody diversity is the genetic blueprint of an organism. d. None of these statements are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 75. Which of the following statements is true of monoclonal antibodies? a. They are functionally identical, but structurally non-identical antibodies. b. They fail to detect the presence of HIV in blood. c. They can be used to assay for biomolecules that can act as antigens.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 30 d. They are composed only of myeloma cells.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 76. Which of the following diseases is diagnosed using monoclonal antibodies? a. AIDS b. Breast cancer c. Leukemia d. None of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 77. Which of the following diseases is treated using the monoclonal antibody drug trastuzumab? a. breast cancer b. prostate cancer c. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.4 - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 78. Which of the following statements is true of T cells? a. T cells can directly interact with antigens without the involvement of MHC molecules. b. T cells are nonspecific, and they recognize all antigens. c. Each T-cell receptor is specific to a single antigen. d. T cells can increase their diversity by somatic mutation.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 79. What are miniature antibodies? a. antibodies that are smaller than normal size b. antibodies that lack heavy chains c. antibodies that lack light chains d. antibodies that are found in negligible quantities in blood serum ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 80. Which of the following chemical interactions hold the chains of a T-cell receptor together? a. disulfide bonds b. hydrogen bonds c. hydrophobic interactions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 30 d. ionic bonds ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 81. Which portion of a T-cell receptor binds to an antigen? a. the constant region b. the variable region c. neither the constant region nor the variable region d. both the constant region and the variable region ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 82. Which of the following characteristics of T-cell receptors makes them a member of the immunoglobulin superfamily? a. their lack of antigen specificity b. the presence of constant and variable regions c. their glycolipid structure d. the ability to undergo somatic mutation ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 83. What does "CD" stand for in the name of the molecule CD3? a. cell destroyer b. cluster determinant c. cluster disperser d. compact dimer ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 84. Which of the following statements is true of adhesion molecules? a. They are covalently bound to the T-cell receptor. b. They help an antigen to bind to the T-cell receptor. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 85. Which of the following adhesion molecules binds strongly to HIV? a. CD3 b. CD4 c. CD8 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 30 d. All of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 86. Which of the following T cells are the primary targets of HIV? a. helper T cells b. killer T cells c. regulatory T cells d. all of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 87. Which of the following statements is true of the structure of a TcR complex in a T cell? a. It consists of four polypeptide chains. b. It has two amino-terminal C domains and two carboxy-terminal V domains. c. It has intrachain disulfide bonds to stabilize the extracellular domains. d. It is anchored to the cell membrane by a hydrophilic transmembrane segment.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 88. Which of the following statements is true of the CD coreceptors on T cells? a. They consist of three polypeptide chains. b. They consist of both hydrophilic and hydrophobic segments. c. They have intrachain disulfide bridges. d. All of these statements are true.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 89. Identify a difference between T-cell receptors and other immunoglobulins. a. Unlike other immunoglobulins, T-cell receptors do not have constant and variable regions. b. Unlike other immunoglobulins, T-cell receptors respond to nucleic acid antigens. c. Unlike other immunoglobulins, T-cell receptors cannot undergo somatic mutations. d. Unlike other immunoglobulins, T-cell receptors are antigen specific.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 90. Which of the following molecules that are on the surface of HIV strongly bind to CD4 molecules? a. gp41 b. p24 capsid c. gp120 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 30 d. p17 matrix ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 91. Which of the following cells stimulate the secretion of cytokines? a. B cells b. Macrophages c. T cells d. Dendritic cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 92. Which of the following are involved in the binding of a T-cell receptor to an antigen? a. An antigen-presenting cell b. A major histocompatibility complex molecule c. CD coreceptors d. All of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 93. Identify the type of mutation responsible for the abundant diversity of Ig molecules. a. germline mutation b. somatic mutation c. both germline mutation and somatic mutation d. neither germline mutation nor somatic mutation ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 94. Which of the following bonds are found between CD3 molecules and TcRs in T-cell receptor complexes? a. covalent bonds b. coordinate bonds c. ionic bonds d. intermolecular forces ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.5 - T CELLS AND T-CELL RECEPTORS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 95. What happens to T cells that fail to recognize and interact with MHCs during maturation? a. They are left to circulate in the blood. b. They are converted to other types of cells. c. They are eliminated through a selection process.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 30 d. They are stored in the liver as reserves.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 96. Identify a secondary signaling pathway that controls the proliferation of B cells. a. activation by tyrosine kinase b. deactivation by phosphatase c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 97. Identify a secondary signaling pathway that controls the proliferation of B cells. a. deactivation by tyrosine kinase b. activation by phosphatase c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 98. Which of the following cells have both activating and inhibitory receptors? a. B cells b. Macrophages c. T cells d. All of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 99. Which compounds are recognized by the activating receptors of macrophages as foreign antigens? a. the lipopolysaccharides of gram-negative bacteria b. the peptidoglycans of gram-positive bacteria c. the lipopolysaccharides of gram-negative bacteria and the peptidoglycans of gram-positive bacteria d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 100. Which of the following is not an autoimmune disease? a. AIDS b. Multiple sclerosis c. Myasthenia gravis Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 30 d. None, they are all autoimmune diseases.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 101. Which of the following is not an autoimmune disease? a. Multiple sclerosis b. Myasthenia gravis c. Rheumatoid arthritis d. None, they are all autoimmune diseases.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 102. Which of the following is not a side effect of glucocorticoids? a. Diabetes b. Osteoporosis c. Skin atrophy d. None, these are all side effects of glucocorticoids.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 103. How do glucocorticoids regulate the synthesis of cytokines? a. by directly interacting with the genes for cytokines b. by interacting with the transcription factors for cytokines c. by both of these mechanisms d. by neither of these mechanisms ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 104. Which of the following is a macrolide drug? a. cortisol b. cyclosporin A c. interleukin-2 d. interferon ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 105. Which of the following is not a problem associated with the use of antibiotics? a. Overuse can lead to the development of antibiotic-resistant strains of bacteria. b. Patients often develop allergies on the subsequent use of a particular antibiotic. c. Patients tend to use antibiotics indiscriminately.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Chapter 30 d. None, these are all problems associated with the use of antibiotics.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 106. Identify the cell marker that suppresses the action of TH cells that react to self-antigens. a. IL-2 b. CD 25 c. CD 8 d. IL-4 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 107. Identify a protein that turns a naïve T cell into a regulatory T cell. a. CD 25 b. IL-2 c. Foxp3 d. CD 28 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 108. Identify the enzyme produced by Neisseria gonorrhoeae that degrades the antibiotic penicillin. a. β-lactamase b. reverse transcriptase c. neuraminidase d. thiol reductase ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.7 - DISTINGUISHING "SELF" FROM "NONSELF" KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 109. Which type of genetic material forms the genome of HIV? a. single-stranded DNA b. double-stranded DNA c. single-stranded RNA d. double-stranded RNA ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 110. Which of the following enzymes surrounds the HIV genome? a. protease b. virus-specific reverse transcriptase c. both of these Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Chapter 30 d. neither of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 111. Identify the structure that directly encloses the enzymes of HIV. a. the p17 matrix b. the p24 capsid c. the gp41 bilayer d. the gp120 bilayer ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 112. What makes HIV a deadly and persistent virus? a. It destroys helper T cells. b. It can go undetected for a long time. c. Both of these characteristics make HIV a deadly and persistent virus. d. Neither of these characteristics makes HIV a deadly and persistent virus.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 113. Which of the following is responsible for the rapid mutation of HIV? a. the functioning of protease enzymes b. the replication inaccuracy of reverse transcriptase c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 114. Which of the following components of HIV changes its shape after it binds to the CD4 receptor of a T cell? a. gp41 b. gp120 c. p17 d. p24 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 115. How does HIV evade the innate immunity system of the body? a. It borrows proteins from the host to go into a state of dormancy. b. It binds to host proteins that resemble its own proteins. c. It binds an antiviral agent restriction protein named cyclophilin to its capsid.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Chapter 30 d. It does not avoid detection but simply overpowers the innate immunity system.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 116. Which of the following statements best describes the effort to find a vaccine against HIV? a. It is impossible to develop a vaccine against HIV owing to its ability to undergo slow mutation. b. There has been considerable research, but no clinical trials have been conducted. c. There have been several clinical trials, but all were declared failures. d. It has already been developed using HIV-specific antibodies.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 117. Which of the following statements is true of antiviral drugs for HIV? a. They destroy the virus before it enters a host cell. b. They inhibit the activity of reverse transcriptase. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 118. Which of the following statements is true of antiviral drugs for HIV? a. They destroy the virus before it enters a host cell. b. They inhibit the activity of proteases. c. Both of these statements are true. d. Neither of these statements is true.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 119. Which of the following is a function of antiviral drugs for HIV? a. They inhibit the activity of proteases. b. They inhibit the activity of reverse transcriptase. c. They prevent the virus from entering the host's cells. d. All of these are functions.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 120. What is a neutralizing antibody? a. an antibody that affects the electrical charge of an antigen b. an antibody that affects the pH of an antigen c. an antibody that completely eliminates an antigen Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Chapter 30 d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 121. Identify an antibody that binds to gp120 and prevents the propagation of HIV. a. b12 b. 2G12 c. p7 d. p17 ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 122. Which of the following antibodies recognizes sugars that are unique to HIV? a. b12 b. 2G12 c. p7 d. p17 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 123. Which of the following statements is true of retrovaccination? a. It involves vaccinating a person who already has a disease. b. It involves finding a vaccine that elicits an antibody. c. It involves finding a vaccine against a specific antigen. d. It involves finding vaccines that act only against retroviruses.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 124. Which of the following is a drawback of highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART)? a. It causes the destruction of stem cells in the bone marrow. b. It enhances the ability of viral particles to fight the innate immunity of the body. c. It fails to completely eradicate the viral particles from the body. d. It reduces the immunity of the body.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 125. The given sketch depicts a virus in a weakened state. Which of the following sketches represents an inactivated vaccine?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Chapter 30 a.

b.

c.

d. Any of these could represent an inactivated vaccine.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 126. The given sketch depicts a virus in a weakened state. Which of the following sketches represents the safest type of vaccines?

a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Chapter 30 c.

d. All of these would pose the same degree of risk.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: APPLY 127. Which of the following diseases have been largely eradicated by the use of vaccines? a. rubella b. polio c. smallpox d. All of these have been largely eradicated through the use of vaccines. e. None of these have been largely eradicated through the use of vaccines.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 128. Which of the following diseases has been eliminated using vaccines? a. AIDS b. Hepatitis C c. Tuberculosis d. Malaria e. None of these ANSWER: e TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 129. How does a dendritic cell respond to a virus that is injected in the body? a. It engulfs and ingests the injected virus. b. It stimulates the released cytokines to suppress viral infection. c. It migrates to the lymph nodes for maturation. d. It stimulates the maturation of T cells into helper and killer T cells. e. All of these are the potential response of a dendritic cell against the injected virus.

ANSWER: e TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 130. Which of the following types of cells is responsible for long-term immunity? a. Macrophages Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

Chapter 30 b. Dendritic cells c. B cells d. T cells ANSWER: d TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 131. Which of the following types of cells releases antibodies? a. Macrophages b. Dendritic cells c. B cells d. T cells ANSWER: c TOPICS: 30.6 - IMMUNIZATION KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 132. Which spike protein helps the influenza A virus to recognize its target cells? a. hemagglutinin b. neuraminidase c. perforin d. integrase ANSWER: a TOPICS: 30.8 - THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS AND AIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

Chapter 31 1. Which of the following surrounds cells and fills the spaces between them? a. synovial fluid b. lymph c. blood plasma d. interstitial fluid ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 2. Which of the following fluids that are present in our bodies is a solvent? a. lymph b. blood plasma c. urine d. water ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 3. Which of the following cannot readily cross the blood–brain barrier? a. carbon dioxide b. potassium ions c. oxygen d. water ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 4. Which of the following can readily cross the blood–brain barrier? a. Cl− b. most anesthetics c. Na+ d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 5. Which of the following is true of body fluids? a. All body fluids, including water, are aqueous solutions. b. The chemical analysis of body fluids helps diagnose diseases in the body. c. Blood plasma directly surrounds most cells and fills spaces between them. d. Body fluids that are not inside the cells are collectively called interstitial fluid.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 31 6. Which of the following ions help generate the high electrical potential needed for neurotransmission? a. Cl− b. K+ c. Na+ d. H+ ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 7. Identify the process associated with the maintenance of body temperature and the appropriate levels of nutrients. a. thrombosis b. hemolysis c. homeostasis d. osmosis ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.1 - IMPORTANT BODY FLUIDS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 8. What is the volume of whole blood in a person's body who weighs 150 lb? a. 3 L b. 6 L c. 9 L d. 12 L ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 9. Identify the approximate percentage of plasma in whole blood. a. 25–35% b. 50–60% c. 70–80% d. 85–90% ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 10. Which of the following is not true of red blood cells? a. Old red blood cells are removed by the liver and spleen. b. Red blood cells are formed in the bone marrow. c. Red blood cells have nuclei and carry DNA. d. None, all of these are true.

ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 31 11. Which of the following terms refers to red blood cells? a. leukocytes b. thrombocytes c. lymphocytes d. erythrocytes ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 12. Which of the following blood cells has the largest diameter? a. erythrocytes b. monocytes c. neutrophils d. thrombocytes ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 13. Which of the following diseases is associated with a high erythrocyte count? a. anemia b. polycythemia c. leukemia d. typhoid fever ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 14. Which of the following diseases is associated with a low erythrocyte count? a. anemia b. polycythemia c. leukemia d. typhoid fever ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 15. Which of the following diseases is associated with a high leukocyte count? a. anemia b. polycythemia c. leukemia d. typhoid fever ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 31 16. Which of the following diseases is associated with a low leukocyte count? a. anemia b. polycythemia c. leukemia d. typhoid fever ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 17. Which of the following represents lymphocytes? a. erythrocytes b. leukocytes c. thrombocytes d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 18. In addition to the lymph nodes, where are lymphocytes formed? a. the bone marrow b. the pancreas c. the kidneys d. the spleen ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 19. Which of the following is synthesized by white blood cells? a. cholesterol b. hemoglobin c. immunoglobulins d. insulin ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 20. Which type of blood cells are involved in the formation of a clot? a. erythrocytes b. leukocytes c. thrombocytes d. all of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 31 21. Approximately what percentage of blood plasma is water? a. 15% b. 35% c. 60% d. 92% ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 22. Which of the following accounts for most of the dissolved solids in the plasma? a. carbohydrates b. dissolved gases c. proteins d. waste products ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 23. Which of the following is the most abundant plasma protein? a. albumin b. fibrinogen c. globulin d. hemoglobin ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 24. Which of the following components is not present in the serum? a. albumin b. fibrinogen c. globulin d. hemoglobin ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 25. The concentration of which of the following is reduced to prevent clotting during a blood transfusion? a. Ca2+ b. Fe2+ c. K+ d. Na+ ANSWER: TOPICS:

a 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 31 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 26. Which of the following is administered to patients to prevent blood clotting? a. sodium acetate b. sodium carbonate c. sodium citrate d. sodium phosphate ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 27. Which of the following ions is associated with the heme portion of hemoglobin? a. Ca2+ b. Fe2+ c. Mg2+ d. Zn2+ ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 28. How many heme units are present in a molecule of hemoglobin? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 29. Which of the following is the approximate partial pressure of oxygen in the alveoli? a. 40 mm Hg b. 100 mm Hg c. 160 mm Hg d. 760 mm Hg ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 30. Which of the following is the approximate partial pressure of oxygen in venous blood? a. 40 mm Hg b. 100 mm Hg c. 160 mm Hg d. 760 mm Hg ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 31 TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 31. Which of the following is the approximate pressure of oxygen in the muscles? a. 30 mm Hg b. 40 mm Hg c. 100 mm Hg d. 160 mm Hg ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 32. Which of the following is true of hemoglobin? a. Hemoglobin transports O2 to the alveoli from the tissues. b. Each hemoglobin molecule can hold a total of two O2 molecules. c. Hemoglobin helps in the formation of a blood clot. d. Hemoglobin is made up of two alpha and two beta protein chains.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 33. Which of the following is true of the Bohr effect? a. It refers to the process of maintaining the nutrient levels in the blood and also the body's temperature. b. It refers to the effect caused by a change in the pH on the oxygen-carrying capacity of hemoglobin. c. It refers to the mechanism used by the body to stem leaks in blood vessels to prevent the loss of blood. d. It refers to the action of leukocytes in destroying bacteria or other foreign substances that invade the body.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.3 - BLOOD SERVES AS A CARRIER OF OXYGEN KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 34. How many molecules of CO2 can bind to a molecule of hemoglobin? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.4 - TRANSPORT OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN THE BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 35. Which of the following products is formed when carbon dioxide binds to hemoglobin? a. carbonic acid b. carbaminohemoglobin c. oxyhemoglobin d. carbon monoxide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 31 ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.4 - TRANSPORT OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN THE BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 36. Which of the following is involved in the formation of the fibrin network? a. aldosterone b. carbonic anhydrase c. renin d. thrombin ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 37. Which of the following enzymes is involved in the transport of CO2 by blood? a. carbonic anhydrase b. thrombin c. carbonic anydrase and thrombin d. none of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.4 - TRANSPORT OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN THE BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 38. Carbonic anhydrase is involved in which of the following? a. binding CO2 to hemoglobin b. converting CO2 to carbonic acid c. binding the CO2 to hemoglobin and converting the CO2 to carbonic acid d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.4 - TRANSPORT OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN THE BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 39. Carbonic anhydrase is associated with the establishment of which of the following equilibria? a. H2CO3 H+ + HCO3− b. H2CO3

H2O + CO2 c. both of these d. none of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.4 - TRANSPORT OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN THE BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 40. Approximately what volume of blood passes through a human kidney each day? a. 1.5 L b. 10 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 31 c. 15 L d. 100 L ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 41. Approximately what volume of urine does a normal person excrete each day? a. 15 mL b. 150 mL c. 1,500 mL d. 15,000 mL ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 42. Which of the following characterizes normal kidney function? a. filtration in which small molecules are lost, but large molecules are retained b. reabsorption of small molecules, which are not waste products, from the urine c. filtration in which small molecules are lost, but large molecules are retained and reabsorption of small molecules, which are not waste products, from the urine d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 43. Which of the following diseases is caused by a low platelet count? a. anemia b. thrombocytopenia c. polycythemia d. leukemia ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 44. Which of the following contains the Bowman's capsule? a. the nephron b. the urethra c. the ureter d. the vena cava ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 45. Identify the portion of a nephron where most of the water is reabsorbed. a. the distal tubule Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 31 b. Henle's loop c. the glomerulus d. the proximal tubule ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 46. Identify the portion of a nephron where most of the glucose and amino acids are reabsorbed. a. the distal tubule b. Henle's loop c. the glomerulus d. the proximal tubule ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 47. Identify the pH range of normal urine. a. 1.5 to 3.5 b. 3.7 to 4.5 c. 5.5 to 7.5 d. 8.5 to 10.5 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 48. In which portion of a nephron is lost HCO 3− replaced? a. the distal tubule b. Henle's loop c. the glomerulus d. the proximal tubule ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.6 - THE KIDNEYS ROLE IN THE BODY'S BUFFERS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 49. Under normal conditions, which of the following hormones is involved in the reabsorption of water? a. insulin b. oxytocin c. vasopressin d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.7 - MAINTAINING WATER AND SALT BALANCE IN THE BLOOD AND KIDNEYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 50. Which of the following hormones is responsible for controlling the Na+ ion concentration in the blood?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 31 a. insulin b. oxytocin c. vasopressin d. aldosterone ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.7 - MAINTAINING WATER AND SALT BALANCE IN THE BLOOD AND KIDNEYS KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 51. Which of the following gives the correct order of pressures? a. blood pressure of arterial capillary > osmotic blood pressure > blood pressure of venous capillary b. blood pressure of arterial capillary > blood pressure of venous capillary > osmotic blood pressure c. osmotic blood pressure > blood pressure of arterial capillary > blood pressure of venous capillary d. blood pressure of venous capillary > osmotic blood pressure > blood pressure of arterial capillary ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 52. Which of the following occurs because the osmotic pressure of blood is lower than the pressure at the arterial capillaries? a. Nutrients from the capillaries flow into the interstitial fluid. b. Wastes from the interstitial fluid flows into the capillaries. c. Nutrients from the capillaries flow into the interstitial fluid and wastes from the interstitial fluid flows into the capillaries. d. None of these.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 53. Which of the following occurs because the osmotic pressure of blood is higher than pressure at the venous capillaries? a. Nutrients from the capillaries flow into the interstitial fluid. b. Wastes from the interstitial fluid flows into the capillaries. c. The nutrients from the capillaries flow into the interstitial fluid and wastes from the interstitial fluid flows into the capillaries. d. None of these ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 54. How many different nervous control systems begin to function when a patient hemorrhages? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 31 KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 55. Where are baroreceptors located? a. in the heart b. in the heart c. in the lungs d. in the neck ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 56. Identify a function of baroreceptors. a. They send signals that control fluid pressure in the brain. b. They detect a drop in pressure and send signals that control the heart rate. c. They detect a decrease in oxygen levels and send signals that control the rate of breathing. d. None of these are functions.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 57. Which of the following enzymes is secreted by the kidneys? a. carbonic anhydrase b. thrombin c. renin d. none of these ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 58. Which of the following is caused by the secretion of renin? a. It aids in the conversion of angiotensinogen to angiotensin. b. It aids in the conversion of carbaminohemoglobin into carbonic acid. c. It aids in the conversion of angiotensinogen to angiotensin and it aids in the conversion of carbaminohemoglobin into carbonic acid. d. None of these ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 59. Which of the following vitamins is required to produce prothrombin? a. vitamin B b. vitamin A c. vitamin C d. vitamin K ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 31 TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 60. Which of the following drugs are the most common treatment for hypertension? a. ACE inhibitors b. diuretics c. beta blockers d. vasodilators ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 61. Which class of drugs that is used to treat hypertension does propranolol belong to? a. ACE inhibitors b. diuretics c. beta blockers d. vasodilators ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 62. Which type of drug is occasionally administered to prevent clot formation? a. beta blockers b. ACE inhibitors c. anticoagulant drugs d. diuretics ANSWER: c TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: REMEMBER 63. Consider the diagram below. Which of the following correctly represents the components transported by the lettered arrows?

a. A – waste b. B – oxygen c. C – food d. D – carbon dioxide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 31 e. Both b and d are correct representations.

ANSWER: e TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 64. Which of the following is the most prevalent type of blood cells? a. erythrocytes b. thrombocytes c. granulocytes d. agranular leukocytes e. The different types of blood cells are found in about equal amounts.

ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 65. Which type of blood cell is involved in the clotting mechanism? a. erythrocytes b. thrombocytes c. leukocytes d. agranular leukocytes e. All the different types of blood cells are involved in the process of a clot formation.

ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 66. Whole blood is centrifuged and then separated into a sediment and plasma. Which of the following would most likely be found in the plasma? a. erythrocytes b. thrombocytes c. leukocytes d. agranular leukocytes e. none of these ANSWER: e TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 67. Which of the following is caused by a low concentration of clotting factors in blood? a. hemophilia b. leukemia c. polycythemia d. thrombocytopenia e. anemia ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.2 - FUNCTIONS AND COMPOSITION OF BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 31 68. Which of the following diseases is indicated by the presence of ketone bodies and glucose in urine? a. diabetes b. nephritis c. hypertension ANSWER: a TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 69. Which blood pressure category does a person fall under who has a systolic pressure of 188 mm Hg and a diastolic pressure of 110 mm Hg? a. prehypertension b. hypertensive crisis c. normal ANSWER: b TOPICS: 31.8 - THE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF BLOOD PRESSURE KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 70. Examine the following diagram of a kidney nephron and the surrounding circulatory system. Blood enters the capsule and glomerulus. Which of the following components of the blood will eventually pass to the proximal tubule?

a. red blood cells b. protein molecules c. leukocytes d. sugars Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 31 ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 71. Examine the following diagram of a kidney nephron and the surrounding circulatory system. Blood enters the capsule and glomerulus. Which of the following components of the blood will eventually pass to the collecting tubule?

a. urea b. creatine c. hippuric acid d. inorganic ions such as Na+ and SO 42– e. All of these components pass to the collecting tubule.

ANSWER: e TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND 72. Examine the following diagram of a kidney nephron and the surrounding circulatory system. Blood enters the capsule and glomerulus. Which of the following components of the blood when passed to the collecting tubules indicates a disease?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 31

a. glucose b. protein c. ketone bodies d. All these components in the collecting tubule indicate a disease.

ANSWER: d TOPICS: 31.5 - ROLE OF THE KIDNEYS IN CLEANSING BLOOD KEYWORDS: BLOOM'S: UNDERSTAND

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17